UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
x |
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012
OR
¨ |
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-13777
GETTY REALTY CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland | 11-3412575 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. employer identification no.) |
|
125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103, Jericho, New York | 11753 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (516) 478-5400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS |
NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED |
|
Common Stock, $0.01 par value | New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer |
¨ |
Accelerated filer |
x |
|||
Non-accelerated filer |
¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company |
¨ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates (25,649,418 shares of common stock) of the Company was $491,186,000 as of June 30, 2012.
The registrant had outstanding 33,396,790 shares of common stock as of March 18, 2013.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
DOCUMENT |
PART OF FORM 10-K | |
Selected Portions of Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the Proxy Statement), which will be filed by the registrant on or prior to 120 days following the end of the registrants year ended December 31, 2012 pursuant to Regulation 14A. |
III |
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When we use the words believes, expects, plans, projects, estimates, anticipates, predicts and similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. (All capitalized and undefined terms used in this section shall have the same meanings hereafter defined below in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)
Examples of forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements regarding: Marketing and our efforts, expectations, and ability to reposition the properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease; our expectations that we may receive funds from the liquidation of the Marketing Estate to satisfy our claims against the Marketing Estate; our expectations that we may collect amounts we advance under the Litigation Funding Agreement; our beliefs regarding the amount of revenue we expect to realize from our properties; our expectations regarding incurring costs associated with repositioning of our properties; our expectations regarding incurring costs associated with the Marketing bankruptcy proceeding and the process of taking control of our properties, including, but not limited to, the Property Expenditures and the Capital Improvements; our expectations regarding eviction proceedings initiated to take control of our properties; the impact of the developments related to repositioning of our properties on our business and ability to pay dividends or our stock price; the reasonableness of and assumptions used regarding our accounting estimates, judgments, assumptions and beliefs; our exposure and liability due to and our estimates and assumptions regarding our environmental liabilities and remediation costs, including the Marketing Environmental Liabilities and other environmental remediation costs; our belief that our accruals for environmental and litigation matters were appropriate based on the information then available; compliance with federal, state and local provisions enacted or adopted pertaining to environmental matters; the probable outcome of litigation or regulatory actions and their impact on us; our expected recoveries from underground storage tank funds; our expectations regarding our indemnification obligations and others; future acquisitions and financing opportunities and their impact on our financial performance; the adequacy of our current and anticipated cash flows from operations, borrowings under our Credit Agreement (as defined below) and available cash and cash equivalents; our expectation as to our continued compliance with the financial covenants in our Credit Agreement and Prudential Loan Agreement; and our ability to maintain our federal tax status as a real estate investment trust.
These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and assumptions and information currently available to us, and involve known and unknown risks (including the risks described below in Item 1A. Risk Factors and in Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations herein, and other risks that we describe from time to time in this and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC)), uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance and achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
These risks include, but are not limited to risks associated with: repositioning our properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease and the adverse impact such repositioning may have on our cash flows and ability to pay dividends; our estimates and assumptions regarding expenses, claims and accruals relating to pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing, the process of taking control of our properties, including the likelihood of our success in the eviction proceedings we have commenced, and repositioning such properties; the liquidation of the Marketing Estate and risks associated with prosecuting the Lukoil Complaint, including our obligations under the Litigation Funding Agreement; the performance of our tenants of their lease obligations, renewal of existing leases and re-letting or selling our vacant properties; our ability to obtain favorable terms on any properties that we sell or re-let; the uncertainty of our estimates, judgments and assumptions associated with our accounting policies and methods; our dependence on external sources of capital; our business operations generating sufficient cash for distributions or debt service; potential future acquisitions; our ability to acquire new properties; owning and leasing real estate generally; substantially all of our tenants depending on the same industry for their revenues; property taxes; costs of completing environmental remediation and of compliance with environmental legislation and regulations; potential exposure related to pending lawsuits and claims; owning real estate primarily concentrated in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States; counterparty risk; expenses not covered by insurance; the impact of our electing to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, including subsequent failure to qualify as a REIT; changes in interest rates and our ability to manage or mitigate this risk effectively; our dividend policy and ability to pay dividends; dilution as a result of future issuances of equity securities; changes in market conditions; Maryland law discouraging a third-party takeover; adverse effect of inflation; the loss of a member or members of our management team; changes in accounting standards that may adversely affect our financial position; and terrorist attacks and other acts of violence and war.
As a result of these and other factors, we may experience material fluctuations in future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results, ability to pay dividends or stock price. An investment in our stock involves various risks, including those mentioned above and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those that are described from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.
3
You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect our view only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly release revisions to these forward-looking statements that reflect future events or circumstances or reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
4
Company Profile
Getty Realty Corp., a Maryland corporation, is the leading publicly-traded real estate investment trust (REIT) in the United States specializing in the ownership, leasing and financing of retail motor fuel and convenience store properties and petroleum distribution terminals. Our properties are located in 21 states across the United States with concentrations in the Northeast and the Mid-Atlantic regions. Our properties are operated under a variety of brands including Getty, BP, Exxon, Mobil, Shell, Chevron, Valero and Aloha. We own the Getty ® trademark and trade name in connection with our real estate and the petroleum marketing business in the United States.
We are self-administered and self-managed by our management team, which has extensive experience in owning, leasing and managing retail motor fuel and convenience store properties. We have invested, and will continue to invest, in real estate and real estate related investments, such as mortgage loans, when appropriate opportunities arise.
The History of Our Company
Our founders started the business in 1955 with the ownership of one gasoline service station in New York City and combined real estate ownership, leasing and management with service station operation and petroleum distribution. We held our initial public offering in 1971 under the name Power Test Corp. We acquired, from Texaco in 1985, the petroleum distribution and marketing assets of Getty Oil Company in the Northeast United States along with the Getty ® name and trademark in connection with our real estate and the petroleum marketing business in the United States. We became one of the leading independent owner/operators of petroleum marketing assets in the country, serving retail and wholesale customers through a distribution and marketing network of Getty ® and other branded retail motor fuel and convenience store properties and petroleum distribution terminals.
Getty Petroleum Marketing, Inc. (Marketing) was formed to facilitate the spin-off of our petroleum marketing business to our shareholders which was completed in 1997. Marketing was acquired by a U.S. subsidiary of OAO Lukoil (Lukoil) in December 2000. In connection with Lukoils acquisition of Marketing, we renegotiated our long-term unitary triple-net lease (the Master Lease) with Marketing. On December 5, 2011, Marketing filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court). Marketing rejected the Master Lease pursuant to an Order issued by the Bankruptcy Court, effective April 30, 2012 and possession of the then 788 properties subject to the Master Lease was returned to us.
As of December 31, 2012, more than 700 properties that we own or lease were previously leased to Marketing. During 2012, we entered into ten long-term triple-net unitary leases re-letting, in the aggregate, 443 operating properties previously leased to Marketing. The new leases generally have 15 year initial terms with provisions for renewal terms and annual rent escalations. We sold 54 properties for $15.4 million in the aggregate during 2012. As of the date of this filing on Form 10-K, in 2013, we have sold an additional 42 properties for $17.5 million in the aggregate, including one terminal. Certain of the properties previously leased to Marketing are subject to month-to-month licensing agreements and our temporary fuel supply agreement (described in more detail below). The balance of the remaining properties previously leased to Marketing are accounted for as held for sale and are either subject to month-to-month licensing agreements, or are vacant.
Since May 2003, we have acquired approximately 400 properties in various states in transactions valued at approximately $523 million. These acquisitions include single property transactions and portfolio transactions ranging in size from 18 properties with an aggregate value of approximately $13 million up to a portfolio comprised of 59 properties with an aggregate value of approximately $111 million.
Company Operations
As of December 31, 2012, we owned 946 properties and leased 135 properties. Our typical property is used as a retail motor fuel outlet and convenience store, and is located on between one-half and three quarters of an acre of land in a metropolitan area. The properties that we have acquired since 2007 are generally located on larger parcels of land. We believe our network of retail motor fuel and convenience store properties and terminal properties across the Northeast and the Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States is unique and that comparable networks of properties are not readily available for purchase or lease from other owners or landlords. Many of our properties are located at highly trafficked urban intersections or conveniently close to highway entrance or exit ramps.
Our business model is to lease our properties on a triple-net basis primarily to petroleum distributors and to a lesser extent to individual operators. Our tenants operate our properties directly or sublet our properties to operators who operate their gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities or other businesses at our properties. These tenants are responsible for the operations conducted at these properties. Our triple-net tenants are generally responsible for the payment of all taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance and other operating expenses relating to our properties.
5
In addition, with respect to certain properties that we are repositioning, we have entered into month-to-month license agreements and interim fuel supply arrangements. We receive monthly occupancy payments directly from the licensee-operators while we remain responsible for certain costs associated with the properties. These month-to-month license agreements allow the licensees to occupy and use the properties as gas stations, convenience stores or automotive repair service facilities, and require the licensee-operators to sell fuel provided exclusively by a third party, with whom we have contracted for interim fuel supply. Under our agreement with the third party fuel supplier, the third party fuel supplier is required to pay us a fee based in part on gallons sold and we pay to the third party fuel supplier a monthly administrative service fee. Our month-to-month license agreements differ from our triple-net lease arrangements in that, among other things, we are responsible for the payment of certain environmental compliance costs and property operating expenses including maintenance and real estate taxes. We intend to reposition these properties in order to maximize their value to us taking into account each propertys intermediate and long-term investment requirements and potential. As a result of this process, we expect that we may dispose of or lease these remaining properties, either individually or in small portfolios. We also may make investments in certain of these properties in anticipation of leasing them or by contribution to capital expenditures required to be made by our tenants. We cannot predict the timing or the terms of any future sales or leases.
Substantially all of our tenants financial results depend on the sale of refined petroleum products and rental income from their subtenants. As a result, our tenants financial results are highly dependent on the performance of the petroleum marketing industry, which is highly competitive and subject to volatility. In those instances where we determine that the best use for a property is no longer as a gas station, we will seek an alternative tenant or buyer for the property. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 20 of our properties are leased for uses such as quick serve restaurants, automobile sales and other retail purposes, excluding approximately 40 properties previously subject to the Master Lease with marketing which are currently held for sale and which have temporary occupancies. (For additional information regarding our real estate business and our properties, see Item 1. Business Real Estate Business and Item 2. Properties.)
One of our tenants, CPD NY Energy Corp., a subsidiary of Chestnut Petroleum Dist. (together with its affiliates, CPD), represents 18% and 12% of our revenues from rental properties for 2012 and 2011, respectively. (For information regarding factors that could adversely affect us relating to our lessees, see Part II, Item 1A. Risk Factors.)
The sector of the real estate industry in which we operate is highly competitive. In addition, we expect major real estate investors with significant capital will continue to compete with us for attractive acquisition opportunities. These competitors include petroleum manufacturing, distributing and marketing companies, other REITs, public and private investment funds and other individual and institutional investors. Generally, we seek leases with our Tenants that have an initial term of 15 years and include provisions for rental increases during the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2012, our average lease term including month-to-month license agreements, weighted by the number of underlying properties, was in excess of 9.8 years excluding renewal options. Retail motor fuel properties are an integral component of the transportation infrastructure. Stability within the retail motor fuel and convenience store industry is driven by highly inelastic demand for petroleum products and day-to-day consumer goods and fast foods, which supports our tenants.
We elected to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws beginning January 1, 2001. A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets certain requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. The Internal Revenue Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income. As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income to our shareholders each year and would be subject to corporate level federal income taxes on any taxable income that is not distributed.
Acquisition Strategy and Activity
As part of our overall growth strategy, we regularly review acquisition and financing opportunities to acquire additional properties, and we expect to continue to pursue acquisitions that we believe will benefit our financial performance. Our investment strategy is aimed at achieving a high quality real estate portfolio and geographic diversification. We employ investment personnel to pursue acquisitions that are consistent with this strategy. A key element of our investment strategy is to acquire properties in strong primary markets that serve high density population centers.
We review such opportunities on an ongoing basis and may have one or more potential acquisitions under consideration at any point in time, which may be at varying stages of the negotiation and due diligence review process. To the extent that our current sources of liquidity are not sufficient to fund such acquisitions, we will require other sources of capital, which may or may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
6
In 2012, we acquired fee or leasehold title to five gasoline station and convenience store properties in separate transactions valued at $5.2 million. In 2011, we acquired fee or leasehold title to 125 gasoline station and convenience store properties in two separate transactions valued at $198.6 million.
Since May 2003, we have acquired approximately 400 properties in various states in transactions valued at approximately $523 million. These acquisitions include single property transactions and portfolio transactions ranging in size from 18 properties with an aggregate value of approximately $13 million up to a portfolio comprised of 59 properties with an aggregate value of approximately $111 million.
Trademarks
We own the Getty ® name and trademark in connection with our real estate and the petroleum marketing business in the United States and we permit certain of our tenants to use the Getty ® trademarks at properties that they lease from us.
Regulation
We are subject to numerous existing federal, state and local laws and regulations including matters related to the protection of the environment such as the remediation of known contamination and the retirement and decommissioning or removal of long-lived assets including buildings containing hazardous materials, underground storage tanks (UST or USTs) and other equipment. Petroleum properties are governed by numerous federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These laws have included: (i) requirements to report to governmental authorities discharges of petroleum products into the environment and, under certain circumstances, to remediate the soil and/or groundwater contamination pursuant to governmental order and directive, (ii) requirements to remove and replace USTs that have exceeded governmental-mandated age limitations, and (iii) the requirement to provide a certificate of financial responsibility with respect to claims relating to UST failures. Our tenants are directly responsible for compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operators of our properties.
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with federal, state and local provisions enacted or adopted pertaining to environmental matters. Although we are unable to predict what legislation or regulations may be adopted in the future with respect to environmental protection and waste disposal, existing legislation and regulations have had no material adverse effect on our competitive position. (For additional information with respect to pending environmental lawsuits and claims see Item 3. Legal Proceedings.)
Environmental expenses are principally attributable to remediation costs which include installing, operating, maintaining and decommissioning remediation systems, monitoring contamination, and governmental agency reporting incurred in connection with contaminated properties. We seek reimbursement from state UST remediation funds related to these environmental expenses where available. We enter into leases and various other agreements which allocate responsibility for known and unknown environmental liabilities by establishing the percentage and method of allocating responsibility between the parties. In accordance with leases with certain tenants, we have agreed to bring the leased properties with known environmental contamination to within applicable standards, and to either regulatory or contractual closure (Closure) in an efficient and economical manner. Generally, upon achieving Closure at each individual property, our environmental liability under the lease for that property will be satisfied and future remediation obligations will be the responsibility of our tenant.
Our tenants are directly responsible to pay for (i) remediation of environmental contamination they cause and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operators of our properties, and (ii) environmental liabilities allocated to them under the terms of our leases and various other agreements. Generally, the liability for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs and other equipment is the responsibility of our triple-net tenants. We are contingently liable for these obligations in the event that our tenants do not satisfy their responsibilities. A liability has not been accrued for obligations that are the responsibility of our tenants (other than Marketings environmental obligations which we accrued in the fourth quarter of 2011). However, there can be no assurance that our assessments are correct or that our tenants who have paid their obligations in the past will continue to do so.
For additional information please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors and to Liquidity and Capital Resources, Environmental Matters, Contractual Obligations in Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations which appear in Item 7. and note 6 in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Personnel
As of March 18, 2013, we had 37 employees.
7
Access to our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and Corporate Governance Documents
Our website address is www.gettyrealty.com. Our address, phone number and a list of our officers is available on our website. Our website contains a hyperlink to the EDGAR database of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) at www.sec.gov where you can access, free-of-charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed. Our website also contains our business conduct guidelines, corporate governance guidelines and the charters of the Compensation, Nominating/Corporate Governance and Audit Committees of our Board of Directors. We also will provide copies of these reports and corporate governance documents free-of-charge upon request, addressed to Getty Realty Corp., 125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103, Jericho, NY 11753, Attn: Investor Relations. Information available on or accessible through our website shall not be deemed to be a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. You may read and copy any materials that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commissions Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.
We are subject to various risks, many of which are beyond our control. As a result of these and other factors, we may experience material fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. An investment in our stock involves various risks, including those mentioned below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those that are described from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.
We are repositioning our properties that were previously leased to Marketing. We expect to incur significant costs associated with repositioning these properties and we expect to generate less net revenue after leasing or selling these properties. The incurrence of these costs and receipt of less net revenue may materially negatively impact our cash flow and ability to pay dividends.
We are in the process of repositioning the properties that were previously leased to Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. (Marketing) comprising a unitary premises pursuant to a master lease (the Master Lease). During 2012, we have entered into long-term triple-net leases with respect to 443 of these properties. In addition, we have entered into month-to-month license agreements and interim fuel supply arrangements with respect to our operating properties. The remaining properties previously leased to Marketing are accounted for as held for sale, and are either subject to month-to-month licensing agreements or are vacant. Our month-to-month license agreements allow the licensee to occupy and to use the properties for gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities or other businesses. We receive monthly payments from the licensee-operators while remaining responsible for all operating expenses, including maintenance, repairs, real estate taxes, insurance and general upkeep (Property Expenditures) and environmental costs. Dependent on factors related to each site, we expect to directly pay for varying types of costs over a period of years for deferred maintenance, required renovations, replacement of underground storage tanks and related equipment and zoning and permitting costs (Capital Improvements). It is possible we may enter into additional long-term triple-net leases for certain of these properties with tenants who are actively engaged in the business of retail petroleum marketing.
We, or our tenants, have commenced eviction proceedings involving approximately 40 properties in various jurisdictions against Marketings former subtenants (or sub-subtenants) who have not vacated our properties and occupy our properties without rights. We are incurring significant costs, primarily legal expenses, in connection with such proceedings.
We are currently generating less net revenue from the leasing of these properties and we expect that following the completion of the repositioning process, we will continue to generate less net revenue from these properties than we previously received from Marketing. In addition, dependent on factors related to each site we expect to directly pay for Property Expenditures during the repositioning process and possibly thereafter and for Capital Improvements over a period of years.
It is possible that issues involved in re-letting or repositioning these properties may require significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business. The incurrence of these costs and receipt of less net revenue from our properties that were subject to the Master Lease may materially negatively impact our cash flow and ability to pay dividends.
Our future cash flow is dependent on the performance of our tenants of their lease obligations, renewal of existing leases and either re-letting or selling our vacant properties.
We are subject to risks that financial distress, default or bankruptcy of our tenants may lead to vacancy at our properties or disruption in rent receipts as a result of partial payment or nonpayment of rent or that expiring leases may not be renewed. Under unfavorable general economic conditions, there can be no assurance that our tenants level of sales and financial performance generally will not be adversely affected, which in turn, could impact the reliability of our rent receipts. We are subject to risks that the terms governing renewal or re-letting of our properties (including the cost of required renovations, replacement of underground storage tanks and related equipment or environmental remediation) may be less favorable than current lease terms (or prior lease terms in the case of vacant properties). We are also subject to the risk that we may receive less net proceeds from the properties we sell as
8
compared to their current carrying value or that the value of our properties may be adversely affected by unfavorable general economic conditions. Unfavorable general economic conditions may also negatively impact our ability to re-let or sell our properties. Numerous properties compete with our properties in attracting tenants to lease space. The number of available or competitive properties in a particular area could have a material adverse effect on our ability to lease or sell our properties and on the rents we are able to charge. In addition to the risk of disruption in rent receipts, we are subject to the risk of incurring real estate taxes, maintenance, environmental and other expenses at vacant properties.
The financial distress, default or bankruptcy of our tenants may also lead to protracted and expensive processes for retaking control of our properties than would otherwise be the case, including, eviction or other legal proceedings related to or resulting from the tenants default. These risks are greater with respect to certain of our tenants who lease multiple properties from us. If a tenant files for bankruptcy protection it is possible that we would recover substantially less than the full value of our claims against the tenant. If our tenants do not perform their lease obligations; or we are unable to renew existing leases and promptly recapture and re-let or sell vacant locations; or if lease terms upon renewal or re-letting are less favorable than current lease terms; or if the values of properties that we sell are adversely affected by market conditions; or if we incur significant costs or disruption related to or resulting from tenant financial distress, default or bankruptcy; then our cash flow could be significantly adversely affected.
We are continuing our efforts to sell certain properties. We cannot predict the terms or timing of any such property dispositions. If we do not obtain favorable terms on such dispositions, our operations and financial performance may be negatively impacted.
We are continuing our efforts to sell properties, including those properties which are accounted for as held for sale. While we have dedicated considerable effort designed to increase sales activity, we cannot predict if or when property dispositions will close and whether the terms of any such disposition will be favorable to us. It is likely that we will retain environmental liabilities that exist with respect to that property or group of properties prior to the date of sale, to the extent there is no third-party responsible therefor. If we do not obtain favorable terms on such dispositions, our operations and financial performance will be negatively impacted.
We maintain significant pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing. We cannot provide any assurance that our claims will be accepted or paid
As part of Marketings bankruptcy proceeding, we maintain significant pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing. Certain of our claims are considered administrative claims and have priority over other claims. We have agreed to cap our aggregate priority administrative claims at the amount of $10.5 million, together with interest from May 1, 2012 until paid at the rate provided in the Master Lease. As of the date of this filing on Form 10-K, the outstanding unpaid principal amount of our administration claim is $7.4 million. We cannot predict how much of these unpaid obligations we will ultimately collect, if any.
We have agreed to advance funds to the liquidating trustee of the Marketing Estate. We cannot give any assurance that we will be repaid any amounts of our loans or be reimbursed for our legal fees.
The Bankruptcy Court has appointed a liquidating trustee to oversee the liquidation of the Marketing estate (the Marketing Estate). In December 2011, the Marketing Estate filed a lawsuit against Marketings former parent, Lukoil Americas Corporation, and certain of its affiliates (collectively, Lukoil), as well as the former directors and officers of Marketing (the Lukoil Complaint). The Lukoil Complaint asserts, among other claims, that Marketings sale of assets to Lukoil in November 2009 constituted a fraudulent conveyance, and that the assets or their value can be recovered from Lukoil. In addition, the Lukoil Complaint asserts that the former directors and officers violated their fiduciary duties to Marketing in approving and effectuating the challenged sale, and are liable for money damages. The Liquidating Trustee is pursuing these claims for the benefit of the Marketing Estate.
In October 2012, we entered into an agreement with the Marketing Estate to make loans and otherwise fund up to an aggregate amount of $6.4 million to fund the prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint and certain expenses incurred by the Marketing Estate (the Litigation Funding Agreement). It is possible that we may agree to advance amounts in excess of $6.4 million. We advanced $1.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 and $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2013 to the Marketing Estate pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement. The Litigation Funding Agreement also provides that we are entitled to be reimbursed for up to $1.3 million of our legal fees in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Based on the terms of the Litigation Funding Agreement, we have recorded a receivable of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2012, which includes amounts advanced and amounts due for reimbursable legal fees we incurred in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Payments that we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement will not reduce our Administrative Claim or our other pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing. A portion of the payments we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement may be subject to federal income taxes. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be repaid any amounts we advance pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement or the reimbursable legal fees we have incurred.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial position and results of operations, and they require management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial position and results of operations. We have identified several accounting policies as being critical to the presentation of our financial position and results of
9
operations because they require management to make particularly subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be recorded under different conditions or using different assumptions. We cannot provide any assurance that we will not make subsequent significant adjustments to our consolidated financial statements. Estimates, judgments and assumptions underlying our consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, receivables and related reserves, deferred rent receivable, income under direct financing leases, asset retirement obligations including environmental remediation obligations, real estate, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets, litigation, accrued liabilities, income taxes and allocation of the purchase price of properties acquired to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
If our accounting policies, methods, judgments, assumptions and allocations prove to be incorrect, or if circumstances change, our business, financial condition, revenues, operating expense, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price may be materially adversely affected.
We are dependent on external sources of capital which may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.
We are dependent on external sources of capital to maintain our status as a REIT and must distribute to our shareholders each year at least 90% of our net taxable income, excluding any net capital gain. Because of these distribution requirements, it is not likely that we will be able to fund all future capital needs, including acquisitions, from income from operations. Therefore, we will have to continue to rely on third-party sources of capital, which may or may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash flows from operations, funds available under our Credit Agreement that matures in August 2015 and available cash and cash equivalents. On February 25, 2013, we entered into a $175 million senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the Bank Syndicate), which is scheduled to mature in August 2015 and a $100 million senior secured long-term loan agreement with the Prudential Insurance Company of America (the Prudential Loan Agreement), which matures in February 2021. On February 25, 2013, we also repaid and terminated our existing credit agreement with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and our term loan agreement with TD Bank. For additional information, please refer to Credit Agreement and Prudential Loan Agreement in Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our ability to meet the financial and other covenants relating to our Credit Agreement and our Prudential Loan Agreement is dependent on our continued ability to meet certain criteria as further described in note 4 in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the performance of our tenants. If we are not in compliance with one or more of our covenants, which could result in an event of default under our Credit Agreement or our Prudential Loan Agreement, there can be no assurance that our lenders would waive such non-compliance. This could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition, results of operation, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
As part of our overall growth strategy, we regularly review acquisition and financing opportunities to acquire additional properties, and we expect to continue to pursue acquisitions that we believe will benefit our financial performance. To the extent that our current sources of liquidity are not sufficient to fund such acquisitions, we will require other sources of capital, which may or may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
Our access to third-party sources of capital depends upon a number of factors including general market conditions, the markets perception of our growth potential, financial stability, our current and potential future earnings and cash distributions, covenants and limitations imposed under our Credit Agreement and our Prudential Loan Agreement and the market price of our common stock.
Our business operations may not generate sufficient cash for distributions or debt service.
There is no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay dividends on our common stock, to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may not be able to repay or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms, which could force us to dispose of properties on disadvantageous terms (which may also result in losses) or accept financing on unfavorable terms.
We may acquire new properties, and this may create risks.
We may acquire or develop properties when we believe that an acquisition or development matches our business strategies. These properties may have characteristics or deficiencies currently unknown to us that affect their value or revenue potential. It is possible that the operating performance of these properties may decline after we acquire them, they may not perform as expected and, if financed using debt or new equity issuances, may result in shareholder dilution. Our acquisition of properties will expose us to the liabilities of those properties, some of which we may not be aware of at the time of acquisition. We face competition in pursuing these
10
acquisitions and we may not succeed in leasing acquired properties at rents sufficient to cover their costs of acquisition and operations. Newly acquired properties may require significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business. We may not succeed in consummating desired acquisitions. Consequences arising from or in connection with any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
While we seek to grow through accretive acquisitions, acquisitions of properties may be dilutive and may not produce the returns that we expect and we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired properties into our portfolio or manage our growth effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.
Acquisitions of properties may initially be dilutive to our net income, and such properties may not perform as we expect or produce the returns that we anticipate (including, without limitation, as a result of tenant bankruptcies, tenant concessions, our inability to collect rents and higher than anticipated operating expenses). Further, we may not successfully integrate one or more of these property acquisitions into our existing portfolio without operating disruptions or unanticipated costs. Additionally, to the extent we increase the size of our portfolio, we may not be able to adapt our management, administrative, accounting and operational systems, or hire and retain sufficient operational staff to integrate acquired properties into our portfolio or manage any future acquisitions of properties without operating disruptions or unanticipated costs. Moreover, our continued growth will require increased investment in management personnel, professional fees, other personnel, financial and management systems and controls and facilities, which will result in additional operating expenses. Under the circumstances described above, our results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
We are subject to risks inherent in owning and leasing real estate.
We are subject to varying degrees of risk generally related to leasing and owning real estate many of which are beyond our control. In addition to general risks applicable to us, our risks include, among others:
|
our liability as a lessee for long-term lease obligations regardless of our revenues, |
|
deterioration in national, regional and local economic and real estate market conditions, |
|
potential changes in supply of, or demand for, rental properties similar to ours, |
|
competition for tenants and declining rental rates, |
|
difficulty in selling or re-letting properties on favorable terms or at all, |
|
impairments in our ability to collect rent or other payments due to us when they are due, |
|
increases in interest rates and adverse changes in the availability, cost and terms of financing, |
|
uninsured property liability, |
|
the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, |
|
adverse changes in zoning laws and other regulations, |
|
acts of terrorism and war, |
|
acts of God, |
|
the potential risk of functional obsolescence of properties over time, |
|
the need to periodically renovate and repair our properties, and |
|
physical or weather-related damage to our properties. |
Each of these factors could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. In addition, real estate investments are relatively illiquid, which means that our ability to vary our portfolio of properties in response to changes in economic and other conditions may be limited.
11
Adverse developments in general business, economic, or political conditions could have a material adverse effect on us.
Adverse developments in general business and economic conditions, including through recession, downturn or otherwise, either in the economy generally or in those regions in which a large portion of our business is conducted, could have a material adverse effect on us and significantly increase certain of the risks we are subject to. The general economic conditions in the United States are, and for an extended period of time may be, significantly less favorable than that of prior years. Among other effects, adverse economic conditions could depress real estate values, impact our ability to re-let or sell our properties and have an adverse effect on our tenants level of sales and financial performance generally. Our revenues are dependent on the economic success of our tenants and any factors that adversely impact our tenants could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
Substantially all of our tenants depend on the same industry for their revenues.
We derive substantially all of our revenues from leasing, primarily on a triple-net basis, and financing retail motor fuel and convenience store properties to tenants in the petroleum marketing industry. Accordingly, our revenues are substantially dependent on the economic success of the petroleum marketing industry, and any factors that adversely affect that industry, such as disruption in the supply of petroleum or a decrease in the demand for conventional motor fuels due to conservation, technological advancements in petroleum-fueled motor vehicles, or an increase in the use of alternative fuel vehicles, or green technology could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. The success of participants in the petroleum marketing industry depends upon the sale of refined petroleum products at margins in excess of fixed and variable expenses. The petroleum marketing industry is highly competitive and volatile. Petroleum products are commodities, the prices of which depend on numerous factors that affect supply and demand. The prices paid by our tenants and other petroleum marketers for products are affected by global, national and regional factors. A large, rapid increase in wholesale petroleum prices would adversely affect the profitability and cash flows of our tenants if the increased cost of petroleum products could not be passed on to their customers or if automobile consumption of gasoline was to decline significantly. We cannot be certain how these factors will affect petroleum product prices or supply in the future, or how in particular they will affect our tenants.
Property taxes on our properties may increase without notice.
Each of the properties we own or lease is subject to real property taxes. The leases for certain of the properties that we lease from third parties obligate us to pay real property taxes with regard to those properties. The real property taxes on our properties and any other properties that we acquire or lease in the future may increase as property tax rates change and as those properties are assessed or reassessed by tax authorities. To the extent that our tenants are not responsible for property taxes pursuant to their contractual arrangements with us or are unable or unwilling to pay such increase in accordance with their leases, our net operating expenses may increase.
We incur significant operating costs as a result of environmental laws and regulations which costs could significantly rise and reduce our profitability.
We are subject to numerous existing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including matters relating to the protection of the environment. Under certain environmental laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be liable for contamination resulting from the presence or discharge of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products at, on, or under, such property, and may be required to investigate and clean-up such contamination. Such laws typically impose liability and clean-up responsibility without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, or the timing or cause of the contamination, and the liability under such laws has been interpreted to be joint and several unless the harm is divisible and there is a reasonable basis for allocation of responsibility. For example, liability may arise as a result of the historical use of a property or from the migration of contamination from adjacent or nearby properties. Any such contamination or liability may also reduce the value of the property. In addition, the owner or operator of a property may be subject to claims by third parties based on injury, damage and/or costs, including investigation and clean-up costs, resulting from environmental contamination present at or emanating from a property. The properties owned or controlled by us are leased primarily as retail motor fuel and convenience store properties, and therefore may contain, or may have contained, USTs for the storage of petroleum products and other hazardous or toxic substances, which creates a potential for the release of such products or substances. Some of our properties may be subject to regulations regarding the retirement and decommissioning or removal of long-lived assets including buildings containing hazardous materials, USTs and other equipment. Some of the properties may be adjacent to or near properties that have contained or currently contain USTs used to store petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, certain of the properties are on, adjacent to, or near properties upon which others have engaged or may in the future engage in activities that may release petroleum products or other hazardous or toxic substances. There may be other environmental problems associated with our properties of which we are unaware. These problems may make it more difficult for us to re-let or sell our properties on favorable terms, or at all.
12
For additional information with respect to pending environmental lawsuits and claims, and environmental remediation obligations and estimates see Item 3. Legal Proceedings, Environmental Matters in Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and note 6 in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We enter into leases and various other agreements which allocate responsibility for known and unknown environmental liabilities by establishing the percentage and method of allocating responsibility between the parties. Our tenants are directly responsible to pay for (i) remediation of environmental contamination they cause and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operators of our properties, and (ii) environmental liabilities allocated to them under the terms of our leases and various other agreements. Generally, the liability for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs and other equipment is the responsibility of our triple-net tenants. We are contingently liable for these obligations in the event that our tenants do not satisfy their responsibilities. A liability has not been accrued for obligations that are the responsibility of our tenants (other than amounts accrued for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities accrued in the fourth quarter of 2011). However, there can be no assurance that our assessments are correct or that our tenants who have paid their obligations in the past will continue to do so.
We cannot provide any assurance that the programs under which we are reimbursed from state UST remediation funds will continue to be available to us. Environmental exposures are difficult to assess and estimate for numerous reasons, including the extent of contamination, alternative treatment methods that may be applied, location of the property which subjects it to differing local laws and regulations and their interpretations, as well as the time it takes to remediate contamination. In developing our liability for estimated environmental remediation obligations on a property by property basis, we consider among other things, enacted laws and regulations, assessments of contamination and surrounding geology, quality of information available, currently available technologies for treatment, alternative methods of remediation and prior experience. Environmental accruals are based on estimates which are subject to significant change, and are adjusted as the remediation treatment progresses, as circumstances change and as environmental contingencies become more clearly defined and reasonably estimable. Adjustments to accrued liabilities for environmental remediation obligations will be reflected in our financial statements as they become probable and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made.
It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation methods and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in adjustments to the amounts recorded for environmental litigation accruals and environmental remediation liabilities. We will be required to accrue for environmental liabilities that we believe are allocable to others under various other agreements if we determine that it is probable that the counterparty will not meet its environmental obligations. We may ultimately be responsible to pay for environmental liabilities as the property owner if the counterparty fails to pay them.
We cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations may be enacted in the future, or if or how existing laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to products or activities to which they have not previously been applied. We cannot predict whether state UST fund programs will be administered and funded in the future in a manner that is consistent with past practices and if future environmental spending will continue to be eligible for reimbursement at historical recovery rates under these programs. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies or stricter interpretation of existing laws which may develop in the future, could have an adverse effect on our financial position, or that of our tenants, and could require substantial additional expenditures for future remediation.
As a result of the factors discussed above, or others, compliance with environmental laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
We are defending pending lawsuits and claims and are subject to material losses.
We are subject to various lawsuits and claims, including litigation related to environmental matters, such as those arising from leaking USTs and releases of motor fuel into the environment, and toxic tort claims. The ultimate resolution of certain matters cannot be predicted because considerable uncertainty exists both in terms of the probability of loss and the estimate of such loss. Our ultimate liabilities resulting from such lawsuits and claims, if any, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. For additional information with respect to pending environmental lawsuits and claims and environmental remediation obligations and estimates see Item 3. Legal Proceedings and Environmental Matters in Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and notes 3 and 6 in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
13
A significant portion of our properties are concentrated in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, and adverse conditions in those regions, in particular, could negatively impact our operations.
A significant portion of the properties we own and lease are located in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States. Because of the concentration of our properties in those regions, in the event of adverse economic conditions in those regions, we would likely experience higher risk of default on payment of rent to us than if our properties were more geographically diversified. Additionally, the rents on our properties may be subject to a greater risk of default than other properties in the event of adverse economic, political, or business developments or natural hazards that may affect the Northeast or Mid-Atlantic United States and the ability of our lessees to make rent payments. This lack of geographical diversification could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
We are in a competitive business.
The real estate industry is highly competitive. Where we own properties, we compete for tenants with a large number of real estate property owners and other companies that sublet properties. Our principal means of competition are rents we are able to charge in relation to the income producing potential of the location. In addition, we expect other major real estate investors, some with much greater financial resources or more experienced personnel than we have, will compete with us for attractive acquisition opportunities. These competitors include petroleum manufacturing, distributing and marketing companies, other REITs, public and private investment funds and other individual and institutional investors. This competition has increased prices for properties we seek to acquire and may impair our ability to make suitable property acquisitions on favorable terms in the future.
We are exposed to counterparty risk and there can be no assurances that we will effectively manage or mitigate this risk.
We regularly interact with counterparties in various industries. The types of counterparties most common to our transactions and agreements include, but are not limited to, landlords, tenants, vendors and lenders. Our most significant counterparties include, but are not limited to the members of the Bank Syndicate related to our Credit Agreement and the lender that is the counterparty to the Prudential Loan Agreement and one of our tenants from whom we derive a significant amount of revenue. The default, insolvency or other inability of a significant counterparty to perform its obligations under an agreement or transaction, including, without limitation, as a result of the rejection of an agreement or transaction in bankruptcy proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on us. One of our tenants, CPD NY Energy Corp., a subsidiary of Chestnut Petroleum Dist. (together with its affiliates, CPD)), represents 18% and 12% of our revenues from rental properties for 2012 and 2011, respectively. It is possible that as a result of either acquiring additional properties from CPD or as a result of disposing some of our existing properties, CPD could account for a greater percentage of our revenues from rental properties. We may also undertake additional transactions with our other existing tenants which would further concentrate our sources of revenues. Therefore, the failure of a major tenant is likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
We are subject to losses that may not be covered by insurance.
We, and certain of our tenants, carry insurance against certain risks and in such amounts as we believe are customary for businesses of our kind. However, as the costs and availability of insurance change, we may decide not to be covered against certain losses (such as certain environmental liabilities, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods and civil disorder) where, in the judgment of management, the insurance is not warranted due to cost or availability of coverage or the remoteness of perceived risk. There is no assurance that these insurance coverages are or will be sufficient to cover actual losses incurred. The destruction of, or significant damage to, or significant liabilities arising out of conditions at, our properties due to an uninsured cause would result in an economic loss and could result in us losing both our investment in, and anticipated profits from, such properties. When a loss is insured, the coverage may be insufficient in amount or duration, or a lessees customers may be lost, such that the lessee cannot resume its business after the loss at prior levels or at all, resulting in reduced rent or a default under its lease. Any such loss relating to a large number of properties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
14
Failure to qualify as a REIT under the federal income tax laws would have adverse consequences to our shareholders.
We elected to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws beginning January 1, 2001. We cannot; however, guarantee that we will continue to qualify in the future as a REIT. We cannot give any assurance that new legislation, regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions will not significantly change the requirements relating to our qualification. If we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be allowed a deduction for distributions to shareholders in computing our taxable income and will again be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates, we could be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax, we could be required to pay significant income taxes and we would have less money available for our operations and distributions to shareholders. This would likely have a significant adverse effect on the value of our securities. We could also be precluded from treatment as a REIT for four taxable years following the year in which we lost the qualification, and all distributions to shareholders would be taxable as regular corporate dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Loss of our REIT status could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
We are exposed to interest rate risk and there can be no assurances that we will manage or mitigate this risk effectively.
We are exposed to interest rate risk, primarily as a result of our Credit Agreement. Borrowings under our Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates will increase the amount of interest we must pay under our Credit Agreement. Our interest rate risk may materially change in the future if we increase our borrowings under the Credit Agreement, or amend our Credit Agreement or Prudential Loan Agreement, seek other sources of debt or equity capital or refinance our outstanding debt. A significant increase in interest rates could also make it more difficult to find alternative financing on desirable terms. (For additional information with respect to interest rate risk, see Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks, in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.)
Future issuances of equity securities could dilute the interest of holders of our equity securities.
Our future growth will depend upon our ability to raise additional capital. If we were to raise additional capital through the issuance of equity securities, we could dilute the interest of holders of our common stock. The interest of our common stockholders could also be diluted by the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to stock incentive plans. Accordingly, the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of equity securities that could dilute, or otherwise adversely affect, the interest of holders of our common stock.
We may change our dividend policy and the dividends we pay may be subject to significant volatility.
The decision to declare and pay dividends on our common stock in the future, as well as the timing, amount and composition of any such future dividends, will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on such factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, our Credit Agreement and our Prudential Loan Agreement prohibit the payments of dividends during certain events of default. During 2011 and 2012, the Board of Directors significantly reduced, eliminated and then reinstated at a significantly reduced rate, our quarterly dividend. (See the table of cash dividends declared in 2011 and 2012 in Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities for additional information.) No assurance can be given that our financial performance in the future will permit our payment of any dividends or that the amount of dividends we pay, if any, will not fluctuate significantly.
Under the Maryland General Corporation Law, our ability to pay dividends would be restricted if, after payment of the dividend, (1) we would not be able to pay indebtedness as it becomes due in the usual course of business or (2) our total assets would be less than the sum of our liabilities plus the amount that would be needed, if we were to be dissolved, to satisfy the rights of any shareholders with liquidation preferences. There currently are no shareholders with liquidation preferences.
To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we must, among other requirements such as those related to the composition of our assets and gross income, distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our taxable income, including taxable income that is accrued by us without a corresponding receipt of cash. We cannot provide any assurance that our cash flows will permit us to continue paying cash dividends. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has allowed the use of a procedure, as a result of which we could satisfy the REIT income distribution requirement by making a distribution on our common stock comprised of (i) shares of our common stock having a value of up to 80% of the total distribution and (ii) cash in the remaining amount of the total distribution, in lieu of paying the distribution entirely in cash. In order to use this procedure, we would need to seek and obtain a private letter ruling of the IRS to the effect that the procedure is applicable to our situation. Without obtaining such a private letter ruling, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to satisfy our REIT income distribution requirement by making distributions payable in whole or in part in shares of our common stock. It is also possible that instead of distributing 100% of our taxable income on an annual basis, we may decide to retain a portion of our taxable income and to pay taxes on such amounts as permitted by the IRS. In the event that we pay a portion of
15
a dividend in shares of our common stock, taxable U.S. shareholders would be required to pay tax on the entire amount of the dividend, including the portion paid in shares of common stock, in which case such shareholders might have to pay the tax using cash from other sources. If a U.S. shareholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our common stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. shareholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividend, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our shareholders sell shares of our common stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, such sales would put downward pressure on the market price of our common stock.
As a result of the factors described herein and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and those that are described from time to time in our other filings with the SEC, we may experience material fluctuations in future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, revenues, operating expenses, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or our stock price.
Changes in market conditions could adversely affect the market price of our publicly traded common stock.
As with other publicly traded securities, the market price of our publicly traded common stock depends on various market conditions, which may change from time-to-time. Among the market conditions that may affect the market price of our publicly traded common stock are the following:
|
our financial condition and performance and that of our significant tenants, |
|
the markets perception of our growth potential and potential future earnings, |
|
the reputation of REITs generally and the reputation of REITs with portfolios similar to us, |
|
the attractiveness of the securities of REITs in comparison to securities issued by other entities (including securities issued by other real estate companies), |
|
an increase in market interest rates, which may lead prospective investors to demand a higher distribution rate in relation to the price paid for publicly traded securities, |
|
the extent of institutional investor interest in us, and |
|
general economic and financial market conditions. |
In order to preserve our REIT status, our charter limits the number of shares a person may own, which may discourage a takeover that could result in a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders.
Our charter, with certain exceptions, authorizes our Board of Directors to take such actions as are necessary and desirable to preserve our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Unless exempted by our Board of Directors, no person may actually or constructively own more than 5% (by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive) of the outstanding shares of our common stock or the outstanding shares of any class or series of our preferred stock, which may inhibit large investors from desiring to purchase our stock. This restriction may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control, including an extraordinary transaction (such as a merger, tender offer, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets) that might provide a premium price for our common stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Maryland law may discourage a third-party from acquiring us.
We are subject to the provisions of Maryland Business Combination Act (the Business Combination Act) which prohibits transactions between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder for 5 (five) years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Generally, pursuant to the Business Combination Act, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of a Maryland corporations voting stock. These provisions could have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our Company or reducing the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our capital stock. Additionally, the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act may deny voting rights to shares involved in an acquisition of one-tenth or more of the voting stock of a Maryland corporation. In our charter and bylaws, we have elected not to have the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of our company. However, in
16
the case of the control share acquisition statute, our Board of Directors may opt to make this statute applicable to us at any time by amending our bylaws, and may do so on a retroactive basis. Finally, the unsolicited takeovers provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law permit our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to implement certain provisions that may have the effect of inhibiting a third-party from making an acquisition proposal for our Company or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stocks with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price or that stockholders may otherwise believe is in their best interests.
Inflation may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Although inflation has not materially impacted our results of operations in the recent past, increased inflation could have a more pronounced negative impact on any variable rate debt we incur in the future and on our results of operations. During times when inflation is greater than increases in rent, as provided for in our leases, rent increases may not keep up with the rate of inflation. Likewise, even though our triple-net leases reduce our exposure to rising property expenses due to inflation, substantial inflationary pressures and increased costs may have an adverse impact on our tenants if increases in their operating expenses exceed increases in revenue, which may adversely affect the tenants ability to pay rent.
The loss of certain members of our management team could adversely affect our business.
We depend upon the skills and experience of our executive officers. Loss of the services of any of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. Except for the employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer, David B. Driscoll, we do not have employment agreements with any of our executives.
Amendments to the Accounting Standards Codification made by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) or changes in accounting standards issued by other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our reported revenues, profitability or financial position.
Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification, which is periodically amended by the FASB. The application of GAAP is also subject to varying interpretations over time. Accordingly, we are required to adopt amendments to the Accounting Standards Codification or comply with revised interpretations that are issued from time-to-time by recognized authoritative bodies, including the FASB and the SEC. Those changes could adversely affect our reported revenues, profitability or financial position.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the market on which our common stock trades, the markets in which we operate, our operations and our results of operations.
Terrorist attacks or other acts of violence or war could affect our business or the businesses of our tenants. The consequences of armed conflicts are unpredictable, and we may not be able to foresee events that could have a material adverse effect on us. More generally, any of these events could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. Terrorist attacks also could be a factor resulting in, or a continuation of, an economic recession in the United States or abroad. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Nearly all of our properties are leased or sublet to petroleum distributors and retailers engaged in the sale of gasoline and other motor fuel products, convenience store products and automotive repair services who are responsible for the operations conducted at these properties and for the payment of taxes, maintenance, repair, insurance and other operating expenses relating to our properties. In those instances where we determine that the best use for a property is no longer as a retail motor fuel outlet, we will seek an alternative tenant or buyer for the property. As of December 31, 2012, we lease or sublet approximately 20 of our properties for uses such as quick serve restaurants, automobile sales and other retail purposes, excluding approximately 40 properties previously subject to the Master Lease with marketing which are currently held for sale and which have temporary occupancies.
17
The following table summarizes the geographic distribution of our properties at December 31, 2012. The table also identifies the number and location of properties we lease from third-parties. In addition, we lease 5,800 square feet of office space at 125 Jericho Turnpike, Jericho, New York, which is used for our corporate headquarters, which we believe will remain suitable and adequate for such purposes for the immediate future.
OWNED
BY GETTY REALTY |
LEASED
BY GETTY REALTY |
TOTAL
PROPERTIES BY STATE |
PERCENT
OF TOTAL PROPERTIES |
|||||||||||||
New York |
296 | 61 | 357 | 33.0 | % | |||||||||||
Massachusetts |
150 | 24 | 174 | 16.1 | ||||||||||||
New Jersey |
108 | 16 | 124 | 11.5 | ||||||||||||
Connecticut |
86 | 18 | 104 | 9.6 | ||||||||||||
Pennsylvania |
96 | 2 | 98 | 9.1 | ||||||||||||
New Hampshire |
47 | 5 | 52 | 4.8 | ||||||||||||
Maryland |
42 | 2 | 44 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||
Virginia |
27 | 3 | 30 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||
Rhode Island |
15 | 2 | 17 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||
Texas |
17 | | 17 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||
Maine |
12 | | 12 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||
Hawaii |
10 | | 10 | 0.9 | ||||||||||||
California |
8 | 1 | 9 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
Delaware |
8 | 1 | 9 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||
North Carolina |
8 | | 8 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||
Florida |
6 | | 6 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||
Ohio |
4 | | 4 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||
Arkansas |
3 | | 3 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||
Illinois |
1 | | 1 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
North Dakota |
1 | | 1 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
Vermont |
1 | | 1 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
946 | 135 | 1,081 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes nine terminal properties which are being marketed for sale owned in New York, New Jersey, Connecticut and Rhode Island. |
The properties that we lease from third-parties have a remaining lease term, including renewal option terms, averaging over 11 years. The following table sets forth information regarding lease expirations, including renewal and extension option terms, for properties that we lease from third-parties:
CALENDAR YEAR |
NUMBER OF
LEASES EXPIRING |
PERCENT
OF TOTAL LEASED PROPERTIES |
PERCENT
OF TOTAL PROPERTIES |
|||||||||
2013 |
9 | 6.67 | 0.83 | |||||||||
2014 |
3 | 2.22 | 0.28 | |||||||||
2015 |
7 | 5.19 | 0.65 | |||||||||
2016 |
4 | 2.96 | 0.37 | |||||||||
2017 |
6 | 4.44 | 0.55 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Subtotal |
29 | 21.48 | 2.68 | |||||||||
Thereafter |
106 | 78.52 | 9.81 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
135 | 100.00 | % | 12.49 | % | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have rights-of-first refusal to purchase or lease 90 of the properties we lease from third-parties. Approximately 71% of the properties we lease from third-parties are subject to automatic renewal or extension options.
For the year ended December 31, 2012 revenues from rental properties in continuing and discontinued operations included $104.8 million of rent contractually due or received with respect to 1,128 average rental properties held during the year or an average annual rent contractually due or received of approximately $93,000 per rental property. For the year ended December 31, 2011 revenues from rental properties in continuing and discontinued operations included $110.4 million of rent contractually due or received with respect to 1,154 average rental properties held during the year or an average annual rent contractually due or received of approximately $96,000 per rental property. The net revenue we are realizing from the properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease is less than the contractual rent we received from Marketing under the Master Lease.
18
Rental unit expirations and the annualized contractual rent as of December 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands, except for the number of rental units data):
CALENDAR YEAR |
NUMBER OF
RENTAL UNITS EXPIRING (b) |
ANNUALIZED
CONTRACTUAL RENT(a) |
PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL ANNUALIZED RENT |
|||||||||
2013 |
244 | 10,543 | 13.7 | |||||||||
2014 |
29 | 1,776 | 2.3 | |||||||||
2015 |
22 | 668 | 0.9 | |||||||||
2016 |
17 | 1,269 | 1.7 | |||||||||
2017 |
35 | 1,742 | 2.3 | |||||||||
2018 |
14 | 1,550 | 2.0 | |||||||||
2019 |
66 | 5,382 | 7.0 | |||||||||
2020 |
39 | 4,076 | 5.3 | |||||||||
2021 |
43 | 3,241 | 4.2 | |||||||||
2022 |
2 | 147 | 0.2 | |||||||||
Thereafter |
576 | 46,315 | 60.4 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
1,087 | $ | 76,709 | 100.00 | % | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Represents the monthly contractual rent due from tenants under existing leases as of December 31, 2012 multiplied by 12. This amount excludes real estate tax reimbursements which are billed to the tenant when paid. |
(b) |
Rental units include properties subdivided into multiple premises with separate tenants. Rental units also include individual properties comprising a single premises as such term is defined under a unitary master lease related to such properties. With respect to a unitary master lease that includes properties that we lease from third-parties, the expiration dates for rental units refers to the dates that the leases with the third-parties expire and upon which date our tenant must vacate those properties, not the expiration date of the unitary master lease itself. |
In the opinion of our management, our owned and leased properties are adequately covered by casualty and liability insurance. In addition, we generally require our tenants to provide insurance for all properties they lease from us, including casualty, liability, pollution legal liability, fire and extended coverage in amounts and on other terms satisfactory to us. We are evaluating potential capital expenditures and funding sources for properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease and which are not currently subject to long-term leases. We have no current plans to make material improvements to any of our properties other than the properties previously subject to the Master Lease with Marketing. However, our tenants frequently make improvements to the properties leased from us at their expense. In certain of our new leases, we have committed to co-invest as much as $14.1 million in capital improvements in our properties. We are not aware of any material liens or encumbrances on any of our properties.
During 2012, we sold 54 properties for $15.4 million in the aggregate and as of the date of this filing, in 2013, we have sold an additional 42 properties for $17.5 million in the aggregate, including one terminal. We are continuing our efforts to sell approximately 60 properties that have previously had their underground storage tanks removed and eight petroleum distribution terminals although alternatively we may seek to re-let some of these properties and terminals. With respect to the terminals we own, it may be costly and time consuming for us or potential tenants or buyers to upgrade the terminal facilities to competitive standards within the industry, obtain or renew operating permits and attract customers to store their petroleum products at these locations. With respect to retail properties that are vacant or have had underground storage tanks and related equipment removed, it may be more difficult or costly to re-let or sell such properties as gas stations because of capital costs or possible zoning or permitting rights that are required and that may have lapsed during the period since gasoline was last sold at the property. Conversely, it may be easier to re-let or sell properties where underground storage tanks and related equipment have been removed if the property will not be used as a retail motor fuel outlet or if environmental contamination has been or is being remediated. In accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, substantially all of these properties have met the criteria to be classified as held for sale.
Since the Master Lease was structured as a triple-net lease, Marketing (as the lessee) had the responsibility for the maintenance, repair, real estate taxes, insurance and general upkeep of these properties (Property Expenditures) during the term of the Master Lease. Marketing failed to meet many of its obligations to undertake the Property Expenditures related to our properties. In addition to having to incur the costs of the Property Expenditures, Marketing did not pay any additional Property Expenditures for the period after termination of the Master Lease. We expect to incur significant costs over a period of years to upgrade the properties to competitive standards within the industry for required renovations, replacement of underground storage tanks and related equipment or environmental remediation, zoning and permitting (Capital Improvements). We anticipate incurring significant Property Expenditures and Capital Improvement costs. It is also possible that our estimates for environmental remediation and tank removal expenses relating to these properties will be higher than the Marketing Environmental Liabilities that we have accrued and that issues involved in re-letting or repositioning these properties may require significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business.
19
We are engaged in a number of legal proceedings, many of which we consider to be routine and incidental to our business. The following is a description of material legal proceedings, including those involving private parties and governmental authorities under federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment. We are vigorously defending all of the legal proceedings involving us, including each of the legal proceedings matters listed below.
In 1991, the State of New York commenced an action in the Supreme Court, Albany County, against Kingston Oil Supply Corp. (our former heating oil subsidiary), Charles Baccaro and Amos Post, Inc. The action seeks recovery for reimbursement of investigation and remediating costs incurred by the New York Environmental Protection and Spill Compensation Fund, together with interest and statutory penalties under the New York Navigation Law. We answered the complaint on behalf of Kingston Oil Supply Corp. and Amos Post Inc. Thereafter, from approximately 1993 to November 2011, the case remained dormant except for a brief period in 2002 when the State of New York indicated an intention to prosecute the lawsuit. In November 2011, the State of New York recommenced efforts to pursue its claims against us for reimbursement of costs, interest and statutory penalties under the Navigation Law. We are asserting defenses to liability and to damages.
In September 2004, the State of New York commenced an action against us, United Gas Corp., Costa Gas Station, Inc., The Ingraham Bedell Corporation, Exxon Mobil Corporation, Shell Oil Company, Shell Oil Products Company, Motiva Enterprises, LLC, and related parties, in New York Supreme Court in Albany County seeking recovery for reimbursement of investigation and remediation costs claimed to have been incurred by the New York Environmental Protection and Spill Compensation Fund relating to contamination it alleges emanated from various retail motor fuel properties located in the same vicinity in Uniondale, N.Y., including a site formerly owned by us and at which a petroleum release and cleanup occurred. The complaint also seeks future costs for remediation, as well as interest and penalties. We have served an answer to the complaint denying responsibility. Discovery in this case is ongoing.
In October 2007, we received a demand from the State of New York to pay costs allegedly arising from investigation and remediation of petroleum spills that occurred at a property formerly owned by us and taken by eminent domain by the State of New York in 1991. We responded to the State of New Yorks demand and denied responsibility for reimbursement of such costs. In August 2010, the State of New Yorks commenced a lawsuit in New York Supreme Court, Albany County against us, Bryant Taconic Corp. and related parties seeking damages under the New York Navigation Law. We have interposed an answer asserting numerous affirmative defenses. Discovery in this case is ongoing.
In September 2008, we received a directive and notice of violation from the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) calling for a remedial investigation and cleanup, to be conducted by us and Gary and Barbara Galliker, individually and trading as Millstone Auto Service, Auto Tech, and other named parties, of petroleum-related contamination found at a retail motor fuel property located in Millstone Township, New Jersey. We did not own or lease this property, but did supply gas to the operator of this property in 1985 and 1986. We responded to the NJDEP, denying liability. In November 2009, the NJDEP issued an Administrative Order and Notice of Civil Administrative Penalty Assessment (the Order and Assessment) to us, Marketing and Gary and Barbara Galliker, individually and trading as Millstone Auto Service. We have filed a request for a hearing to contest the allegations of the Order and Assessment, but the date of the hearing has not yet been scheduled.
In November 2009, an action was commenced by the State of New York in the Supreme Court, Albany County, seeking the recovery of costs incurred in remediating alleged petroleum contamination down gradient of a gasoline station formerly owned by us, and gasoline stations that were allegedly owned or operated by other named defendants, including M&A Realty, Inc., Gas Land Petroleum, Inc., and Mid-Valley Oil Company. We answered the complaint, denying liability and asserting affirmative defenses and cross claims against co-defendants. We have also tendered the matter to M&A Realty Inc. for defense and indemnification as relates to discharges of petroleum that were reported on or after July 1994 at the site which is the subject of allegations against us. This site was leased by us to M&A Realty Inc. in 1994 and sold to M&A Realty Inc. in 2002. M&A Realty Inc. demanded defense and indemnity from us for contamination at this site as of 1994. The State of New York has also commenced a separate but related action in the Supreme Court, Albany County, against us and M&A Realty, Inc. seeking recovery of costs for clean-up of petroleum contamination at the site of the gas station which is the subject of allegations against us and M&A Realty, Inc. in the first action. We answered the complaint, denying liability and asserting affirmative defenses and cross claims against M&A Realty, Inc. We also tendered the matter to M&A Realty, Inc. for indemnity on the same basis as in the first action, and M&A Realty, Inc. likewise has demanded defense and indemnity from us on the same basis as it put forth in the first action. Discovery in these cases is ongoing.
MTBE Litigation
During 2010, we were defending 53 lawsuits brought on behalf of private and public water providers and governmental agencies located in Connecticut, Florida, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Vermont, Virginia, and West
20
Virginia. A majority of these cases were among the more than one hundred cases that were transferred from various state and federal courts throughout the country and consolidated in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for coordinated Multi-District Litigation (MDL) proceedings. The balance of these cases against us were pending in the Supreme Court of New York, Nassau County. All of the cases against us alleged (and, as described below with respect to one remaining case, continue to allege) various theories of liability due to contamination of groundwater with methyl tertiary butyl ether (a fuel derived from methanol, commonly referred to as MTBE) as the basis for claims seeking compensatory and punitive damages. The cases named us as a defendant along with approximately fifty petroleum refiners, manufacturers, distributors and retailers of MTBE, or gasoline containing MTBE, including Irving Oil Corporation, Mobil Oil Corporation, Sunoco, Inc., Texaco, Inc., Tosco Corporation, Unocal Corporation, Valero Energy Corporation, Marathon Oil Company, Shell Oil Company, Giant Yorktown, Inc., BP Amoco Chemical Company, Inc., Atlantic Richfield Company, Coastal Oil New England, Inc., Chevron Texaco Corporation, Amerada Hess Corp., Chevron U.S.A., Inc., CITGO Petroleum Corporation, ConocoPhillips Company, Exxon Mobil Corporation, Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc., and Gulf Oil Limited Partnership. During 2010, we reached agreements to settle two plaintiff classes covering 52 of the 53 pending cases. A settlement payment of $1.3 million was made during the third quarter of 2010 covering 27 cases and a settlement payment of $0.5 million was made during the first quarter of 2011 covering 25 cases. Presently we remain a defendant in one MTBE case involving multiple locations throughout the State of New Jersey brought by various governmental agencies of the State of New Jersey, including the NJDEP. This case is still in discovery stages.
We have provided a litigation reserve as to this remaining MDL case; however, there remains uncertainty as to the accuracy of the allegations in this MTBE case as they relate to us, our defenses to the claims, and the aggregate possible amount of damages for which we might be held liable.
Matters related to our Newark, New Jersey Terminal and the Lower Passaic River
In September 2003, we received a directive (the Directive) issued by the NJDEP under the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act. The Directive indicated that we are one of approximately 66 potentially responsible parties for alleged Natural Resource Damages (NRD or NRDs) resulting from the discharges of hazardous substances along the lower Passaic River (the Lower Passaic River). Other named recipients of the Directive are 360 North Pastoria Environmental Corporation, Amerada Hess Corporation, American Modern Metals Corporation, Apollo Development and Land Corporation, Ashland Inc., AT&T Corporation, Atlantic Richfield Assessment Company, Bayer Corporation, Benjamin Moore & Company, Bristol Myers-Squibb, Chemical Land Holdings, Inc., Chevron Texaco Corporation, Diamond Alkali Company, Diamond Shamrock Chemicals Company, Diamond Shamrock Corporation, Dilorenzo Properties Company, Dilorenzo Properties, L.P., Drum Service of Newark, Inc., E.I. Dupont De Nemours and Company, Eastman Kodak Company, Elf Sanofi, S.A., Fine Organics Corporation, Franklin-Burlington Plastics, Inc., Franklin Plastics Corporation, Freedom Chemical Company, H.D. Acquisition Corporation, Hexcel Corporation, Hilton Davis Chemical Company, Kearny Industrial Associates, L.P., Lucent Technologies, Inc., Marshall Clark Manufacturing Corporation, Maxus Energy Corporation, Monsanto Company, Motor Carrier Services Corporation, Nappwood Land Corporation, Noveon Hilton Davis Inc., Occidental Chemical Corporation, Occidental Electro-Chemicals Corporation, Occidental Petroleum Corporation, Oxy-Diamond Alkali Corporation, Pitt-Consol Chemical Company, Plastics Manufacturing Corporation, PMC Global Inc., Propane Power Corporation, Public Service Electric & Gas Company, Public Service Enterprise Group, Inc., Purdue Pharma Technologies, Inc., RTC Properties, Inc., S&A Realty Corporation, Safety-Kleen Envirosystems Company, Sanofi S.A., SDI Divestiture Corporation, Sherwin Williams Company, SmithKline Beecham Corporation, Spartech Corporation, Stanley Works Corporation, Sterling Winthrop, Inc., STWB Inc., Texaco Inc., Texaco Refining and Marketing Inc., Thomasset Colors, Inc., Tierra Solution, Incorporated, Tierra Solutions, Inc., and Wilson Five Corporation.
The Directive provided, among other things, that the recipients thereof must conduct an assessment of the natural resources that have been injured by the discharges into the Lower Passaic River and must implement interim compensatory restoration for the injured natural resources. NJDEP alleges that our liability arises from alleged discharges originating from our Newark, New Jersey Terminal site. We responded to the Directive by asserting that we were not liable. There has been no material activity and/or communications by NJDEP with respect to the Directive since early after its issuance.
Effective May 2007, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (AOC) with over 70 parties comprising a Cooperating Parties Group (CPG) (many of whom are also named in the Directive) who have collectively agreed to perform a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study (RI/FS) for the Lower Passaic River. We are a party to the AOC and are a member of the CPG. The RI/FS is intended to address the investigation and evaluation of alternative remedial actions with respect to alleged damages to the Lower Passaic River, and is scheduled to be completed in or about 2015. In connection with the RI/FS work, the CPG has sampled river sediments at river mile 10.9. Subsequently, all members of the CPG except Occidental Chemical Corporation (Occidental) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (10.9 AOC) effective June 18, 2012 to perform certain remediation activities, including removal and capping of sediments at the river mile 10.9 area and certain testing. Similar to the RI/FS work, the CPG entered into an interim allocation for the costs of the river mile 10.9 work. EPA issued a Unilateral Order to Occidental directing Occidental to participate and contribute to the cost of the river mile 10.9 work and discussions regarding Occidentals participation in the river mile 10.9 work are ongoing. Concurrently, the EPA is preparing a proposed Focused Feasibility Study (FFS) that the EPA claims will
21
address sediment issues in the lower eight miles of the Lower Passaic River. Based on the results of such sampling, the EPA may require interim remediation activities at river mile 10.9 prior to the completion of the RI/FS, although the scope and allocation of costs for such activities is not known at this time. The RI/FS and 10.9 AOC do not resolve liability issues for remedial work or restoration of, or compensation for, natural resource damages to the Lower Passaic River, which are not known at this time. As to such matters, separate proceedings or activities are currently ongoing.
In a related action, in December 2005, the State of New Jersey through various state agencies brought suit in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, against certain parties to the Directive, Occidental Chemical Corporation, Tierra Solutions, Inc., Maxus Energy Corporation and related entities which the State of New Jersey alleges are responsible for various categories of past and future damages resulting from discharges of hazardous substances to the Passaic River by a manufacturing facility located on Lister Avenue in Newark, NJ. In February 2009, certain of these defendants filed third-party complaints against approximately 300 additional parties, including us and other members of the CPG, seeking contribution for such parties proportionate share of response costs, cleanup and removal costs, and other damages, based on their relative contribution to pollution of the Passaic River and adjacent bodies of water. We have answered the complaint, denying responsibility for any discharges of hazardous substances released into the Passaic River. The litigation is still in a pre-trial stage with a significant amount of discovery remaining, particularly as to third-parties.
We have made a demand upon Chevron/Texaco for indemnity under certain agreements between us and Chevron/Texaco that allocate environmental liabilities for the Newark Terminal site between the parties. In response, Chevron/Texaco has asserted that the proceedings and claims are still not yet developed enough to determine the extent to which indemnities apply. We are engaged in discussions with Chevron/Texaco regarding our demands for indemnification, and, to facilitate said discussions, in October 2009 entered into a Tolling/Standstill Agreement which tolls all claims by and among Chevron/Texaco and us that relate to the various Lower Passaic River matters from May 8, 2007, until either party terminates such Tolling/Standstill Agreement.
Our ultimate liability, if any, in the pending and possible future proceedings pertaining to the Lower Passaic River is uncertain and subject to numerous contingencies which cannot be predicted and the outcome of which are not yet known.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
None.
22
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Capital Stock
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (symbol: GTY). There were approximately 18,600 beneficial holders of our common stock as of March 18, 2013, of which approximately 1,200 were holders of record. The price range of our common stock and cash dividends declared with respect to each share of common stock during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was as follows:
PRICE RANGE |
CASH
DIVIDENDS |
|||||||||||
QUARTER ENDED |
HIGH | LOW | PER SHARE | |||||||||
March 31, 2011 |
$ | 31.89 | $ | 21.01 | $ | .4800 | ||||||
June 30, 2011 |
26.47 | 22.75 | .4800 | |||||||||
September 30, 2011 |
26.33 | 14.42 | .2500 | |||||||||
December 31, 2011 |
16.74 | 12.22 | .2500 | |||||||||
March 31, 2012 |
18.06 | 13.62 | | |||||||||
June 30, 2012 |
19.41 | 15.02 | .1250 | |||||||||
September 30, 2012 |
19.94 | 17.28 | .1250 | |||||||||
December 31, 2012 |
18.88 | 15.65 | .1250 |
For a discussion of potential limitations on our ability to pay future dividends see Item 1A. Risk Factors We may change our dividend policy and the dividends we pay may be subject to significant volatility, and Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
23
Stock Performance Graph
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Return*
12/31/2007 | 12/31/2008 | 12/31/2009 | 12/31/2010 | 12/31/2011 | 12/31/2012 | |||||||||||||||||||
Getty Realty Corp. |
100.00 | 87.48 | 107.31 | 150.34 | 72.37 | 95.67 | ||||||||||||||||||
Standard & Poors 500 |
100.00 | 63.00 | 79.67 | 91.67 | 93.60 | 108.58 | ||||||||||||||||||
Peer Group |
100.00 | 75.15 | 100.71 | 130.02 | 138.35 | 161.18 |
Assumes $100 invested at the close of the last day of trading on the New York Stock Exchange on December 31, 2007 in Getty Realty Corp. common stock, Standard & Poors 500, and Peer Group.
* |
Cumulative total return assumes reinvestment of dividends. |
We have chosen as our Peer Group the following companies: National Retail Properties, Entertainment Properties Trust, Realty Income Corp. and Hospitality Properties Trust. We have chosen these companies as our Peer Group because a substantial segment of each of their businesses is owning and leasing commercial properties. We cannot assure you that our stock performance will continue in the future with the same or similar trends depicted in the graph above. We do not make or endorse any predictions as to future stock performance.
This performance graph and related information shall not be deemed filed for the purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing that we make under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
24
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
(in thousands, except per share amounts and number of properties)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2012 | 2011(a) | 2010 | 2009(b) | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||
OPERATING DATA: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total Revenues |
$ | 102,168 | $ | 102,921 | $ | 78,360 | $ | 74,326 | $ | 70,603 | ||||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
13,808 | (c) | 9,424 | (d) | 40,867 | 33,810 | 30,993 | |||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
(1,361 | ) | 3,032 | 10,833 | 13,239 | 10,817 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net earnings |
12,447 | 12,456 | 51,700 | 47,049 | 41,810 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
0.41 | 0.27 | 1.46 | 1.37 | 1.25 | |||||||||||||||
Net earnings |
0.37 | 0.37 | 1.84 | 1.89 | 1.68 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding |
33,395 | 33,172 | 27,953 | 24,767 | 24,767 | |||||||||||||||
Cash dividends declared per share |
0.375 | 1.46 | 1.91 | 1.89 | 1.87 | |||||||||||||||
FUNDS FROM OPERATIONS AND ADJUSTED FUNDS FROM OPERATION (e): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net earnings |
12,447 | 12,456 | 51,700 | 47,049 | 41,810 | |||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization of real estate assets |
13,700 | 10,336 | 9,738 | 11,027 | 11,875 | |||||||||||||||
Gains on dispositions of real estate |
(6,866 | ) | (968 | ) | (1,705 | ) | (5,467 | ) | (2,787 | ) | ||||||||||
Impairment charges |
13,942 | 20,226 | | 1,135 | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Funds from operations |
33,223 | 42,050 | 59,733 | 53,744 | 50,898 | |||||||||||||||
Revenue Recognition Adjustments |
(4,433 | ) | (1,163 | ) | (1,487 | ) | (2,065 | ) | (2,593 | ) | ||||||||||
Allowance for deferred rental revenue |
| 19,758 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Acquisition costs |
| 2,034 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Adjusted funds from operations |
28,790 | 62,679 | 58,246 | 51,679 | 48,305 | |||||||||||||||
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF YEAR): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate before accumulated depreciation and amortization |
$ | 562,316 | $ | 615,854 | $ | 504,587 | $ | 503,874 | $ | 473,567 | ||||||||||
Total assets |
640,581 | 635,089 | 423,178 | 428,990 | 387,813 | |||||||||||||||
Debt |
172,320 | 170,510 | 64,890 | 175,570 | 130,250 | |||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
372,749 | 372,169 | 314,935 | 207,669 | 205,897 | |||||||||||||||
NUMBER OF PROPERTIES: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Owned |
946 | 996 | 907 | 910 | 878 | |||||||||||||||
Leased |
135 | 153 | 145 | 161 | 182 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total properties |
1,081 | 1,149 | 1,052 | 1,071 | 1,060 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Includes (from the respective dates of the acquisition) the effect of the $111.6 million acquisition of 59 Mobil-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback and loan transaction with CPD NY Energy Corp. which were acquired on January 13, 2011 and the effect of the $87.0 million acquisition of 66 Shell-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback transaction with Nouria Energy Ventures I, LLC which were acquired on March 31, 2011. |
(b) |
Includes (from the date of the acquisition) the effect of the $49.0 million acquisition of the real estate assets and improvements of 36 convenience store properties from White Oak Petroleum LLC which were acquired on September 25, 2009. |
(c) |
Includes the effect of a $13.5 million accounts receivable reserve and the effect of a $6.3 million impairment charge, which are included in earnings from continuing operations primarily related to certain properties previously leased to Marketing under the Master Lease (for additional information regarding Marketing and the Master Lease, see Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation General Marketing and the Master Lease.) |
(d) |
Includes the effect of a $19.3 million non-cash deferred rent receivable reserve, the effect of a $7.6 million accounts receivable reserve, and the effect of a $15.9 million impairment charge, which are included in earnings from continuing operations primarily related to certain properties previously leased to Marketing under the Master Lease (For additional information regarding Marketing and the Master Lease, see Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations General Marketing and the Master Lease.) |
(e) |
In addition to measurements defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), our management also focuses on funds from operations (FFO) and adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) to measure our performance. FFO is generally considered to be an appropriate supplemental non-GAAP measure of the performance of real estate investment trusts (REITs). In accordance with the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts modified guidance for reporting FFO, we have restated reporting of FFO to exclude non-cash impairment charges. FFO is defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts as net earnings before depreciation and amortization of real estate assets, gains or losses on dispositions of real estate (including such non-FFO items reported in discontinued operations), non-cash impairment charges, extraordinary items, and cumulative effect of accounting change. Other REITs may use definitions of FFO and/or AFFO that are different than ours and; accordingly, may not be comparable. We believe that FFO and AFFO are helpful to investors in measuring our performance because both FFO and AFFO exclude various items included in GAAP net earnings that do not relate to, or are not indicative of, our fundamental operating performance. FFO excludes various items such as gains or losses from property dispositions, depreciation and amortization of real estate assets, and non-cash impairment charges. In our case; however, GAAP net earnings and FFO typically include the impact of deferred rental revenue (straight-line rental revenue), the net amortization of above-market and below-market leases and income recognized from direct financing leases on the recognition of revenue from rental properties (collectively the Revenue Recognition Adjustments), as offset by the impact of related collection reserves. GAAP net earnings and FFO from time to time may also include other unusual or infrequently occurring items. Deferred rental revenue results primarily from fixed rental increases scheduled under certain leases with our tenants. In accordance with GAAP, the aggregate minimum rent due over the current term of these leases are recognized on a straight-line (or an average) basis rather than when the payment is contractually due. The present |
25
value of the difference between the fair market rent and the contractual rent for in-place leases at the time properties are acquired is amortized into revenue from rental properties over the remaining lives of the in-place leases. Income from direct financing leases is recognized over the lease terms using the effective interest method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Management pays particular attention to AFFO, a supplemental non-GAAP performance measure that we define as FFO less Revenue Recognition Adjustments, allowance for deferred rental revenue, acquisition costs, and other unusual or infrequently occurring items. In managements view, AFFO provides a more accurate depiction than FFO of our fundamental operating performance related to: (i) the impact of scheduled rent increases from operating leases; (ii) the rental revenue from acquired in-place leases; (iii) the impact of rent due from direct financing leases; and (iv) the impact of other unusual or infrequently occurring items. Neither FFO nor AFFO represent cash generated from operating activities calculated in accordance with GAAP and therefore these measures should not be considered an alternative for GAAP net earnings or as a measure of liquidity. |
26
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements; the sections in Part II entitled Item 1A. Risk Factors; the selected financial data in Item 6. Selected Financial Data; and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
GENERAL
Real Estate Investment Trust
We are a real estate investment trust (REIT) specializing in the ownership, leasing and financing of gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities and petroleum distribution terminals. As of December 31, 2012, we owned 946 properties and leased from third parties 135 properties. We elected to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws beginning January 1, 2001. As a REIT, we are not subject to federal corporate income tax on the taxable income we distribute to our shareholders. In order to continue to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we are required, among other things, to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary taxable income to our shareholders each year.
Retail Petroleum Marketing Business
Our business model is to lease our properties on a triple-net basis primarily to petroleum distributors and to a lesser extent to individual operators. Our tenants operate our properties directly or sublet our properties to operators who operate their gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities or other businesses at our properties. These tenants are responsible for the operations conducted at these properties. Our triple-net tenants are generally responsible for the payment of all taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance and other operating expenses relating to our properties. Substantially all of our tenants financial results depend on the sale of refined petroleum products and rental income from their subtenants. As a result, our tenants financial results are highly dependent on the performance of the petroleum marketing industry, which is highly competitive and subject to volatility. In those instances where we determine that the best use for a property is no longer as a gas station, we will seek an alternative tenant or buyer for the property. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 20 of our properties are leased for uses such as quick serve restaurants, automobile sales and other retail purposes, excluding approximately 40 properties described below which are currently being marketed for sale and which have temporary occupancies. (For additional information regarding our real estate business and our properties, see Item 1. Business Real Estate Business and Item 2. Properties.) (For information regarding factors that could adversely affect us relating to our lessees, see Part II, Item 1A. Risk Factors.)
Repositioning the Marketing Portfolio
More than 700 of the properties we own or lease as of December 31, 2012 were previously leased to Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. (Marketing) comprising a unitary premises pursuant to a master lease (the Master Lease) and we derived a majority of our revenues from the leasing of these properties under the Master Lease. On December 5, 2011, Marketing filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court). Marketing rejected the Master Lease pursuant to an Order issued by the Bankruptcy Court effective April 30, 2012. Our efforts to reposition the Master Lease portfolio to date have resulted in the following:
|
Long-Term Triple-Net Leases. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we entered into four triple-net lease agreements covering 161 operating properties with affiliates of Capital Petroleum Group, Lehigh Gas Partners, Global Partners and BP North America. The properties subject to the leases are located in New York City and the surrounding New York and New Jersey metropolitan areas. The leases have 15 year initial terms with provisions for renewal terms and annual rent escalations. |
During 2012, we entered into ten long-term triple-net unitary leases re-letting, in the aggregate, 443 operating properties previously leased to Marketing. We entered into six of these leases covering 282 properties in the second quarter of 2012 and four of these leases covering 161 properties in the fourth quarter of 2012. While we anticipate that we may ultimately enter into additional triple-net leases on smaller portfolios in 2013, we believe we have now completed all of the significant portfolio leases related to the repositioning of the portfolio of properties previously leased to Marketing.
|
Remaining Operating Properties. Approximately 155 properties previously leased to Marketing and operating as gas stations are subject to month-to-month license agreements and interim fuel supply arrangements. We receive monthly occupancy payments directly from the licensee-operators while we remain responsible for certain costs associated with the properties. These month-to-month license agreements allow the licensees to occupy and use the properties as gas |
27
stations, convenience stores or automotive repair service facilities, and require the licensee-operators to sell fuel provided exclusively by Global Partners, with whom we have contracted for interim fuel supply. Under our agreement with Global, Global is the exclusive supplier of fuel to these licensee operators and is required to pay us a fee based in part on gallons sold and we pay to Global a monthly administrative service fee. Our month-to-month license agreements differ from our triple-net lease arrangements in that, among other things, we are responsible for the payment of certain environmental compliance costs and property operating expenses including maintenance and real estate taxes. |
During the next 12 months, we intend to reposition these properties in order to maximize their value to us taking into account each propertys intermediate and long-term investment requirements and potential. As a result of this process, we expect that we may dispose of or lease these remaining properties, either individually or in small portfolios. We also may make investments in certain of these properties in anticipation of leasing them or by contribution to capital expenditures required to be made by our tenants. We cannot predict the timing or the terms of any future sales or leases.
|
Property Dispositions. For the year ended December 31, 2012 we sold, for $15.4 million in aggregate, 54 properties previously leased to Marketing which had their underground storage tanks removed by Marketing. As of the date of this filing on Form 10-K, in 2013, we have sold an additional 42 properties for $17.5 million, including one terminal. We continue a process of selling substantially all of the remaining approximately 60 properties with underground storage tanks removed and eight terminals we own; however, the timing of pending transactions may be affected by factors beyond our control and we cannot predict the timing or terms of any future dispositions or leases. In accordance with GAAP, substantially all of these properties have met the criteria to be classified as held for sale. |
We are generating less net revenue from the leasing of properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease than the contractual rent historically due from Marketing under the Master Lease. We expect that following the completion of the repositioning process, we will continue to generate less net revenue from these properties than previously received from Marketing under the Master Lease.
In 2012, we commenced paying operating expenses such as maintenance, repairs, real estate taxes, insurance and general upkeep related to these properties (Property Expenditures) and certain environmental related liabilities and expenses which Marketing was responsible to pay for (the Marketing Environmental Liabilities). Subject to various site-specific factors, we expect to continue to pay for varying types of Property Expenditures, and capital improvements, including replacing underground storage tanks and related equipment or other renovations (Capital Improvements), and Marketing Environmental Liabilities over a period of years relating to the properties previously subject to the Master Lease. In addition, we increased our number of tenants significantly and are performing property related functions previously performed by Marketing, both of which have resulted in permanent increases in our annual operating expenses. Costs involved with re-letting or repositioning properties formerly leased to Marketing and pursuit of our claims in connection with Marketings bankruptcy resulted in temporary increases to our 2012 operating expenses. We incurred significant costs associated with Marketings bankruptcy, including $3.9 million in legal and litigation expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012, of which $2.6 million is included in general and administrative expense and $1.3 million has been recorded as a receivable as reimbursable to us pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement (defined below). We expect certain costs, including repositioning costs and legal and litigation costs, to remain elevated in 2013.
We, or our tenants, have commenced eviction proceedings involving approximately 40 of our properties in various jurisdictions against Marketings former subtenants (or sub-subtenants) who have not vacated our properties and most of whom have not accepted license agreements with us or have not entered into new agreements with our distributor tenants and therefore occupy our properties without right. We are incurring significant costs, primarily legal expenses, in connection with such proceedings.
Marketing and the Master Lease
As described above, on December 5, 2011, Marketing filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the Bankruptcy Court. On March 7, 2012, we entered into a stipulation with Marketing and with the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors in the Bankruptcy proceedings (the Creditors Committee), which was approved and made an Order by the Bankruptcy Court on April 2, 2012 (the Stipulation). Pursuant to the terms of the Stipulation, in addition to our other pre-petition and post-petition claims, we are entitled to recover an administrative claim capped at $10.5 million for the partial payment of fixed rent and performance of other obligations due from Marketing under the Master Lease from December 5, 2011 until possession of the properties subject to the Master Lease was returned to us effective April 30, 2012 (the Administrative Claim). Our Administrative Claim has priority over the claims of other creditors and certain of our other claims. As of the date of this filing on Form 10-K, the outstanding unpaid principal amount of our Administrative Claim is $7.4 million.
The Bankruptcy Court has appointed a liquidating trustee (the Liquidating Trustee) to oversee the liquidation of the Marketing estate (the Marketing Estate). The Liquidating Trustee continues to oversee the Marketing Estate and pursue claims for the benefit of its creditors, including those related to the recovery of various deposits, including surety bonds, insurance policy claims
28
and claims made to state funded tank reimbursement programs. We received distributions reducing our Administrative Claim of $1.3 million in the third and fourth quarters of 2012 and $1.7 million in the first quarter of 2013, from the Marketing Estate. As a result, in 2012, we reversed portions of our bad debt reserve for uncollectible amounts due from Marketing and reduced bad debt expense included in general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of income. We cannot provide any assurance that we will ultimately collect any additional claims against or unpaid amounts due from the Marketing Estate pursuant to the Plan of Liquidation, or otherwise.
In December 2011, the Marketing Estate filed a lawsuit against Marketings former parent, Lukoil Americas Corporation, and certain of its affiliates (collectively, Lukoil), as well as the former directors and officers of Marketing (the Lukoil Complaint). The Lukoil Complaint asserts, among other claims, that Marketings sale of assets to Lukoil in November 2009 constituted a fraudulent conveyance, and that the assets or their value can be recovered from Lukoil. In addition, the Lukoil Complaint asserts that the former directors and officers violated their fiduciary duties to Marketing in approving and effectuating the challenged sale, and are liable for money damages. The Liquidating Trustee is pursuing these claims for the benefit of the Marketing Estate. It is possible that the Liquidating Trustee will obtain a favorable judgment or will settle with the defendants, and therefore it is possible that we may ultimately recover a portion of our claims against Marketing, including our Administrative Claim, which has priority over most other creditors claims, and our additional pre-petition and post-petition claims.
In October 2012, we entered into an agreement with the Marketing Estate to make loans and otherwise fund up to an aggregate amount of $6.4 million to fund the prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint and certain Liquidating Trustee expenses incurred in connection with the wind-down of the Marketing Estate (the Litigation Funding Agreement). This agreement provides that we are entitled to receive proceeds, if any, from the successful prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint in an amount equal to the sum of (i) all funds advanced for wind-down costs and expert witness and consultant fees plus interest accruing at 15% per annum on such advances made by us; plus (ii) the greater of all funds advanced for legal fees and expenses relating to the prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint plus interest accruing at 15% per annum on such advances made by us, or 24% of the gross proceeds from any settlement or favorable judgment obtained by the Liquidating Trustee due to the Lukoil Complaint. It is possible that we may agree to advance amounts in excess of $6.4 million. We advanced $1.7 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 and $0.1 million in the first quarter of 2013 to the Marketing Estate pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement. The Litigation Funding Agreement also provides that we are entitled to be reimbursed for up to $1.3 million of our legal fees in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Based on the terms of the Liquidation Funding Agreement, we have recorded a receivable of $3.0 million as of December 31, 2012, which includes amounts advanced and amounts due for reimbursable legal fees we incurred in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Payments that we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement will not reduce our Administrative Claim or our other pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing. A portion of the payments we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement may be subject to federal income taxes. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be repaid any amounts we advance pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement or the reimbursable legal fees we have incurred.
Under the Master Lease, Marketing was responsible to pay for certain environmental related liabilities and expenses. As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing, we have accrued for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities and commenced funding remediation activities during the second quarter of 2012 related to such accruals. We do not expect to be reimbursed by Marketing for any such remediation activities except as a result of realizing a claim deriving from the Lukoil Complaint. We expect to continue to incur and fund costs associated with the Marketing bankruptcy proceedings and associated eviction proceedings as well as costs associated with repositioning properties previously leased to Marketing. We incurred $3.1 million of lease origination costs in 2012, which deferred expense is recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases. We expect to continue to incur operating expenses such as maintenance, repairs, real estate taxes, insurance and general upkeep related to these properties for vacant properties and properties subject to our month-to-month license agreements. In certain of our new leases, we have also agreed to co-invest with our tenants to fund capital improvements including replacing underground storage tanks and related equipment or renovating some of the properties previously leased to Marketing.
It is possible that our estimates for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities and other expenses relating to the properties previously leased to Marketing will be higher than the amounts we have accrued and that issues involved in re-letting or repositioning these properties may require significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business. In addition, we increased our number of tenants significantly and are performing property related functions previously performed by Marketing, both of which have resulted in permanent increases in our annual operating expenses. The incurrence of these various expenses may materially negatively impact our cash flow and ability to pay dividends.
Our estimates, judgments, assumptions and beliefs regarding Marketing and the Master Lease affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and are subject to change. Actual results could differ from these estimates, judgments and assumptions and such differences could be material. If our actual expenditures for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities are greater than the amounts accrued, if we incur significant costs and operating expenses relating to the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio; if the repositioning of the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio leads to a protracted and expensive process for taking control
29
and or re-letting our properties; if re-letting the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio requires significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business; if the Bankruptcy Court takes actions that are detrimental to our interests; if we are unable to re-let or sell the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio at all or upon terms that are favorable to us; or if we change our estimates, judgments, assumptions and beliefs; our business, financial condition, revenues, operating expenses, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends and stock price may continue to be materially adversely affected or adversely affected to a greater extent than we have experienced. (For information regarding factors that could adversely affect us relating to our lessees, including Marketing, see Part II, Item 1A. Risk Factors.)
Asset Impairment
We perform an impairment analysis for the carrying amount of our properties in accordance with GAAP when indicators of impairment exist. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we reduced the carrying amount to fair value, and recorded in continuing and discontinued operations, non-cash impairment charges aggregating $13.9 million and $20.2 million, respectively, where the carrying amount of the property exceeded the estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be received during the assumed holding period and the estimated net sales value expected to be received at disposition. The non-cash impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2012 were attributable to reductions in estimated selling prices and increases in the carrying value for certain properties in conjunction with recording environmental remediation obligations and related environmental asset retirement costs. The non-cash impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2011 were attributable to recording the Marketing Environmental Liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2011, reductions in real estate valuations and reductions in the assumed holding period used to test for impairment and reductions in estimated selling prices.
Supplemental Non-GAAP Measures
We manage our business to enhance the value of our real estate portfolio and, as a REIT, place particular emphasis on minimizing risk and generating cash sufficient to make required distributions to shareholders of at least 90% of our ordinary taxable income each year. In addition to measurements defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), our management also focuses on funds from operations available to common shareholders (FFO) and adjusted funds from operations available to common shareholders (AFFO) to measure our performance. FFO is generally considered to be an appropriate supplemental non-GAAP measure of the performance of REITs. In accordance with the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts modified guidance for reporting FFO, we have restated reporting of FFO for all periods presented to exclude non-cash impairment charges. FFO is defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts as net earnings before depreciation and amortization of real estate assets, gains or losses on dispositions of real estate (including such non-FFO items reported in discontinued operations), non-cash impairment charges, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of accounting change. Other REITs may use definitions of FFO and/or AFFO that are different than ours and; accordingly, may not be comparable.
We believe that FFO and AFFO are helpful to investors in measuring our performance because both FFO and AFFO exclude various items included in GAAP net earnings that do not relate to, or are not indicative of, our fundamental operating performance. FFO excludes various items such as gains or losses from property dispositions and depreciation and amortization of real estate assets and non-cash impairment charges. In our case; however, GAAP net earnings and FFO typically include the impact of the Revenue Recognition Adjustments comprised of deferred rental revenue (straight-line rental revenue), the net amortization of above-market and below-market leases and income recognized from direct financing leases on our recognition of revenues from rental properties, as offset by the impact of related collection reserves. GAAP net earnings and FFO from time to time may also include property acquisition costs or other unusual or infrequently recurring items. Deferred rental revenue results primarily from fixed rental increases scheduled under certain leases with our tenants. In accordance with GAAP, the aggregate minimum rent due over the current term of these leases are recognized on a straight-line (or average) basis rather than when payment is contractually due. The present value of the difference between the fair market rent and the contractual rent for in-place leases at the time properties are acquired is amortized into revenue from rental properties over the remaining lives of the in-place leases. Income from direct financing leases is recognized over the lease terms using the effective interest method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Property acquisition costs are expensed, generally in the period when properties are acquired, and are not reflective of normal operations. Other unusual or infrequently occurring items are not reflective of normal operations.
Management pays particular attention to AFFO, a supplemental non-GAAP performance measure that we define as FFO less Revenue Recognition Adjustments, property acquisition costs and other unusual or infrequently occurring items. In managements view, AFFO provides a more accurate depiction than FFO of our fundamental operating performance related to: (i) the impact of scheduled rent increases from operating leases, net of related collection reserves; (ii) the rental revenue earned from acquired in-place leases; (iii) the impact of rent due from direct financing leases; (iv) our operating expenses (exclusive of direct expensed operating property acquisition costs); and (v) other unusual or infrequently occurring items. Neither FFO nor AFFO represent cash generated from operating activities calculated in accordance with GAAP and therefore these measures should not be considered an alternative for GAAP net earnings or as a measure of liquidity. For a reconciliation of FFO and AFFO, see Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
30
2012, 2011 and 2010 Acquisitions
In 2012, we acquired fee or leasehold title to five gasoline station and convenience store properties in separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $5.2 million.
On January 13, 2011, we acquired fee or leasehold title to 59 Mobil-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties and also took a security interest in six other Mobil-branded gasoline stations and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback and loan transaction with CPD NY Energy Corp. (CPD NY), a subsidiary of Chestnut Petroleum Dist. Inc. Our total investment in the transaction was $111.6 million including acquisition costs, which was financed entirely with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
The properties were acquired or financed in a simultaneous transaction among ExxonMobil, CPD NY and us whereby CPD NY acquired a portfolio of 65 gasoline station and convenience stores from ExxonMobil and simultaneously completed a sale/leaseback of 59 of the acquired properties and leasehold interests with us. The lease between us, as lessor, and CPD NY, as lessee, governing the properties is a unitary triple-net lease agreement (the CPD Lease), with an initial term of 15 years, and options for up to three successive renewal terms of ten years each. The CPD Lease requires CPD NY to pay a fixed annual rent for the properties (the Rent), plus an amount equal to all rent due to third party landlords pursuant to the terms of third party leases. The Rent is scheduled to increase on the third anniversary of the date of the CPD Lease and on every third anniversary thereafter. As a triple-net lessee, CPD NY is required to pay all amounts pertaining to the properties subject to the CPD Lease, including taxes, assessments, licenses and permit fees, charges for public utilities and all governmental charges. Partial funding to CPD NY for the transaction was also provided by us under a secured, self-amortizing loan having a 10-year term (the CPD Loan).
On March 31, 2011, we acquired fee or leasehold title to 66 Shell-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback transaction with Nouria Energy Ventures I, LLC (Nouria), a subsidiary of Nouria Energy Group. Our total investment in the transaction was $87.0 million including acquisition costs, which was financed entirely with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
The properties were acquired in a simultaneous transaction among Motiva Enterprises LLC (Shell), Nouria and us whereby Nouria acquired a portfolio of 66 gasoline station and convenience stores from Shell and simultaneously completed a sale/leaseback of the 66 acquired properties and leasehold interests with us. The lease between us, as lessor, and Nouria, as lessee, governing the properties is a unitary triple-net lease agreement (the Nouria Lease), with an initial term of 20 years, and options for up to two successive renewal terms of ten years each followed by one final renewal term of five years. The Nouria Lease requires Nouria to pay a fixed annual rent for the properties (the Rent), plus an amount equal to all rent due to third party landlords pursuant to the terms of third party leases. The Rent is scheduled to increase on every annual anniversary of the date of the Nouria Lease. As a triple-net lessee, Nouria is required to pay all amounts pertaining to the properties subject to the Nouria Lease, including taxes, assessments, licenses and permit fees, charges for public utilities and all governmental charges.
In 2010, we purchased three gasoline station and convenience store properties in separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $3.6 million.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year ended December 31, 2012 compared to year ended December 31, 2011
Revenues from rental properties included in continuing operations decreased by $1.0 million to $99.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $100.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Revenues from rental properties include approximately $73.0 million and $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, in rent contractually due or received from tenants other than Marketing including rent for May 2012 through December 2012 related to properties repositioned from the Master Lease. Revenues from rental properties included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include approximately $20.1 million and, for the year ended December 31, 2011, $52.6 million in rent contractually due or received from Marketing under the Master Lease (for which bad debt reserves of $11.5 million and $7.3 million were provided and are included in general and administrative expenses in our consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively). The decrease in revenues from rental properties for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to the fact that we are generating less net revenue from the leasing of properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease than the contractual rent historically due from Marketing under the Master Lease. The decrease in revenues from rental properties was partially offset by rental income from properties we acquired from, and leased back to, Nouria Energy Ventures I, LLC (Nouria) in March 2011 and an increase in the real estate taxes we paid and billed to Marketing through April 30, 2012, the date the Master Lease was rejected, and from other tenants pursuant to triple-net leases thereafter. As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing, beginning in the first quarter of 2012, we began paying past due real estate taxes for 2011 and 2012, which taxes Marketing historically paid directly. Revenues from rental properties and rental property expense included $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 for real estate taxes paid by us which were due
31
from Marketing through the date the Master Lease was rejected as well as from other tenants who are contractually obligated to reimburse us for the payment of real estate taxes pursuant to the terms of triple-net lease agreements. The decrease in rent contractually due or received from Marketing and other tenants for the year ended December 31, 2012 was also due, to a lesser extent, the effect of dispositions and lease expirations partially offset by rent escalations.
In accordance with GAAP, we recognize rental revenue in amounts which vary from the amount of rent contractually due or received during the periods presented. As a result, revenues from rental properties include Revenue Recognition Adjustments comprised of non-cash adjustments recorded for deferred rental revenue due to the recognition of rental income on a straight-line basis over the current lease term, net amortization of above-market and below-market leases and recognition of rental income under direct financing leases using the effective interest rate method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Rental revenue includes Revenue Recognition Adjustments which increased rental revenue by $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Interest income from notes and mortgages receivable increased by $0.2 million to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $2.7 million the year ended December 31, 2011 due to the issuance of $4.6 million of mortgage notes in connection with 2012 property dispositions.
Rental property expenses included in continuing operations, which are primarily comprised of rent expense and real estate and other state and local taxes, were $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in rental property expenses is principally due to additional maintenance expense and real estate tax expenses paid by us and reimbursable by our tenants related to properties and leasehold interests acquired in 2011 and real estate taxes historically paid by Marketing directly, which taxes we began paying in the first quarter of 2012. The reimbursement of real estate taxes from our tenants is included in revenues from rental properties in our consolidated statement of operations. We provide bad debt reserves for the taxes reimbursable from Marketing since do not expect to receive payment of taxes from the Marketing Estate.
Non-cash impairment charges of $6.3 million are included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $15.9 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011. Impairment charges are incurred when the carrying value of a property is reduced to fair value. The non-cash impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2012 were attributable to reductions in estimated selling prices and increases in the carrying value for certain properties in conjunction with recording environmental remediation obligations and related environmental asset retirement costs. The non-cash impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2011 were attributable to recording the Marketing Environmental Liabilities in the fourth quarter of 2011, reductions in real estate valuations and reductions in the assumed holding period used to test for impairment and reductions in estimated selling prices.
Environmental expenses included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 decreased by $4.8 million, to $0.8 million, as compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in environmental expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was due to a lower provision for litigation loss reserves and legal fees, which decreased by $2.6 million for 2012, and a lower provision for estimated environmental remediation obligations, which decreased by an aggregate $2.6 million to a credit of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, partially offset by a $0.5 million increase in professional fees. Environmental expenses vary from period to period and, accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on the magnitude or the direction of change in reported environmental expenses for one period as compared to prior periods.
General and administrative expenses included in continuing operations increased by $7.0 million to $29.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $22.1 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expenses was principally due to an increase of $5.9 million of reserve for bad debts primarily attributable to nonpayment of rent and real estate taxes due from Marketing that we do not expect to collect, $2.6 million of legal and professional fees incurred related to Marketings defaults of its obligations under the Master Lease and bankruptcy filing, higher employee related expenses recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in property acquisition costs.
As a result of Marketings material monetary default under the Master Lease and Marketings bankruptcy filing, in 2011 we concluded that it was probable that we would not receive the contractual lease payments when due from Marketing for the entire initial term of the Master Lease. Therefore, during 2011, we increased our reserve by recording additional non-cash allowances for deferred rent receivable, of which $19.3 million is included in continuing operations. These non-cash allowances reduced our net earnings and funds from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, but did not impact our cash flow from operating activities or adjusted funds from operations since the impact of the straight line method of accounting is not included in our determination of adjusted funds from operations.
Depreciation and amortization expense included in continuing operations for 2012 was $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to depreciation charges related to asset retirement costs and properties acquired, partially offset by the effect of certain assets becoming fully depreciated, lease terminations and dispositions of real estate.
32
As a result, total operating expenses decreased by approximately $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.
Other income, net, included in income from continuing operations was $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $0.016 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Interest expense was $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was due to an increase in the weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding, loan origination costs incurred in March 2012 amortized over the one year extension of our debt agreements, and higher average borrowings outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, partially offset by the expiration of the Swap Agreement on June 30, 2011.
As a result, earnings from continuing operations were $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and net earnings decreased by $0.1 million to $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
We report as discontinued operations the results of approximately 111 properties accounted for as held for sale as of the end of the current period and certain properties disposed of during the periods presented. The operating results and gains from certain dispositions of real estate sold in 2012 have been classified as discontinued operations. The operating results of such properties for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have also been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to the 2012 presentation. Earnings from discontinued operations decreased by $4.4 million to a loss of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to earnings of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to lower rental revenue and higher operating costs, including higher impairment charges, partially offset by higher gains on dispositions of real estate. Gains from dispositions of real estate included in discontinued operations were $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, there were 54 property dispositions. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were 10 property dispositions. Gains on disposition of real estate and impairment charges vary from period to period and accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on the magnitude or the directions of change in reported gains and impairment charges for one period as compared to prior periods.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, FFO decreased by $8.9 million to $33.2 million, as compared to $42.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, and AFFO decreased by $33.9 million to $28.8 million, as compared to $62.7 million for the prior year. The decrease in FFO for the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily due to the changes in net earnings but exclude a $6.3 million decrease in impairment charges, a $3.4 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense and a $5.9 million increase in gains on dispositions of real estate. The decrease in AFFO for the year ended December 31, 2012 also exclude a $19.8 million decrease in the allowance for deferred rental revenue, a $2.0 million decrease in acquisition costs and a $3.2 million increase in Rental Revenue Adjustments which cause our reported revenues from rental properties to vary from the amount of rent payments contractually due or received by us during the periods presented (which are included in net earnings and FFO but are excluded from AFFO).
Diluted earnings per share was $0.37 per share for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Diluted FFO per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.99 per share, as compared to $1.26 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011. Diluted AFFO per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $0.86 per share, as compared to $1.88 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to year ended December 31, 2010
Revenues from rental properties included in continuing operations were $100.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $78.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Revenues from rental properties include approximately $52.6 million and $50.1 million in rent contractually due or received for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, from properties leased to Marketing under the Master Lease and approximately $45.5 million and $26.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, contractually due or received from other tenants. The increase in rent contractually due or received from other tenants for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to rental income from properties we acquired from, and leased back to, CPD NY in January 2011 and Nouria in March 2011. The increase in the rent contractually due or received from Marketing for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to an increase in the real estate taxes we pay (or accrue) and bill to Marketing. As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing, beginning in the first quarter of 2012, we began paying past due real estate taxes for 2011 and 2012, which taxes Marketing historically paid directly. Revenues from rental properties and rental property expense included $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 for real estate taxes paid (or accrued) by us which were due from Marketing as well as from other
33
tenants who are contractually obligated to reimburse us for the payment of real estate taxes pursuant to the terms of triple-net lease agreements.
In accordance with GAAP, we recognize rental revenue in amounts which vary from the amount of rent contractually due or received during the periods presented. As a result, revenues from rental properties include Revenue Recognition Adjustments comprised of non-cash adjustments recorded for deferred rental revenue due to the recognition of rental income on a straight-line basis over the current lease term, net amortization of above-market and below-market leases and recognition of rental income under direct financing leases using the effective interest rate method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Rental revenue includes Revenue Recognition Adjustments which increased rental revenue by $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest income from notes and mortgages receivable increased by $2.6 million to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to the issuance of $30.4 million of notes receivable substantially all in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2011.
Rental property expenses included in continuing operations, which are primarily comprised of rent expense and real estate and other state and local taxes, were $16.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in rental property expenses is principally due to additional real estate tax and rent expenses paid by us and reimbursable by our tenants related to properties and leasehold interests acquired in 2011 and accrued past due real estate taxes historically paid by Marketing directly, which taxes we began paying in the first quarter of 2012. The reimbursement of such expenses from our tenants is included in revenues from rental properties in our consolidated statement of operations. We provided a bad debt reserve for the taxes reimbursable from Marketing since do not expect to receive payment of taxes from the Marketing Estate.
Non-cash impairment charges of $15.9 million are included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to no impairment charges recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. The non-cash impairment charges related to the properties leased to Marketing were primarily attributable to significant increases in the carrying value for certain of the properties in conjunction with recording the Marketing Environmental Liabilities. In the fourth quarter of 2011, we accrued $47.9 million as the aggregate Marketing Environmental Liabilities since we could no longer assume that Marketing will be able to meet its environmental remediation obligations and its obligations to remove underground storage tanks at the end of their useful life. In accordance with GAAP, we increased the carrying value for each of the affected properties by the amount of the related estimated environmental obligation which resulted in simultaneously recording impairment charges in continuing operations and discontinued operations aggregating $17.0 million where the increased carrying value of the property exceeded its estimated fair value. The non-cash impairment charges recorded earlier in the year resulted from reductions in real estate valuations and the reductions in the assumed holding period used to test for impairment.
Environmental expenses included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by $0.2 million, to $5.6 million, as compared to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in net environmental expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to a higher provision for litigation loss reserves and legal fees which increased by $0.6 million for 2011, partially offset by a lower provision for estimated environmental remediation obligations which decreased by an aggregate $0.4 million to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Environmental expenses vary from period to period and, accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on the magnitude or the direction of change in reported environmental expenses for one period as compared to prior periods.
General and administrative expenses included in continuing operations were $22.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $8.2 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses was principally due to $7.6 million of reserve for bad debts primarily attributable to nonpayment of pre-petition rent and real estate taxes due from Marketing that we do not expect to collect, $2.0 million of property acquisition costs, $1.5 million of legal and professional fees incurred related to Marketings defaults of its obligations under the Master Lease and bankruptcy filing and higher employee related expenses and legal fees recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011.
As a result of Marketings material monetary default under the Master Lease and Marketings bankruptcy filing, we previously concluded that it was probable that we would not receive the contractual lease payments when due from Marketing for the entire initial term of the Master Lease. Therefore, during 2011, we increased our reserve by recording additional non-cash allowances for deferred rent receivable of $19.3 million. These non-cash allowances reduced our net earnings and funds from operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, but did not impact our cash flow from operating activities or adjusted funds from operations since the impact of the straight line method of accounting is not included in our determination of adjusted funds from operations.
Depreciation and amortization expense included in continuing operations was $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to depreciation charges related to asset retirement costs and properties acquired, partially offset by the effect of certain assets becoming fully depreciated, lease terminations and dispositions of real estate.
34
As a result, total operating expenses increased by approximately $55.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.
Other income, net, included in income from continuing operations was $0.016 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest expense was $5.1 million for each of 2011 and 2010. While there was no significant change in interest expense recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the prior year period, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings outstanding decreased due to changes in the relative amounts of debt outstanding under our borrowing agreements and average borrowings outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2011 were higher than average borrowings outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010. The average borrowings outstanding in 2011 were impacted by, among other things, $113.0 million drawn under a revolving credit facility to finance the transaction with CPD NY, $92.1 million drawn under a revolving credit facility to finance the transaction with Nouria and the repayment of borrowings outstanding under our revolving credit facility with substantially all of the net proceeds of $92.0 million received in 2011 from a 3.45 million share common stock offering.
As a result, earnings from continuing operations decreased by $31.5 million to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and net earnings decreased by $39.2 million to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
The operating results and gains from certain dispositions of real estate sold in 2012 have been classified as discontinued operations. The operating results of such properties for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have also been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to the 2012 presentation. Earnings from discontinued operations decreased by $7.8 million to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to lower earnings from operating activities and lower gains on dispositions of real estate. Gains from dispositions of real estate included in discontinued operations were $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were 10 property dispositions. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there were six property dispositions. Other income, net and gains on disposition of real estate vary from period to period and accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on the magnitude or the directions of change in reported gains for one period as compared to prior periods.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, FFO decreased by $17.6 million to $42.1 million, as compared to $59.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and AFFO increased by $4.5 million to $62.7 million, as compared to $58.2 million for the prior year. The decrease in FFO for the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily due to the changes in net earnings but excludes a $20.2 million increase in impairment charges, a $0.6 million increase in depreciation and amortization expense and a $0.7 million decrease in gains on dispositions of real estate. The increase in AFFO for the year ended December 31, 2011 also excludes a $19.8 million increase in the allowance for deferred rental revenue, a $2.0 million increase in acquisition costs and a $0.3 million decrease in Rental Revenue Adjustments which cause our reported revenues from rental properties to vary from the amount of rent payments contractually due or received by us during the periods presented (which are included in net earnings and FFO but are excluded from AFFO).
The calculations of net earnings per share, FFO per share, and AFFO per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 were impacted by an increase in the weighted average number of shares outstanding as a result of the issuance of shares of common stock in 2010 and 2011. The weighted average number of shares outstanding in our per share calculations increased by 5.2 million shares, or 18.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the prior year period. Accordingly, the percentage or direction of the changes in net earnings, FFO and AFFO discussed above may differ from the changes in the related per share amounts. Diluted earnings per share was $0.37 per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $1.84 per share for the year ended December 31, 2010. Diluted FFO per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.26 per share, as compared to $2.13 per share for the year ended December 31, 2010. Diluted AFFO per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $1.88 per share, as compared to $2.08 per share for the year ended December 31, 2010.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our principal sources of liquidity are the cash flows from our operations, funds available under our Credit Agreement that matures in August 2015 (described below) and available cash and cash equivalents. Management believes that our operating cash needs for the next twelve months can be met by cash flows from operations, borrowings under our Credit Agreement and available cash and cash equivalents. Net cash flow provided by operating activities reported on our consolidated statement of cash flows for 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $15.9 million, $60.8 million and $57.1 million, respectively. Our business operations and liquidity is dependent on our ability to generate cash flow from our properties.
35
Debt Refinancing
As of December 31, 2012, we were a party to a $175 million amended and restated senior secured revolving credit agreement with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and a $25 million amended term loan agreement with TD Bank, both of which were scheduled to mature in March 2013. As of December 31, 2012, borrowings under the credit agreement were $150.3 million bearing interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum and borrowings under the term loan agreement were $22.0 million bearing interest at a rate of 3.50% per annum. On February 25, 2013, the borrowings then outstanding under such credit agreement and term loan agreement were repaid with cash on hand and proceeds of the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement (both defined below).
Credit Agreement
On February 25, 2013, we entered into a $175 million senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the Bank Syndicate), which is scheduled to mature in August 2015. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we have the option to extend the term of the Credit Agreement for one additional year to August 2016. The Credit Agreement allocates $25 million of the total Bank Syndicate commitment to a term loan and $150 million to a revolving credit facility. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we have the option to increase by $50 million the amount of the revolving credit facility to $200 million. The Credit Agreement permits borrowings at an interest rate equal to the sum of a base rate plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.00% or a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 2.50% to 3.00% based on our leverage at the end of each quarterly reporting period. The annual commitment fee on the undrawn funds under the Credit Agreement is 0.30% to 0.40% based our leverage at the end of each quarterly reporting period. The Credit Agreement does not provide for scheduled reductions in the principal balance prior to its maturity.
The Credit Agreement provides for security in the form of, among other items, mortgage liens on certain of our properties. The parties to the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement (as defined below) share the security pursuant to the terms of an inter-creditor agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary financial covenants such as loan to value, leverage and coverage ratios and minimum tangible net worth, as well as limitations on restricted payments, which may limit our ability to incur additional debt or pay dividends. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including default under the Prudential Loan Agreement, change of control and failure to maintain REIT status. Any event of default, if not cured or waived, would increase by 200 basis points (2.00%) the interest rate we pay under the Credit Agreement and prohibit us from drawing funds against the Credit Agreement and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and could also give rise to an event of default and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Prudential Loan Agreement. We may be prohibited from drawing funds against the revolving credit facility if there is a material adverse effect on our business, assets, prospects or condition.
Prudential Loan Agreement
On February 25, 2013, we entered into a $100 million senior secured long-term loan agreement with the Prudential Insurance Company of America (the Prudential Loan Agreement), which matures in February 2021. The Prudential Loan Agreement bears interest at 6.00%. The Prudential Loan Agreement does not provide for scheduled reductions in the principal balance prior to its maturity. The parties to the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement share the security described above pursuant to the terms of an inter-creditor agreement. The Prudential Loan Agreement contains customary financial covenants such as loan to value, leverage and coverage ratios and minimum tangible net worth, as well as limitations on restricted payments, which may limit our ability to incur additional debt or pay dividends. The Prudential Loan Agreement contains customary events of default, including default under the Credit Agreement and failure to maintain REIT status. Any event of default, if not cured or waived, would increase by 200 basis points (2.00%) the interest rate we pay under the Prudential Loan Agreement and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Prudential Loan Agreement and could also give rise to an event of default and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under our Credit Agreement.
Property Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures
Since we generally lease our properties on a triple-net basis, we have not historically incurred significant capital expenditures other than those related to acquisitions. As part of our overall business strategy, we regularly review opportunities to acquire additional properties and we expect to continue to pursue acquisitions that we believe will benefit our financial performance. Our property acquisitions and capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $4.1 million, $167.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively, substantially all of which was for acquisitions. We are evaluating potential capital expenditures for properties that were previously subject to the Master Lease with Marketing and which are not currently subject to long-term leases. We have no current plans to make material improvements to any of our properties other than the properties previously subject to the Master Lease with Marketing. However, our tenants frequently make improvements to the properties leased from us at their expense. In certain of our new leases, we have committed to co-invest as much as $14.1 million in capital improvements in our properties. (For additional information regarding capital expenditures related to the properties subject to the Master Lease, see Item 2. Properties). To the extent that our sources of liquidity are not sufficient to fund acquisitions and capital expenditures, we will require other sources of capital, which may or may not be available on favorable terms or at all.
36
Dividends
We elected to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws with the year beginning January 1, 2001. To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we must, among other requirements such as those related to the composition of our assets and gross income, distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our taxable income, including taxable income that is accrued by us without a corresponding receipt of cash. We cannot provide any assurance that our cash flows will permit us to continue paying cash dividends. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has allowed the use of a procedure, as a result of which we could satisfy the REIT income distribution requirement by making a distribution on our common stock comprised of (i) shares of our common stock having a value of up to 80% of the total distribution and (ii) cash in the remaining amount of the total distribution, in lieu of paying the distribution entirely in cash. In order to use this procedure, we would need to seek and obtain a private letter ruling of the IRS to the effect that the procedure is applicable to our situation. Without obtaining such a private letter ruling, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to satisfy our REIT income distribution requirement by making distributions payable in whole or in part in shares of our common stock. It is also possible that instead of distributing 100% of our taxable income on an annual basis, we may decide to retain a portion of our taxable income and to pay taxes on such amounts as permitted by the IRS. Payment of dividends is subject to market conditions, our financial condition, including but not limited to, our continued compliance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement and other factors, and therefore is not assured. In particular, our Credit Agreement and Prudential Loan Agreement prohibit the payment of dividends during certain events of default. Cash dividends paid to our shareholders aggregated $8.4 million, $63.4 million and $52.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We reduced our quarterly dividend rate to $0.125 per share in the quarter ended June 30, 2012. In February 2013, we increased our quarterly dividend rate to $0.20 per share. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to pay cash dividends at the rate of $0.20 per share per quarter in cash or a combination of cash and our stock, if at all.
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2012 were comprised of borrowings under an amended credit agreement and an amended term loan agreement, operating lease payments due to landlords, estimated environmental remediation expenditures, co-investing with our tenants in capital improvements at our properties and our obligations pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement. We repaid our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012 with borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement entered into in February 2013. The aggregate maturity of the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement, is as follows: 2015 $71.9 million and 2021 $100 million.
In addition, as a REIT, we are required to pay dividends equal to at least 90% of our taxable income in order to continue to qualify as a REIT. Our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2012 are summarized below (in thousands):
TOTAL |
LESS
THAN- ONE YEAR |
ONE-TO
THREE YEARS |
THREE
TO FIVE YEARS |
MORE
THAN FIVE YEARS |
||||||||||||||||
Operating leases |
$ | 33,398 | $ | 7,826 | $ | 12,461 | $ | 7,245 | $ | 5,866 | ||||||||||
Borrowings under the prior credit agreement (a) |
150,290 | 150,290 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Borrowings under the prior term loan agreement (a) |
22,030 | 22,030 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Estimated environmental remediation expenditures (b) |
46,150 | 16,223 | 15,790 | 5,092 | 9,045 | |||||||||||||||
Capital improvements (c) |
14,080 | | 14,080 | | | |||||||||||||||
Litigation Funding Agreement |
4,753 | 4,753 | | | | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 270,701 | $ | 201,122 | $ | 28,251 | $ | 12,337 | $ | 14,911 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
Excludes related interest payments. (See Liquidity and Capital Resources above and Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk for additional information.) We repaid our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012 with cash on hand and proceeds from the Credit Agreement and Prudential Loan Agreement entered into in February 2013. |
(b) |
Estimated environmental remediation expenditures have been adjusted for inflation and discounted to present value. |
(c) |
The actual timing of co-investing with our tenants in capital improvements is dependent on the timing of such capital improvement projects and the terms of our leases. We expect that substantially all of such credits will be issued within five years. |
Generally, the leases with our tenants are triple-net leases, with the tenant responsible for the operations conducted at these properties and for the payment of taxes, maintenance, repair, insurance, environmental remediation and other operating expenses.
We have no significant contractual obligations not fully recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the Exchange Act.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in its financial statements. Although we have made estimates, judgments and assumptions regarding future uncertainties relating to the information included in our financial statements, giving due consideration to the accounting policies selected and materiality, actual results could differ from these estimates, judgments and assumptions and such differences could be material.
37
Estimates, judgments and assumptions underlying the accompanying consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, receivables, deferred rent receivable, income under direct financing leases, environmental remediation obligations, real estate, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets, litigation, accrued liabilities, environmental remediation obligations, income taxes and allocation of the purchase price of properties acquired to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The information included in our financial statements that is based on estimates, judgments and assumptions is subject to significant change and is adjusted as circumstances change and as the uncertainties become more clearly defined.
Our accounting policies are described in note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe that the more critical of our accounting policies relate to revenue recognition and deferred rent receivable and related reserves, impairment of long-lived assets, income taxes, environmental costs, allocation of the purchase price of properties acquired to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and litigation as described below:
Revenue recognition We earn revenue primarily from operating leases with our tenants. We recognize income under leases with our tenants, on the straight-line method, which effectively recognizes contractual lease payments evenly over the current term of the leases. The present value of the difference between the fair market rent and the contractual rent for in-place leases at the time properties are acquired is amortized into revenue from rental properties over the remaining lives of the in-place leases. A critical assumption in applying the straight-line accounting method is that the tenant will make all contractual lease payments during the current lease term and that the net deferred rent receivable of $12.4 million recorded as of December 31, 2012 will be collected when the payment is due, in accordance with the annual rent escalations provided for in the leases. Historically our tenants, other than Marketing, with leases that are material to our financial results have generally made rent payments when due. However, we may be required to reverse, or provide reserves for a portion of the recorded deferred rent receivable if it becomes apparent that the tenant may not make all of its contractual lease payments when due during the current term of the lease. The straight-line method requires that rental income related to those properties for which a reserve was specifically provided is effectively recognized in subsequent periods when payment is due under the contractual payment terms. (See General Marketing and the Master Lease above for additional information.)
Direct financing leases Income under direct financing leases is included in revenues from rental properties and is recognized over the lease terms using the effective interest rate method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Net investment in direct financing leases represents the investments in leased assets accounted for as direct financing leases. The investments are reduced by the receipt of lease payments, net of interest income earned and amortized over the life of the leases.
Impairment of long-lived assets Real estate assets represent long-lived assets for accounting purposes. We review the recorded value of long-lived assets for impairment in value whenever any events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. We may become aware of indicators of potentially impaired assets upon tenant or landlord lease renewals, upon receipt of notices of potential governmental takings and zoning issues, or upon other events that occur in the normal course of business that would cause us to review the operating results of the property. We believe our real estate assets are not carried at amounts in excess of their estimated net realizable fair value amounts.
Income taxes Our financial results generally do not reflect provisions for current or deferred federal income taxes since we elected to be treated as a REIT under the federal income tax laws effective January 1, 2001. Our intention is to operate in a manner that will allow us to continue to be treated as a REIT and, as a result, we do not expect to pay substantial corporate-level federal income taxes. Many of the REIT requirements; however, are highly technical and complex. If we were to fail to meet the requirements, we may be subject to federal income tax, excise taxes, penalties and interest or we may have to pay a deficiency dividend to eliminate any earnings and profits that were not distributed. Certain states do not follow the federal REIT rules and we have included provisions for these taxes in rental property expenses.
Environmental remediation obligations We provide for the estimated fair value of future environmental remediation obligations when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. (See Environmental Matters below for additional information). Environmental liabilities net of related recoveries are measured based on their expected future cash flows which have been adjusted for inflation and discounted to present value. Since environmental exposures are difficult to assess and estimate and knowledge about these liabilities is not known upon the occurrence of a single event, but rather is gained over a continuum of events, we believe that it is appropriate that our accrual estimates are adjusted as the remediation treatment progresses, as circumstances change and as environmental contingencies become more clearly defined and reasonably estimable. A critical assumption in accruing for these liabilities is that the state environmental laws and regulations will be administered and enforced in the future in a manner that is consistent with past practices. Environmental liabilities are estimated net of recoveries of environmental costs from state UST remediation funds, with respect to past and future spending based on estimated recovery rates developed from our experience with the funds when such recoveries are considered probable. A critical assumption in accruing for these recoveries is that the state UST fund programs will be administered and funded in the future in a manner that is consistent with past practices and that future environmental spending will be eligible for reimbursement at historical rates under these programs. We accrue environmental liabilities based on our share of responsibility as defined in our lease contracts with our tenants
38
and under various other agreements with others or if circumstances indicate that the counter-party may not have the financial resources to pay its share of the costs. It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation method and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in material adjustments to the amounts recorded for environmental litigation accruals and environmental remediation liabilities. We may ultimately be responsible to pay for environmental liabilities as the property owner if our tenants or other counter-parties fail to pay them. In certain environmental matters the effect on future financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists both in terms of the probability of loss and the estimate of such loss. The ultimate liabilities resulting from such lawsuits and claims, if any, may be material to our results of operations in the period in which they are recognized.
Litigation Legal fees related to litigation are expensed as legal services are performed. We provide for litigation reserves, including certain environmental litigation. (See Environmental Matters below for additional information), when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. If the estimate of the liability can only be identified as a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the minimum of the range is accrued for the liability.
Allocation of the purchase price of properties acquired Upon acquisition of real estate and leasehold interests, we estimate the fair value of acquired tangible assets (consisting of land, buildings and improvements) as if vacant and identified intangible assets and liabilities (consisting of leasehold interests, above-market and below-market leases, in-place leases and tenant relationships) and assumed debt. Based on these estimates, we allocate the purchase price to the applicable assets and liabilities.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
General
We are subject to numerous existing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including matters relating to the protection of the environment such as the remediation of known contamination and the retirement and decommissioning or removal of long-lived assets including buildings containing hazardous materials, USTs and other equipment. Environmental costs are principally attributable to remediation costs which include installing, operating, maintaining and decommissioning remediation systems, monitoring contamination and governmental agency reporting incurred in connection with contaminated properties. We seek reimbursement from state UST remediation funds related to these environmental costs where available. In July 2012, we purchased for $3.1 million a ten-year pollution legal liability insurance policy covering all of our properties for pre-existing unknown environmental liabilities and new environmental events. The policy has a $50.0 million aggregate limit and is subject to various self-insured retentions and other conditions and limitations. Our intention in purchasing this policy is to obtain protection predominantly for significant events. No assurances can be given that we will obtain a net financial benefit from this investment. Historically we did not maintain pollution legal liability insurance to protect from potential future claims related to known and unknown environmental liabilities.
We enter into leases and various other agreements which allocate responsibility for known and unknown environmental liabilities by establishing the percentage and method of allocating responsibility between the parties. In accordance with the leases with certain tenants, we have agreed to bring the leased properties with known environmental contamination to within applicable standards, and to either regulatory or contractual closure (Closure). Generally, upon achieving Closure at each individual property, our environmental liability under the lease for that property will be satisfied and future remediation obligations will be the responsibility of our tenant.
Generally, our tenants are directly responsible to pay for: (i) the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs and other equipment, (ii) remediation of environmental contamination they cause and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operators of our properties, and (iii) environmental liabilities allocated to them under the terms of our leases and various other agreements. We are contingently liable for these obligations in the event that our tenants do not satisfy their responsibilities. Under the Master Lease, Marketing was responsible to pay for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warranted as well as all environmental liabilities discovered during the term of the Master Lease, including: (i) remediation of environmental contamination Marketing caused and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operator of our properties, and (ii) known and unknown environmental liabilities allocated to Marketing under the terms of the Master Lease and various other agreements with us relating to Marketings business and the properties it leased from us (collectively the Marketing Environmental Liabilities). A liability has not been accrued for obligations that are the responsibility of our tenants (other than the Marketing Environmental Liabilities accrued in the fourth quarter of 2011) based on our tenants history of paying such obligations and/or our assessment of their financial ability and intent to pay their share of such costs. However, there can be no assurance that our assessments are correct or that our tenants who have paid their obligations in the past will continue to do so.
In the fourth quarter of 2011, since we could no longer assume that Marketing would be able to meet its environmental remediation obligations at 246 properties and its obligations to remove all underground storage tanks at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warrant, we accrued $47.9 million as the aggregate Marketing Environmental Liabilities. In conjunction with recording the Marketing Environmental Liabilities, we increased the carrying value for each of the properties by the amount of the related estimated environmental obligation and simultaneously recorded impairment charges aggregating $17.0 million where the accumulation of asset retirement costs increased the carrying value of the property above its estimated fair value.
39
As part of certain triple-net leases whose term commenced through December 31, 2012, we transferred title of the USTs to our tenants and the obligation to pay for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warranted was fully or partially transferred to our new tenants. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31, 2012, we removed $11.2 million of asset retirement obligations and $9.8 million of net asset retirement costs related to USTs from our balance sheet. The net amount of $1.4 million is recorded as deferred rental revenue and will be recognized as additional revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases. (See note 2 for additional information.)
It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation method and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in material adjustments to the amounts recorded for environmental litigation accruals and environmental remediation liabilities. We are required to accrue for environmental liabilities that we believe are allocable to others under various other agreements if we determine that it is probable that the counterparty will not meet its environmental obligations. The ultimate resolution of these matters could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
The estimated future costs for known environmental remediation requirements are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The accrued liability is the aggregate of the best estimate of the fair value of cost for each component of the liability net of estimated recoveries from state UST remediation funds considering estimated recovery rates developed from prior experience with the funds.
Environmental exposures are difficult to assess and estimate for numerous reasons, including the extent of contamination, alternative treatment methods that may be applied, location of the property which subjects it to differing local laws and regulations and their interpretations, as well as the time it takes to remediate contamination. In developing our liability for estimated environmental remediation obligations on a property by property basis, we consider among other things, enacted laws and regulations, assessments of contamination and surrounding geology, quality of information available, currently available technologies for treatment, alternative methods of remediation and prior experience. Environmental accruals are based on estimates which are subject to significant change, and are adjusted as the remediation treatment progresses, as circumstances change and as environmental contingencies become more clearly defined and reasonably estimable.
Environmental remediation obligations are initially measured at fair value based on their expected future net cash flows which have been adjusted for inflation and discounted to present value. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we had accrued $46.2 million, $57.7 million and $10.9 million, respectively, as our best estimate of the fair value of reasonably estimable environmental remediation obligations net of estimated recoveries and obligations to remove USTs. Environmental liabilities are accreted for the change in present value due to the passage of time and, accordingly, $3.2 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million of net accretion expense was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in environmental expenses. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012 we recorded credits aggregating $4.2 million to environmental expenses and earnings from discontinued operating activities where decreases in estimated remediation costs exceeded the depreciated carrying value of previously capitalized asset retirement costs. Environmental expenses also include project management fees, legal fees and provisions for environmental litigation loss reserves.
During the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we increased the carrying value of certain of our properties by $5.7 million and $47.9 million, respectively, due to increases in estimated remediation costs. We simultaneously record impairment charges where the increased carrying value of the property exceeds its estimated fair value. Capitalized asset retirement costs are being depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the underground storage tank, a ten year period if the increase in carrying value related to environmental remediation obligations or such shorter period if circumstances warrant, such as the remaining lease term for properties we lease from others. Depreciation and amortization expense included in our consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 includes $5.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, of depreciation related to capitalized asset retirement costs of $23.5 million and $35.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations may be enacted in the future or how existing laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to products or activities to which they have not previously been applied. We cannot predict if state UST fund programs will be administered and funded in the future in a manner that is consistent with past practices and if future environmental spending will continue to be eligible for reimbursement at historical recovery rates under these programs. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies or stricter interpretation of existing laws, which may develop in the future, could have an adverse effect on our financial position, or that of our tenants, and could require substantial additional expenditures for future remediation.
40
In view of the uncertainties associated with environmental expenditure contingencies, we are unable to estimate ranges in excess of the amount accrued with any certainty; however, we believe it is possible that the fair value of future actual net expenditures could be substantially higher than amounts currently recorded by us. Adjustments to accrued liabilities for environmental remediation obligations will be reflected in our financial statements as they become probable and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. Future environmental expenses could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
Environmental litigation
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of our business. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had accrued $3.6 million and $4.2 million, respectively, for certain of these matters which we believe were appropriate based on information then currently available. It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation method and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in our providing an accrual, or adjustments to the amounts recorded, for environmental litigation accruals. Matters related to the our Newark, New Jersey Terminal and Lower Passaic River and the MTBE multi-district litigation case, in particular, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price. (See Item 3. Legal Proceedings for additional information with respect to these and other pending environmental lawsuits and claims.)
Matters related to our Newark, New Jersey Terminal and the Lower Passaic River
In September 2003, we received a directive (the Directive) from the State of New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (the NJDEP) notifying us that we are one of approximately 66 potentially responsible parties for natural resource damages resulting from discharges of hazardous substances into the Lower Passaic River. The Directive calls for an assessment of the natural resources that have been injured by the discharges into the Lower Passaic River and interim compensatory restoration for the injured natural resources. There has been no material activity with respect to the NJDEP Directive since early after its issuance. The responsibility for the alleged damages, the aggregate cost to remediate the Lower Passaic River, the amount of natural resource damages and the method of allocating such amounts among the potentially responsible parties have not been determined. Effective May 2007, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (AOC) with over 70 parties comprising a Cooperating Parties Group (CPG) (many of whom are also named in the Directive) who have collectively agreed to perform a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study (RI/FS) for the Lower Passaic River. We are a party to the AOC and are a member of the CPG. The RI/FS is intended to address the investigation and evaluation of alternative remedial actions with respect to alleged damages to the Lower Passaic River, and is scheduled to be completed in or about 2015. On June 18, 2012, all members of the CPG except Occidental Chemical Corporation (Occidental) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (10.9 AOC) to perform certain remediation activities, including removal and capping of sediments at the river mile 10.9 area and certain testing. Similar to the RI/FS work, the CPG entered into an interim allocation for the costs of the river mile 10.9 work. The EPA issued a Unilateral Order to Occidental directing Occidental to participate and contribute to the cost of the river mile 10.9 work and discussions regarding Occidentals participation in the river mile 10.9 work are ongoing. Concurrently, the EPA is preparing a proposed Focused Feasibility Study (FFS) that the EPA claims will address sediment issues in the lower eight miles of the Lower Passaic River. The RI/FS and 10.9 AOC do not resolve liability issues for remedial work or restoration of, or compensation for, natural resource damages to the Lower Passaic River, which are not known at this time.
In a related action, in December 2005, the State of New Jersey through various state agencies brought suit against certain companies which the State alleges are responsible for various categories of past and future damages resulting from discharges of hazardous substances to the Passaic River. In February 2009, certain of these defendants filed third party complaints against approximately 300 additional parties, including us, seeking contribution for such parties proportionate share of response costs, cleanup and other damages, based on their relative contribution to pollution of the Passaic River and adjacent bodies of water. We believe that ChevronTexaco is contractually obligated to indemnify us, pursuant to an indemnification agreement, for most if not all of the conditions at the property identified by the NJDEP and the EPA. Accordingly, our ultimate legal and financial liability, if any, cannot be estimated with any certainty at this time.
MTBE Litigation
During 2011, we were defending against one remaining lawsuit of many brought by or on behalf of private and public water providers and governmental agencies. These cases alleged (and, as described below with respect to one remaining case, continue to allege) various theories of liability due to contamination of groundwater with methyl tertiary butyl ether (a fuel derived from methanol, commonly referred to as MTBE) as the basis for claims seeking compensatory and punitive damages, and name as defendant approximately 50 petroleum refiners, manufacturers, distributors and retailers of MTBE, or gasoline containing MTBE. During 2010, we agreed to, and subsequently paid, $1.7 million to settle two plaintiff classes covering 52 pending cases. Presently, we remain a defendant in one MTBE case involving multiple locations throughout the State of New Jersey brought by various governmental agencies of the State of New Jersey, including the NJDEP.
41
As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we maintained a litigation reserve relating to the remaining MTBE case in an amount which we believe was appropriate based on information then currently available. However, we are unable to estimate with certainty our liability for the case involving the State of New Jersey as there remains uncertainty as to the accuracy of the allegations in this case as they relate to us, our defenses to the claims, our rights to indemnification, and the aggregate possible amount of damages for which we may be held liable.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Prior to April 2006, when we entered into a swap agreement with JPMorgan Chase, N.A. (the Swap Agreement), we had not used derivative financial or commodity instruments for trading, speculative or any other purpose, and had not entered into any instruments to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. The Swap Agreement expired on June 30, 2011 and we currently do not intend to enter into another swap agreement. We do not have any foreign operations, and are therefore not exposed to foreign currency exchange rate.
Total floating interest rate borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2012 under the prior credit agreement and the prior term loan agreement, which were terminated and repaid on February 25, 2013, were $150.3 million and $22.0 million, respectively, bearing interest at a weighted-average rate of 3.28% per annum. The weighted-average effective rate was based on (i) $150.3 million of LIBOR rate borrowings outstanding under the prior credit agreement floating at market rates plus a margin of 3.00%, and (ii) $22.0 million of LIBOR based borrowings outstanding under the prior term loan agreement floating at market rates (subject to a 30 day LIBOR floor of 0.40%) plus a margin of 3.10%.
We are exposed to interest rate risk, primarily as a result of our $175.0 million senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) entered into on February 25, 2013 with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the Bank Syndicate), which is scheduled to mature in August 2015. The Credit Agreement allocates $25.0 million of the total Bank Syndicate commitment to a term loan and $150.0 million to a revolving credit facility. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement we have the option to increase by $50.0 million the amount of the revolving credit facility to $200.0 million. The Credit Agreement permits borrowings at an interest rate equal to the sum of a base rate plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.00% or a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 2.50% to 3.00% based on our leverage at the end of each quarterly reporting period. We use borrowings under the Credit Agreement to finance acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. Borrowings outstanding at floating interest rates under the Credit Agreement subsequent to the refinancing were approximately $72.0 million.
We manage our exposure to interest rate risk by minimizing, to the extent feasible, our overall borrowing and monitoring available financing alternatives. Our interest rate risk as of December 31, 2012 remained the same as compared to December 31, 2011. We reduced our interest rate risk on February 25, 2013 by repaying floating interest rate debt with the proceeds of a $100 million senior secured long-term loan agreement with the Prudential Insurance Company of America (the Prudential Loan Agreement), which matures in February 2021. The Prudential Loan Agreement bears interest at 6.00%. The Prudential Loan Agreement does not provide for scheduled reductions in the principal balance prior to its maturity. Our interest rate risk may materially change in the future if we seek other sources of debt or equity capital or refinance our outstanding debt.
Based on our average outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement projected at approximately $72.0 million for 2013, an increase in market interest rates of 0.50% effective February 25, 2013 for 2013 would decrease our 2013 net income and cash flows by $0.3 million. This amount was determined by calculating the effect of a hypothetical interest rate change on our borrowings floating at market rates, and assumes that the approximately $72.0 million outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement is indicative of our future average floating interest rate borrowings for 2013 before considering additional borrowings required for future acquisitions or repayment of outstanding borrowings from proceeds of future equity offerings. The calculation also assumes that there are no other changes in our financial structure or the terms of our borrowings. Our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates will increase or decrease in the future with increases or decreases in the outstanding amount under our Credit Agreement and with increases or decreases in amounts outstanding under borrowing agreements entered into with interest rates floating at market rates.
In order to minimize our exposure to credit risk associated with financial instruments, we place our temporary cash investments with high-credit-quality institutions. Temporary cash investments, if any, are currently held in an overnight bank time deposit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
42
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
GETTY REALTY CORP. INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
43
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
Revenues: |
||||||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 99,286 | $ | 100,263 | $ | 78,227 | ||||||
Interest on notes and mortgages receivable |
2,882 | 2,658 | 133 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total revenues |
102,168 | 102,921 | 78,360 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Rental property expenses |
30,232 | 16,023 | 10,053 | |||||||||
Impairment charges |
6,328 | 15,904 | | |||||||||
Environmental expenses |
774 | 5,597 | 5,371 | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
29,116 | 22,065 | 8,178 | |||||||||
Allowance for deferred rent receivable |
| 19,288 | | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
12,541 | 9,511 | 8,997 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total operating expenses |
78,991 | 88,388 | 32,599 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Operating income |
23,177 | 14,533 | 45,761 | |||||||||
Other income, net |
562 | 16 | 156 | |||||||||
Interest expense |
(9,931 | ) | (5,125 | ) | (5,050 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
13,808 | 9,424 | 40,867 | |||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) from operating activities |
(8,199 | ) | 2,084 | 9,128 | ||||||||
Gains on dispositions of real estate |
6,838 | 948 | 1,705 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
(1,361 | ) | 3,032 | 10,833 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net earnings |
$ | 12,447 | $ | 12,456 | $ | 51,700 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Basic and diluted earnings per common share: |
||||||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
$ | .41 | $ | .28 | $ | 1.46 | ||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
$ | (.04 | ) | $ | .09 | $ | .39 | |||||
Net earnings |
$ | .37 | $ | .37 | $ | 1.84 | ||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
33,395 | 33,171 | 27,950 | |||||||||
Stock options |
| 1 | 3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted |
33,395 | 33,172 | 27,953 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
44
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
Net earnings |
$ | 12,447 | $ | 12,456 | $ | 51,700 | ||||||
Other comprehensive gain: |
||||||||||||
Net unrealized gain on interest rate swap |
| 1,153 | 1,840 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Comprehensive income |
$ | 12,447 | $ | 13,609 | $ | 53,540 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
45
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share data)
DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||
2012 | 2011 | |||||||
ASSETS: |
||||||||
Real Estate: |
||||||||
Land |
$ | 318,814 | $ | 345,473 | ||||
Buildings and improvements |
208,325 | 270,381 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
527,139 | 615,854 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(106,931 | ) | (137,117 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Real estate held for use, net |
420,208 | 478,737 | ||||||
Real estate held for sale, net |
25,340 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Real estate, net |
445,548 | 478,737 | ||||||
Net investment in direct financing leases |
91,904 | 92,632 | ||||||
Deferred rent receivable (net of allowance of $0 at December 31, 2012 and $25,630 at December 31, 2011) |
12,448 | 8,080 | ||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
16,876 | 7,698 | ||||||
Notes, mortgages and accounts receivable (net of allowance of $25,371 at December 31, 2012 and $9,480 at December 31, 2011) |
41,865 | 36,083 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
31,940 | 11,859 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total assets |
$ | 640,581 | $ | 635,089 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY: |
||||||||
Borrowings under credit line |
$ | 150,290 | $ | 147,700 | ||||
Term loan |
22,030 | 22,810 | ||||||
Environmental remediation obligations |
46,150 | 57,700 | ||||||
Dividends payable |
4,202 | | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
45,160 | 34,710 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities |
267,832 | 262,920 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commitments and contingencies (notes 2, 3, 5 and 6) |
| | ||||||
Shareholders equity: |
||||||||
Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 50,000,000 shares; issued 33,396,720 at December 31, 2012 and 33,394,395 at December 31, 2011 |
334 | 334 | ||||||
Paid-in capital |
461,426 | 460,687 | ||||||
Dividends paid in excess of earnings |
(89,011 | ) | (88,852 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total shareholders equity |
372,749 | 372,169 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
$ | 640,581 | $ | 635,089 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
46
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Net earnings |
$ | 12,447 | $ | 12,456 | $ | 51,700 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash flow provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
13,700 | 10,336 | 9,738 | |||||||||
Impairment charges |
13,942 | 20,226 | | |||||||||
Gains on dispositions of real estate |
(6,866 | ) | (968 | ) | (1,705 | ) | ||||||
Deferred rent receivable, net of allowance |
(4,368 | ) | (453 | ) | 96 | |||||||
Allowance for deferred rent and accounts receivable |
15,903 | 28,879 | 229 | |||||||||
Amortization of above-market and below-market leases |
(285 | ) | (685 | ) | (1,260 | ) | ||||||
Amortization of credit agreement origination costs |
3,396 | 207 | 304 | |||||||||
Accretion expense |
3,174 | 899 | 775 | |||||||||
Stock-based employee compensation expense |
757 | 643 | 480 | |||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
(15,848 | ) | (14,890 | ) | (189 | ) | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
(8,004 | ) | 151 | (379 | ) | |||||||
Environmental remediation obligations |
(9,009 | ) | (1,981 | ) | (2,512 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
(3,054 | ) | 5,935 | (213 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash flow provided by operating activities |
15,885 | 60,755 | 57,064 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Property acquisitions and capital expenditures |
(4,148 | ) | (167,495 | ) | (4,725 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from dispositions of real estate |
9,855 | 2,317 | 2,858 | |||||||||
(Increase) decrease in cash held for property acquisitions |
(1,615 | ) | (750 | ) | 2,665 | |||||||
Amortization of (accretion in) investment in direct financing leases |
728 | 505 | (323 | ) | ||||||||
Issuance of notes, mortgages and other receivables |
(2,972 | ) | (30,400 | ) | | |||||||
Collection of notes and mortgages receivable |
1,703 | 2,679 | 158 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities |
3,551 | (193,144 | ) | 633 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||
Borrowings under credit agreement |
4,000 | 247,253 | 163,500 | |||||||||
Repayments under credit agreement |
(1,410 | ) | (140,853 | ) | (273,400 | ) | ||||||
Repayments under term loan agreement |
(780 | ) | (780 | ) | (780 | ) | ||||||
Payments of capital lease obligations |
(152 | ) | (59 | ) | | |||||||
Payments of cash dividends |
(8,404 | ) | (63,436 | ) | (52,332 | ) | ||||||
Payments of loan origination costs |
(4,144 | ) | (175 | ) | | |||||||
Cash paid in settlement of restricted stock units |
(18 | ) | | | ||||||||
Security deposits received |
650 | 29 | 182 | |||||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock |
| 91,986 | 108,205 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities |
(10,258 | ) | 133,965 | (54,625 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
9,178 | 1,576 | 3,072 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
7,698 | 6,122 | 3,050 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | 16,876 | $ | 7,698 | $ | 6,122 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
||||||||||||
Cash paid (refunded) during the period for: |
||||||||||||
Interest paid |
$ | 6,293 | $ | 5,523 | $ | 4,863 | ||||||
Income taxes, net |
810 | 267 | 365 | |||||||||
Environmental remediation obligations |
4,889 | 3,598 | 4,667 | |||||||||
Non-cash transactions |
||||||||||||
Issuance of mortgages related to property dispositions |
4,568 | 1,068 | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
47
GETTY REALTY CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Getty Realty Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. We are a real estate investment trust (REIT) specializing in the ownership, leasing and financing of retail motor fuel and convenience store properties and petroleum distribution terminals. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We manage and evaluate our operations as a single segment. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Use of Estimates, Judgments and Assumptions: The financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Estimates, judgments and assumptions underlying the accompanying consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, receivables, deferred rent receivable, net investment in direct financing leases, environmental remediation costs, real estate, depreciation and amortization, impairment of long-lived assets, litigation, environmental remediation obligations, accrued liabilities, income taxes and the allocation of the purchase price of properties acquired to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Subsequent events: We evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements.
Fair Value Hierarchy: The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates of fair value that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the period reported using a hierarchy (Fair Value Hierarchy) that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure the fair value. The Fair Value Hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The levels of the Fair Value Hierarchy are as follows: Level 1-inputs that reflect unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date; Level 2-inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active; and Level 3-inputs that are unobservable. Certain types of assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value either on a recurring or non-recurring basis. Assets required or elected to be marked-to-market and reported at fair value every reporting period are valued on a recurring basis. Other assets not required to be recorded at fair value every period may be recorded at fair value if a specific provision or other impairment is recorded within the period to mark the carrying value of the asset to market as of the reporting date. Such assets are valued on a non-recurring basis. We have a receivable that is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3-inputs of $2,972,000 as of December 31, 2012. Due to the subjectivity inherent in the internal valuation techniques used in estimating fair value, the amount ultimately received from this receivable may vary significantly from our estimate. We have certain real estate assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis using Level 3-inputs as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 of $4,967,000 and $19,214,000, respectively, where impairment charges have been recorded. Due to the subjectivity inherent in the internal valuation techniques used in estimating fair value, the amounts realized from the sale of such assets may vary significantly from these estimates.
The following summarizes as of December 31, 2012 our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the Fair Value Hierarchy:
(in thousands) |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Receivable |
$ | | $ | | $ | 2,972 | $ | 2,972 | ||||||||
Mutual funds |
$ | 3,013 | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,013 | ||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred Compensation |
$ | 3,013 | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,013 |
48
The following summarizes as of December 31, 2011 our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the Fair Value Hierarchy:
(in thousands) |
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | ||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Mutual funds |
$ | 2,744 | $ | | $ | | $ | 2,744 | ||||||||
Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Deferred Compensation |
$ | 2,744 | $ | | $ | | $ | 2,744 |
Discontinued Operations: We report as discontinued operations approximately 111 properties which meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the current period and certain properties disposed of during the periods presented. Discontinued operations, including gains and losses, impairment charges and the operating results for properties disposed of in 2012, 2011 and 2010 and impairment charges and operating results of properties classified as held for sale, are included in a separate component of income on the consolidated statement of operations. The operating results and impairment charges of such properties for the years ended 2011 and 2010 have also been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to the 2012 presentation. The properties currently being marketed for sale have a net carrying value aggregating $25,340,000 and are included in real estate held for sale, net in our consolidated balance sheets. The revenue from rental properties, impairment charges, other operating expenses and gains from dispositions of real estate related to these properties are as follows:
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 5,485 | $ | 10,178 | $ | 10,172 | ||||||
Impairment charges |
(7,614 | ) | (4,322 | ) | | |||||||
Other operating expenses |
(6,070 | ) | (3,772 | ) | (1,044 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings (loss) from operating activities |
(8,199 | ) | 2,084 | 9,128 | ||||||||
Gains from dispositions of real estate |
6,838 | 948 | 1,705 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
$ | (1,361 | ) | $ | 3,032 | $ | 10,833 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real Estate: Real estate assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Upon acquisition of real estate and leasehold interests, we estimate the fair value of acquired tangible assets (consisting of land, buildings and improvements) as if vacant and identified intangible assets and liabilities (consisting of leasehold interests, above-market and below-market leases, in-place leases and tenant relationships) and assumed debt. Based on these estimates, we record the applicable assets and liabilities at their fair value. When real estate assets are sold or retired, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is eliminated from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is credited or charged to income. We evaluate real estate sale transactions where we provide seller financing to determine sale and gain recognition in accordance with GAAP. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to income when incurred. When accounting for business combinations, the amounts recorded for the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for above-market and below-market leases, leasehold interests as lessee and capital lease obligations are non-cash transactions which do not appear on the face of the consolidated statements of cash flows. (See note 11 for additional information regarding property acquisitions.)
Depreciation and Amortization: Depreciation of real estate is computed on the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from 16 to 25 years for buildings and improvements, or the term of the lease if shorter. Asset retirement costs are depreciated over the remaining useful lives of underground storage tanks (USTs or UST) or 10 years for asset retirement costs related to environmental remediation obligations, which costs are attributable to the group of assets identified at a property. Leasehold interests, in-place leases and tenant relationships are amortized over the remaining term of the underlying lease.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of: Assets are written down to fair value when events and circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired and the projected undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. We review and adjust as necessary our depreciation estimates and method when long-lived assets are tested for recoverability. Assets held for disposal are written down to fair value less estimated disposition costs.
We recorded non-cash impairment charges aggregating $13,942,000 and $20,226,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in continuing operations and in discontinued operations. We record non-cash impairment charges and reduce the
49
carrying amount of properties held for use to fair value where the carrying amount of the property exceeded the projected undiscounted cash flows expected to be received during the assumed holding period which includes the estimated sales value expected to be received at disposition. We record non-cash impairment charges and reduce the carrying amount of properties held for sale to fair value less disposal costs. The non-cash impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2012 were attributable to reductions in our estimates of value for properties held for sale and the accumulation of asset retirement costs as a result of an increase in estimated environmental liabilities which increased the carrying value of certain properties in excess of their fair value. Impairment charges recorded during the year ended December 31, 2011 were attributable to reductions in our estimates of value for properties marketed for sale, reductions in the assumed holding period used to test for impairment and the accumulation of asset retirement costs as a result of an increase in estimated environmental liabilities which increased the carrying value of certain properties in excess of their fair value. The estimated fair value of real estate is based on the price that would be received to sell the property in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The internal valuation techniques that we used included discounted cash flow analysis, an income capitalization approach on prevailing or earnings multiples applied to earnings from the property, analysis of recent comparable lease and sales transactions, actual leasing or sale negotiations, bona fide purchase offers received from third parties and/or consideration of the amount that currently would be required to replace the asset, as adjusted for obsolescence. In general, we consider multiple internal valuation techniques when measuring the fair value of a property, all of which are based on unobservable inputs and assumptions that are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. These unobservable inputs include assumed holding periods ranging up to 15 years, assumed average rent increases ranging up to 2.0% annually, income capitalized at a rate of 8.0% and cash flows discounted at a rate of 7.0%. These assessments have a direct impact on our net income because recording an impairment loss results in an immediate negative adjustment to net income. The evaluation of anticipated cash flows is highly subjective and is based in part on assumptions regarding future rental rates and operating expenses that could differ materially from actual results in future periods. Where properties held for use have been identified as having a potential for sale, additional judgments are required related to the determination as to the appropriate period over which the projected undiscounted cash flows should include the operating cash flows and the amount included as the estimated residual value. This requires significant judgment. In some cases, the results of whether impairment is indicated are sensitive to changes in assumptions input into the estimates, including the holding period until expected sale.
Cash and Cash Equivalents: We consider highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 3 (three) months or less to be cash equivalents.
Notes and Mortgages Receivable: Notes and mortgages receivables consist of loans originated by us related to seller financing and funding provided to two tenants in conjunction with properties acquired in 2011. Notes and mortgages receivable are recorded at stated principal amounts. We evaluate the collectability of both interest and principal on each loan to determine whether it is impaired. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based upon current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due under the existing contractual terms. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of loss is calculated by comparing the recorded investment to the fair value determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at the loans effective interest rate or to the fair value of the underlying collateral if the loan is collateralized. Interest income on performing loans is accrued as earned. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis. We do not provide for an additional allowance for loan losses based on the grouping of loans as we believe the characteristics of the loans are not sufficiently similar to allow an evaluation of these loans as a group for a possible loan loss allowance. As such, all of our loans are evaluated individually for impairment purposes.
Deferred Rent Receivable and Revenue Recognition: We earn rental income under operating and direct financing leases with tenants. Minimum lease payments from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases. The cumulative difference between lease revenue recognized under this method and the contractual lease payment terms is recorded as deferred rent receivable on the consolidated balance sheet. We provide reserves for a portion of the recorded deferred rent receivable if circumstances indicate that it is not reasonable to assume that the tenant will make all of its contractual lease payments when due during the current term of the lease. The straight-line method requires that rental income related to those properties for which a reserve was provided is effectively recognized in subsequent periods when payment is due under the contractual payment terms. Lease termination fees are recognized as rental income when earned upon the termination of a tenants lease and relinquishment of space in which we have no further obligation to the tenant. The present value of the difference between the fair market rent and the contractual rent for above-market and below-market leases at the time properties are acquired is amortized into revenue from rental properties over the remaining lives of the in-place leases.
Direct Financing Leases: Income under direct financing leases is included in revenues from rental properties and is recognized over the lease terms using the effective interest rate method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties. Net investment in direct financing leases represents the investments in leased assets accounted for as direct financing leases. The investments in direct financing leases are increased for interest income earned and amortized over the life of the leases and reduced by the receipt of lease payments.
Environmental Remediation Obligations: The estimated future costs for known environmental remediation requirements are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred, including legal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets if the asset retirement obligation results from the normal operation of those assets and a reasonable estimate of fair
50
value can be made. Environmental remediation obligations are estimated based on the level and impact of contamination at each property. The accrued liability is the aggregate of the best estimate of the fair value of cost for each component of the liability. The accrued liability is net of recoveries of environmental costs from state underground storage tank (UST or USTs) remediation funds, with respect to both past and future environmental spending based on estimated recovery rates developed from prior experience with the funds. Net environmental liabilities are currently measured based on their expected future cash flows which have been adjusted for inflation and discounted to present value. We accrue for environmental liabilities that we believe are allocable to other potentially responsible parties if it becomes probable that the other parties will not pay their environmental remediation obligations.
Litigation: Legal fees related to litigation are expensed as legal services are performed. We provide for litigation reserves, including certain litigation related to environmental matters, when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. If the estimate of the liability can only be identified as a range, and no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the minimum of the range is accrued for the liability. We accrue our share of environmental liabilities based on our assumptions of the ultimate allocation method and share that will be used when determining our share of responsibility.
Income Taxes: We and our subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Effective January 1, 2001, we elected to qualify, and believe we are operating so as to qualify, as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on qualifying REIT income, provided that distributions to our shareholders equal at least the amount of our taxable income as defined under the Internal Revenue Code. We accrue for uncertain tax matters when appropriate. The accrual for uncertain tax positions is adjusted as circumstances change and as the uncertainties become more clearly defined, such as when audits are settled or exposures expire. Although tax returns for the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, and tax returns which will be filed for the year ended 2012 remain open to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions under the respective statute of limitations, we have not currently identified any uncertain tax positions related to those years and, accordingly, have not accrued for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012 or 2011.
Interest Expense and Interest Rate Swap Agreement: In April 2006 we entered into an interest rate swap agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the counterparty, designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedge, to reduce our variable interest rate risk by effectively fixing a portion of the interest rate for existing debt and anticipated refinancing transactions. We have not entered into financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. The fair value of the interest rate swap obligation was based upon the estimated amounts we would receive or pay to terminate the contract and was determined using an interest rate market pricing model. Changes in the fair value of the agreement were included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income and would have been recorded in the consolidated statements of operations if the agreement was not an effective cash flow hedge for accounting purposes.
Earnings per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share gives effect, utilizing the two-class method, to the potential dilution from the issuance of common shares in settlement of restricted stock units (RSUs or RSU) which provide for non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividends declared per common share. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings less dividend equivalents attributable to RSUs by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share, also gives effect to the potential dilution from the exercise of stock options utilizing the treasury stock method.
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
(in thousands): | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | |||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
$ | 13,808 | $ | 9,424 | $ | 40,867 | ||||||
Less dividend equivalents attributable to restricted stock units outstanding |
(82 | ) | (249 | ) | (228 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Earnings from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders used for basic earnings per share calculation |
13,726 | 9,175 | 40,639 | |||||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
(1,361 | ) | 3,032 | 10,833 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net earnings attributable to common shareholders used for basic earnings per share calculation |
$ | 12,365 | $ | 12,207 | $ | 51,472 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||
Basic |
33,395 | 33,171 | 27,950 | |||||||||
Stock options |
| 1 | 3 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted |
33,395 | 33,172 | 27,953 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Restricted stock units outstanding at the end of the period |
216 | 171 | 123 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-Based Compensation: Compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans using the fair value method was $757,000, $643,000 and $480,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense. The impact of the accounting for stock-based compensation is, and is expected to be, immaterial to our financial position and results of operations.
51
Reclassifications: Certain amounts related to discontinued operations for 2011 and 2010 have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation.
New Accounting Pronouncement: In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS (ASU 2011-04). ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles related to measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements. Required disclosures are expanded under the new guidance, especially for fair value measurements that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, for which quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used, and a narrative description of the valuation processes in place and sensitivity of recurring Level 3 measurements to changes in unobservable inputs is required. Entities will also be required to disclose the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value in the balance sheet but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed. ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, and is applied prospectively. The adoption of this guidance in 2012 resulted in expanded disclosures on fair value measurements but did not have an impact to our measurements of fair value.
2. LEASES
Our business model is to lease our properties on a triple-net basis primarily to petroleum distributors and to a lesser extent to individual operators. Our tenants operate our properties directly or sublet our properties to operators who operate their gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities or other businesses at our properties. These tenants are responsible for the operations conducted at these properties. Our triple-net tenants are generally responsible for the payment of all taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance and other operating expenses relating to our properties. Substantially all of our tenants financial results depend on the sale of refined petroleum products and rental income from their subtenants. As a result, our tenants financial results are highly dependent on the performance of the petroleum marketing industry, which is highly competitive and subject to volatility. In those instances where we determine that the best use for a property is no longer as a gas station, we will seek an alternative tenant or buyer for the property. As of December 31, 2012, approximately 20 of our properties are leased for uses such as quick serve restaurants, automobile sales and other retail purposes, excluding approximately 40 properties previously subject to the Master Lease with Marketing which are currently held for sale and which have temporary occupancies. Our 1,081 properties are located in 21 states across the United States with concentrations in the Northeast and Mid-Atlantic regions.
More than 700 of the properties we own or lease as of December 31, 2012 were previously leased to Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. (Marketing) comprising a unitary premises pursuant to a master lease (the Master Lease) and we derived a majority of our revenues from the leasing of these properties under the Master Lease. On December 5, 2011, Marketing filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court). Marketing rejected the Master Lease pursuant to an Order issued by the Bankruptcy Court effective April 30, 2012. In accordance with GAAP, we recognize in revenue from rental properties in our consolidated statement of operations the full contractual rent and real estate obligations due to us by Marketing during the term of the Master Lease and provide bad debt reserves included in general and administrative expenses and in earnings (loss) from discontinued operations in our consolidated statement of operations for our estimate of uncollectible amounts due from Marketing. As a result, we provided net bad debt reserves related to uncollected rent and real estate taxes due from Marketing of $8,802,000 in the fourth quarter of 2011 and $13,980,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The reserve provided in the year ended December 31, 2012 is net of a reduction of $1,348,000 as a result of receiving cash from a partial liquidation of the Marketing bankruptcy estate. We have provided bad debt reserves aggregating $22,782,000 for all outstanding rent and real estate tax obligations due from Marketing as of December 31, 2012 substantially all of which remain unpaid as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (See note 3 for additional information regarding Marketing and the Master Lease.)
As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing and Marketings rejection of the Master Lease, we commenced a process to reposition the portfolio of properties that were subject to the Master Lease after the properties became available to us free of Marketings tenancy. As a result of that process, as of December 31, 2012, we have entered into long-term triple-net leases with petroleum distributors for ten separate property portfolios comprising 443 properties in the aggregate and month-to-month license agreements with occupants of approximately 155 properties (substantially all of whom were Marketings former sub-tenants) allowing such occupants to continue to occupy and use these properties as gas stations, convenience stores, automotive repair service facilities or other businesses. The month-to-month license agreements require the operators to sell fuel provided exclusively by petroleum distributors with whom we have contracted for interim fuel supply and from whom we receive a fee based on gallons sold. We have also entered into additional month-to-month license agreements at approximately 40 properties which have had their underground storage tanks removed and are being used for various retail uses other than as a gas station. These properties are currently marketed for sale. Our month-to-month license agreements differ from our typical triple-net lease agreements in that we are responsible for the payment of certain environmental costs and property operating expenses including real estate taxes. Approximately 60 properties previously subject to the Master Lease are currently vacant, the majority of which have had their underground storage tanks removed and are being marketed for sale.
52
The long-term triple-net leases with petroleum distributors for ten separate property portfolios comprising 443 properties in the aggregate are unitary triple-net lease agreements generally with an initial term of 15 years, and options for successive renewal terms of up to 20 years. Rent is scheduled to increase at varying intervals of up to three years on the anniversary of the commencement date of the leases. The majority of the leases provide for additional rent based on the volume of petroleum products sold. As triple-net lessees, the tenants are required to pay all amounts pertaining to the properties subject to the leases, including taxes, assessments, licenses and permit fees, charges for public utilities and all other governmental charges. In addition, the majority of the leases require the tenants to make capital expenditures at our properties substantially all of which is related to the replacement of underground storage tanks that are the property our tenants. In certain of our new leases, we have committed to co-invest up to $14,080,000 with our tenants for a portion of such capital expenditures, which deferred expense is recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases. As part of certain of the triple-net leases we have entered into through December 31, 2012, we transferred title of the USTs to our tenants and the obligation to pay for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warranted at the 443 sites was fully or partially transferred to our new tenants. We remain contingently liable for this obligation in the event that our tenants do not satisfy their responsibilities. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31, 2012, we removed $11,153,000 of asset retirement obligations and $9,795,000 of net asset retirement costs related to USTs from our balance sheet. The net amount of $1,358,000 is recorded as deferred rental revenue and will be recognized on a straight-line basis as additional revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases. We incurred $3,146,000 of lease origination costs in 2012, which deferred expense is recognized on a straight-line basis as a reduction of revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases.
Revenues from rental properties included in continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $99,286,000, $100,263,000 and $78,227,000, respectively, of which $20,136,000, $52,646,000 and $50,135,000, respectively, was contractually due or received from Marketing under the Master Lease through its rejection on April 30, 2012 and $72,954,000, $45,515,000 and $26,426,000, respectively, was contractually due or received from other tenants including rent for May 2012 through December 2012 related to properties repositioned from the Master Lease. Revenues from rental properties and rental property expenses included in continuing operations included $11,263,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, $6,639,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 and $1,849,000, for the year ended December 31, 2010 for real estate taxes paid by us which were reimbursable by tenants (which includes amounts related to properties previously subject to the Master Lease discussed in the following paragraph). Revenues from rental properties included in continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 also include $1,763,000 for amounts realized under interim fuel supply agreements.
As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing, beginning in the first quarter of 2012, we began paying past due real estate taxes for 2011 and 2012, which taxes Marketing historically paid directly. Real estate taxes that we pay and were due from Marketing through April 30, 2012, the date the Master Lease was rejected, and from certain other tenants who are contractually obligated to reimburse us for the payment of real estate taxes pursuant to the terms of triple-net lease agreements are included in revenues from rental properties and in rental property expense in our consolidated statement of operations. Revenues from rental properties and rental property expense included in continuing operations included $11,263,000, $6,639,000 and $1,849,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for real estate taxes paid by us which were due from Marketing and other tenants. Marketing also made additional direct payments for other operating expenses related to these properties, including environmental remediation obligations other than those liabilities that were retained by us. Costs paid directly by Marketing under the terms of the Master Lease are not reflected in revenues from rental properties or rental property expense in our consolidated financial statements. We continue to incur costs associated with the Marketing bankruptcy and we anticipate paying directly other Property Expenditures (as defined below) historically paid by Marketing under the terms of the Master Lease for the foreseeable future.
In accordance with GAAP, we recognize rental revenue in amounts which vary from the amount of rent contractually due or received during the periods presented. As a result, revenues from rental properties include non-cash adjustments recorded for deferred rental revenue due to the recognition of rental income on a straight-line (or average) basis over the current lease term, net amortization of above-market and below-market leases and recognition of rental income recorded under direct financing leases using the effective interest method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investments in the leased properties (the Revenue Recognition Adjustments). Revenue Recognition Adjustments included in continuing operations increased rental revenue by $4,433,000, $2,102,000 and $1,666,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
We provide reserves for a portion of the recorded deferred rent receivable if circumstances indicate that a tenant will not make all of its contractual lease payments during the current lease term. Our assessments and assumptions regarding the recoverability of the deferred rent receivable are reviewed on an ongoing basis and such assessments and assumptions are subject to change. As of December 31, 2011, the gross deferred rent receivable attributable to the Master Lease of $25,630,000 was fully reserved. As a result of the developments described above, we previously concluded that it was probable that we would not receive from Marketing the entire amount of the contractual lease payments owed to us under the Master Lease. Accordingly, during the third and fourth quarters of 2011, we recorded non-cash allowances for deferred rental revenue in continuing and discontinued operations aggregating $11,043,000 and $8,715,000, respectively, fully reserving in the fourth quarter of 2011 for the deferred rent receivable relating to the Master Lease. These non-cash
53
allowances reduced our net earnings for the applicable periods in 2011, but did not impact our cash flow from operating activities. The gross deferred rent receivable and the reserve relating to the Master Lease were derecognized in the second quarter of 2012 upon termination of the Master Lease.
The components of the $91,904,000 net investment in direct financing leases as of December 31, 2012, are minimum lease payments receivable of $203,869,000 plus unguaranteed estimated residual value of $11,991,000 less unearned income of $123,956,000.
Future contractual minimum annual rentals receivable from our tenants, which have terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2012, are as follows (in thousands):
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, |
OPERATING
LEASES |
DIRECT
FINANCING LEASES |
TOTAL(a) | |||||||||
2013 |
$ | 67,940 | $ | 11,035 | $ | 78,975 | ||||||
2014 |
61,160 | 11,286 | 72,446 | |||||||||
2015 |
60,572 | 11,462 | 72,034 | |||||||||
2016 |
60,624 | 11,640 | 72,264 | |||||||||
2017 |
59,993 | 11,942 | 71,935 | |||||||||
Thereafter |
495,195 | 146,506 | 641,701 |
(a) |
Includes $89,392,000 of future minimum annual rentals receivable under subleases. |
Rent expense, substantially all of which consists of minimum rentals on non-cancelable operating leases, amounted to $7,903,000, $8,009,000 and $7,007,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in rental property expenses using the straight-line method. Rent contractually due under subleases for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $11,809,000, $13,325,000 and $11,868,000, respectively.
We have obligations to lessors under non-cancelable operating leases which have terms in excess of one year, principally for gasoline stations and convenience stores. The leased properties have a remaining lease term averaging over 10 years, including renewal options. Future minimum annual rentals payable under such leases, excluding renewal options, are as follows: 2013 $7,826,000, 2014 $6,830,000, 2015 $5,631,000, 2016 $4,474,000, 2017 $2,771,000 and $5,866,000 thereafter.
3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
CREDIT RISK
In order to minimize our exposure to credit risk associated with financial instruments, we place our temporary cash investments, if any, with high credit quality institutions. Temporary cash investments, if any, are currently held in an overnight bank time deposit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
MARKETING AND THE MASTER LEASE
On December 5, 2011, Marketing filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in the Bankruptcy Court. On March 7, 2012, we entered into a stipulation with Marketing and with the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors in the Bankruptcy proceedings (the Creditors Committee), which was approved and made an Order by the Bankruptcy Court on April 2, 2012 (the Stipulation). Pursuant to the terms of the Stipulation, in addition to our other pre-petition and post-petition claims, we are entitled to recover an administrative claim capped at $10,500,000 for the partial payment of fixed rent and performance of other obligations due from Marketing under the Master Lease from December 5, 2011 until possession of the properties subject to the Master Lease was returned to us effective April 30, 2012 (the Administrative Claim). Our Administrative Claim has priority over the claims of other creditors and certain of our other claims. As of the date of this filing on Form 10-K, the outstanding unpaid principal amount of our Administrative Claim is $7,443,000.
The Bankruptcy Court has appointed a liquidating trustee (the Liquidating Trustee) to oversee the liquidation of the Marketing estate (the Marketing Estate). The Liquidating Trustee continues to oversee the Marketing Estate and pursue claims for the benefit of its creditors, including those related to the recovery of various deposits, including surety bonds, insurance policy claims and claims made to state funded tank reimbursement programs. We received distributions reducing our Administrative Claim of $1,348,000 in the third and fourth quarters of 2012 and $1,709,000 in the first quarter of 2013, from the Marketing Estate. As a result, in 2012, we reversed portions of our bad debt reserve for uncollectible amounts due from Marketing and reduced bad debt expense included in general and administrative expenses on our consolidated statement of income. We cannot provide any assurance that we will ultimately collect any additional claims against or unpaid amounts due from the Marketing Estate pursuant to the Plan of Liquidation, or otherwise.
54
In December 2011, the Marketing Estate filed a lawsuit against Marketings former parent, Lukoil Americas Corporation, and certain of its affiliates (collectively, Lukoil), as well as the former directors and officers of Marketing (the Lukoil Complaint). The Lukoil Complaint asserts, among other claims, that Marketings sale of assets to Lukoil in November 2009 constituted a fraudulent conveyance, and that the assets or their value can be recovered from Lukoil. In addition, the Lukoil Complaint asserts that the former directors and officers violated their fiduciary duties to Marketing in approving and effectuating the challenged sale, and are liable for money damages. The Liquidating Trustee is pursuing these claims for the benefit of the Marketing Estate. It is possible that the Liquidating Trustee will obtain a favorable judgment or will settle with the defendants, and therefore it is possible that we may ultimately recover a portion of our claims against Marketing, including our Administrative Claim, which has priority over most other creditors claims, and our additional pre-petition and post-petition claims.
In October 2012, we entered into an agreement with the Marketing Estate to make loans and otherwise fund up to an aggregate amount of $6,425,000 to fund the prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint and certain Liquidating Trustee expenses incurred in connection with the wind-down of the Marketing Estate (the Litigation Funding Agreement). This agreement provides that we are entitled to receive proceeds, if any, from the successful prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint in an amount equal to the sum of (i) all funds advanced for wind-down costs and expert witness and consultant fees plus interest accruing at 15% per annum on such advances made by us; plus (ii) the greater of all funds advanced for legal fees and expenses relating to the prosecution of the Lukoil Complaint plus interest accruing at 15% per annum on such advances made by us, or 24% of the gross proceeds from any settlement or favorable judgment obtained by the Liquidating Trustee due to the Lukoil Complaint. We advanced $1,672,000 in the fourth quarter of 2012 and $143,000 in the first quarter of 2013 to the Marketing Estate pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement. It is possible that we may agree to advance amounts in excess of $6,425,000. The Litigation Funding Agreement also provides that we are entitled to be reimbursed for up to $1,300,000 of our legal fees incurred in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Based on the terms of the Liquidation Funding Agreement, we have recorded a receivable of $2,972,000 as of December 31, 2012, which includes amounts advanced and amounts due us for reimbursable legal fees we incurred in connection with the Litigation Funding Agreement. Payments that we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement will not reduce our Administrative Claim or our other pre-petition and post-petition claims against Marketing. A portion of the payments we receive pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement may be subject to federal income taxes. We cannot provide any assurance that we will be repaid any amounts we advance pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement or the reimbursable legal fees we have incurred.
We have elected to account for the advances, accrued interest and litigation reimbursements due us pursuant to the Litigation Funding Agreement on a fair value basis. We used unobservable inputs based on comparable transactions when determining the fair value of Litigation Funding Agreement. We concluded that the terms of the Litigation Funding Agreement are within a range of terms representing the market for such arrangements when considering the unique circumstances particular to the counterparties to such funding agreements. These inputs include the potential outcome of the litigation related to the Lukoil Complaint including the probability of the Marketing Estate prevailing in its lawsuit and the potential amount that may be recovered by the Marketing Estate from Lukoil Americas. We also applied a discount factor commensurate with the risk that the Marketing Estate may not prevail in its lawsuit. We considered that fair value is defined as an amount of consideration that would be exchanged between a willing buyer and seller. Accordingly, we believe that a market participant would likely purchase our rights from us for approximately the amounts currently due us under the terms of the Litigation Funding Agreement.
Under the Master Lease, Marketing was responsible to pay for certain environmental related liabilities and expenses. As a result of Marketings bankruptcy filing, we have accrued for certain environmental liabilities (the Marketing Environmental Liabilities) and commenced funding remediation activities during the second quarter of 2012 related to such accruals. We do not expect to be reimbursed by Marketing for any such remediation activities except as a result of realizing a claim deriving from the Lukoil Complaint. We expect to continue to incur and fund costs associated with the Marketing bankruptcy proceedings and associated eviction proceedings as well as costs associated with repositioning properties previously leased to Marketing. We expect to continue to incur operating expenses such as maintenance, repairs, real estate taxes, insurance and general upkeep related to these properties (Property Expenditures) for vacant properties and properties subject to our month-to-month license agreements. In certain of our new leases, we have also agreed to co-invest with our tenants to fund capital improvements including replacing underground storage tanks and related equipment or renovating some of the properties previously leased to Marketing (Capital Improvements).
It is possible that our estimates for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities relating to the properties previously leased to Marketing will be higher than the amounts we have accrued and that issues involved in re-letting or repositioning these properties may require significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business. In addition, we increased our number of tenants significantly and are performing property related functions previously performed by Marketing, both of which have resulted in permanent increases in our annual operating expenses. The incurrence of these various expenses may materially negatively impact our cash flow and ability to pay dividends.
55
Our estimates, judgments, assumptions and beliefs regarding Marketing and the Master Lease affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and are subject to change. Actual results could differ from these estimates, judgments and assumptions and such differences could be material. If our actual expenditures for the Marketing Environmental Liabilities are greater than the amounts accrued, if we incur significant costs and operating expenses relating to the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio; if the repositioning of the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio leads to a protracted and expensive process for taking control and or re-letting our properties; if re-letting the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio requires significant management attention that would otherwise be devoted to our ongoing business; if the Bankruptcy Court takes actions that are detrimental to our interests; if we are unable to re-let or sell the properties comprising the Master Lease portfolio at all or upon terms that are favorable to us; or if we change our estimates, judgments, assumptions and beliefs; our business, financial condition, revenues, operating expenses, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends and stock price may continue to be materially adversely affected or adversely affected to a greater extent than we have experienced. (For information regarding factors that could adversely affect us relating to our lessees, including Marketing, see Part II, Item 1A. Risk Factors.)
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of our business. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we had accrued $3,615,000 and $4,242,000, respectively, for certain of these matters which we believe were appropriate based on information then currently available. We are unable to estimate ranges in excess of the amounts accrued with any certainty relating to these matters. It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation method and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in our providing an accrual, or adjustments to the amounts recorded, for environmental litigation accruals. Matters related to our Newark, New Jersey Terminal and the Lower Passaic River and the MTBE multi-district litigation case, in particular, could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
Matters related to our Newark, New Jersey Terminal and the Lower Passaic River
In September 2003, we received a directive (the Directive) from the State of New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (the NJDEP) notifying us that we are one of approximately 66 potentially responsible parties for natural resource damages resulting from discharges of hazardous substances into the Lower Passaic River. The Directive calls for an assessment of the natural resources that have been injured by the discharges into the Lower Passaic River and interim compensatory restoration for the injured natural resources. There has been no material activity with respect to the NJDEP Directive since early after its issuance. The responsibility for the alleged damages, the aggregate cost to remediate the Lower Passaic River, the amount of natural resource damages and the method of allocating such amounts among the potentially responsible parties have not been determined. Effective May 2007, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (AOC) with over 70 parties comprising a Cooperating Parties Group (CPG) (many of whom are also named in the Directive) who have collectively agreed to perform a Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study (RI/FS) for the Lower Passaic River. We are a party to the AOC and are a member of the CPG. The RI/FS is intended to address the investigation and evaluation of alternative remedial actions with respect to alleged damages to the Lower Passaic River, and is scheduled to be completed in or about 2015. On June 18, 2012, all members of the CPG except Occidental Chemical Corporation (Occidental) entered into an Administrative Settlement Agreement and Order on Consent (10.9 AOC) to perform certain remediation activities, including removal and capping of sediments at the river mile 10.9 area and certain testing. Similar to the RI/FS work, the CPG entered into an interim allocation for the costs of the river mile 10.9 work. The EPA issued a Unilateral Order to Occidental directing Occidental to participate and contribute to the cost of the river mile 10.9 work and discussions regarding Occidentals participation in the river mile 10.9 work are ongoing. Concurrently, the EPA is preparing a proposed Focused Feasibility Study (FFS) that the EPA claims will address sediment issues in the lower eight miles of the Lower Passaic River. The RI/FS and 10.9 AOC do not resolve liability issues for remedial work or restoration of, or compensation for, natural resource damages to the Lower Passaic River, which are not known at this time.
In a related action, in December 2005, the State of New Jersey through various state agencies brought suit against certain companies which the State alleges are responsible for various categories of past and future damages resulting from discharges of hazardous substances to the Passaic River. In February 2009, certain of these defendants filed third-party complaints against approximately 300 additional parties, including us, seeking contribution for such parties proportionate share of response costs, cleanup and other damages, based on their relative contribution to pollution of the Passaic River and adjacent bodies of water. We believe that ChevronTexaco is contractually obligated to indemnify us, pursuant to an indemnification agreement, for most if not all of the conditions at the property identified by the NJDEP and the EPA. Accordingly, our potential range of loss including our ultimate legal and financial liability, if any, cannot be made with any certainty at this time
56
MTBE Litigation
We are defending against one remaining lawsuit of many brought by or on behalf of private and public water providers and governmental agencies. These cases alleged (and, as described below with respect to one remaining case, continue to allege) various theories of liability due to contamination of groundwater with methyl tertiary butyl ether (a fuel derived from methanol, commonly referred to as MTBE) as the basis for claims seeking compensatory and punitive damages, and name as defendant approximately 50 petroleum refiners, manufacturers, distributors and retailers of MTBE, or gasoline containing MTBE. During 2010, we agreed to, and subsequently paid, $1,725,000 to settle two plaintiff classes covering 52 pending cases. Presently, we remain a defendant in one MTBE case involving multiple locations throughout the State of New Jersey brought by various governmental agencies of the State of New Jersey, including the NJDEP.
As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, we maintained a litigation reserve representing our best estimate of loss relating to the remaining MTBE case in an amount which we believe was appropriate based on information then currently available. We are unable to estimate ranges in excess of the amount accrued with any certainty for the case involving the State of New Jersey as there remains uncertainty as to the accuracy of the allegations in this case as they relate to us, our defenses to the claims, our rights to indemnification and the aggregate possible amount of damages for which we may be held liable.
4. CREDIT AGREEMENT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT
As of December 31, 2012, we were a party to a $175,000,000 amended and restated senior secured revolving credit agreement with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and a $25,000,000 amended term loan agreement with TD Bank, both of which were scheduled to mature in March 2013. As of December 31, 2012, borrowings under the credit agreement were $150,290,000 bearing interest at a rate of 3.25% per annum and borrowings under the term loan agreement were $22,030,000 bearing interest at a rate of 3.50% per annum. Loan origination costs incurred in March 2012 of $4,144,000 are being amortized over the one year extended terms of these debt agreements. On February 25, 2013, the borrowings then outstanding under such credit agreement and term loan agreement were repaid with cash on hand and proceeds of the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement (both defined below).
On February 25, 2013, we entered into a $175,000,000 senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the Bank Syndicate), which is scheduled to mature in August 2015. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, we have the option to extend the term of the Credit Agreement for one additional year to August 2016. The Credit Agreement allocates $25,000,000 of the total Bank Syndicate commitment to a term loan and $150,000,000 to a revolving credit facility. Subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement we have the option to increase by $50,000,000 the amount of the revolving credit facility to $200,000,000. The Credit Agreement permits borrowings at an interest rate equal to the sum of a base rate plus a margin of 1.50% to 2.00% or a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 2.50% to 3.00% based on our leverage at the end of each quarterly reporting period. The annual commitment fee on the undrawn funds under the Credit Agreement is 0.30% to 0.40% based our leverage at the end of each quarterly reporting period. The Credit Agreement does not provide for scheduled reductions in the principal balance prior to its maturity.
The Credit Agreement provides for security in the form of, among other items, mortgage liens on certain of our properties. The parties to the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement (as defined below) share the security pursuant to the terms of an inter-creditor agreement. The Credit Agreement contains customary financial covenants such as loan to value, leverage and coverage ratios and minimum tangible net worth, as well as limitations on restricted payments, which may limit our ability to incur additional debt or pay dividends. The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default, including default under the Prudential Loan Agreement, change of control and failure to maintain REIT status. Any event of default, if not cured or waived, would increase by 200 basis points (2.00%) the interest rate we pay under the Credit Agreement and prohibit us from drawing funds against the Credit Agreement and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and could also give rise to an event of default and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Prudential Loan Agreement. We may be prohibited from drawing funds against the revolving credit facility if there is a material adverse effect on our business, assets, prospects or condition.
On February 25, 2013, we entered into a $100,000,000 senior secured long-term loan agreement with the Prudential Insurance Company of America (the Prudential Loan Agreement), which matures in February 2021. The Prudential Loan Agreement bears interest at 6.00%. The Prudential Loan Agreement does not provide for scheduled reductions in the principal balance prior to its maturity. The parties to the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement share the security described above pursuant to the terms of an inter-creditor agreement. The Prudential Loan Agreement contains customary financial covenants such as loan to value, leverage and coverage ratios and minimum tangible net worth, as well as limitations on restricted payments, which may limit our ability to incur additional debt or pay dividends. The Prudential Loan Agreement contains customary events of default, including default under the Credit Agreement and failure to maintain REIT status. Any event of default, if not cured or waived, would increase by 200 basis points (2.00%) the interest rate we pay under the Prudential Loan Agreement and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the Prudential Loan Agreement and could also give rise to an event of default and could result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under our Credit Agreement.
57
We repaid the then outstanding borrowings related to our debt outstanding as of December 31, 2012 partially with cash on hand and proceeds from the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement entered into in February 2013. The aggregate maturity of the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement as of February 25, 2013, is as follows: 2015 $71,900,000 and 2021 $100,000,000.
Due to the near-term maturity of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of the borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2012 approximated fair value which was determined using a discounted cash flow technique that incorporates a market interest yield curve based on market data obtained from sources independent of us that are observable at commonly quoted intervals and are defined by GAAP as Level 2 inputs in the Fair Value Hierarchy with adjustments for duration, optionality, risk profile and projected average borrowings outstanding or borrowings outstanding, which are based on unobservable Level 3 inputs. We classified our valuations of the borrowings outstanding under the amended credit agreement and the amended term loan agreement entirely within Level 3 of the Fair Value Hierarchy.
5. INTEREST RATE SWAP AGREEMENT
We were a party to a $45,000,000 LIBOR based interest rate swap, effective through June 30, 2011 (the Swap Agreement). The Swap Agreement was intended to effectively fix, at 5.44%, the LIBOR component of the interest rate determined under our LIBOR based loan agreements. We entered into the Swap Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., designated and qualifying as a cash flow hedge, to reduce our exposure to the variability in future cash flows attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate. Our primary objective when undertaking the hedging transaction and derivative position was to reduce our variable interest rate risk by effectively fixing a portion of the interest rate for existing debt and anticipated refinancing transactions. We determined that the derivative used in the hedging transaction was highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows associated with the hedged item and that no gain or loss was required to be recognized in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2011 representing the hedges ineffectiveness.
The fair values of the Swap Agreement obligation were determined using (i) discounted cash flow analyses on the expected cash flows of the Swap Agreement, which were based on market data obtained from sources independent of us consisting of interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals and are defined by GAAP as Level 2 inputs in the Fair Value Hierarchy, and (ii) credit valuation adjustments, which were based on unobservable Level 3 inputs. We classified our valuations of the Swap Agreement entirely within Level 2 of the Fair Value Hierarchy since the credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuations of the Swap Agreement.
6. ENVIRONMENTAL OBLIGATIONS
We are subject to numerous existing federal, state and local laws and regulations, including matters relating to the protection of the environment such as the remediation of known contamination and the retirement and decommissioning or removal of long-lived assets including buildings containing hazardous materials, USTs and other equipment. Environmental costs are principally attributable to remediation costs which include installing, operating, maintaining and decommissioning remediation systems, monitoring contamination and governmental agency reporting incurred in connection with contaminated properties. We seek reimbursement from state UST remediation funds related to these environmental costs where available. In July 2012, we purchased for $3,062,000 a ten-year pollution legal liability insurance policy covering all of our properties for pre-existing unknown environmental liabilities and new environmental events. The policy has a $50,000,000 aggregate limit and is subject to various self-insured retentions and other conditions and limitations. Our intention in purchasing this policy is to obtain protection predominantly for significant events. No assurances can be given that we will obtain a net financial benefit from this investment. Historically we did not maintain pollution legal liability insurance to protect from potential future claims related to known and unknown environmental liabilities.
We enter into leases and various other agreements which allocate responsibility for known and unknown environmental liabilities by establishing the percentage and method of allocating responsibility between the parties. In accordance with the leases with certain tenants, we have agreed to bring the leased properties with known environmental contamination to within applicable standards, and to either regulatory or contractual closure (Closure). Generally, upon achieving Closure at each individual property, our environmental liability under the lease for that property will be satisfied and future remediation obligations will be the responsibility of our tenant.
Generally, our tenants are directly responsible to pay for: (i) the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs and other equipment, (ii) remediation of environmental contamination they cause and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operators of our properties, and (iii) environmental liabilities allocated to them under the terms of our leases and various other agreements. We are contingently liable for these obligations in the event that our tenants do not satisfy their
58
responsibilities. Under the Master Lease, Marketing was responsible to pay for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warranted as well as all environmental liabilities discovered during the term of the Master Lease, including: (i) remediation of environmental contamination Marketing caused and compliance with various environmental laws and regulations as the operator of our properties, and (ii) known and unknown environmental liabilities allocated to Marketing under the terms of the Master Lease and various other agreements with us relating to Marketings business and the properties it leased from us (collectively the Marketing Environmental Liabilities). A liability has not been accrued for obligations that are the responsibility of our tenants (other than the Marketing Environmental Liabilities accrued in the fourth quarter of 2011) based on our tenants history of paying such obligations and/or our assessment of their financial ability and intent to pay their share of such costs. However, there can be no assurance that our assessments are correct or that our tenants who have paid their obligations in the past will continue to do so.
In the fourth quarter of 2011, since we could no longer assume that Marketing would be able to meet its environmental remediation obligations at 246 properties and its obligations to remove all underground storage tanks at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warrant, we accrued $47,874,000 as the aggregate Marketing Environmental Liabilities. In conjunction with recording the Marketing Environmental Liabilities, we increased the carrying value for each of the properties by the amount of the related estimated environmental obligation and simultaneously recorded impairment charges aggregating $17,017,000 where the accumulation of asset retirement costs increased the carrying value of the property above its estimated fair value.
As part of certain triple-net leases whose term commenced through December 31, 2012, we transferred title of the USTs to our tenants and the obligation to pay for the retirement and decommissioning or removal of USTs at the end of their useful life or earlier if circumstances warranted was fully or partially transferred to our new tenants. Accordingly, during the year ended December 31, 2012, we removed $11,153,000 of asset retirement obligations and $9,795,000 of net asset retirement costs related to USTs from our balance sheet. The net amount of $1,358,000 is recorded as deferred rental revenue and will be recognized on a straight-line basis as additional revenues from rental properties over the terms of the various leases. (See note 2 for additional information.)
It is possible that our assumptions regarding the ultimate allocation method and share of responsibility that we used to allocate environmental liabilities may change, which may result in material adjustments to the amounts recorded for environmental litigation accruals and environmental remediation liabilities. We are required to accrue for environmental liabilities that we believe are allocable to others under various other agreements if we determine that it is probable that the counterparty will not meet its environmental obligations. The ultimate resolution of these matters could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
The estimated future costs for known environmental remediation requirements are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The accrued liability is the aggregate of the best estimate of the fair value of cost for each component of the liability net of estimated recoveries from state UST remediation funds considering estimated recovery rates developed from prior experience with the funds.
Environmental exposures are difficult to assess and estimate for numerous reasons, including the extent of contamination, alternative treatment methods that may be applied, location of the property which subjects it to differing local laws and regulations and their interpretations, as well as the time it takes to remediate contamination. In developing our liability for estimated environmental remediation obligations on a property by property basis, we consider among other things, enacted laws and regulations, assessments of contamination and surrounding geology, quality of information available, currently available technologies for treatment, alternative methods of remediation and prior experience. Environmental accruals are based on estimates which are subject to significant change, and are adjusted as the remediation treatment progresses, as circumstances change and as environmental contingencies become more clearly defined and reasonably estimable.
Environmental remediation obligations are initially measured at fair value based on their expected future net cash flows which have been adjusted for inflation and discounted to present value. As of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had accrued $46,150,000, $57,700,000, $10,908,000 and $12,645,000, respectively, as our best estimate of the fair value of reasonably estimable environmental remediation obligations net of estimated recoveries and obligations to remove USTs. Environmental liabilities are accreted for the change in present value due to the passage of time and, accordingly, $3,174,000, $899,000 and $775,000 of net accretion expense was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in environmental expenses. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2012 we recorded credits aggregating $4,154,000 to environmental expenses where decreases in estimated remediation costs exceeded the depreciated carrying value of previously capitalized asset retirement costs. Environmental expenses also include project management fees, legal fees and provisions for environmental litigation loss reserves.
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we increased the carrying value of certain of our properties by $5,710,000 and $47,874,000, respectively, due to increases in estimated remediation costs. The recognition, and subsequent changes in estimates, in environmental liabilities and the increase or decrease in carrying value of the properties are non-cash transactions
59
which do not appear on the face of the consolidated statements of cash flows. Capitalized asset retirement costs are being depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the underground storage tank, a ten year period if the increase in carrying value related to environmental remediation obligations or such shorter period if circumstances warrant, such as the remaining lease term for properties we lease from others. Depreciation and amortization expense included in our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 include $5,371,000 and $855,000, respectively, of depreciation related to capitalized asset retirement costs of $23,549,000 and $35,321,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
We cannot predict what environmental legislation or regulations may be enacted in the future or how existing laws or regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to products or activities to which they have not previously been applied. We cannot predict if state UST fund programs will be administered and funded in the future in a manner that is consistent with past practices and if future environmental spending will continue to be eligible for reimbursement at historical recovery rates under these programs. Compliance with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the regulatory agencies or stricter interpretation of existing laws, which may develop in the future, could have an adverse effect on our financial position, or that of our tenants, and could require substantial additional expenditures for future remediation.
In view of the uncertainties associated with environmental expenditure contingencies, we are unable to estimate ranges in excess of the amount accrued with any certainty; however, we believe it is possible that the fair value of future actual net expenditures could be substantially higher than amounts currently recorded by us. Adjustments to accrued liabilities for environmental remediation obligations will be reflected in our financial statements as they become probable and a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. Future environmental expenses could cause a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, ability to pay dividends or stock price.
7. INCOME TAXES
Net cash paid for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of $810,000, $267,000 and $365,000, respectively, includes amounts related to state and local income taxes for jurisdictions that do not follow the federal tax rules, which are provided for in rental property expenses in our consolidated statements of operations.
Earnings and profits (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) are used to determine the tax attributes of dividends paid to stockholders and will differ from income reported for financial statement purposes due to the effect of items which are reported for income tax purposes in years different from that in which they are recorded for financial statement purposes. Earnings and profits were $7,814,000, $63,472,000 and $50,563,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The federal tax attributes of the common dividends for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were: ordinary income of 10.0%, 98.3% and 97.5%, capital gain distributions of 61.3%, 1.7% and 0.4% and non-taxable distributions of 28.7%, 0.0% and 2.1%, respectively.
To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we, among other requirements such as those related to the composition of our assets and gross income, must distribute annually to our stockholders at least 90% of our taxable income, including taxable income that is accrued by us without a corresponding receipt of cash. We cannot provide any assurance that our cash flows will permit us to continue paying cash dividends. The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has allowed the use of a procedure, as a result of which we could satisfy the REIT income distribution requirement by making a distribution on our common stock comprised of (i) shares of our common stock having a value of up to 80% of the total distribution and (ii) cash in the remaining amount of the total distribution, in lieu of paying the distribution entirely in cash. In order to use this procedure, we would need to seek and obtain a private letter ruling of the IRS to the effect that the procedure is applicable to our situation. Without obtaining such a private letter ruling, we cannot provide any assurance that we will be able to satisfy our REIT income distribution requirement by making distributions payable in whole or in part in shares of our common stock. Should the Internal Revenue Service successfully assert that our earnings and profits were greater than the amount distributed, we may fail to qualify as a REIT; however, we may avoid losing our REIT status by paying a deficiency dividend to eliminate any remaining earnings and profits. We may have to borrow money or sell assets to pay such a deficiency dividend. Although tax returns for the years 2009, 2010 and 2011, and tax returns which will be filed for the year ended 2012 remain open to examination by federal and state tax jurisdictions under the respective statute of limitations, we have not currently identified any uncertain tax positions related to those years and, accordingly, have not accrued for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012 or 2011. However, uncertain tax matters may have a significant impact on the results of operations for any single fiscal year or interim period.
60
8. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
A summary of the changes in shareholders equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
COMMON STOCK |
PAID-IN
CAPITAL |
DIVIDEND
PAID IN EXCESS OF EARNINGS |
ACCUMULATED
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS |
TOTAL | ||||||||||||||||||||
SHARES | AMOUNT | |||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009 |
24,766 | $ | 248 | $ | 259,459 | $ | (49,045 | ) | $ | (2,993 | ) | $ | 207,669 | |||||||||||
Net earnings |
51,700 | 51,700 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends $1.91 per share |
(54,959 | ) | (54,959 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
1 | 480 | 480 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options exercised |
2 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
5,175 | 51 | 108,154 | 108,205 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized gain on interest rate swap |
1,840 | 1,840 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010 |
29,944 | 299 | 368,093 | (52,304 | ) | (1,153 | ) | 314,935 | ||||||||||||||||
Net earnings |
12,456 | 12,456 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends $1.46 per share |
(49,004 | ) | (49,004 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
643 | 643 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock options exercised |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock |
3,450 | 35 | 91,951 | 91,986 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net unrealized gain on interest rate swap |
1,153 | 1,153 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011 |
33,394 | 334 | 460,687 | (88,852 | ) | $ | | 372,169 | ||||||||||||||||
Net earnings |
12,447 | 12,447 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends $0.375 per share |
(12,606 | ) | (12,606 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
3 | 739 | 739 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012 |
33,397 | $ | 334 | $ | 461,426 | $ | (89,011 | ) | $ | | $ | 372,749 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share, of which none were issued as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.
In the first quarter of 2011, we completed a public stock offering of 3,450,000 shares of our common stock, of which 3,000,000 shares were issued in January 2011 and 450,000 shares, representing the underwriters over-allotment, were issued in February 2011. Substantially all of the aggregate $91,986,000 net proceeds from the issuance of common stock (after related transaction costs of $267,000) was used to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes.
During the second quarter of 2010, we completed a public stock offering of 5,175,000 shares of our common stock. The $108,205,000 net proceeds from the issuance of common stock (after related transaction costs of $522,000) was used in part to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and the remainder was used for general corporate purposes.
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Getty Realty Corp. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2004 Plan) provides for the grant of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalents, stock payments and stock awards to all employees and members of the Board of Directors. The 2004 Plan authorizes us to grant awards with respect to an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of common stock through 2014. The aggregate maximum number of shares of common stock that may be subject to awards granted under the 2004 Plan during any calendar year is 80,000.
We awarded to employees and directors 52,125, 47,625 and 37,600 restricted stock units (RSUs) and dividend equivalents in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. RSUs granted before 2009 provide for settlement upon termination of employment with the Company or termination of service from the Board of Directors and RSUs granted in 2009 and thereafter upon the earlier of 10 (ten) years after grant or termination. On the settlement date each vested RSU will have a value equal to one share of common stock and may be settled, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, in cash or by the issuance of one share of common stock. The RSUs do not provide voting or other shareholder rights unless and until the RSU is settled for a share of common stock. The RSUs vest starting one year from the date of grant, on a cumulative basis at the annual rate of 20% of the total number of RSUs covered by the award. The dividend equivalents represent the value of the dividends paid per common share multiplied by the number of RSUs covered by the award. For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, dividend equivalents aggregating approximately $82,000, $249,000 and $228,000, respectively, were charged against retained earnings when common stock dividends were declared.
61
The following is a schedule of the activity relating to the restricted stock units outstanding:
NUMBER
OF
RSUs OUTSTANDING |
FAIR VALUE | |||||||||||
AMOUNT |
AVERAGE
PER RSU |
|||||||||||
RSUs OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 |
85,600 | |||||||||||
Granted |
37,600 | $ | 864,000 | $ | 22.97 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
RSUs OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 |
123,200 | |||||||||||
Granted |
47,625 | $ | 1,043,000 | $ | 21.90 | |||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
RSUs OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2011 |
170,825 | |||||||||||
Granted |
52,125 | $ | 864,000 | $ | 16.57 | |||||||
Settled |
(2,780 | ) | $ | 70,000 | $ | 25.31 | ||||||
Cancelled |
(3,820 | ) | $ | 88,000 | $ | 23.10 | ||||||
|
|
|||||||||||
RSUs OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 2012 |
216,350 | |||||||||||
|
|
The fair values of the RSUs were determined based on the closing market price of our stock on the date of grant. The fair value of the grants is recognized as compensation expense ratably over the five-year vesting period of the RSUs. Compensation expense related to RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $746,000, $638,000 and $466,000, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2012, there was $1,825,000 of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs granted under the 2004 Plan which cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.6 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of the 216,350 outstanding RSUs and the 93,225 vested RSUs as of December 31, 2012 was $3,907,000 and $1,684,000, respectively.
The following is a schedule of the vesting activity relating to the restricted stock units outstanding:
NUMBER
OF RSUs VESTED |
FAIR
VALUE |
|||||||
RSUs VESTED AT DECEMBER 31, 2009 |
29,800 | |||||||
Vested |
15,600 | $ | 379,000 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
RSUs VESTED AT DECEMBER 31, 2010 |
45,400 | |||||||
Vested |
21,400 | $ | 505,000 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
RSUs VESTED AT DECEMBER 31, 2011 |
66,800 | |||||||
Vested |
29,205 | $ | 734,000 | |||||
Settled |
(2,780 | ) | $ | 70,000 | ||||
|
|
|||||||
RSUs VESTED AT DECEMBER 31, 2012 |
93,225 | |||||||
|
|
We have a retirement and profit sharing plan with deferred 401(k) savings plan provisions (the Retirement Plan) for employees meeting certain service requirements and a supplemental plan for executives (the Supplemental Plan). Under the terms of these plans, the annual discretionary contributions to the plans are determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
Also, under the Retirement Plan, employees may make voluntary contributions and we have elected to match an amount equal to fifty percent of such contributions but in no event more than three percent of the employees eligible compensation. Under the Supplemental Plan, a participating executive may receive an amount equal to ten percent of eligible compensation, reduced by the amount of any contributions allocated to such executive under the Retirement Plan. Contributions, net of forfeitures, under the retirement plans approximated $270,000, $239,000 and $220,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These amounts are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
We have a stock option plan (the Stock Option Plan). Our authorization to grant options to purchase shares of our common stock under the Stock Option Plan has expired. During the year ended December 31, 2010, 5,250 options were exercised with an intrinsic value of $76,000. As of December 31, 2012, there were 5,000 options outstanding which were exercisable at $27.68 with a remaining contractual life of five years. As of December 31, 2012, the 5,000 options outstanding had no intrinsic value.
62
10. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited as to quarterly information) (in thousands, except per share amounts):
THREE MONTHS ENDED |
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012(a) |
MARCH 31, | JUNE 30, | SEPTEMBER 30, | DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 28,035 | $ | 25,434 | $ | 22,324 | $ | 23,493 | $ | 99,286 | ||||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
5,307 | 2,357 | 1,782 | 4,362 | 13,808 | |||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
6,485 | 3,626 | (3,465 | ) | 5,801 | 12,447 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings from continuing operations |
.16 | .07 | .05 | .13 | .41 | |||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
.19 | .11 | (.10 | ) | .17 | .37 | ||||||||||||||
THREE MONTHS ENDED |
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011(b) |
MARCH 31, | JUNE 30, | SEPTEMBER 30, | DECEMBER 31, | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 23,444 | $ | 24,502 | $ | 24,724 | $ | 27,593 | $ | 100,263 | ||||||||||
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations |
10,231 | 13,016 | 2,635 | (16,458 | ) | 9,424 | ||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
11,386 | 15,202 | 5,350 | (19,482 | ) | 12,456 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted earnings (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations |
.31 | .39 | .08 | (.49 | ) | .28 | ||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
.35 | .45 | .16 | (.58 | ) | .37 |
(a) |
Includes for the respective periods the effect of: |
|
An accounts receivable reserve of $13,980,000, related to Marketing, recorded in the year ended December 31, 2012, net of a partial reversal of $1,781,000 recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2012. (See footnotes 2 and 3 for additional information.) |
|
Impairment charges of $13,942,000 recorded for the year ended December 31, 2012, of which $3,390,000 was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2012. (See footnote 3 for additional information.) |
(b) |
Includes for the respective periods the effect of: |
|
The January 13, 2011 acquisition of gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback and loan transaction with CPD NY Energy Corp. for $111,621,000 and the March 31, 2011 acquisition of gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback transaction with Nouria Energy Ventures I, LLC for $87,047,000. (See footnote 11 for additional information.) |
|
Allowances for deferred rent receivables of $8,715,000 and $11,043,000, related to Marketing, which were recorded in the quarters ended September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2011, respectively. (See footnotes 2 and 3 for additional information.) |
|
An accounts receivable reserve of $8,802,000, related to Marketing, recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. (See footnotes 2 and 3 for additional information.) |
|
Impairment charges of $20,200,000 recorded for the year ended December 31, 2011, of which $17,132,000 was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. (See footnote 3 for additional information.) |
11. PROPERTY ACQUISITIONS
In 2012, we acquired fee or leasehold title to five gasoline station and convenience store properties in separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $5,159,000.
CPD NY SALE/LEASEBACK
On January 13, 2011, we acquired fee or leasehold title to 59 Mobil-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties and also took a security interest in six other Mobil-branded gasoline stations and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback and loan transaction with CPD NY Energy Corp. (CPD NY), a subsidiary of Chestnut Petroleum Dist. Inc. Our total investment in the transaction was $111,621,000 including acquisition costs, which was financed entirely with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
The properties were acquired or financed in a simultaneous transaction among ExxonMobil, CPD NY and us whereby CPD NY acquired a portfolio of 65 gasoline station and convenience stores from ExxonMobil and simultaneously completed a sale/leaseback of 59 of the acquired properties and leasehold interests with us. The lease between us, as lessor, and CPD NY, as lessee, governing the properties is a unitary triple-net lease agreement (the CPD Lease), with an initial term of 15 years, and options for up to three successive renewal terms of ten years each. The CPD Lease requires CPD NY to pay a fixed annual rent for the properties (the
63
Rent), plus an amount equal to all rent due to third-party landlords pursuant to the terms of third-party leases. The Rent is scheduled to increase on the third anniversary of the date of the CPD Lease and on every third anniversary thereafter. As a triple-net lessee, CPD NY is required to pay all amounts pertaining to the properties subject to the CPD Lease, including taxes, assessments, licenses and permit fees, charges for public utilities and all governmental charges. Partial funding to CPD NY for the transaction was also provided by us under a secured, self-amortizing loan having a 10-year term (the CPD Loan).
We accounted for this transaction as a business combination. We estimated the fair value of acquired tangible assets (consisting of land, buildings and equipment) as if vacant and intangible assets consisting of above-market and below-market leases. Based on these estimates, we allocated $60,610,000 of the purchase price to land, net above-market and below-market leases related to leasehold interests as lessee of $953,000 which is accounted for as a deferred asset, net above-market and below-market leases related to leasehold interests as lessor of $2,516,000 which is accounted for as a deferred liability, $38,752,000 allocated to direct financing leases and capital lease assets, and $18,400,000 which is accounted for in notes, mortgages and accounts receivable, net. In connection with the acquisition of certain leasehold interests, we also recorded capital lease obligations aggregating $5,768,000. We also incurred transaction costs of $1,190,000 directly related to the acquisition which is included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.
NOURIA SALE/LEASEBACK
On March 31, 2011, we acquired fee or leasehold title to 66 Shell-branded gasoline station and convenience store properties in a sale/leaseback transaction with Nouria Energy Ventures I, LLC (Nouria), a subsidiary of Nouria Energy Group. Our total investment in the transaction was $87,047,000 including acquisition costs, which was financed entirely with borrowings under our revolving credit facility.
The properties were acquired in a simultaneous transaction among Motiva Enterprises LLC (Shell), Nouria and us whereby Nouria acquired a portfolio of 66 gasoline station and convenience stores from Shell and simultaneously completed a sale/leaseback of the 66 acquired properties and leasehold interests with us. The lease between us, as lessor, and Nouria, as lessee, governing the properties is a unitary triple-net lease agreement (the Nouria Lease), with an initial term of 20 years, and options for up to two successive renewal terms of ten years each followed by one final renewal term of five years. The Nouria Lease requires Nouria to pay a fixed annual rent for the properties (the Rent), plus an amount equal to all rent due to third-party landlords pursuant to the terms of third-party leases. The Rent is scheduled to increase on every annual anniversary of the date of the Nouria Lease. As a triple-net lessee, Nouria is required to pay all amounts pertaining to the properties subject to the Nouria Lease, including taxes, assessments, licenses and permit fees, charges for public utilities and all governmental charges.
We accounted for this transaction as a business combination. We estimated the fair value of acquired tangible assets (consisting of land, buildings and equipment) as if vacant and intangible assets consisting of above-market and below-market leases. Based on these estimates, we allocated $37,875,000 of the purchase price to land, net above-market and below-market leases relating to leasehold interests as lessee of $3,895,000, which is accounted for as a deferred asset, net above-market and below-market leases related to leasehold interests as lessor of $3,768,000, which is accounted for as a deferred liability, $37,315,000 allocated to direct financing leases and capital lease assets and $12,000,000 which is accounted for in notes, mortgages and accounts receivable, net. In connection with the acquisition of certain leasehold interests, we also recorded capital lease obligations aggregating $1,114,000. We also incurred transaction costs of $844,000 directly related to the acquisition which is included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations.
In 2010, we purchased fee title to three gasoline and convenience store properties in separate transactions for an aggregate purchase price of $3,567,000.
64
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared utilizing the historical financial statements of Getty Realty Corp. and the combined effect of additional revenue and expenses from the properties acquired from both CPD NY and Nouria assuming that the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented, after giving effect to certain adjustments including: (a) rental income adjustments resulting from the straight-lining of scheduled rent increases; (b) rental income adjustments resulting from the recognition of revenue under direct financing leases over the lease term using the effective interest rate method which produces a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the leased properties; (c) rental income adjustments resulting from the amortization of above-market leases with tenants; and (d) rent expense adjustments resulting from the amortization of below-market leases with landlords. The following information also gives effect to the additional interest expense resulting from the assumed increase in borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility to fund the acquisitions and the elimination of acquisition costs. The unaudited pro forma condensed financial information is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved had the acquisition from CPD NY and Nouria reflected herein been consummated on the date indicated or that will be achieved in the future.
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
(in thousands) | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||
Revenues |
$ | 102,844 | $ | 99,363 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net earnings |
$ | 14,647 | $ | 69,422 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Basic and diluted net earnings per common share |
$ | 0.44 | $ | 2.48 |
12. SUPPLEMENTAL CONDENSED COMBINING FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed combining financial information as of December 31, 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 has been derived from our books and records and is provided below to illustrate, for informational purposes only, the net contribution to our financial results that were realized from the Master Lease with Marketing and from properties leased to other tenants. As a result of the rejection of the Master Lease on April 30, 2012, our financial results are no longer materially dependent on the performance of Marketing to meet its obligations to us under the Master Lease.
The condensed combining financial information set forth below presents the results of operations, net assets and cash flows related to Marketing and the Master Lease, our other tenants and our corporate functions necessary to arrive at the information for us on a combined basis. The assets, liabilities, lease agreements and other leasing operations attributable to the Master Lease and other tenant leases are not segregated in legal entities. However, we generally maintain our books and records in site specific detail and have classified the operating results which are clearly applicable to each owned or leased property as attributable to Marketing or our other tenants or to non-operating corporate functions. The condensed combining financial information has been prepared by us using certain assumptions, judgments and allocations. In our prior filings, each of our properties were classified as attributable to Marketing, other tenants or corporate for all periods presented based on the propertys use as of the latest balance sheet date included in such filing or the propertys use immediately prior to its disposition or third-party lease expiration.
As a result of the rejection of the Master Lease on April 30, 2012, we have omitted the condensed combining financial information as of December 31, 2012 and for the year ended December 31, 2012 since our financial results are no longer materially dependent on the performance of Marketing to meet its obligations to us under the Master Lease. For the historical condensed combining financial information set forth below, each of the properties were classified based on the propertys use as of December 31, 2011.
Environmental remediation expenses have been attributed to Marketing or other tenants on a site specific basis and environmental related litigation expenses and professional fees have been attributed to Marketing or other tenants based on the pro rata share of specifically identifiable environmental expenses for the period from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011.
The heading Corporate in the statements below includes assets, liabilities, income and expenses attributed to general and administrative functions, financing activities and parent or subsidiary level income taxes, capital taxes or franchise taxes which were not incurred on behalf of our leasing operations and are not reasonably allocable to Marketing or other tenants. With respect to general and administrative expenses, we have attributed those expenses clearly applicable to Marketing and other tenants. We considered various methods of allocating to Marketing and other tenants amounts included under the heading Corporate and determined that none of the methods resulted in a reasonable allocation of such amounts or an allocation of such amounts that more clearly summarizes the net contribution to our financial results realized from the leasing operations of properties previously leased to Marketing and of properties leased to other tenants. Moreover, we determined that each of the allocation methods we considered resulted in a presentation of these amounts that would make it more difficult to understand the clearly identifiable results from our leasing operations attributable to Marketing and other tenants. We believe that the segregated presentation of assets, liabilities, income and expenses attributed to general and administrative functions, financing activities and parent or subsidiary level income taxes, capital taxes or franchise taxes provides the most meaningful presentation of these amounts since changes in these amounts are not fully correlated to changes in our leasing activities.
While we believe these assumptions, judgments and allocations are reasonable, the condensed combining financial information is not intended to reflect what the net results would have been had assets, liabilities, lease agreements and other operations attributable to Marketing or our other tenants been conducted through stand-alone entities during any of the periods presented.
65
The condensed combining statement of operations of Getty Realty Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
Getty
Petroleum Marketing |
Other
Tenants |
Corporate | Consolidated | |||||||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 52,163 | $ | 48,100 | $ | | $ | 100,263 | ||||||||
Interest on notes and mortgages receivable |
| 2,489 | 169 | 2,658 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues |
52,163 | 50,589 | 169 | 102,921 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Rental property expenses |
(8,111 | ) | (7,271 | ) | (641 | ) | (16,023 | ) | ||||||||
Impairment charges |
(14,641 | ) | (1,263 | ) | | (15,904 | ) | |||||||||
Environmental expenses |
(5,475 | ) | (122 | ) | | (5,597 | ) | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
(8,899 | ) | (1,783 | ) | (11,383 | ) | (22,065 | ) | ||||||||
Allowance for deferred rent receivable |
(19,288 | ) | | | (19,288 | ) | ||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
(4,234 | ) | (5,231 | ) | (46 | ) | (9,511 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(60,648 | ) | (15,670 | ) | (12,070 | ) | (88,388 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
(8,485 | ) | 34,919 | (11,901 | ) | 14,533 | ||||||||||
Other income, net |
641 | (621 | ) | (4 | ) | 16 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | (5,125 | ) | (5,125 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations |
(7,844 | ) | 34,298 | (17,030 | ) | 9,424 | ||||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operating activities |
2,338 | (254 | ) | | 2,084 | |||||||||||
Gains on dispositions of real estate |
| 948 | | 948 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings from discontinued operations |
2,338 | 694 | | 3,032 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
$ | (5,506 | ) | $ | 34,992 | $ | (17,030 | ) | $ | 12,456 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
The condensed combining statement of operations of Getty Realty Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):
Getty
Petroleum Marketing |
Other
Tenants |
Corporate | Consolidated | |||||||||||||
Revenues from rental properties |
$ | 48,755 | $ | 29,472 | $ | | $ | 78,227 | ||||||||
Interest on notes and mortgages receivable |
| | 133 | 133 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total revenues |
48,755 | 29,472 | 133 | 78,360 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||
Rental property expenses |
(7,024 | ) | (2,551 | ) | (478 | ) | (10,053 | ) | ||||||||
Environmental expenses |
(5,244 | ) | (127 | ) | | (5,371 | ) | |||||||||
General and administrative expenses |
(146 | ) | (135 | ) | (7,897 | ) | (8,178 | ) | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
(3,548 | ) | (5,412 | ) | (37 | ) | (8,997 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(15,962 | ) | (8,225 | ) | (8,412 | ) | (32,599 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Operating income (loss) |
32,793 | 21,247 | (8,279 | ) | 45,761 | |||||||||||
Other income, net |
(172 | ) | 172 | 156 | 156 | |||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | (5,050 | ) | (5,050 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations |
32,621 | 21,419 | (13,173 | ) | 40,867 | |||||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||||||
Loss from operating activities |
9,042 | 86 | | 9,128 | ||||||||||||
Gains (loss) on dispositions of real estate |
1,857 | (152 | ) | | 1,705 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations |
10,899 | (66 | ) | | 10,833 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
$ | 43,520 | $ | 21,353 | $ | (13,173 | ) | $ | 51,700 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
The condensed combining balance sheet of Getty Realty Corp. as of December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
Getty
Petroleum Marketing |
Other
Tenants |
Corporate | Consolidated | |||||||||||||
ASSETS: |
||||||||||||||||
Real Estate: |
||||||||||||||||
Land |
$ | 131,076 | $ | 214,397 | $ | | $ | 345,473 | ||||||||
Buildings and improvements |
170,553 | 99,479 | 349 | 270,381 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
301,629 | 313,876 | 349 | 615,854 | |||||||||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(107,480 | ) | (29,446 | ) | (191 | ) | (137,117 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Real estate held for use, net |
194,149 | 284,430 | 158 | 478,737 | ||||||||||||
Net investment in direct financing leases |
| 92,632 | | 92,632 | ||||||||||||
Deferred rent receivable, net |
| 8,080 | | 8,080 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
| | 7,698 | 7,698 | ||||||||||||
Notes, mortgages and accounts receivable, net |
5,743 | 28,262 | 2,078 | 36,083 | ||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
| 7,611 | 4,248 | 11,859 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total assets |
199,892 | 421,015 | 14,182 | 635,089 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
LIABILITIES: |
||||||||||||||||
Borrowings under credit line |
| | 147,700 | 147,700 | ||||||||||||
Term loan |
| | 22,810 | 22,810 | ||||||||||||
Environmental remediation obligations |
57,368 | 332 | | 57,700 | ||||||||||||
Dividends payable |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
4,002 | 19,564 | 11,144 | 34,710 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total liabilities |
61,370 | 19,896 | 181,654 | 262,920 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net assets (liabilities) |
$ | 138,522 | $ | 401,119 | $ | (167,472 | ) | $ | 372,169 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
The condensed combining statement of cash flows of Getty Realty Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):
69
The condensed combining statement of cash flows of Getty Realty Corp. for the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):
Getty
Petroleum Marketing |
Other
Tenants |
Corporate | Consolidated | |||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||||||
Net earnings (loss) |
$ | 43,520 | $ | 21,353 | $ | (13,173 | ) | $ | 51,700 | |||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash flow provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
4,229 | 5,472 | 37 | 9,738 | ||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Gains on dispositions of real estate |
(1,685 | ) | (20 | ) | | (1,705 | ) | |||||||||
Deferred rent receivable |
1,580 | (1,484 | ) | | 96 | |||||||||||
Allowance for accounts receivable |
| 229 | | 229 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of above-market and below-market leases |
| (1,260 | ) | | (1,260 | ) | ||||||||||
Amortization of credit agreement origination costs |
| | 304 | 304 | ||||||||||||
Accretion expense |
758 | 17 | | 775 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based employee compensation expense |
| | 480 | 480 | ||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
(15 | ) | (174 | ) | | (189 | ) | |||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other assets |
| 467 | (846 | ) | (379 | ) | ||||||||||
Environmental remediation obligations |
(3,062 | ) | 550 | | (2,512 | ) | ||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
42 | (455 | ) | 200 | (213 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities |
45,367 | 24,695 | (12,998 | ) | 57,064 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||||||
Property acquisitions and capital expenditures |
| (4,629 | ) | (96 | ) | (4,725 | ) | |||||||||
Proceeds from dispositions of real estate |
2,623 | 235 | | 2,858 | ||||||||||||
Decrease in cash held for property acquisitions |
| | 2,665 | 2,665 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of investment in direct financing leases |
| (323 | ) | | (323 | ) | ||||||||||
Collection of mortgages receivable, net |
| | 158 | 158 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities |
2,623 | (4,717 | ) | 2,727 | 633 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
||||||||||||||||
Borrowing under credit agreement |
163,500 | 163,500 | ||||||||||||||
Repayments under credit agreement |
| | (273,400 | ) | (273,400 | ) | ||||||||||
Repayments under term loan agreement |
| | (780 | ) | (780 | ) | ||||||||||
Cash dividends paid |
| | (52,332 | ) | (52,332 | ) | ||||||||||
Security deposits received |
| 182 | | 182 | ||||||||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock |
| | 108,205 | 108,205 | ||||||||||||
Cash consolidation Corporate |
(47,990 | ) | (20,160 | ) | 68,150 | | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities |
(47,990 | ) | (19,978 | ) | 13,343 | (54,625 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
| | 3,072 | 3,072 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
| | 3,050 | 3,050 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | | $ | | $ | 6,122 | $ | 6,122 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Getty Realty Corp.:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Getty Realty Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 18, 2013
71
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commissions rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
As required by the Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b), we have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on the foregoing, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2012.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the latest fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we have conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment under the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the latest fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
None.
72
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated herein by reference to information under the heading Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance in the Proxy Statement. Information with respect to directors, the audit committee and the audit committee financial expert, and procedures by which shareholders may recommend to nominees to the board of directors in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to information under the headings Election of Directors and Directors Meetings, Committees and Executive Officers in the Proxy Statement. The following table lists our executive officers, their respective ages, and the offices and positions held.
NAME |
AGE |
POSITION |
OFFICER SINCE | |||
David B. Driscoll |
58 |
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
2010 | |||
Leo Liebowitz |
85 |
Director and Chairman of the Board |
1971 | |||
Joshua Dicker |
52 |
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
2008 | |||
Kevin C. Shea |
53 |
Executive Vice President |
2001 | |||
Thomas J. Stirnweis |
54 |
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
2001 | |||
Christopher J. Constant |
34 |
Asst. Vice President, Director of Planning and Treasurer |
2012 |
Mr. Driscoll was appointed to the position of President of the Company, effective in April 2010. In addition, Mr. Driscoll was appointed as the Companys Chief Executive Officer, effective May 2010. Mr. Driscoll is also a Director of the Company. Mr. Driscoll was a Managing Director at Morgan Joseph and Co. Inc. where he was a founding shareholder. Prior to his work at Morgan Joseph, Mr. Driscoll was a Managing Director for ING Barings, where he was Global Coordinator of the real estate practice and prior to ING Barings, Mr. Driscoll was the founder of the real estate group at Smith Barney, which he ran for more than a decade.
Mr. Liebowitz co-founded the Company in 1955 and served as Chief Executive Officer from 1985 until May 2010. He was the President of the Company from May 1971 to May 2004. Mr. Liebowitz served as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Marketing from October 1996 until December 2000. He is also a director of the Regional Banking Advisory Board of J.P. Morgan Chase & Co. Mr. Liebowitz is also Chairman of the Companys Board of Directors and will retain an active role in the Company through May 2013 at which time he intends to retire.
Mr. Dicker has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 2012. He was Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since February 2009. Prior to joining Getty in 2008, he was a partner at the law firm Arent Fox, LLP, resident in its New York City office, specializing in corporate and transactional matters.
Mr. Shea has been with the Company since 1984 and has served as Executive Vice President since May 2004. He was Vice President since January 2001 and Director of National Real Estate Development prior thereto.
Mr. Stirnweis has been with the Company or Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. since 1988 and has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since May 2012 and Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer from May 2003 to May 2012. He joined the Company in January 2001 as Corporate Controller and Treasurer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Stirnweis was Manager of Financial Reporting and Analysis of Marketing.
Mr. Constant has served as Assistant Vice President, Director of Planning and Treasurer since May 2012. Prior to joining the Company in November 2010, Mr. Constant was a Vice President in the corporate finance department of Morgan Joseph & Co. Inc. Prior to joining Morgan Joseph in 2001, Mr. Constant began his career in the corporate finance department at ING Barings.
There are no family relationships between any of the Companys directors or executive officers.
The Getty Realty Corp. Business Conduct Guidelines (Code of Ethics), which applies to all employees, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, is available on our website at www.gettyrealty.com.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to information under the heading Executive Compensation in the Proxy Statement.
73
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to information under the heading Beneficial Ownership of Capital Stock and Executive Compensation Compensation Discussion and Analysis Equity Compensation Equity Compensation Plan Information in the Proxy Statement.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
There were no such relationships or transactions to report for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Information with respect to director independence is incorporated herein by reference to information under the heading Directors Meetings, Committees and Executive Officers Independence of Directors in the Proxy Statement.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information in response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to information under the heading Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the Proxy Statement.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) (1) Financial Statements
Information in response to this Item is included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules
GETTY REALTY CORP.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Item 15(a)(2)
(a) (3) Exhibits
Information in response to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Exhibit Index on page 109 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
74
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
To the Board of Directors of Getty Realty Corp.:
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated March 18, 2013 appearing in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K also included an audit of the financial statement schedules listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K. In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 18, 2013
GETTY REALTY CORP. and SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS and RESERVES
for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands)
BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF YEAR |
ADDITIONS | DEDUCTIONS |
BALANCE
AT END OF YEAR |
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2012: |
||||||||||||||||
Allowance for deferred rent receivable |
$ | 25,630 | $ | | $ | 25,630 | $ | | ||||||||
Allowance for mortgages and accounts receivable |
$ | 9,480 | $ | 15,903 | $ | 12 | $ | 25,371 | ||||||||
Allowance for deposits held in escrow |
$ | 377 | $ | | $ | 377 | $ | | ||||||||
December 31, 2011: |
||||||||||||||||
Allowance for deferred rent receivable |
$ | 8,170 | $ | 17,460 | $ | | $ | 25,630 | ||||||||
Allowance for mortgages and accounts receivable |
$ | 361 | $ | 9,121 | $ | 2 | $ | 9,480 | ||||||||
Allowance for deposits held in escrow |
$ | 377 | $ | | $ | | $ | 377 | ||||||||
December 31, 2010: |
||||||||||||||||
Allowance for deferred rent receivable |
$ | 9,389 | $ | | $ | 1,219 | $ | 8,170 | ||||||||
Allowance for mortgages and accounts receivable |
$ | 135 | $ | 226 | $ | | $ | 361 | ||||||||
Allowance for deposits held in escrow |
$ | 377 | $ | | $ | | $ | 377 |
75
GETTY REALTY CORP. and SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE III REAL ESTATE AND ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
As of December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
The summarized changes in real estate assets and accumulated depreciation are as follows:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
Investment in real estate: |
||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 615,854 | $ | 504,587 | $ | 503,874 | ||||||
Acquisitions and capital expenditures |
10,976 | 151,090 | 3,664 | |||||||||
Impairment |
(23,354 | ) | (35,246 | ) | | |||||||
Sales and condemnations |
(40,381 | ) | (3,219 | ) | (1,819 | ) | ||||||
Lease expirations |
(779 | ) | (1,358 | ) | (1,132 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 562,316 | $ | 615,854 | $ | 504,587 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization: |
||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 137,117 | $ | 144,217 | $ | 136,669 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense |
13,375 | 10,080 | 9,346 | |||||||||
Impairment |
(9,412 | ) | (15,020 | ) | | |||||||
Sales and condemnations |
(23,533 | ) | (802 | ) | (666 | ) | ||||||
Lease expirations |
(779 | ) | (1,358 | ) | (1,132 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 116,768 | $ | 137,117 | $ | 144,217 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The properties in the table below indicated by an asterisk (*), with an aggregate net book value of approximately $158,608,000 as of December 31, 2012, are encumbered by mortgages. As of December 31, 2012, these mortgages provided security for our prior credit agreement and our prior term loan agreement. As of February 25, 2013, these mortgages provide security for our $175,000,000 senior secured revolving credit agreement (the Credit Agreement) with a group of commercial banks led by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and our $100,000,000 senior secured long-term loan agreement with the Prudential Insurance Company of America (the Prudential Loan Agreement). The parties to the Credit Agreement and the Prudential Loan Agreement share the security pursuant to the terms of an inter-creditor agreement. For additional information, see Note 4 in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. No other material mortgages, liens or encumbrances exist on our properties.
76
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
$ | 282 | $ | 229 | $ | 176 | $ | 335 | $ | 511 | $ | 307 | 1967 | |||||||||||||||
REGO PARK, NY |
34 | 281 | 23 | 292 | 315 | 114 | 1974 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CORONA, NY |
114 | 322 | 113 | 323 | 436 | 276 | 1965 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OCEANSIDE, NY |
40 | 342 | 33 | 349 | 382 | 0 | 1970 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRENTWOOD, NY |
253 | 49 | 125 | 177 | 302 | 177 | 1968 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BAY SHORE, NY |
48 | 275 | 0 | 323 | 323 | 323 | 1969 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST ISLIP, NY |
89 | 391 | 87 | 393 | 480 | 93 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WHITE PLAINS, NY |
0 | 570 | 303 | 267 | 570 | 169 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAPPINGERS FALLS, NY |
114 | 144 | 112 | 146 | 258 | 146 | 1971 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STONY POINT, NY |
59 | 204 | 56 | 207 | 263 | 207 | 1971 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAGRANGEVILLE, NY |
129 | 131 | 65 | 195 | 260 | 170 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
141 | 167 | 87 | 221 | 308 | 198 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW YORK, NY |
126 | 167 | 78 | 215 | 293 | 215 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
148 | 239 | 104 | 283 | 387 | 144 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
544 | 922 | 474 | 992 | 1,466 | 791 | 1970 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
70 | 364 | 30 | 404 | 434 | 356 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
78 | 525 | 66 | 537 | 603 | 440 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YONKERS, NY |
291 | 194 | 216 | 269 | 485 | 247 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SLEEPY HOLLOW, NY |
281 | 184 | 130 | 335 | 465 | 246 | 1969 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OLD BRIDGE, NJ |
86 | 203 | 56 | 233 | 289 | 145 | 1972 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STATEN ISLAND, NY |
174 | 92 | 113 | 153 | 266 | 153 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIARCLIFF MANOR, NY |
652 | 429 | 502 | 579 | 1,081 | 263 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
89 | 193 | 63 | 219 | 282 | 219 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW YORK, NY |
146 | 428 | 43 | 531 | 574 | 474 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLENDALE, NY |
124 | 330 | 86 | 368 | 454 | 334 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LONG ISLAND CITY, NY |
107 | 193 | 73 | 227 | 300 | 208 | 1976 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIDGE, NY |
277 | 108 | 200 | 185 | 385 | 154 | 1977 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OLD GREENWICH, CT |
0 | 914 | 620 | 294 | 914 | 81 | 1969 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW CITY, NY |
181 | 131 | 109 | 203 | 312 | 177 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
W. HAVERSTRAW, NY |
194 | 69 | 140 | 123 | 263 | 96 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
75 | 272 | 45 | 302 | 347 | 262 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RONKONKOMA, NY |
76 | 209 | 46 | 239 | 285 | 239 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BETHPAGE, NY |
211 | 38 | 126 | 123 | 249 | 123 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALDWIN, NY |
102 | 274 | 62 | 314 | 376 | 144 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELMONT, NY |
389 | 120 | 231 | 278 | 509 | 237 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CENTRAL ISLIP, NY |
103 | 151 | 61 | 193 | 254 | 193 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
116 | 254 | 75 | 295 | 370 | 272 | 1980 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BAY SHORE, NY |
156 | 124 | 86 | 194 | 280 | 194 | 1981 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CROMWELL, CT |
70 | 183 | 24 | 229 | 253 | 229 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST HARTFORD, CT |
208 | 79 | 84 | 203 | 287 | 187 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MANCHESTER, CT |
66 | 200 | 65 | 201 | 266 | 161 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MERIDEN, CT |
208 | 53 | 84 | 177 | 261 | 165 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW MILFORD, CT |
114 | 151 | 0 | 265 | 265 | 237 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORWALK, CT |
257 | 157 | 104 | 310 | 414 | 285 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTHINGTON, CT |
116 | 181 | 71 | 226 | 297 | 205 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TERRYVILLE, CT |
182 | 151 | 74 | 259 | 333 | 212 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH HADLEY, MA |
232 | 39 | 90 | 181 | 271 | 181 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WESTFIELD, MA |
123 | 182 | 50 | 255 | 305 | 169 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FREEHOLD, NJ |
494 | 85 | 403 | 176 | 579 | 108 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH PLAINFIELD, NJ |
227 | 353 | 175 | 405 | 580 | 321 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH AMBOY, NJ |
300 | (31 | ) | 94 | 175 | 269 | 0 | 1978 | ||||||||||||||||||||
GLEN HEAD, NY |
234 | 193 | 103 | 324 | 427 | 324 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW ROCHELLE, NY |
189 | 72 | 104 | 157 | 261 | 126 | 1982 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH BRANFORD, CT |
130 | 181 | 83 | 228 | 311 | 88 | 1982 |
77
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FRANKLIN SQUARE, NY |
153 | 141 | 137 | 157 | 294 | 91 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
277 | 24 | 168 | 133 | 301 | 133 | 1978 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW HAVEN, CT |
1,413 | (700 | ) | 569 | 144 | 713 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BRISTOL, CT |
360 | 0 | 0 | 360 | 360 | 294 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRISTOL, CT |
1,594 | 0 | 1,036 | 558 | 1,594 | 182 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRISTOL, CT |
254 | 0 | 150 | 104 | 254 | 34 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRISTOL, CT |
365 | 0 | 237 | 128 | 365 | 42 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COBALT, CT |
396 | 0 | 0 | 396 | 396 | 323 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DURHAM, CT |
994 | 0 | 0 | 994 | 994 | 812 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELLINGTON, CT |
1,295 | 0 | 842 | 453 | 1,295 | 148 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ENFIELD, CT |
260 | 0 | 0 | 260 | 260 | 250 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FARMINGTON, CT |
466 | 0 | 303 | 163 | 466 | 53 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARTFORD, CT |
665 | 0 | 432 | 233 | 665 | 76 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARTFORD, CT |
571 | 0 | 371 | 200 | 571 | 65 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MERIDEN, CT |
1,532 | 0 | 989 | 543 | 1,532 | 182 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDDLETOWN, CT |
1,039 | 0 | 675 | 364 | 1,039 | 119 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW BRITAIN, CT |
390 | 1 | 254 | 137 | 391 | 45 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEWINGTON, CT |
954 | 0 | 620 | 334 | 954 | 109 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH HAVEN, CT |
405 | 0 | 252 | 153 | 405 | 62 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PLAINVILLE, CT |
545 | 0 | 354 | 191 | 545 | 62 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PLYMOUTH, CT |
931 | 0 | 605 | 326 | 931 | 106 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH WINDHAM, CT |
644 | 1,398 | 598 | 1,444 | 2,042 | 317 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH WINDSOR, CT |
545 | 0 | 337 | 208 | 545 | 86 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SUFFIELD, CT |
237 | 603 | 201 | 639 | 840 | 368 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
VERNON, CT |
1,434 | 0 | 0 | 1,434 | 1,434 | 1,171 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WALLINGFORD, CT |
551 | 0 | 335 | 216 | 551 | 88 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATERBURY, CT |
804 | 0 | 516 | 288 | 804 | 100 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATERBURY, CT |
515 | 0 | 335 | 180 | 515 | 59 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATERBURY, CT |
468 | 1 | 305 | 164 | 469 | 54 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATERTOWN, CT |
925 | 0 | 567 | 358 | 925 | 152 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WETHERSFIELD, CT |
447 | 0 | 0 | 447 | 447 | 447 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WEST HAVEN, CT |
1,215 | 0 | 790 | 425 | 1,215 | 139 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WESTBROOK, CT |
345 | 0 | 0 | 345 | 345 | 282 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WILLIMANTIC, CT |
717 | 0 | 466 | 251 | 717 | 82 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WINDSOR LOCKS, CT |
1,433 | 0 | 0 | 1,433 | 1,433 | 1,171 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WINDSOR LOCKS, CT |
1,030 | 1 | 670 | 361 | 1,031 | 118 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SIMSBURY, CT |
318 | 2 | 176 | 144 | 320 | 6 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIDGEFIELD, CT |
535 | 112 | 348 | 299 | 647 | 152 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
350 | 56 | 228 | 178 | 406 | 129 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORWALK, CT |
511 | 52 | 332 | 231 | 563 | 147 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
313 | 49 | 204 | 158 | 362 | 89 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STAMFORD, CT |
507 | 16 | 330 | 193 | 523 | 122 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
313 | 25 | 204 | 134 | 338 | 90 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
378 | 113 | 246 | 245 | 491 | 165 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
527 | (180 | ) | 285 | 62 | 347 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
338 | 23 | 220 | 141 | 361 | 94 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW HAVEN, CT |
538 | 176 | 351 | 363 | 714 | 287 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DARIEN, CT |
667 | 346 | 434 | 579 | 1,013 | 192 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WESTPORT, CT |
603 | 13 | 393 | 223 | 616 | 138 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STAMFORD, CT |
603 | 61 | 393 | 271 | 664 | 167 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STAMFORD, CT |
507 | 85 | 330 | 262 | 592 | 151 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STRATFORD, CT |
301 | 71 | 196 | 176 | 372 | 133 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STRATFORD, CT |
285 | 15 | 186 | 114 | 300 | 74 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHESHIRE, CT |
490 | (6 | ) | 289 | 195 | 484 | 8 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
MILFORD, CT |
294 | 44 | 191 | 147 | 338 | 102 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FAIRFIELD, CT |
430 | 10 | 280 | 160 | 440 | 100 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKFIELD, CT |
58 | 342 | 20 | 380 | 400 | 108 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORWALK, CT |
0 | 641 | 402 | 239 | 641 | 73 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARTFORD, CT |
233 | 33 | 152 | 114 | 266 | 81 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIDGEFIELD, CT |
402 | 36 | 167 | 271 | 438 | 271 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRIDGEPORT, CT |
346 | 12 | 230 | 128 | 358 | 128 | 1985 |
78
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WILTON, CT |
519 | 76 | 338 | 257 | 595 | 179 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDDLETOWN, CT |
133 | 258 | 131 | 260 | 391 | 104 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST HARTFORD, CT |
347 | 14 | 301 | 60 | 361 | 30 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATERTOWN, CT |
352 | 59 | 204 | 207 | 411 | 139 | 1992 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AVON, CT |
731 | 125 | 403 | 453 | 856 | 166 | 2002 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WILMINGTON, DE |
309 | 68 | 201 | 176 | 377 | 132 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WILMINGTON, DE |
382 | 40 | 249 | 173 | 422 | 119 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CLAYMONT, DE |
237 | 31 | 152 | 116 | 268 | 84 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEWARK, DE |
406 | (110 | ) | 239 | 57 | 296 | 2 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
LEWISTON, ME |
342 | 89 | 222 | 209 | 431 | 161 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BIDDEFORD, ME |
618 | 8 | 235 | 391 | 626 | 391 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH PORTLAND, ME |
181 | 89 | 111 | 159 | 270 | 156 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUGUSTA, ME |
449 | (114 | ) | 202 | 133 | 335 | 6 | 1991 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BELTSVILLE, MD* |
1,130 | 0 | 1,130 | 0 | 1,130 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELTSVILLE, MD* |
731 | 0 | 731 | 0 | 731 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELTSVILLE, MD* |
525 | 0 | 525 | 0 | 525 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELTSVILLE, MD* |
1,050 | 0 | 1,050 | 0 | 1,050 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BLADENSBURG, MD* |
571 | 0 | 571 | 0 | 571 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BOWIE, MD* |
1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CAPITOL HEIGHTS, MD* |
628 | 0 | 628 | 0 | 628 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CLINTON, MD* |
651 | 0 | 651 | 0 | 651 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COLLEGE PARK, MD* |
536 | 0 | 536 | 0 | 536 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COLLEGE PARK, MD* |
445 | 0 | 445 | 0 | 445 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DISTRICT HEIGHTS, MD* |
479 | 0 | 479 | 0 | 479 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DISTRICT HEIGHTS, MD* |
388 | 0 | 388 | 0 | 388 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FORESTVILLE, MD* |
1,039 | 0 | 1,039 | 0 | 1,039 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FORT WASHINGTON, MD* |
422 | 0 | 422 | 0 | 422 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GREENBELT, MD* |
1,153 | 0 | 1,153 | 0 | 1,153 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HYATTSVILLE, MD* |
491 | 0 | 491 | 0 | 491 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HYATTSVILLE, MD* |
594 | 0 | 594 | 0 | 594 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANDOVER, MD* |
753 | 0 | 753 | 0 | 753 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANDOVER, MD* |
662 | 0 | 662 | 0 | 662 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANDOVER HILLS, MD* |
1,358 | 0 | 1,358 | 0 | 1,358 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANDOVER HILLS, MD* |
457 | 0 | 457 | 0 | 457 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANHAM, MD* |
822 | 0 | 822 | 0 | 822 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
2,523 | 0 | 2,523 | 0 | 2,523 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
1,415 | 0 | 1,415 | 0 | 1,415 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
1,530 | 0 | 1,530 | 0 | 1,530 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
1,267 | 0 | 1,267 | 0 | 1,267 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
1,210 | 0 | 1,210 | 0 | 1,210 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAUREL, MD* |
696 | 0 | 696 | 0 | 696 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OXON HILL, MD* |
1,256 | 0 | 1,256 | 0 | 1,256 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIVERDALE, MD* |
788 | 0 | 788 | 0 | 788 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIVERDALE, MD* |
582 | 0 | 582 | 0 | 582 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SEAT PLEASANT, MD* |
468 | 0 | 468 | 0 | 468 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SUITLAND, MD* |
377 | 0 | 377 | 0 | 377 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SUITLAND, MD* |
673 | 0 | 673 | 0 | 673 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TEMPLE HILLS, MD* |
331 | 0 | 331 | 0 | 331 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
UPPER MARLBORO, MD* |
845 | 0 | 845 | 0 | 845 | 0 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ACCOKEEK, MD* |
692 | 0 | 692 | 0 | 692 | 0 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALTIMORE, MD |
429 | 163 | 309 | 283 | 592 | 234 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EMMITSBURG, MD |
147 | 148 | 102 | 193 | 295 | 128 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUBURN, MA* |
600 | 0 | 600 | 0 | 600 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUBURN, MA* |
625 | 0 | 625 | 0 | 625 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUBURN, MA* |
725 | 0 | 725 | 0 | 725 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUBURN, MA* |
800 | 0 | 0 | 800 | 800 | 116 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BEDFORD, MA* |
1,350 | 0 | 1,350 | 0 | 1,350 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRADFORD, MA* |
650 | 0 | 650 | 0 | 650 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BURLINGTON, MA* |
600 | 0 | 600 | 0 | 600 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BURLINGTON, MA* |
1,250 | 0 | 1,250 | 0 | 1,250 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHELMSFORD, MA* |
715 | 0 | 0 | 715 | 715 | 43 | 2012 |
79
80
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WALPOLE, MA |
450 | 11 | 293 | 168 | 461 | 104 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH ANDOVER, MA |
394 | 32 | 256 | 170 | 426 | 115 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LOWELL, MA |
361 | 84 | 201 | 244 | 445 | 244 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BILLERICA, MA |
400 | 164 | 250 | 314 | 564 | 265 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHATHAM, MA |
275 | 16 | 175 | 116 | 291 | 116 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEOMINSTER, MA |
185 | 115 | 85 | 215 | 300 | 174 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LOWELL, MA |
375 | 9 | 250 | 134 | 384 | 134 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
METHUEN, MA |
300 | 51 | 150 | 201 | 351 | 201 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ORLEANS, MA |
260 | 23 | 185 | 98 | 283 | 98 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PEABODY, MA |
400 | 41 | 275 | 166 | 441 | 166 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SALEM, MA |
275 | 24 | 175 | 124 | 299 | 124 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WESTFORD, MA |
275 | 28 | 175 | 128 | 303 | 128 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WOBURN, MA |
350 | 46 | 200 | 196 | 396 | 196 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YARMOUTHPORT, MA |
300 | 25 | 150 | 175 | 325 | 175 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUBURN, MA |
369 | 111 | 240 | 240 | 480 | 96 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BARRE, MA |
536 | 9 | 348 | 197 | 545 | 79 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
276 | 8 | 179 | 105 | 284 | 46 | 1992 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROCKTON, MA |
276 | 194 | 179 | 291 | 470 | 232 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
168 | 103 | 168 | 103 | 271 | 48 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FITCHBURG, MA |
247 | 40 | 203 | 84 | 287 | 53 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FRANKLIN, MA |
0 | 271 | 165 | 106 | 271 | 52 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
343 | 8 | 223 | 128 | 351 | 54 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTHBOROUGH, MA |
405 | 12 | 263 | 154 | 417 | 67 | 1993 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WEST BOYLSTON, MA |
312 | 29 | 203 | 138 | 341 | 71 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOUTH YARMOUTH, MA |
276 | 46 | 179 | 143 | 322 | 84 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STERLING, MA |
476 | 2 | 309 | 169 | 478 | 67 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SUTTON, MA |
714 | 132 | 464 | 382 | 846 | 124 | 1993 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
276 | 17 | 179 | 114 | 293 | 55 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
UPTON, MA |
428 | 26 | 279 | 175 | 454 | 83 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WESTBOROUGH, MA |
312 | 21 | 203 | 130 | 333 | 63 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARWICHPORT, MA |
383 | 18 | 249 | 152 | 401 | 70 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
547 | 11 | 356 | 202 | 558 | 84 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
979 | 7 | 636 | 350 | 986 | 140 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FITCHBURG, MA |
390 | 33 | 254 | 169 | 423 | 85 | 1992 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEICESTER, MA |
267 | 220 | 174 | 313 | 487 | 221 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH GRAFTON, MA |
245 | 35 | 159 | 121 | 280 | 68 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OXFORD, MA |
294 | 9 | 191 | 112 | 303 | 49 | 1993 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
285 | 44 | 185 | 144 | 329 | 83 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FITCHBURG, MA |
142 | 219 | 93 | 268 | 361 | 198 | 1992 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WORCESTER, MA |
271 | 16 | 176 | 111 | 287 | 53 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FRAMINGHAM, MA |
400 | 27 | 260 | 167 | 427 | 76 | 1991 | |||||||||||||||||||||
JONESBORO, AR |
2,985 | 0 | 330 | 2,655 | 2,985 | 634 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELLFLOWER, CA |
1,370 | (1 | ) | 910 | 459 | 1,369 | 142 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BENICIA, CA |
2,223 | 1 | 1,058 | 1,166 | 2,224 | 376 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COACHELLA, CA |
2,235 | 0 | 1,217 | 1,018 | 2,235 | 306 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EL CAJON, CA |
1,292 | 0 | 780 | 512 | 1,292 | 140 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FILLMORE, CA |
1,354 | 0 | 950 | 404 | 1,354 | 124 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HESPERIA, CA |
1,643 | 0 | 849 | 794 | 1,643 | 226 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LA PALMA, CA |
1,972 | (1 | ) | 1,389 | 582 | 1,971 | 176 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
POWAY, CA |
1,439 | 0 | 0 | 1,439 | 1,439 | 376 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SAN DIMAS, CA |
1,941 | 0 | 749 | 1,192 | 1,941 | 311 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HALEIWA, HI* |
1,522 | 0 | 1,058 | 464 | 1,522 | 176 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HONOLULU, HI* |
1,539 | 0 | 1,219 | 320 | 1,539 | 95 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HONOLULU, HI* |
1,769 | 0 | 1,192 | 577 | 1,769 | 158 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HONOLULU, HI* |
1,070 | 0 | 981 | 89 | 1,070 | 41 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HONOLULU, HI* |
9,211 | 0 | 8,194 | 1,017 | 9,211 | 288 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KANEOHE, HI* |
1,978 | (1 | ) | 1,473 | 504 | 1,977 | 155 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
KANEOHE, HI* |
1,364 | 0 | 822 | 542 | 1,364 | 173 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAIANAE, HI* |
1,997 | 0 | 871 | 1,126 | 1,997 | 310 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAIANAE, HI* |
1,520 | 0 | 648 | 872 | 1,520 | 239 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAIPAHU, HI* |
2,459 | (1 | ) | 945 | 1,513 | 2,458 | 398 | 2007 |
81
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
COTTAGE HILLS, IL |
249 | 0 | 26 | 223 | 249 | 79 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALTIMORE, MD |
2,259 | 0 | 722 | 1,537 | 2,259 | 413 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALTIMORE, MD |
802 | 0 | 0 | 802 | 802 | 231 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELLICOTT CITY, MD |
895 | 0 | 0 | 895 | 895 | 271 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KERNERSVILLE, NC |
297 | 0 | 73 | 224 | 297 | 66 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KERNERSVILLE, NC |
449 | 0 | 338 | 111 | 449 | 60 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MADISON, NC |
395 | 1 | 46 | 350 | 396 | 109 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW BERN, NC |
350 | 62 | 190 | 222 | 412 | 65 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WALKERTOWN, NC |
315 | 0 | 315 | 0 | 315 | 0 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WALNUT COVE, NC |
560 | 0 | 514 | 46 | 560 | 26 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WINSTON SALEM, NC |
434 | 0 | 252 | 182 | 434 | 99 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELFIELD, ND |
1,232 | 0 | 382 | 850 | 1,232 | 425 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALLENSTOWN, NH |
1,787 | 0 | 467 | 1,320 | 1,787 | 394 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BEDFORD, NH |
2,301 | 0 | 1,271 | 1,030 | 2,301 | 338 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HOOKSETT, NH |
1,562 | 0 | 824 | 738 | 1,562 | 381 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUSTIN, TX |
2,368 | 0 | 738 | 1,630 | 2,368 | 430 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUSTIN, TX |
462 | 0 | 274 | 188 | 462 | 70 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AUSTIN, TX |
3,510 | 1 | 1,595 | 1,916 | 3,511 | 511 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BEDFORD, TX |
353 | 0 | 113 | 240 | 353 | 96 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FT WORTH, TX |
2,115 | 0 | 866 | 1,249 | 2,115 | 372 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARKER HEIGHTS, TX |
2,052 | (1 | ) | 588 | 1,463 | 2,051 | 634 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
HOUSTON, TX |
1,689 | 0 | 224 | 1,465 | 1,689 | 367 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KELLER, TX |
2,507 | 0 | 996 | 1,511 | 2,507 | 423 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEWISVILLE, TX |
494 | 0 | 110 | 384 | 494 | 111 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDLOTHIAN, TX |
429 | 0 | 72 | 357 | 429 | 122 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
N RICHLAND HILLS, TX |
314 | 1 | 126 | 189 | 315 | 59 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SAN MARCOS, TX |
1,954 | 0 | 251 | 1,703 | 1,954 | 439 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TEMPLE, TX |
2,406 | (1 | ) | 1,215 | 1,190 | 2,405 | 341 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
THE COLONY, TX |
4,396 | 0 | 337 | 4,059 | 4,396 | 986 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WACO, TX |
3,884 | 0 | 894 | 2,990 | 3,884 | 861 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLAND, AR |
1,468 | 0 | 149 | 1,319 | 1,468 | 282 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
JONESBORO, AR |
869 | (1 | ) | 173 | 695 | 868 | 156 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
DERRY, NH |
418 | 15 | 158 | 275 | 433 | 275 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PLAISTOW, NH |
300 | 137 | 245 | 192 | 437 | 154 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SALEM, NH |
743 | 20 | 484 | 279 | 763 | 174 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LONDONDERRY, NH |
703 | 30 | 458 | 275 | 733 | 176 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NH |
939 | 12 | 600 | 351 | 951 | 215 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EXETER, NH |
113 | 224 | 65 | 272 | 337 | 143 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CANDIA, NH |
130 | 210 | 80 | 260 | 340 | 236 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EPSOM, NH |
220 | 44 | 155 | 109 | 264 | 107 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SALEM, NH |
450 | 47 | 350 | 147 | 497 | 147 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONCORD, NH* |
675 | 0 | 675 | 0 | 675 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONCORD, NH* |
900 | 0 | 900 | 0 | 900 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DERRY, NH* |
950 | 0 | 950 | 0 | 950 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOVER, NH* |
650 | 0 | 650 | 0 | 650 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOVER, NH* |
1,200 | 0 | 1,200 | 0 | 1,200 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOVER, NH* |
300 | 0 | 300 | 0 | 300 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GOFFSTOWN, NH* |
1,737 | 0 | 697 | 1,040 | 1,737 | 65 | 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HOOKSETT, NH* |
336 | 0 | 0 | 336 | 336 | 57 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KINGSTON, NH* |
1,500 | 0 | 1,500 | 0 | 1,500 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LONDONDERRY, NH* |
1,100 | 0 | 1,100 | 0 | 1,100 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MANCHESTER, NH* |
550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NASHUA, NH* |
825 | 0 | 825 | 0 | 825 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NASHUA, NH* |
750 | 0 | 750 | 0 | 750 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NASHUA, NH* |
1,750 | 0 | 1,750 | 0 | 1,750 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NASHUA, NH* |
500 | 0 | 500 | 0 | 500 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NASHUA, NH* |
550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTHWOOD, NH* |
500 | 0 | 500 | 0 | 500 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PORTSMOUTH, NH* |
525 | 0 | 525 | 0 | 525 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RAYMOND, NH* |
550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 550 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NH* |
1,400 | 0 | 1,400 | 0 | 1,400 | 0 | 2011 |
82
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NH* |
1,600 | 0 | 1,600 | 0 | 1,600 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NH* |
700 | 0 | 700 | 0 | 700 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MCAFEE, NJ |
671 | 12 | 437 | 246 | 683 | 151 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAMBURG, NJ |
599 | 194 | 390 | 403 | 793 | 162 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LIVINGSTON, NJ |
872 | 62 | 568 | 366 | 934 | 216 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRENTON, NJ |
374 | 25 | 243 | 156 | 399 | 90 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BAYONNE, NJ |
342 | (55 | ) | 87 | 200 | 287 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
CRANFORD, NJ |
343 | 97 | 222 | 218 | 440 | 109 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NUTLEY, NJ |
0 | 658 | 329 | 329 | 658 | 82 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRENTON, NJ |
466 | 15 | 304 | 177 | 481 | 111 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WALL TOWNSHIP, NJ |
336 | 56 | 121 | 271 | 392 | 271 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
UNION, NJ |
437 | (117 | ) | 239 | 81 | 320 | 5 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
CRANBURY, NJ |
607 | (88 | ) | 289 | 230 | 519 | 20 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
HILLSIDE, NJ |
225 | 32 | 150 | 107 | 257 | 107 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LONG BRANCH, NJ |
514 | 30 | 335 | 209 | 544 | 131 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELIZABETH, NJ |
406 | 141 | 227 | 320 | 547 | 43 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELLEVILLE, NJ |
398 | 81 | 259 | 220 | 479 | 145 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PISCATAWAY, NJ |
106 | 353 | 50 | 409 | 459 | 128 | 1993 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEPTUNE CITY, NJ |
270 | 0 | 176 | 94 | 270 | 56 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BASKING RIDGE, NJ |
362 | 60 | 200 | 222 | 422 | 139 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DEPTFORD, NJ |
281 | 25 | 183 | 123 | 306 | 83 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHERRY HILL, NJ |
358 | 82 | 233 | 207 | 440 | 96 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SEWELL, NJ |
552 | 34 | 356 | 230 | 586 | 138 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FLEMINGTON, NJ |
547 | 17 | 346 | 218 | 564 | 137 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRENTON, NJ |
685 | 46 | 445 | 286 | 731 | 177 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LODI, NJ |
0 | 350 | 232 | 118 | 350 | 1 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST ORANGE, NJ |
422 | (136 | ) | 161 | 125 | 286 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BELMAR, NJ |
566 | 93 | 411 | 248 | 659 | 151 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SPRING LAKE, NJ |
346 | 69 | 225 | 190 | 415 | 113 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HILLTOP, NJ |
330 | 59 | 215 | 174 | 389 | 108 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FRANKLIN TWP., NJ |
683 | 243 | 445 | 481 | 926 | 214 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDLAND PARK, NJ |
201 | 183 | 150 | 234 | 384 | 75 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PATERSON, NJ |
620 | 42 | 403 | 259 | 662 | 149 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OCEAN CITY, NJ |
844 | (297 | ) | 367 | 180 | 547 | 12 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
HILLSBOROUGH, NJ |
237 | 192 | 100 | 329 | 429 | 126 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PRINCETON, NJ |
703 | 576 | 458 | 821 | 1,279 | 241 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEPTUNE, NJ |
456 | (159 | ) | 234 | 63 | 297 | 2 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
NEWARK, NJ |
3,087 | (237 | ) | 1,590 | 1,260 | 2,850 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
OAKHURST, NJ |
226 | 503 | 101 | 628 | 729 | 240 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELLEVILLE, NJ |
215 | 73 | 149 | 139 | 288 | 114 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PINE HILL, NJ |
191 | 82 | 116 | 157 | 273 | 138 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ATCO, NJ |
153 | 118 | 132 | 139 | 271 | 112 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SOMERVILLE, NJ |
253 | 29 | 201 | 81 | 282 | 69 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CINNAMINSON, NJ |
327 | 25 | 177 | 175 | 352 | 175 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIDGEFIELD PARK, NJ |
274 | 64 | 150 | 188 | 338 | 123 | 1997 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRICK, NJ |
1,508 | 0 | 1,000 | 508 | 1,508 | 322 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAKE HOPATCONG, NJ |
1,305 | 0 | 800 | 505 | 1,305 | 364 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRENTON, NJ |
1,303 | 0 | 1,146 | 157 | 1,303 | 0 | 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BERGENFIELD, NJ |
382 | 26 | 300 | 108 | 408 | 108 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SCOTCH PLAINS, NJ |
331 | 45 | 215 | 161 | 376 | 89 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NUTLEY, NJ |
434 | 58 | 283 | 209 | 492 | 139 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PLAINFIELD, NJ |
470 | 72 | 306 | 236 | 542 | 150 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WATCHUNG, NJ |
450 | (186 | ) | 226 | 38 | 264 | 1 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
GREEN VILLAGE, NJ |
278 | 35 | 128 | 185 | 313 | 187 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
IRVINGTON, NJ |
410 | 55 | 267 | 198 | 465 | 140 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
JERSEY CITY, NJ |
438 | 62 | 218 | 282 | 500 | 21 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BLOOMFIELD, NJ |
442 | 50 | 288 | 204 | 492 | 146 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOVER, NJ |
577 | (174 | ) | 311 | 92 | 403 | 4 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
PARLIN, NJ |
418 | (138 | ) | 203 | 77 | 280 | 3 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
COLONIA, NJ |
253 | 11 | 165 | 99 | 264 | 56 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH BERGEN, NJ |
630 | 123 | 410 | 343 | 753 | 235 | 1985 |
83
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
WAYNE, NJ |
490 | 295 | 319 | 466 | 785 | 162 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HASBROUCK HEIGHTS, NJ |
640 | 324 | 416 | 548 | 964 | 187 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COLONIA, NJ |
720 | 81 | 535 | 266 | 801 | 253 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIDGEWOOD, NJ |
703 | 80 | 458 | 325 | 783 | 187 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAWTHORNE, NJ |
245 | 52 | 160 | 137 | 297 | 70 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAYNE, NJ |
474 | 93 | 309 | 258 | 567 | 165 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WASHINGTON TWNSHP, NJ |
912 | 64 | 594 | 382 | 976 | 234 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PARAMUS, NJ |
382 | 31 | 249 | 164 | 413 | 100 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
JERSEY CITY, NJ |
402 | (12 | ) | 124 | 266 | 390 | 7 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
FORT LEE, NJ |
1,246 | 39 | 811 | 474 | 1,285 | 299 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRENTON, NJ |
338 | 76 | 220 | 194 | 414 | 140 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BEVERLY, NJ |
470 | (160 | ) | 255 | 55 | 310 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
WEST ORANGE, NJ |
800 | 181 | 521 | 460 | 981 | 234 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCKVILLE CENTRE, NY |
350 | 66 | 201 | 215 | 416 | 171 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLENDALE, NY |
369 | 35 | 236 | 168 | 404 | 116 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BELLAIRE, NY |
330 | 37 | 215 | 152 | 367 | 106 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BAYSIDE, NY |
245 | 225 | 160 | 310 | 470 | 240 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YONKERS, NY |
153 | 108 | 77 | 184 | 261 | 115 | 1987 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOBBS FERRY, NY |
671 | 75 | 434 | 312 | 746 | 198 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH MERRICK, NY |
510 | 117 | 332 | 295 | 627 | 207 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GREAT NECK, NY |
500 | 24 | 450 | 74 | 524 | 74 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLEN HEAD, NY |
462 | 46 | 301 | 207 | 508 | 142 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GARDEN CITY, NY |
362 | 14 | 236 | 140 | 376 | 88 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HEWLETT, NY |
490 | (87 | ) | 255 | 148 | 403 | 4 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
EAST HILLS, NY |
242 | 38 | 242 | 38 | 280 | 25 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEVITTOWN, NY |
503 | 42 | 327 | 218 | 545 | 147 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEVITTOWN, NY |
546 | 88 | 356 | 278 | 634 | 162 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ST. ALBANS, NY |
330 | 127 | 215 | 242 | 457 | 175 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
627 | 56 | 408 | 275 | 683 | 182 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
477 | 74 | 306 | 245 | 551 | 174 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BAYSIDE, NY |
470 | 289 | 306 | 453 | 759 | 346 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELMONT, NY |
360 | 91 | 224 | 227 | 451 | 152 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WHITE PLAINS, NY |
259 | 96 | 165 | 190 | 355 | 127 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SCARSDALE, NY |
257 | 171 | 123 | 305 | 428 | 28 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EASTCHESTER, NY |
534 | (154 | ) | 289 | 91 | 380 | 6 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
NEW ROCHELLE, NY |
338 | 83 | 220 | 201 | 421 | 125 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
422 | 88 | 275 | 235 | 510 | 172 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COMMACK, NY |
321 | 26 | 209 | 138 | 347 | 93 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SAG HARBOR, NY |
704 | 35 | 458 | 281 | 739 | 182 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST HAMPTON, NY |
659 | 40 | 428 | 271 | 699 | 177 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MASTIC, NY |
313 | 110 | 204 | 219 | 423 | 175 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
390 | 54 | 251 | 193 | 444 | 134 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YONKERS, NY |
1,020 | 104 | 665 | 459 | 1,124 | 297 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLENVILLE, NY |
344 | 114 | 220 | 238 | 458 | 173 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YONKERS, NY |
203 | 82 | 144 | 141 | 285 | 120 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MINEOLA, NY |
342 | 34 | 222 | 154 | 376 | 105 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALBANY, NY |
405 | 147 | 262 | 290 | 552 | 213 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LONG ISLAND CITY, NY |
1,646 | 260 | 1,072 | 834 | 1,906 | 603 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RENSSELAER, NY |
1,654 | 289 | 1,077 | 866 | 1,943 | 423 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RENSSELAER, NY |
684 | 0 | 287 | 397 | 684 | 173 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PORT JEFFERSON, NY |
387 | 62 | 246 | 203 | 449 | 147 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROTTERDAM, NY |
141 | 142 | 92 | 191 | 283 | 150 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OSSINING, NY |
231 | 38 | 117 | 152 | 269 | 16 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELLENVILLE, NY |
233 | 95 | 152 | 176 | 328 | 124 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHATHAM, NY |
349 | 174 | 225 | 298 | 523 | 226 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SHRUB OAK, NY |
1,061 | 239 | 691 | 609 | 1,300 | 312 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BROOKLYN, NY |
237 | 21 | 154 | 104 | 258 | 71 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STATEN ISLAND, NY |
301 | 77 | 196 | 182 | 378 | 138 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STATEN ISLAND, NY |
358 | 36 | 230 | 164 | 394 | 113 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STATEN ISLAND, NY |
350 | 44 | 228 | 166 | 394 | 117 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONX, NY |
104 | 382 | 90 | 396 | 486 | 364 | 1985 |
84
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EAST MEADOW, NY |
383 | 128 | 325 | 186 | 511 | 166 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
STATEN ISLAND, NY |
390 | 89 | 254 | 225 | 479 | 170 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MASSAPEQUA, NY |
333 | 29 | 217 | 145 | 362 | 98 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TROY, NY |
225 | 61 | 147 | 139 | 286 | 107 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALDWIN, NY |
291 | 47 | 151 | 187 | 338 | 119 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDDLETOWN, NY |
751 | 33 | 489 | 295 | 784 | 189 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
OCEANSIDE, NY |
313 | 117 | 204 | 226 | 430 | 138 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTHPORT, NY |
241 | 33 | 157 | 117 | 274 | 83 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BREWSTER, NY* |
789 | 0 | 789 | 0 | 789 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRONXVILLE, NY* |
1,232 | 0 | 1,232 | 0 | 1,232 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CORTLAND MANOR, NY* |
1,872 | 0 | 1,872 | 0 | 1,872 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOBBS FERRY, NY* |
1,345 | 0 | 1,345 | 0 | 1,345 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EASTCHESTER, NY* |
1,724 | 0 | 1,724 | 0 | 1,724 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELMSFORD, NY* |
1,453 | 0 | 1,453 | 0 | 1,453 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GARNERVILLE, NY* |
1,508 | 0 | 1,508 | 0 | 1,508 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARTSDALE, NY* |
1,626 | 0 | 1,626 | 0 | 1,626 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAWTHORNE, NY* |
2,084 | 0 | 2,084 | 0 | 2,084 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HOPEWELL JUNCTION, NY* |
1,163 | 0 | 1,163 | 0 | 1,163 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HYDE PARK, NY* |
990 | 0 | 990 | 0 | 990 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MAMARONECK, NY* |
1,429 | 0 | 1,429 | 0 | 1,429 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDDLETOWN, NY* |
1,281 | 0 | 1,281 | 0 | 1,281 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MILLWOOD, NY* |
1,448 | 0 | 1,448 | 0 | 1,448 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MOUNT KISCO, NY* |
1,907 | 0 | 1,907 | 0 | 1,907 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MOUNT VERNON, NY* |
985 | 0 | 985 | 0 | 985 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHESTER, NY* |
1,158 | 0 | 1,158 | 0 | 1,158 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW PALTZ, NY* |
971 | 0 | 971 | 0 | 971 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW ROCHELLE, NY* |
1,887 | 0 | 1,887 | 0 | 1,887 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW WINDSOR, NY* |
1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEWBURGH, NY* |
527 | 0 | 527 | 0 | 527 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEWBURGH, NY* |
1,192 | 0 | 1,192 | 0 | 1,192 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PEEKSKILL, NY* |
2,207 | 0 | 2,207 | 0 | 2,207 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PELHAM, NY* |
1,035 | 0 | 1,035 | 0 | 1,035 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PORT CHESTER, NY* |
1,015 | 0 | 1,015 | 0 | 1,015 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PORT CHESTER, NY* |
941 | 0 | 0 | 941 | 941 | 111 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
591 | 0 | 591 | 0 | 591 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
1,020 | 0 | 1,020 | 0 | 1,020 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
1,340 | 0 | 1,340 | 0 | 1,340 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
1,306 | 0 | 1,306 | 0 | 1,306 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
1,355 | 0 | 1,355 | 0 | 1,355 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POUGHKEEPSIE, NY* |
1,232 | 0 | 1,232 | 0 | 1,232 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RYE, NY* |
872 | 0 | 872 | 0 | 872 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SCARSDALE, NY* |
1,301 | 0 | 1,301 | 0 | 1,301 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SPRING VALLEY, NY* |
749 | 0 | 749 | 0 | 749 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TARRYTOWN, NY* |
956 | 0 | 956 | 0 | 956 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
THORNWOOD, NY* |
1,389 | 0 | 0 | 1,389 | 1,389 | 144 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TUCHAHOE, NY* |
1,650 | 0 | 1,650 | 0 | 1,650 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAPPINGERS FALLS, NY* |
452 | 0 | 0 | 452 | 452 | 81 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WAPPINGERS FALLS, NY* |
1,488 | 0 | 1,488 | 0 | 1,488 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARWICK, NY* |
1,049 | 0 | 1,049 | 0 | 1,049 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WEST NYACK, NY* |
936 | 0 | 936 | 0 | 936 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YONKERS, NY* |
1,907 | 0 | 1,907 | 0 | 1,907 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
YORKTOWN HEIGHTS, NY* |
2,365 | 0 | 2,365 | 0 | 2,365 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FISHKILL, NY* |
1,793 | 0 | 1,793 | 0 | 1,793 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MIDDLETOWN, NY* |
719 | 0 | 719 | 0 | 719 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NANUET, NY* |
2,316 | 0 | 2,316 | 0 | 2,316 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WHITE PLAINS, NY* |
1,458 | 0 | 1,458 | 0 | 1,458 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KATONAH, NY* |
1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 1,084 | 0 | 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALLSTON, NY |
160 | 244 | 110 | 294 | 404 | 213 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BALLSTON SPA, NY |
210 | 148 | 100 | 258 | 358 | 237 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
COLONIE, NY |
245 | 70 | 120 | 195 | 315 | 175 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DELMAR, NY |
150 | 157 | 70 | 237 | 307 | 145 | 1986 |
85
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HALFMOON, NY |
415 | (145 | ) | 197 | 73 | 270 | 0 | 1986 | ||||||||||||||||||||
HANCOCK, NY |
100 | 274 | 50 | 324 | 374 | 194 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LATHAM, NY |
275 | 182 | 150 | 307 | 457 | 223 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MALTA, NY |
190 | 123 | 65 | 248 | 313 | 220 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MILLERTON, NY |
175 | 166 | 100 | 241 | 341 | 222 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW WINDSOR, NY |
150 | 137 | 75 | 212 | 287 | 192 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NISKAYUNA, NY |
425 | 35 | 275 | 185 | 460 | 185 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PLEASANT VALLEY, NY |
398 | 158 | 240 | 316 | 556 | 264 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
QUEENSBURY, NY |
215 | 88 | 96 | 207 | 303 | 32 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROTTERDAM, NY |
132 | 166 | 0 | 298 | 298 | 283 | 1995 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SCHENECTADY, NY |
225 | 340 | 150 | 415 | 565 | 394 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARRENSBURG, NY |
115 | 186 | 69 | 232 | 301 | 39 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEWBURGH, NY |
431 | 60 | 150 | 341 | 491 | 311 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
JERICHO, NY |
0 | 370 | 0 | 370 | 370 | 232 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RHINEBECK, NY |
204 | 191 | 102 | 293 | 395 | 48 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PORT EWEN, NY |
657 | (230 | ) | 162 | 265 | 427 | 0 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||
CATSKILL, NY |
405 | 0 | 354 | 51 | 405 | 12 | 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HUDSON, NY |
286 | 27 | 109 | 204 | 313 | 3 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BREWSTER, NY |
303 | 75 | 143 | 235 | 378 | 208 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CAIRO, NY |
192 | 181 | 47 | 326 | 373 | 294 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WEST TAGHKANIC, NY |
203 | 386 | 122 | 467 | 589 | 173 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SAYVILLE, NY |
345 | 27 | 300 | 72 | 372 | 29 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WANTAGH, NY |
641 | (1 | ) | 370 | 270 | 640 | 156 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||||
CENTRAL ISLIP, NY |
572 | 18 | 358 | 232 | 590 | 125 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FLUSHING, NY |
516 | 22 | 320 | 218 | 538 | 114 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH LINDENHURST, NY |
295 | 31 | 192 | 134 | 326 | 83 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WYANDANCH, NY |
415 | (82 | ) | 262 | 71 | 333 | 5 | 1998 | ||||||||||||||||||||
NEW ROCHELLE, NY |
395 | 40 | 252 | 183 | 435 | 115 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FLORAL PARK, NY |
617 | 93 | 356 | 354 | 710 | 178 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RIVERHEAD, NY |
723 | 1 | 432 | 292 | 724 | 168 | 1998 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BUFFALO, NY |
312 | 1 | 151 | 162 | 313 | 97 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAMBURG, NY |
294 | 0 | 164 | 130 | 294 | 70 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LACKAWANNA, NY |
250 | 97 | 130 | 217 | 347 | 84 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TONAWANDA, NY |
264 | 31 | 211 | 84 | 295 | 52 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WEST SENECA, NY |
257 | 56 | 184 | 129 | 313 | 43 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALFRED STATION, NY |
714 | 0 | 414 | 300 | 714 | 82 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
AVOCA, NY |
936 | (1 | ) | 635 | 300 | 935 | 82 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
BATAVIA, NY |
684 | 0 | 364 | 320 | 684 | 87 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BYRON, NY |
969 | 0 | 669 | 300 | 969 | 82 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CASTILE, NY |
307 | 0 | 132 | 175 | 307 | 48 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHURCHVILLE, NY |
1,011 | 0 | 601 | 410 | 1,011 | 112 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST PEMBROKE, NY |
787 | 0 | 537 | 250 | 787 | 68 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FRIENDSHIP, NY |
393 | 0 | 43 | 350 | 393 | 96 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NAPLES, NY |
1,257 | 0 | 827 | 430 | 1,257 | 118 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NY |
559 | 0 | 159 | 400 | 559 | 109 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PERRY, NY |
1,444 | 0 | 1,044 | 400 | 1,444 | 109 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PRATTSBURG, NY |
553 | 0 | 303 | 250 | 553 | 68 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SAVONA, NY |
1,314 | 0 | 964 | 350 | 1,314 | 96 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARSAW, NY |
990 | 0 | 690 | 300 | 990 | 82 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WELLSVILLE, NY |
247 | 0 | 0 | 247 | 247 | 68 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NY |
853 | 0 | 303 | 550 | 853 | 150 | 2006 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAKEVILLE, NY |
1,028 | 0 | 203 | 825 | 1,028 | 248 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GREIGSVILLE, NY |
1,018 | 0 | 203 | 815 | 1,018 | 243 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROCHESTER, NY |
595 | 0 | 305 | 290 | 595 | 64 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
237 | 25 | 154 | 108 | 262 | 74 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALLENTOWN, PA |
358 | 30 | 233 | 155 | 388 | 105 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORRISTOWN, PA |
241 | 29 | 157 | 113 | 270 | 70 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRYN MAWR, PA |
221 | 51 | 144 | 128 | 272 | 92 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CONSHOHOCKEN, PA |
261 | 84 | 170 | 175 | 345 | 133 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
281 | 27 | 183 | 125 | 308 | 86 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HUNTINGDON VALLEY, PA |
422 | 37 | 275 | 184 | 459 | 148 | 1985 |
86
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FEASTERVILLE, PA |
510 | 107 | 332 | 285 | 617 | 213 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
289 | 49 | 188 | 150 | 338 | 109 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
406 | 133 | 264 | 275 | 539 | 216 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
418 | 50 | 272 | 196 | 468 | 131 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
370 | 93 | 241 | 222 | 463 | 165 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HATBORO, PA |
285 | 189 | 186 | 288 | 474 | 141 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAVERTOWN, PA |
402 | 22 | 254 | 170 | 424 | 115 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MEDIA, PA |
326 | 108 | 191 | 243 | 434 | 125 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
390 | 27 | 254 | 163 | 417 | 108 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
342 | 39 | 222 | 159 | 381 | 111 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALDAN, PA |
281 | 36 | 183 | 134 | 317 | 94 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BRISTOL, PA |
431 | 82 | 280 | 233 | 513 | 173 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAVERTOWN, PA |
265 | 24 | 173 | 116 | 289 | 79 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HATBORO, PA |
289 | 103 | 188 | 204 | 392 | 144 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CLIFTON HGTS., PA |
428 | (117 | ) | 217 | 94 | 311 | 6 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
ALDAN, PA |
434 | 17 | 283 | 168 | 451 | 107 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SHARON HILL, PA |
411 | 40 | 267 | 184 | 451 | 126 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
370 | 136 | 241 | 265 | 506 | 213 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MORRISVILLE, PA |
378 | 37 | 246 | 169 | 415 | 110 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
303 | 50 | 181 | 172 | 353 | 172 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PHOENIXVILLE, PA |
384 | (122 | ) | 205 | 57 | 262 | 3 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
POTTSTOWN, PA |
430 | 49 | 280 | 199 | 479 | 138 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
QUAKERTOWN, PA |
379 | (125 | ) | 193 | 61 | 254 | 0 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
SOUDERTON, PA |
382 | 38 | 249 | 171 | 420 | 116 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANSDALE, PA |
244 | 210 | 244 | 210 | 454 | 143 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FURLONG, PA |
175 | 151 | 175 | 151 | 326 | 113 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
DOYLESTOWN, PA |
406 | 105 | 264 | 247 | 511 | 123 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PENNDEL, PA |
137 | 192 | 90 | 239 | 329 | 115 | 1988 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORRISTOWN, PA |
175 | 128 | 175 | 128 | 303 | 82 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
TRAPPE, PA |
378 | 43 | 246 | 175 | 421 | 122 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
READING, PA |
750 | 49 | 0 | 799 | 799 | 798 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ELKINS PARK, PA |
275 | 14 | 200 | 89 | 289 | 89 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW OXFORD, PA |
1,045 | (227 | ) | 19 | 799 | 818 | 708 | 1996 | ||||||||||||||||||||
PHILADELPHIA, PA |
1,252 | 0 | 814 | 438 | 1,252 | 61 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ALLISON PARK, PA |
1,500 | 0 | 850 | 650 | 1,500 | 142 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW KENSINGTON |
1,375 | 0 | 675 | 700 | 1,375 | 83 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORTH KINGSTOWN, RI |
212 | 84 | 89 | 207 | 296 | 161 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARWICK, RI |
377 | 36 | 206 | 207 | 413 | 207 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST PROVIDENCE, RI |
2,297 | 569 | 1,496 | 1,370 | 2,866 | 966 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ASHAWAY, RI |
619 | 0 | 402 | 217 | 619 | 71 | 2004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST PROVIDENCE, RI |
310 | 33 | 202 | 141 | 343 | 97 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PAWTUCKET, RI |
213 | 194 | 119 | 288 | 407 | 261 | 1986 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARWICK, RI |
435 | 25 | 267 | 193 | 460 | 135 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CRANSTON, RI |
466 | 17 | 304 | 179 | 483 | 110 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PAWTUCKET, RI |
207 | 45 | 154 | 98 | 252 | 71 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BARRINGTON, RI |
490 | 85 | 319 | 256 | 575 | 186 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
WARWICK, RI |
253 | 79 | 165 | 167 | 332 | 109 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
N. PROVIDENCE, RI |
542 | 62 | 353 | 251 | 604 | 175 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EAST PROVIDENCE, RI |
487 | 12 | 317 | 182 | 499 | 151 | 1985 | |||||||||||||||||||||
POTTSVILLE, PA |
451 | 1 | 148 | 304 | 452 | 304 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANCASTER, PA |
209 | 53 | 78 | 184 | 262 | 158 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LANCASTER, PA |
642 | 18 | 300 | 360 | 660 | 360 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HAMBURG, PA |
219 | 76 | 130 | 165 | 295 | 165 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
READING, PA |
183 | 128 | 104 | 207 | 311 | 179 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
EPHRATA, PA |
209 | 87 | 30 | 266 | 296 | 206 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ROBESONIA, PA |
226 | 103 | 70 | 259 | 329 | 256 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KENHORST, PA |
143 | 125 | 65 | 203 | 268 | 176 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LEOLA, PA |
263 | 102 | 131 | 234 | 365 | 147 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RED LION, PA |
222 | 35 | 52 | 205 | 257 | 200 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
HARRISBURG, PA |
399 | 212 | 199 | 412 | 611 | 281 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ADAMSTOWN, PA |
213 | 168 | 100 | 281 | 381 | 231 | 1989 |
87
Initial
Cost
of Leasehold or Acquisition Investment to Company (1) |
Cost
Capitalized Subsequent to Initial Investment |
Gross Amount at Which Carried
at Close of Period |
Accumulated
Depreciation |
Date of Initial
Leasehold or Acquisition Investment (1) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Land |
Building and
Improvements |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LANCASTER, PA |
309 | 4 | 104 | 209 | 313 | 209 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NEW HOLLAND, PA |
313 | 12 | 143 | 182 | 325 | 182 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
LAURELDALE, PA |
262 | 16 | 87 | 191 | 278 | 191 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
REIFFTON, PA |
338 | 5 | 43 | 300 | 343 | 300 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MOHNTON, PA |
317 | 11 | 66 | 262 | 328 | 262 | 1989 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CRESTLINE, OH |
1,202 | 0 | 285 | 917 | 1,202 | 193 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MANSFIELD, OH |
921 | 1 | 332 | 590 | 922 | 117 | 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MANSFIELD, OH |
1,950 | 0 | 700 | 1,250 | 1,950 | 231 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MONROEVILLE, OH |
2,580 | 0 | 485 | 2,095 | 2,580 | 351 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RICHMOND, VA |
121 | 210 | 0 | 331 | 331 | 311 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHESAPEAKE, VA |
780 | (163 | ) | 398 | 219 | 617 | 14 | 1990 | ||||||||||||||||||||
PORTSMOUTH, VA |
562 | 54 | 222 | 394 | 616 | 367 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
NORFOLK, VA |
535 | 6 | 311 | 230 | 541 | 230 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ASHLAND, VA |
840 | 0 | 840 | 0 | 840 | 0 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FARMVILLE, VA |
1,227 | 0 | 622 | 605 | 1,227 | 188 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FREDERICKSBURG, VA |
1,279 | 0 | 469 | 810 | 1,279 | 251 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FREDERICKSBURG, VA |
1,716 | 0 | 996 | 720 | 1,716 | 223 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FREDERICKSBURG, VA |
1,289 | 0 | 798 | 491 | 1,289 | 169 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
FREDERICKSBURG, VA |
3,623 | 0 | 2,828 | 795 | 3,623 | 246 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLEN ALLEN, VA |
1,037 | 0 | 412 | 625 | 1,037 | 194 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
GLEN ALLEN, VA |
1,077 | 0 | 322 | 755 | 1,077 | 234 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KING GEORGE, VA |
294 | 0 | 294 | 0 | 294 | 0 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
KING WILLIAM, VA |
1,688 | 0 | 1,068 | 620 | 1,688 | 192 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
1,125 | 0 | 505 | 620 | 1,125 | 192 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
903 | 0 | 273 | 630 | 903 | 195 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
1,476 | 0 | 876 | 600 | 1,476 | 186 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
957 | 0 | 324 | 633 | 957 | 230 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
1,677 | 0 | 1,157 | 520 | 1,677 | 161 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MECHANICSVILLE, VA |
1,043 | 0 | 223 | 820 | 1,043 | 254 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
MONTPELIER, VA |
2,481 | 0 | 1,726 | 755 | 2,481 | 234 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
PETERSBURG, VA |
1,441 | 0 | 816 | 625 | 1,441 | 194 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RICHMOND, VA |
1,132 | 0 | 547 | 585 | 1,132 | 181 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
RUTHER GLEN, VA |
466 | 0 | 31 | 435 | 466 | 135 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SANDSTON, VA |
722 | 0 | 102 | 620 | 722 | 192 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
SPOTSYLVANIA, VA |
1,290 | 0 | 490 | 800 | 1,290 | 248 | 2005 | |||||||||||||||||||||
CHESAPEAKE, VA |
1,004 | 39 | 385 | 658 | 1,043 | 631 | 1990 | |||||||||||||||||||||
BENNINGTON, VT |
309 | (24 | ) | 181 | 104 | 285 | 21 | 1985 | ||||||||||||||||||||
JACKSONVILLE, FL |
560 | (1 | ) | 296 | 263 | 559 | 141 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
JACKSONVILLE, FL |
486 | (1 | ) | 388 | 97 | 485 | 52 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
JACKSONVILLE, FL |
545 | 0 | 256 | 289 | 545 | 155 | 2000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
ORLANDO, FL |
868 | (1 | ) | 401 | 466 | 867 | 250 | 2000 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Miscellaneous |
39,552 | 7,236 | 18,824 | 27,964 | 46,788 | 20,854 | various | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
$ | 515,325 | $ | 46,991 | $ | 336,223 | $ | 226,093 | $ | 562,316 | $ | 116,768 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Initial cost of leasehold or acquisition investment to company represents the aggregate of the cost incurred during the year in which we purchased the property for owned properties or purchased a leasehold interest in leased properties. Cost capitalized subsequent to initial investment also includes investments made in previously leased properties prior to their acquisition. |
(2) |
Depreciation of real estate is computed on the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, which generally range from sixteen to 25 years for buildings and improvements, or the term of the lease if shorter. Leasehold interests are amortized over the remaining term of the underlying lease. |
(3) |
The aggregate cost for federal income tax purposes was approximately $546,959,000 at December 31, 2012. |
88
GETTY REALTY CORP. and SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE IV MORTGAGE LOANS ON REAL ESTATE
As of December 31, 2012
(in thousands)
Type of Loan/Borrower |
Description | Location(s) |
Interest
Rate |
Final
Maturity Date |
Periodic
Payment Terms (a) |
Prior
Liens |
Amount of
Principal Unpaid at Close of Period |
|||||||||||||||||
Mortgage Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrower A |
Seller financing | S. Weymouth, MA | 9.0 | % | 3/2031 | P & I | | $ | 233 | |||||||||||||||
Borrower B |
Seller financing | Horsham, PA | 10.0 | % | 7/2024 | P & I | | 188 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower C |
Seller financing | Green Island, NY | 11.0 | % | 8/2018 | P & I | | 205 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower D |
Seller financing | Uniondale, NY | 10.0 | % | 3/2015 | P & I | | 55 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower E |
Seller financing | Concord, NH | 9.5 | % | 8/2028 | P & I | | 191 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower F |
Seller financing | Irvington, NJ | 10.0 | % | 12/2019 | P & I | | 239 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower G |
Seller financing | Kernersville/Lexington, NC | 8.0 | % | 7/2026 | P & I | | 508 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower H |
Seller financing | Wantagh, NY | 9.0 | % | 5/2032 | P & I | | 450 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower I |
Seller financing | Fullerton Hts, MD | 9.0 | % | 5/2019 | P & I | | 212 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower J |
Seller financing | Ipswich, MA | 9.5 | % | 6/2019 | P & I | | 198 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower K |
Seller financing | Springfield, MA | 9.0 | % | 7/2019 | P & I | | 130 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower L |
Seller financing | E. Patchogue, NY | 9.0 | % | 8/2019 | P & I | | 199 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower M |
Seller financing | Manchester, NH | 9.5 | % | 9/2019 | P & I | | 224 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower N |
Seller financing | Union City, NJ | 9.0 | % | 9/2019 | P & I | | 798 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower O |
Seller financing | Worcester, MA | 9.0 | % | 10/2019 | P & I | | 324 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower P |
Seller financing | Dover, PA | 9.0 | % | 11/2017 | P & I | | 209 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower Q |
Seller financing | Neffsville, PA | 9.0 | % | 12/2017 | P & I | | 480 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower R |
Seller financing | Bronx, NY | 9.0 | % | 12/2019 | P & I | | 240 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower S |
Seller financing | Seaford, NY | 9.0 | % | 1/2020 | P & I | | 487 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower T |
Seller financing | Spotswood, NJ | 9.0 | % | 1/2020 | P & I | | 306 | ||||||||||||||||
Borrower U |
Seller financing | Clifton, NJ | 9.0 | % | 1/2020 | P & I | | 284 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
6,160 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Note receivable |
Purchase/leaseback | Various-NY | 9.5 | % | 1/2021 | I | (b) | 16,173 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Total(c) |
$ | 22,333 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
(a) |
P & I = Principal and interest paid monthly |
(b) |
I = Interest only paid monthly with annual principal payments due in ten equal installments |
(c) |
The aggregate cost for federal income tax purposes approximates the amount of unpaid principal. |
We review payment status to identify performing versus non-performing loans. Interest income on performing loans is accrued as earned. A non-performing loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is probable that the borrower may be unable to meet interest payments as they become due. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on non-accrual status unless there is sufficient collateral to assure collectability of principal and interest. Upon the designation of non-accrual status, all unpaid accrued interest is reserved against through current income. Interest income on non-performing loans is generally recognized on a cash basis. None of our loans were in default as of December 31, 2012 for nonpayment of interest only or principal and interest. We have not recognized any impairment charges related to our loans. The summarized changes in the carrying amount of mortgage loans are as follows:
2012 | 2011 | 2010 | ||||||||||
Balance at January 1, |
$ | 18,638 | $ | 1,274 | $ | 1,432 | ||||||
Additions: |
||||||||||||
New Mortgage Loans |
4,568 | 19,468 | 0 | |||||||||
Deductions: |
||||||||||||
Loan repayments |
(300 | ) | (107 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||
Collection of principal |
(573 | ) | (1,997 | ) | (150 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at December 31, |
$ | 22,333 | $ | 18,638 | $ | 1,274 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Getty Realty Corp. (Registrant) |
||
By: |
/ S / T HOMAS J. S TIRNWEIS |
|
Thomas J. Stirnweis, | ||
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer | ||
March 18, 2013 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
By: |
/ S / D AVID B. D RISCOLL |
By: |
/ S / T HOMAS J. S TIRNWEIS |
|||||
David B. Driscoll President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) March 18, 2013 |
Thomas J. Stirnweis Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) March 18, 2013 |
|||||||
By: |
/ S / L EO L IEBOWITZ |
By: |
/ S / P HILIP E. C OVIELLO |
|||||
Leo Liebowitz Director and Chairman of the Board March 18, 2013 |
Philip E. Coviello Director March 18, 2013 |
|||||||
By: |
/ S / M ILTON C OOPER |
By: |
/ S / R ICHARD E. M ONTAG |
|||||
Milton Cooper Director March 18, 2013 |
Richard E. Montag Director March 18, 2013 |
|||||||
By: |
/ S / H OWARD S AFENOWITZ |
|||||||
Howard Safenowitz Director March 18, 2013 |
90
GETTY REALTY CORP.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2012
EXHIBIT
|
DESCRIPTION |
|||
2.1 |
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization and Merger, dated as of December 16, 1997 (the Merger Agreement) by and among Getty Realty Corp., Power Test Investors Limited Partnership and CLS General Partnership Corp. |
Filed as Exhibit 2.1 to Companys Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on January 12, 1998 (File No. 333-44065), included as Appendix A To the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus that is a part thereof, and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
3.1 |
Articles of Incorporation of Getty Realty Holding Corp. (Holdings), now known as Getty Realty Corp., filed December 23, 1997. |
Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Companys Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on January 12, 1998 (File No. 333- 44065), included as Appendix D. to the Joint Proxy/Prospectus that is a part thereof, and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
3.2 |
Articles Supplementary to Articles of Incorporation of Holdings, filed January 21, 1998. |
Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
3.3 |
By-Laws of Getty Realty Corp. |
Filed as Exhibit 3.3 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
3.4 |
Articles of Amendment of Holdings, changing its name to Getty Realty Corp., filed January 30, 1998. |
Filed as Exhibit 3.4 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
3.5 |
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Holdings, filed August 1, 2001. |
Filed as Exhibit 3.5 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
4.1 |
Dividend Reinvestment/Stock Purchase Plan. |
Filed under the heading Description of Plan on pages 4 through 17 to Companys Registration Statement on Form S-3D, filed on April 22, 2004 (File No. 333-114730) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.1* |
Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan (restated as of December 1, 2012). |
(a) |
||
10.2* |
1998 Stock Option Plan, effective as of January 30,1998. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Companys Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on January 12, 1998 (File No. 333-44065), included as Appendix H to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus that is a part thereof, and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.3* |
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
91
EXHIBIT
|
DESCRIPTION |
|||
10.4* |
Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan for Executives of the Getty Realty Corp. and Participating Subsidiaries (adopted by the Company on December 16, 1997 and amended and restated effective January 1, 2009). |
Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.5* |
Letter Agreement dated June 12, 2001 by and between Getty Realty Corp. and Thomas J. Stirnweis regarding compensation upon change in control. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.6* |
2004 Getty Realty Corp. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.7* |
Form of restricted stock unit grant award under the 2004 Getty Realty Corp. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.8* |
Amendment to the 2004 Getty Realty Corp. Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan dated December 31, 2008. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.9* |
Amendment dated December 31, 2008 to Letter Agreement dated June 12, 2001 by and between Getty Realty Corp. and Thomas J. Stirnweis regarding compensation upon change of control. (See Exhibit 10.7). |
Filed as Exhibit 10.20 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.10** |
Unitary Net Lease Agreement between GTY NY Leasing, Inc. and CPD NY Energy Corp., dated as of January 13, 2011. |
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed April, 12, 2011 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.11 |
Stipulation and order Deferring Rents Owing to Getty Properties, Establishing Procedures for the Administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, Extending the Time for the Debtors to Assume or Reject the Master Lease and Other Matters. |
Filed as Exhibit 99.2 to Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 9, 2012 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
10.12 |
Letter Agreement dated October 3, 2012 by and between Getty Properties Corp. and The Getty Petroleum Liquidating Trust. |
(a) |
||
14 |
The Getty Realty Corp. Business Conduct Guidelines (Code of Ethics). |
Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009 (File No. 001-13777) and incorporated herein by reference. |
||
21 |
Subsidiaries of the Company. |
(a) |
||
23 |
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
(a) |
||
31(i).1 |
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
(b) |
||
31(i).2 |
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
(b) |
||
32.1 |
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
(b) |
||
32.2 |
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
(b) |
||
101.INS |
XBRL Instance Document |
(c) |
||
101.SCH |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema |
(c) |
||
101.CAL |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase |
(c) |
||
101.DEF |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase |
(c) |
||
101.LAB |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase |
(c) |
||
101.PRE |
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase |
(c) |
92
(a) |
Filed herewith |
(b) |
Furnished herewith. These certifications are being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section. 1350, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. |
(c) |
Filed herewith. XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. |
* |
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
** |
Confidential treatment has been granted for certain portions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 under the Exchange Act, which portions are omitted and filed separately with the SEC. |
93
EXHIBIT 10.1 RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN
Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company NONSTANDARDIZED PROTOTYPE PROFIT SHARING/401(k) PLAN ADOPTION AGREEMENT SECTION 1 EMPLOYER INFORMATION 1-1 EMPLOYER INFORMATION: Name: Getty Realty Corp. Address: 125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103 Jericho, NY 11753 Telephone: (516) 478-5403 Fax: 1-2 EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (EIN): 11-3412575 1-3 FORM OF BUSINESS: þ C-Corporation ¨ S-Corporation ¨ Partnership ¨ Limited Liability Partnership ¨ Limited Liability Company taxed as partnership ¨ Limited Liability Company taxed as corporation ¨ Sole Proprietor ¨ Other: [Note: Any entity entered under Other must be a legal entity recognized under federal income tax laws.] 1-4 EMPLOYERS TAX YEAR END: The Employers tax year ends December 31 1-5 RELATED EMPLOYERS: List any Related Employers (as defined in Section 1.107 of the Plan). A Related Employer must complete a Participating Employer Adoption Page for Employees of that Related Employer to participate in this Plan. The failure to cover the Employees of a Related Employer may result in a violation of the minimum coverage rules under Code §410(b). [Note: The failure to list all Related Employers will not jeopardize the qualified status of the Plan.] SECTION 2 PLAN INFORMATION 2-1 PLAN NAME: Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan 2-2 PLAN NUMBER: 001 2-3 TYPE OF PLAN: ¨ Profit Sharing (PS) Plan only þ PS and 401(k) Plan ¨ PS and Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan 2-4 PLAN YEAR: þ (a) Calendar year ¨ (b) The 12-consecutive month period ending on each year. ¨ (c) The Plan has a short Plan Year running from to. 2-5 FROZEN PLAN: Check this AA §2-5 if the Plan is a frozen Plan to which no contributions will be made. ¨ This Plan is a frozen Plan effective (see Section 3.02(a)(6) of the Plan). 2-6 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: þ (a) The Employer identified in AA §1-1. ¨ (b) Name: Address: Telephone: © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 3 Eligible Employees SECTION 3 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES 3-1 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES: In addition to the Employees identified in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the following Employees are excluded from participation under the Plan with respect to the contribution source(s) identified in this AA §3-1. (See Sections 2.02(d) and (e) of the Plan for rules regarding the effect on Plan participation if an Employee changes between an eligible and ineligible class of employment.) Deferral?Match ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(a)?No exclusions. þ þ þ ?(b)?Collectively Bargained Employees. ¨ ¨ ¨?(c)?Non-resident aliens who receive no compensation from the Employer which constitutes U.S. source income. ¨ ¨ ¨?(d)?Leased Employees. ¨ ¨ ¨?(e)?Employees paid on an hourly basis. ¨ ¨ ¨?(f)?Employees paid on a salaried basis. ¨ ¨ ¨?(g)?Commissioned Employees. ¨ ¨ ¨?(h)?Highly Compensated Employees. ¨ ¨ ¨ (i) Non-Key Employees who are Highly Compensated. þ þ þ ?(j) Other: Employees who became Employees as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction will only be Eligible Employees after the expiration of the transition period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is subject to the special rules set forth in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). [Note: Unless designated otherwise under subsection (j), any selection(s) in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals, After-Tax Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions; any selection(s) in the Match column also apply to QMACs; and any selection(s) in the ER column also apply to QNECs. An exclusion of Employees under (d)(j) above could cause the Plan to fail the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b). If subsection (j) is completed to designate a class of Employees excluded under the Plan, such Employee class must be defined in such a way that it precludes Employer discretion and may not be based on time or service (e.g., part-time Employees) and may not provide for an exclusion designed to cover only Nonhighly Compensated Employees with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service who may represent the minimum number of Nonhighly Compensated Employees necessary to satisfy the coverage requirements under Code §410(b).] SECTION 4 MINIMUM AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS 4-1 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS MINIMUM AGE AND SERVICE: An Eligible Employee (as defined in AA §3-1) who satisfies the minimum age and service conditions under this AA §4-1 will be eligible to participate under the Plan as of his/her Entry Date (as defined in AA §4-2 below). (a) Service Requirement. An Eligible Employee must complete the following minimum service requirements to participate in the Plan. Deferral?Match?ER þ þ ¨?(1) There is no minimum service requirement for participation in the Plan. ¨ ¨ þ ?(2) One Year of Service (as defined in Section 2.03(a)(1) of the Plan and AA §4-3). © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 2
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 4 Minimum Age and Service Requirements Deferral?Match?ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(3) The completion of [ cannot exceed 12] consecutive full calendar months of employment during which the Employee is credited with at least [cannot exceed 1,000] Hours of Service or the completion of a Year of Service (as defined in AA §4-3), if earlier. [If no minimum Hours of Service are required, insert one (1) in the second blank line.] ¨ ¨ ¨?(4) The completion of [cannot exceed 1,000] Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. [If this (4) is chosen, an Employee satisfies the service requirement immediately upon completion of the designated Hours of Service.] ¨ ¨ ¨ (5) Full-time Employees are eligible to participate immediately. Employees who are part-time Employees must complete a Year of Service (as defined in AA §4-3). For this purpose, a part-time Employee is any Employee whose normal work schedule is less than: ¨ (i) hours per week. ¨ (ii) hours per month. ¨ (iii) hours per year. N/A ¨ ¨?(6) Two (2) Years of Service. [Full and immediate vesting must be chosen under AA §8.] ¨ ¨ ¨?(7) Under the Elapsed Time method. See AA §4-3(c) below. ¨ ¨ ¨?(8) Describe eligibility conditions: [Note: Any conditions provided under (8) must satisfy the requirements of Code §410(a). A condition provided under (8) may not cause an Employee to enter the Plan later than the first Entry Date following the completion of a Year of Service (as defined in AA §4-3). Also see Section 2.02(b)(4) for rules regarding the exclusion of certain short-service Employees.] (b) Minimum Age Requirement. An Eligible Employee (as defined in AA §3-1) must have attained the following age with respect to the contribution source(s) identified in this AA §4-1(b). Deferral?Match?ER?? þ ? þ ? þ ?(1) There is no minimum age for Plan eligibility. ¨ ¨ ¨?(2) Age 21. ¨ ¨ ¨?(3) Age 20 1 / 2 . ¨ ¨ ¨?(4) Age (not later than age 21). [Note: Unless designated otherwise under (a)(8) above, in applying the minimum age and service requirements under this AA §4- 1, any selection(s) in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions; any selection(s) in the Match column also apply to QMACs; and any selection(s) in the ER column also apply to QNECs. Selections made in the Deferral column also apply to Safe Harbor Contributions unless elected otherwise in AA §6C-3.] 4-2 ENTRY DATE: An Eligible Employee (as defined in AA §3-1) who satisfies the minimum age and service requirements in AA §4-1 shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of his/her Entry Date. For this purpose, the Entry Date is the following date with respect to the contribution source(s) identified under this AA §4-2. [Note: If any of (b) (g) is completed for a contribution source, also complete one of (h) (k) for the same contribution source.] Deferral?Match?ER?? þ ? þ þ ?(a) Immediate. The date the minimum age and service requirements are satisfied (or date of hire, if no minimum age and service requirements apply). ¨ ¨ ¨?(b) Semi-annual. The first day of the 1st and 7th month of the Plan Year. ¨ ¨ ¨?(c) Quarterly. The first day of the 1st, 4th, 7th and 10th month of the Plan Year. ¨ ¨ ¨?(d) Monthly. The first day of each calendar month. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 3
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 4 Minimum Age and Service Requirements Deferral?Match ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(e) Payroll period. The first day of the payroll period. ¨ ¨ ¨?(f) The first day of the Plan Year. [If this (f) is checked, see Section 2.03(b)(2) of the Plan for special rules that apply.] ¨ ¨ ¨ (g) Describe: [Note: Any provisions under this subsection (g) must satisfy the requirements of Code §410(a) and may not violate the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §401(a)(4).] An Eligible Employees Entry Date (as defined above) is determined based on when the Employee satisfies the minimum age and service requirements in AA §4-1. For this purpose, an Employees Entry Date is the Entry Date: Deferral?Match?ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(h) next following satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements. ¨ ¨ ¨?(i) coinciding with or next following satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements. N/A ¨ ¨?(j) nearest the satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements. N/A ¨ ¨?(k) preceding the satisfaction of the minimum age and service requirements. [Note: In applying the Entry Date rules under this AA §4-2, any selection(s) in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals, After-Tax Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions; any selection(s) in the Match column also apply to QMACs; and any selection(s) in the ER column also apply to QNECs.] 4-3 DEFAULT ELIGIBILITY RULES. In applying the minimum age and service requirements under AA §4-1 above, the following default rules apply with respect to all contribution sources under the Plan: ? Year of Service. An Employee earns a Year of Service for eligibility purposes upon completing 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. Hours of Service are calculated based on actual hours worked during the Eligibility Computation Period. (See Section 1.67 of the Plan for the definition of Hours of Service.) ? Eligibility Computation Period. If one Year of Service is required for eligibility, the Plan will determine subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods on the basis of Plan Years (see Section 2.03(a)(2)(i) of the Plan). If more than one Year of Service is required for eligibility, the Plan will determine subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods on the basis of Anniversary Years (see Section 2.03(a)(2)(ii) of the Plan). ? Break in Service Rules. The Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule and the One-Year Break in Service rule do NOT apply. (See Section 2.07 of the Plan.) To override the default eligibility rules, complete the applicable sections of this AA §4-3. If this AA §4-3 is not completed for a particular contribution source, the default eligibility rules apply. Deferral?Match?ER ¨?¨ ¨?(a) Year of Service. Instead of 1,000 Hours of Service, an Employee earns a Year of Service upon the completion of [must be less than 1,000] Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. ¨ ¨ ¨?(b) Eligibility Computation Period (ECP). The Plan will use Anniversary Years, unless more than one Year of Service is required under AA §4-1(a), in which case the Plan will shift to Plan Years. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 4 Minimum Age and Service Requirements Deferral?Match ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(c) Elapsed Time method. [Check the same contribution source as checked in AA §4-1(a)(6) above.] Eligibility service will be determined under the Elapsed Time §3-1) must complete a method. An Eligible Employee (as defined in AA [not to exceed 24 month] period of service to participate in the Plan. (See Section 2.03(a)(5) of the Plan.) [Note: The period of service may not exceed 12 months for eligibility for Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions. If a period greater than 12 months is entered under this subsection (c) and the Salary Deferral column is checked, the period of service under this subsection (c) will be deemed to be a 12-month period. If a period greater than 12 months applies to Matching Contributions or Employer Contributions, 100% vesting must be selected under AA §8 for those contributions.] þ þ þ ?(d) Equivalency Method. For purposes of determining an Employees Hours of Service for eligibility, the Plan will use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 2.03(a)(4) of the Plan). The Equivalency Method will apply to: þ (1) All Employees. ¨ (2) Only Employees for whom the Employer does not maintain hourly records. For Employees for whom the Employer maintains hourly records, eligibility will be determined based on actual hours worked. If this (d) is checked, Hours of Service for eligibility will be determined under the following Equivalency Method. ¨ (3) Monthly. 190 Hours of Service for each month worked. ¨ (4) Daily. 10 Hours of Service for each day worked. þ (5) Weekly. 45 Hours of Service for each week worked. ¨ (6) Semi-monthly. 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly period worked. N/A þ þ ?(e) Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule applies. Service earned prior to a Nonvested Participant Break in Service will be disregarded in applying the eligibility rules. (See Section 2.07(b) of the Plan.) ¨ ¨ ¨?(f) One-Year Break in Service rule applies. The One-Year Break in Service rule (as defined in Section 2.07(d) of the Plan) applies to temporarily disregard an Employees service earned prior to a one-year Break in Service. (See Section 2.07(d) of the Plan if the One-Year Break in Service rule applies to Salary Deferrals.) 4-4 EFFECTIVE DATE OF MINIMUM AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS. The minimum age and/or service requirements under AA §4-1 apply to all Employees under the Plan. An Employee will participate with respect to all contribution sources under the Plan as of his/her Entry Date, taking into account all service with the Employer, including service earned prior to the Effective Date. To allow Employees hired on a specified date to enter the Plan without regard to the minimum age and/or service conditions, complete this AA §4-4. Deferral?Match?ER??¨?¨ ¨?An Eligible Employee who is employed by the Employer on the following date will become eligible to enter the Plan without regard to minimum age and/or service requirements (as designated below): ¨ (a) the Effective Date of this Plan (as designated in subsection (a) or (b) of the Employer Signature Page, as applicable) ¨ (b) the date the Plan is executed by the Employer (as indicated on the Employer Signature Page) ¨ (c) [insert date] An Eligible Employee who is employed on the designated date will become eligible to participate in the Plan without regard to the ¨ (d) minimum service ¨ (e) minimum age requirements under AA §4-1 above. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 5
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 4 Minimum Age and Service Requirements 4-5 SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. If the Employer is maintaining the Plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer is automatically counted for eligibility, vesting and for purposes of applying any allocation conditions under AA §6-6 and AA §6B-7. In addition, service with the following Predecessor Employers also will be counted for purposes of determining eligibility, vesting and allocation conditions under this Plan, unless designated otherwise under (b) below. (See Sections 2.06, 3.09(d) and 7.06 of the Plan.) þ (a) Identify Predecessor Employer(s): ? Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. ¨ (b) Service with the Predecessor Employer(s) identified in (a) above will not apply for the following purposes: ¨ (1)?Eligibility ¨ (2) Vesting ¨ (3) Allocation conditions ¨ (c) The limitations in (b) above only apply to the following Predecessor Employers: ? [Note: If this (c) is not checked, any limitations in (b) apply to all Predecessor Employers listed in (a) above.] SECTION 5 COMPENSATION DEFINITIONS 5-1 TOTAL COMPENSATION. Total Compensation is based on the definition set forth under this AA §5-1. See Section 1.126 of the Plan for a specific definition of the various types of Total Compensation. þ (a) W-2 Wages ¨ (b) Code §415 Compensation. ¨ (c) Wages under Code §3401(a). [For purposes of determining Total Compensation, each definition includes Elective Deferrals, pre-tax contributions to a Code §125 cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and qualified transportation fringes under Code §132(f)(4).] 5-2 PLAN COMPENSATION: Plan Compensation is Total Compensation (as defined in AA §5-1 above) with the following exclusions described below. Deferral?Match?ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(a) No exclusions. N/A ¨ ¨?(b) Elective Deferrals (as defined in Section 1.44 of the Plan), pre-tax contributions to a cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and qualified transportation fringes under Code §132(f)(4) are excluded. þ þ þ ?(c) All fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits are excluded. ¨ ¨ ¨?(d) Compensation above $ is excluded. (See Section 1.90 of the Plan.) ¨ ¨ ¨?(e) Amounts received as a bonus are excluded. ¨ ¨ ¨?(f) Amounts received as commissions are excluded. ¨ ¨ ¨?(g) Overtime payments are excluded. ¨ ¨ ¨?(h) Amounts received for services performed for a non-signatory Related Employer are excluded. ¨ ¨ ¨ (i) Deemed §125 compensation as defined in Section 1.126 of the Plan. ¨ ¨ ¨?(j) Amounts received after termination of employment are excluded (see Section 1.126 of the Plan). © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 6
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 5 Compensation Definitions Deferral?Match ER??¨ ¨ ¨?(k) Describe adjustments to Plan Compensation: [Note: Any exclusions selected under subsections (e) (k) (other than subsection (i)) may cause the definition of Plan Compensation to fail to satisfy a safe harbor definition of compensation under Code §414(s). To ensure that the definition of Plan Compensation satisfies Code §414(s) for purposes of determining allocations under the permitted disparity allocation formula under AA §6-3(b) and the Safe Harbor 401(k) provisions under AA §6C, any adjustments under (e) through (k) (other than subsection (i)) will only apply to Highly Compensated Employees for purposes of applying the permitted disparity and Safe Harbor 401(k) provisions. In addition, unless designated otherwise under (k), any selection(s) in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals, After-Tax Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions; any selection(s) in the Match column also apply to QMACs; and any selection(s) in the ER column also apply to QNECs. Any modification under subsection (k) must be definitely determinable and preclude Employer discretion.] 5-3 PERIOD FOR DETERMINING COMPENSATION. (a) Compensation Period. Plan Compensation will be determined on the basis of the following period(s) for the contribution sources identified in this AA §5-3. [If (2), (3) or (4) is checked for any contribution source, any reference to the Plan Year as it refers to Plan Compensation for that contribution source will be deemed to be a reference to the period designated below.] Deferral Match?ER?? þ ? þ þ ?(1) The Plan Year. ¨ ¨ ¨?(2) The calendar year ending in the Plan Year. ¨ ¨ ¨?(3) The Employers fiscal tax year ending in the Plan Year. ¨ ¨ ¨?(4) The 12-month period ending on which ends during the Plan Year. (b) Compensation while a Participant. In determining Plan Compensation, only compensation earned while an individual is a Participant under the Plan with respect to a particular contribution source will be taken into account. To count compensation for the entire Plan Year for a particular contribution source, including compensation earned while an individual is not a Participant with respect to such contribution source, check below. Deferral?Match?ER?? þ ? þ þ ?All compensation earned during the Plan Year will be taken into account, including compensation earned while an individual is not a Participant. [Note: Unless selected otherwise under AA §5-2(k), any selection(s) under this AA §5-3 in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals, After-Tax Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions; any selection(s) in the Match column also apply to QMACs; and any selection(s) in the ER column also apply to QNECs. If different eligibility conditions apply to Safe Harbor Contributions than apply to Salary Deferrals (as selected under AA §6C-3(b)), compensation while a Participant for purposes of the Safe Harbor Contributions will be determined using the eligibility conditions selected in AA §6C-3(b).] SECTION 6 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS 6-1 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. Is the Employer authorized to make Employer Contributions and/or Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) under the Plan? þ Yes ¨ No [If No, skip to Section 6A.] 6-2 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FORMULAS. For the period designated in AA §6-5 below, the Employer will make the following Employer Contributions on behalf of Participants who satisfy the allocation conditions designated in AA §6-6 below. Any Employer Contribution authorized under this AA §6-2 will be allocated in accordance with the allocation formula selected under AA §6-3 or AA §6-4, as applicable. þ (a) Discretionary contribution. The Employer will determine in its sole discretion how much, if any, it will make as an Employer Contribution. ¨ (b) Fixed contribution. ¨ (1) % of each Participants Plan Compensation. ¨ (2) $ for each Participant. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 7
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6 Employer Contributions ¨ (c) Service-based contribution. The Employer will make: ¨ (1) Discretionary. A discretionary contribution determined as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation or a uniform dollar amount for each period of service designated below. ¨ (2) Fixed percentage. % of Plan Compensation paid for each period of service designated below. ¨ (3) Fixed dollar. $ for each period of service designated below. The service-based contribution selected under this (c) will be based on the following periods of service: ¨ (4) Each Hour of Service ¨ (5) Each week of employment ¨ (6) Describe period: [Note: Any period described in subsection (6) must apply uniformly to all Participants and cannot exceed a 12-month period. If this subsection (c) is checked, also check AA §6-3(f).] ¨ (d) Prevailing Wage Formula. The Employer will make a contribution for each Participants Prevailing Wage Service based on the hourly contribution rate for the Participants employment classification. (See Section 3.02(a)(4) of the Plan.) If this subsection (d) is checked, also check AA §6-3(g). ¨ (1) Offset of other contributions. The contributions under the Prevailing Wage Formula will offset the following contributions under this Plan: ¨ (i) Employer Contributions (other than Safe Harbor Employer Contributions or QNECs). ¨ (ii) Safe Harbor Employer Contributions. ¨ (iii) Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) ¨ (iv) Matching Contributions (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or QMACs). ¨ (v) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. ¨ (vi) Qualified Matching Contributions. ¨ (2) Modification of default rules. Section 3.02(a)(4) of the Plan contains default rules for administering the Prevailing Wage Formula. Complete this subsection (2) to modify the default provisions. ¨ (i) Application to Highly Compensated Employees. Instead of applying only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees, the Prevailing Wage Formula applies to all eligible Participants, including Highly Compensated Employees. ¨ (ii) Minimum age and service conditions. Prevailing Wage contributions are subject to a one Year of Service (as defined in AA§4-3) and age 21 minimum age and service requirement with semi-annual Entry Dates. ¨ (iii) Vesting. Instead of 100% immediate vesting, Prevailing Wage contributions will vest under the following vesting schedule (as defined in Section 7.02 of the Plan): ¨ (A) Six-year graded vesting schedule ¨ (B) Three-year cliff vesting schedule [Note: Overriding the default provisions under this subsection (2) may restrict the ability of the Employer to take full credit for Prevailing Wage Contributions for purposes of satisfying its obligations under applicable federal, state or municipal prevailing wage laws. See Section 3.02(a)(4) of the Plan.] ¨ (e) Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNECs) are authorized as provided under AA §6-4 below. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 8
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6 Employer Contributions 6-3 ALLOCATION FORMULA. ¨ (a) Pro rata allocation. The Employer Contribution under AA §6-2 will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount. If a fixed Employer Contribution is selected in AA §6-2(b), the Employer Contribution will be allocated in accordance with the selections made in AA §6-2(b). If both a discretionary and fixed Employer Contribution is selected in AA §6-2, this subsection (a) may be selected for both contribution formulas. þ (b) Permitted disparity allocation. The discretionary Employer Contribution under AA §6-2(a) will be allocated under the two-step permitted disparity formula (as defined in Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii)(A) of the Plan), using the Taxable Wage Base (as defined in Section 1.121 of the Plan) as the Integration Level. However, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the four-step permitted disparity formula applies (as defined in Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii)(B) of the Plan). To modify these default rules, complete the appropriate provision(s) below. ¨ (1) Integration Level. Instead of the Taxable Wage Base, the Integration Level is: ¨ (i) % of the Taxable Wage Base, increased (but not above the Taxable Wage Base) to the next higher: ¨ (A) N/A ¨ (B) $1 ¨ (C) $100 ¨ (D) $1,000 ¨ (ii) $ (not to exceed the Taxable Wage Base) ¨ (iii) 20% of the Taxable Wage Base, reduced by $1 [Note: The maximum integration percentage of 5.7% must be reduced to (i) 5.4% if the Integration Level is based on an amount that is greater than 80% but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage Base or (ii) 4.3% if the Integration Level is based on an amount that is greater than 20% but less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii) of the Plan.] þ (2) Four-step permitted disparity formula. Check this (2) if: ¨ (i) The four-step permitted disparity formula will always be used. þ (ii) The four-step permitted disparity formula will never be used, even if the Plan is Top Heavy. ¨ (c) Uniform points allocation. The discretionary Employer Contribution designated in AA §6-2(a) will be allocated to each Participant in the ratio that each Participants total points bears to the total points of all Participants. A Participant will receive the following points: ¨ (1) point(s) for each year(s) of age (attained as of the end of the Plan Year). ¨ (2) points for each $ (not to exceed $200) of Plan Compensation. ¨ (3) point(s) for each Year(s) of Service. For this purpose, Years of Service are determined: ¨ (i) In the same manner as determined for eligibility. ¨ (ii) In the same manner as determined for vesting. ¨ (iii) Points will not be provided with respect to Years of Service in excess of. ¨ (d) New comparability allocation. The Employer may make a separate discretionary Employer Contribution (as authorized under AA §6-2(a) above) to the Participants in the following allocation groups. Any amounts allocated to an allocation group will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount to all Participants within that allocation group. The Employer must notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the contribution to be allocated to each allocation group. ¨ (1) A separate discretionary Employer Contribution will be made to each Participant of the Employer (i.e., each Participant is in his/her own allocation group). See Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv) of the Plan for special rules regarding the number of separate allocation rates that may be used for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. ¨ (2) A separate discretionary Employer Contribution will be made to the following allocation groups: ¨ (i) Group 1: ¨ (ii) Group 2: ¨ (iii) Group 3: ¨ (iv) Group 4: ¨ (v) Group 5: [Note: The allocation groups designated above must be clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definite allocation formula requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.401 -1(b)(1)(ii). See Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(IV) of the Plan for restrictions that apply with respect to short-service Employees. In the case of self-employed individuals (i.e., sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of 1.401(k) -1(a)(6) continue to apply, and the allocation method should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a self-employed individual as a result of application of the allocation method.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 9
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6 Employer Contributions ¨ (3) Special rules. The following special rules apply to the new comparability allocation formula described in this AA §6-3(d). ¨ (i) Family Members. In determining the separate groups under (2) above, Family Members (as defined in Section 1.61 of the Plan) of a Five Percent Owner are always in a separate allocation group. ¨ (ii) Benefiting Participants who do not receive Minimum Gateway Contribution. In determining the separate groups under (2) above, Benefiting Participants who do not receive a Minimum Gateway Contribution are always in a separate allocation group. (See Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(III) of the Plan.) ¨ (e) Age-based allocation. The discretionary Employer Contribution designated in AA §6-2(a) will be allocated under the age-based allocation formula so that each Participant receives a pro rata allocation based on adjusted Plan Compensation. For this purpose, a Participants adjusted Plan Compensation is determined by multiplying the Participants Plan Compensation by an Actuarial Factor (as described in Section 1.04 of the Plan). A Participants Actuarial Factor is determined based on a specified interest rate and mortality table. Unless designated otherwise under (1) or (2) below, the Plan will use a designated interest rate of 8.5% and a UP-1984 mortality table. ¨ (1) Applicable interest rate. Instead of 8.5%, the Plan will use an interest rate of% (must be between 7.5% and 8.5%) in determining a Participants Actuarial Factor. ¨ (2) Applicable mortality table. Instead of the UP-1984 mortality table, the Plan will use the following mortality table in determining a Participants Actuarial Factor: [Note: See Exhibit A of the Plan for sample Actuarial Factors based on an 8.5% applicable interest rate and the UP-1984 mortality table. If an interest rate or mortality table other than 8.5% or UP-1984 is selected, appropriate Actuarial Factors must be calculated. Any alternative interest or mortality factors must meet the requirements for standard interest and mortality assumptions as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a) -12.] ¨ (f) Service-based allocation formula. The service-based Employer Contribution selected in AA §6-2(c) will be allocated in accordance with the selections made in AA §6-2(c). ¨ (g) Prevailing Wage allocation formula. The Prevailing Wage Employer Contribution selected in AA §6-2(d) will be allocated in accordance with the selections made in AA §6-2(d). The Employer may attach an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement setting forth the hourly contribution rate for the employment classifications eligible for Prevailing Wage contributions. 6-4 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS (QNECs). For any Plan Year, the Employer may make a discretionary QNEC to the Plan. Such QNEC will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation to all Nonhighly Compensated Participants, without regard to the allocation conditions selected in AA §6-6 below. To modify these default allocation provisions, complete the applicable provision under this AA §6-4. ¨ (a) All Participants. Any QNEC made pursuant to this AA §6-4 will be allocated to all Participants, including Highly Compensated Participants. ¨ (b) Targeted QNECs. The QNEC will be allocated to Nonhighly Compensated Employees in accordance with the Targeted QNEC allocation formula under Section 3.02(a)(5)(ii)(B) of the Plan. For this purpose, a Targeted QNEC may be allocated as a percentage of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount. (See Section 3.02(a)(5)(ii)(B)(IV) of the Plan for special rule applicable to Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006.) ¨ (c) Allocation conditions. Any QNEC made pursuant to this AA §6-4 will be allocated only to Participants who have satisfied the allocation conditions under AA §6-6 below. 6-5 SPECIAL RULES. No special rules apply with respect to Employer Contributions under the Plan, except to the extent designated under this AA §6-5. In determining the amount of the Employer Contributions to be allocated under this AA §6, the Employer Contribution will be based on Plan Compensation earned during the Plan Year. ¨ (a) Period for determining Employer Contributions. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to base the Employer Contributions on Plan Compensation earned during the following period: [This (a) may not be checked if the permitted disparity allocation method is selected under AA §6-3(b) above.] ¨ (1) Plan Year quarter. ¨ (2) calendar month. ¨ (3) payroll period. ¨ (4) other: [Note: Although Employer Contributions are determined on the basis of Plan Compensation earned during the period designated under this subsection (a), this does not require the Employer to actually make contributions or allocate contributions on the basis of such period. Employer Contributions may be contributed and allocated to Participants at any time within the contribution period permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.415 -6, regardless of the period selected under this subsection (a). Any alternative period designated under subsection (4) may not exceed a 12-month period and will apply uniformly to all Participants.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 10
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6 Employer Contributions ¨ (b) Top Heavy contribution. If this (b) is checked, any Top Heavy minimum contribution required under Section 4 of the Plan will be allocated to all Participants, including Key Employees. ¨ (c) Net Profits. If this (c) is checked, the Employer Contributions designated under AA §6-2 above will be limited to the Net Profits of the Employer. (This limit will not apply to any contributions made under the Prevailing Wage Formula under AA §6-2(d).) ¨ (1) Default definition of Net Profits. For purposes of this subsection (c), Net Profits is defined in accordance with Section 1.77 of the Plan. ¨ (2) Modified definition of Net Profits. For purposes of this subsection (c), Net Profits is defined as follows: [Note: Any definition of Net Profits under this subsection (2) must be described in a manner that precludes Employer discretion, must satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §401(a)(4) and the regulations thereunder, and must apply uniformly to all Participants.] ¨ (d) Offset of Employer Contribution. A Participants allocation of Employer Contributions under AA §6-2 of this Plan is reduced by contributions under [ insert name of plan(s)]. (See Section 3.02(d)(2) of the Plan.) [Note: If this (d) is checked, attach an Addendum to this Adoption Agreement describing how such offset will be applied.] 6-6 ALLOCATION CONDITIONS. A Participant who has otherwise satisfied all conditions to receive an Employer Contribution, must satisfy any allocation conditions designated under this AA §6-6 to receive an allocation of Employer Contributions under the Plan. [Note: The allocation conditions under this AA §6-6 do not apply to Prevailing Wage Contributions under AA §6-2(d), Safe Harbor Employer Contributions under AA §6C, or QNECs under AA §6-4, unless provided otherwise under those specific sections. See AA §4-5 for treatment of service with Predecessor Employers for purposes of applying the allocation conditions under this AA §6-6.] ¨ (a) No allocation conditions apply with respect to Employer Contributions under the Plan. ¨ (b) Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must complete more than: ¨ (1) (not to exceed 500) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. ¨ (2) (not more than 91) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year. þ (c) Employment condition. An Employee must be employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. ¨ (d) Minimum service condition. An Employee must be credited with at least: ¨ (1) Hours of Service (not to exceed 1,000) during the Plan Year. ¨ (2) (not more than 182) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year. ¨ (e) Application to a specified period. The allocation conditions selected under this AA §6-6 apply on the basis of the Plan Year. If the Employer will base its Employer Contributions on a periodic basis (as designated in AA §6-5(a)), this (e) may be checked to allow the allocation conditions under this AA §6-6 to be applied with respect to such period. (See Section 3.09(a) of the Plan.) þ (f) Exceptions. þ (1) The above allocation condition(s) will not apply if the Employee: þ (i) dies during the Plan Year. þ (ii) terminates employment due to becoming Disabled. þ (iii) terminates employment after attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or any prior Plan Year. þ (iv) terminates employment after attainment of Early Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or any prior Plan Year. ¨ (2) The exceptions selected under (f)(1) do not apply to: ¨ (i) the employment condition under subsection (c) above. ¨ (ii) the minimum service condition under subsection (d) above. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 11
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6A Salary Deferrals SECTION 6A SALARY DEFERRALS 6A-1 SALARY DEFERRALS. Are Employees permitted to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan? þ Yes. ¨ No. [If No is checked, skip to Section 6B. No should be checked if the Plan is designated as a Profit Sharing (PS) Plan only in AA §2-3.] 6A-2 MAXIMUM LIMIT ON SALARY DEFERRALS. A Participant may defer an amount up to the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit and the Code §415 Limitation (as set forth in Sections 5.02 and 5.03 of the Plan), subject to the following limitations. ¨ (a) Salary Deferral Limit. A Participant may not defer an amount in excess of: ¨ (1) % of Plan Compensation and/or ¨ (2) $ . Any limit described in subsection (1) or (2) above applies with respect to the following period: ¨ (3) Plan Year. ¨ (4) the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual is eligible to participate. ¨ (5) each separate payroll period during which the individual is eligible to participate. ¨ (b) Different limit for Highly Compensated Employees and Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The limitation selected under (a) above applies only to Highly Compensated Employees. For Nonhighly Compensated Employees, the following limit applies: ¨ (1) No limit (other than the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit and the Code §415 Limitation). ¨ (2) Nonhighly Compensated Employee limit. ¨ (i) % of Plan Compensation and/or ¨ (ii) $ during the following period: ¨ (iii) Plan Year. ¨ (iv) the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual is eligible to participate. ¨ (v) each separate payroll period during which the individual is eligible to participate. [Note: Any percentage or dollar limit imposed on Nonhighly Compensated Employees under (i) and/or (ii) above may not be lower than the percentage or dollar limit imposed on Highly Compensated Employees under (a) above.] ¨ (c) Special limit for bonus payments.Notwithstanding any limits under (a) or (b) above, a Participant may defer up to % (not to exceed 100%) of any bonus payment (subject to the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit and the Code §415 Limitation, as defined in Sections 5.02 and 5.03 of the Plan). [Note: If this (c) is checked, bonus payments may not be excluded from Plan Compensation in the Deferral column under AA §5-2(e).] 6A-3 MINIMUM DEFERRAL RATE. A Participant must defer at least the amount designated in this AA §6A-3 in order to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan. ¨ (a) No minimum deferral required. þ (b) 1 % of Plan Compensation for a payroll period. ¨ (c) $ for a payroll period. 6A-4 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS. The following provisions apply with respect to Catch-Up Contributions (as defined in Section 3.03(d) of the Plan). þ (a) Catch-Up Contributions are permitted under the Plan. þ (1) Catch-Up Contributions are eligible for any Matching Contributions under the Plan. ¨ (2) Catch-Up Contributions are not eligible for any Matching Contributions under the Plan (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions). ¨ (3) A Participants total Catch-Up Contributions, when added to other Salary Deferrals, may not exceed 75 percent of the Participants Plan Compensation for the taxable year. ¨ (b) Catch-Up Contributions are not permitted under the Plan. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 12
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6A Salary Deferrals 6A-5 ROTH DEFERRALS. The following provisions apply with respect to Roth Deferrals (as defined in Section 3.03(e) of the Plan). Availability of Roth Deferrals. þ (a) Roth Deferrals are permitted under the Plan. [Note: If Roth Deferrals are effective as of a date other than the Effective Date of the Plan, designate such special Effective Date in AA §6A-9(c) below. Roth Deferrals may not be made prior to January 1, 2006.] ¨ (1) Roth Deferrals are not eligible for any Matching Contributions under the Plan (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions). ¨ (2) Only Roth Deferrals are eligible for any Matching Contributions under the Plan (i.e., Pre-Tax Deferrals are not eligible for Matching Contributions (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions)). [If neither (1) nor (2) is selected, all Salary Deferrals are eligible for Matching Contributions.] ¨ (b) Roth Deferrals are not permitted under the Plan. Distribution of Roth Deferrals. To the extent a Participant takes a distribution or withdrawal from his/her deferral Account(s), the Participant may designate the extent to which such distribution is taken from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account or from the Roth Deferral Account. (See Section 8.11(b)(2) of the Plan for default distribution rules if a Participant fails to designate the appropriate Account for corrective distributions from the Plan.) Alternatively, the Employer may designate the order of distributions for the distribution types listed below: þ (c) Distributions and withdrawals. ¨ (1) Any distribution will be taken on a pro rata basis from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account and Roth Deferral Account. þ (2) Any distribution will be taken first from the Participants Roth Deferral Account and then from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account. ¨ (3) Any distribution will be taken first from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account and then from the Participants Roth Deferral Account. þ (d) Distribution of Excess Deferrals and Excess Annual Additions under Code §415. ¨ (1) Distribution of Excess Deferrals and Excess Annual Additions will be made from Roth and Pre-Tax Deferral Accounts in the same proportion that deferrals were allocated to such Accounts for the calendar year. ¨ (2) Distribution of Excess Deferrals and Excess Annual Additions will be made first from the Roth Deferral Account and then from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account. þ (3) Distribution of Excess Deferrals and Excess Annual Additions will be made first from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account and then from the Roth Deferral Account. þ (e) Distribution of Salary Deferrals to Highly Compensated Employees to correct ADP or ACP Test failure. ¨ (1) Distribution of Excess Contributions (or Excess Aggregate Contributions) will be made from Roth and Pre-Tax Deferral Accounts in the same proportion that deferrals were allocated to such Accounts for the Plan Year. ¨ (2) Distribution of Excess Contributions (or Excess Aggregate Contributions) will be made first from the Roth Deferral Account and then from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account. þ (3) Distribution of Excess Contributions (or Excess Aggregate Contributions) will be made first from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account and then from the Roth Deferral Account. 6A-6 ADP TESTING. (See Section 6.01 of the Plan.) (a) ADP Testing Method. The ADP Test will be performed using the following testing method: (See Section 6.01(a)(2) of the Plan.) þ (1) The Plan will use the Current Year Method in running the ADP Test. ¨?The Current Year Method has applied since the Plan Year. [If the Plan has switched from the Prior Year Method to the Current Year Method, this box may be checked to designate the first Plan Year for which the Current Year Method applies.] ¨ (2) The Plan will use the Prior Year Method in running the ADP Test. [Note: If the Plan is intended to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan (as designated in AA §6C below), the Plan must use the Current Year Method.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 13
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6A Salary Deferrals (b) Special rule for first Plan Year. If this is a new 401(k) Plan, the testing method selected in subsection (a) above applies for purposes of applying the ADP Test for the first Plan Year of the Plan, unless designated otherwise under this subsection (b). If the Prior Year Testing Method applies, the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the first Plan Year is deemed to be 3%. (See Section 6.01(a)(3) of the Plan.) ¨ (1) Instead of the Prior Year Method selected under subsection (a)(2) above, the Plan will use the Current Year Method for the first Plan Year for which the 401(k) Plan is effective. ¨ (2) Instead of the Current Year Method selected under subsection (a)(1) above, the Plan will use the Prior Year Method for the first Plan Year for which the 401(k) Plan is effective. 6A-7 CHANGE OR REVOCATION OF DEFERRAL ELECTION: In addition to the Participants Entry Date under the Plan, a Participant may change or resume a deferral election (on a prospective basis) as of the dates designated in this AA §6A-7. Unless designated otherwise under subsection (f), a Participant may revoke a deferral election (on a prospective basis) at any time. ¨ (a) As designated under the Salary Reduction Agreement or other written procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. ¨ (b) The first day of each calendar quarter. ¨ (c) The first day of each Plan Year. ¨ (d) The first day of each calendar month. þ (e) The beginning of each payroll period. ¨ (f) Other: [Note: A Participant must be permitted to change or revoke a deferral election at least once per year.] 6A-8 AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL ELECTION. No automatic deferral election applies under Section 3.03(c) of the Plan. To provide for an automatic deferral election, complete this AA §6A-8. ¨ (a) Automatic deferral election. Upon becoming eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan (pursuant to AA §3 and AA §4), a Participant will be deemed to have entered into a Salary Deferral Election with a ¨ (1) % of Plan Compensation ¨ (2) $ deferral election for each payroll period, unless the Participant completes a contrary Salary Deferral Election (subject to the limitations under AA §6A-2 and AA §6A-3) in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. Unless designated otherwise by the Participant, any Salary Deferrals made pursuant to an automatic deferral election will be treated as Pre-Tax Salary Deferrals. ¨ (b) Automatic increase. If elected under this subsection (b), the automatic deferral amount will increase each Plan Year by the following amount. (See Section 3.03(c) of the Plan.) ¨ (1) % of Plan Compensation ¨ (2) $ but not in excess of ¨ (3) % of Plan Compensation ¨ (4) $ ¨ (c) Application of automatic deferral provisions. This automatic deferral election will apply to: ¨ (1) all Participants who have not entered into a Salary Deferral Election (including an election not to defer under the Plan). ¨ (2) all Participants who have not entered into a Salary Deferral Election as of that is at least equal to the automatic deferral amount under subsection (a). [Note: Any Salary Deferral Election (including an election not to defer under the Plan) entered into on or after the above date will override the automatic deferral provisions.] ¨ (3) only Employees who become Participants on or after and who do not enter into a contrary Salary Deferral Election (including an election not to defer under the Plan). 6A-9 DEFERRAL EFFECTIVE DATE. The provisions of this AA §6A are effective as of: þ (a) the Effective Date of the Plan as designated in subsection (a) or (b) of the Employer Signature Page, as applicable. ¨ (b) the date the Plan is executed by the Employer (as indicated on the Employer Signature Page). ¨ (c) (insert date). © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 14
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6A Salary Deferrals þ (d) The following special effective date applies solely for Roth Deferrals under AA §6A-5: 7-1-2010 (date may not be before January 1, 2006). [If this (d) is not checked and Roth Deferrals are permitted under AA §6A-5 above, Roth Deferrals are effective as of January 1, 2006 (or the Effective Date applicable to Salary Deferrals under this AA §6A-9, if later).] [Note: A Participant may not begin making Salary Deferrals prior to the later of the date the Employee becomes a Participant, the date the Participant executes the Salary Deferral Election or the date the Plan is adopted or effective. See Section 3.03(a) of the Plan.] 6A-10 SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS. The SIMPLE 401(k) provisions under Section 6.05 of the Plan do not apply unless specifically elected under this AA §6A-10. ¨?By checking this box the Employer elects to have the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions described in Section 6.05 of the Plan apply. ¨ (a) Employer will make Matching Contribution under Section 6.05(b)(3) of the Plan. ¨ (b) Employer will make Employer Contribution under Section 6.05(b)(4) of the Plan. [Note: This AA §6A-10 may only be checked if the Plan uses a calendar-year Plan Year and the Employer is an Eligible Employer as defined in Section 6.05(a)(1) of the Plan.] SECTION 6B MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS 6B-1 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Is the Employer authorized to make Matching Contributions and/or Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) under the Plan? þ Yes. [Check this box if Matching Contributions may be made under the Plan, including Matching Contributions that satisfy the ACP safe harbor (i.e., Matching Contributions that are made in addition to the Safe Harbor Contributions required to satisfy the ADP safe harbor under AA §6C-2(a)).] ¨ No. [Check this box if there are no Matching Contributions or the only Matching Contributions are Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that satisfy the ADP safe harbor under AA §6C-2(a). If No is checked, skip to Section 6C.] 6B-2 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION FORMULAS: For the period designated in AA §6B-5 below, the Employer will make the following Matching Contribution on behalf of Participants who satisfy the allocation conditions under AA §6B-7 below. [If the Plan provides for After-Tax Contributions, see AA §6D to determine the application of the Matching Contribution formulas to After-Tax Contributions.] ¨ (a) Discretionary match. The Employer will determine in its sole discretion how much, if any, it will make as a Matching Contribution. Such amount can be determined either as a uniform percentage of deferrals or as a flat dollar amount for each Participant. þ (b) Fixed match. The Employer will make a Matching Contribution for each Participant equal to: þ (1) 50% of Salary Deferrals made for each period designated in AA §6B-5 below. ¨ (2) $ for each period designated in AA §6B-5 below. ¨ (3) % of Salary Deferrals made for each period designated in AA §6B-5 below. However, to receive the matching contribution for a given at least period, a Participant must contribute Salary Deferrals equal to % of Plan Compensation for such period. ¨ (4) $ for each period designated in AA §6B-5 below. However, to receive the matching contribution for a given period, a Participant must contribute Salary Deferrals equal to at least% of Plan Compensation for such period. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 15
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6B Matching Contributions ¨ (c) Tiered match. The Employer will make a Matching Contribution to all Participants based on the following tiers of Salary Deferrals. Salary Deferrals (% of Plan Compensation or dollar amount) Match % ¨ (1) Salary Deferrals up to first% or $ % ¨ (2) Salary Deferrals up to% or $ % ¨ (3) Salary Deferrals up to % or $ % ¨ (4) Salary Deferrals up to% or $ % [Note: All tiers must be based on percentages or dollar amounts (but not both). If the Plan is designed to satisfy the ACP safe harbor with respect to the Matching Contributions, the rate of Matching Contribution may not increase as the rate of Salary Deferrals increases.] ¨ (d) Discretionary tiered match. The Employer will make a discretionary Matching Contribution to all Participants based on the following tiers of Salary Deferrals. The Employer may determine the amount of Matching Contribution to be made with respect to each tier of Salary Deferrals. Salary Deferrals (% of Plan Compensation or dollar amount) ¨ (1) Salary Deferrals up to first% or $ ¨ (2) Salary Deferrals up to% or $ ¨ (3) Salary Deferrals up to% or $ ¨ (4) Salary Deferrals up to % or $ [Note: All tiers must be based on percentages or dollar amounts (but not both). If the Plan is designed to satisfy the ACP safe harbor with respect to the Matching Contributions, the rate of Matching Contribution may not increase as the rate of Salary Deferrals increases.] ¨ (e) Year of Service match. The Employer will make a Matching Contribution as a uniform percentage of Salary Deferrals to all Participants based on Years of Service with the Employer. Years of Service Matching Percentage ¨ (1) Up to Years of Service % ¨ (2) Up to Years of Service % ¨ (3) Up to Years of Service % ¨ (4) Years of Service above % For this purpose, a Year of Service is each Plan Year during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. Alternatively, a Year of Service is: [Note: Each separate rate of Matching Contribution must satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4) -4 as a separate benefit, right or feature. Any alternative definition of a Year of Service must meet the requirements of a Year of Service as defined in Section 2.03 of the Plan.] ¨ (f) Qualified Matching Contribution (QMACs) are authorized as provided under AA §6B-4 below. 6B-3 LIMITS ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. In applying the Matching Contribution formula(s) selected under AA §6B-2 above, the following limits apply. ¨ (a) No limits apply. All Salary Deferrals are eligible for Matching Contributions. þ (b) Limit on Salary Deferrals. The Matching Contribution formula(s) selected in AA §6B-2 above apply only to Salary Deferrals that do not exceed: © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 16
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6B Matching Contributions þ (1) 6 % of Plan Compensation. ¨ (2) $ . ¨ (3) A discretionary amount determined by the Employer. ¨ (c) Limit on Matching Contributions. The total Matching Contribution provided under the formula(s) selected in AA §6B-2 above will not exceed: ¨ (1) % of Plan Compensation. ¨ (2) $ . ¨ (d) Application of limits. The limits identified in the following subsection(s) of this AA §6B-3 ¨ Subsection (b) above ¨ Subsection (c) above do not apply to the following Matching Contribution formula(s): ¨ (1) Discretionary match under AA §6B-2(a). ¨ (2) Fixed match under AA §6B-2(b). ¨ (3) Tiered match under AA §6B-2(c). ¨ (4) Discretionary tiered match under AA §6B-2(d). ¨ (5) Year of Service match under AA §6B-2(e). [Note: If a Matching Contribution is designed to satisfy the ACP safe harbor (as described in Section 6.04(g) of the Plan) subsection (b)(1) above must be completed with no more than a 6% of Plan Compensation deferral limit. In addition, if the Matching Contribution is a discretionary formula, to satisfy the ACP safe harbor, subsection (c)(1) above also must be completed with no more than a 4% of Plan Compensation total match limit.] 6B-4 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (QMACs): For any Plan Year, the Employer may make a discretionary QMAC to the Plan. Such QMAC will be allocated as a uniform percentage of each Nonhighly Compensated Participants Salary Deferrals made during the Plan Year, without regard to any allocation conditions selected under AA §6B-7. Any discretionary Matching Contribution designated as a QMAC under this AA §6B-4 will automatically be subject to the requirements for QMACs (as described in Section 3.04(d) of the Plan). Alternatively, the following rules will apply with respect to any QMACs authorized under this AA §6B-4: ¨ (a) Eligibility for QMAC. The discretionary QMAC will be allocated to all Participants (instead of only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees). ¨ (b) Designated QMACs. The Employer may designate under this subsection (b) to treat specific Matching Contributions under AA §6B-2 as QMACs. [Any Matching Contributions designated as QMACs will automatically be subject to the requirements for QMACs (as described in Section 3.04(d) of the Plan), notwithstanding any contrary selections in this Adoption Agreement.] ¨ (1) All Matching Contributions are designated as QMACs. ¨ (2) Matching Contributions described in subsection(s) of AA §6B-2 above are designated as QMACs. ¨ (c) Allocation conditions. Any QMAC made pursuant to this AA §6B-4 will be allocated only to Participants who have satisfied the allocation conditions under AA §6B-7 below. 6B-5 PERIOD FOR DETERMINING MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The Matching Contribution formula(s) selected in AA §6B-2 above (including any limitations on such amounts under AA §6B-3) are based on Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year. To apply a different period for determining the Matching Contributions and limits under AA §6B-2 and AA §6B-3, check one of (a) (d) below. ¨ (a) payroll period. ¨ (b) Plan Year quarter. ¨ (c) calendar month. ¨ (d) Other: [Note: Although Matching Contributions (and any limits on those Matching Contributions) will be determined on the basis of the period designated under this AA §6B-5, this does not require the Employer to actually make contributions or allocate contributions on the basis of such period. Matching Contributions may be contributed and allocated to Participants at any time within the contribution period permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.415 -6, regardless of the period selected under this AA §6B-5. See Section 3.04(c) of the Plan for a discussion of the true up requirements applicable to Matching Contributions. Any alternative period designated under subsection (d) may not exceed a 12-month period and will apply uniformly to all Participants.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 17
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6B Matching Contributions 6B-6 ACP TESTING. (See Section 6.02 of the Plan.) (a) ACP Testing Method. The ACP Test will be performed using the following testing method: (See Section 6.02(a)(2) of the Plan.) þ (1) The Plan will use the Current Year Method in running the ACP Test. ¨?The Current Year Method has applied since the Plan Year. [If the Plan has switched from the Prior Year Method to the Current Year Method, this box may be checked to designate the first Plan Year for which the Current Year Method applies.] ¨ (2) The Plan will use the Prior Year Method in running the ACP Test. [Note: If the Plan is intended to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan (as designated in AA §6C below), the Plan must use the Current Year Method.] (b) Special rule for first Plan Year. If this is a new 401(k) Plan, the testing method selected in subsection (a) above applies for purposes of applying the ACP Test for the first Plan Year of the Plan, unless designated otherwise under this subsection (b). If the Prior Year Testing Method applies, the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the first Plan Year is deemed to be 3%. (See Section 6.02(a)(3) of the Plan.) ¨ (1) Instead of the Prior Year Method selected under subsection (a)(2) above, the Plan will use the Current Year Method for the first Plan Year for which the 401(k) Plan is effective. ¨ (2) Instead of the Current Year Method selected under subsection (a)(1) above, the Plan will use the Prior Year Method for the first Plan Year for which the 401(k) Plan is effective. 6B-7 ALLOCATION CONDITIONS. A Participant who has otherwise satisfied all conditions to receive a Matching Contribution, must satisfy any allocation conditions designated under this AA §6B-7 to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions under the Plan. [Note: The allocation conditions under this AA §6B-7 do not apply to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under AA §6C or QMACs under AA §6B-4, unless provided otherwise under those specific sections. See AA §4-5 for treatment of service with Predecessor Employers for purposes of applying the allocation conditions under this AA §6B-7.] þ (a) No allocation conditions apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan. ¨ (b) Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must complete more than: ¨ (1) (not to exceed 500) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. ¨ (2) (not more than 91) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year. ¨ (c) Employment condition. An Employee must be employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. ¨ (d) Minimum service condition. An Employee must be credited with at least: ¨ (1) Hours of Service (not to exceed 1,000) during the Plan Year. ¨ (2) (not more than 182) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year. ¨ (e) Application to a specified period. The allocation conditions selected under this AA §6B-7 apply on the basis of the Plan Year. If the Employer will base its Matching Contributions on a periodic basis (as designated in AA §6B-5), this (e) may be checked to allow the allocation conditions under this AA §6B-7 to be applied with respect to such period. (See Section 3.09(a) of the Plan.) ¨ (f) Distribution restriction. An Employee must not take a distribution of the Salary Deferrals eligible for the Matching Contribution prior to the end of the period for which the Matching Contribution is being made (as defined in AA §6B-5 above). See Section 3.09(c) of the Plan. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 18
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6B Matching Contributions ¨ (g) Exceptions. ¨ (1) The above allocation condition(s) will not apply: ¨ (i) if the Employee dies during the Plan Year. ¨ (ii) if the Employee terminates employment as a result of a Disability. ¨ (iii) if the Employee terminates employment after attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or any prior Plan Year. ¨ (iv) if the Employee terminates employment after attainment of Early Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or any prior Plan Year. ¨ (v) to the following Matching Contributions: ¨ (A) Discretionary match under AA §6B-2(a). ¨ (B) Fixed match under AA §6B-2(b). ¨ (C) Tiered match under AA §6B-2(c). ¨ (D) Discretionary tiered match under AA §6B-2(d). ¨ (E) Year of Service match under AA §6B-2(e). ¨ (2) The exceptions selected under (g)(1) do not apply to: ¨ (i) the employment condition under subsection (c) above. ¨ (ii) the minimum service condition under subsection (d) above. ¨ (iii) the distribution restriction under subsection (f) above. SECTION 6C SAFE HARBOR 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS 6C-1 SAFE HARBOR 401(k) PLAN. Is the Plan intended to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan? ¨ Yes þ No [If No is checked, skip to Section 6D.] 6C-2 SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Employer must make a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or Safe Harbor Employer Contribution. The Safe Harbor Contribution elected under this AA §6C-2 will be in addition to any Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution elected in AA §6 or AA §6B above. ¨ (a) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. (1) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula. ¨ (i) Basic match: 100% of Salary Deferrals up to the first 3% of Plan Compensation, plus 50% of Salary Deferrals up to the next 2% of Plan Compensation. ¨ (ii) Enhanced match: % (not less than 100%) of Salary Deferrals up to% (not less than 4% and not more than 6%) of Plan Compensation. ¨ (iii) Tiered match: % of Salary Deferrals up to the first % of Plan Compensation, ¨ (A) plus % of Salary Deferrals up to the next% of Plan Compensation, ¨ (B) plus % of Salary Deferrals up to the next% of Plan Compensation. [Note: The tiered match may not provide for a greater level of match at higher levels of Salary Deferrals and the total amount of Salary Deferrals eligible for a match may not exceed 6% of Plan Compensation. The tiered match must provide a matching contribution that is at least equivalent at all deferral levels to the basic match described in subsection (i).] (2) Period for determining Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula selected in (1) above is based on Salary Deferrals for the following period: ¨ (i) Plan Year. ¨ (ii) payroll period. ¨ (iii) Plan Year quarter. ¨ (iv) calendar month. [Note: See Section 3.04(c) of the Plan for a discussion of the true up requirements applicable to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 19
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6C Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions ¨ (b) Safe Harbor Employer Contribution: % (not less than 3%) of Plan Compensation. ¨ (1) Supplemental Safe Harbor notice. Check this selection if the Employer will make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution pursuant to a supplemental notice, as described in Section 6.04(a)(4)(ii) of the Plan. [Note: If this (1) is checked, the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution described above will be required for a Plan Year only if the Employer provides a supplemental notice (as described in Section 6.04(a)(4)(ii) of the Plan). If the Employer properly provides the Safe Harbor notice but does not provide a supplemental notice, the Employer need not provide the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution described above. In such a case, the Plan will not qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for that Plan Year and will be subject to ADP/ACP testing, as applicable.] ¨ (2) Other plan. Check this selection if the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution will be made under another plan maintained by the Employer and identify the plan: 6C-3 ELIGIBILITY FOR SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION. The Safe Harbor Contribution selected in AA §6C-2 above will be allocated to all Participants who are eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan, unless designated otherwise under this AA §6C-3: ¨ (a) Instead of being allocated to all eligible Participants, the Safe Harbor Contribution will be allocated only to: ¨ (1) Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan (see AA §4). ¨ (2) Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan and any Highly Compensated Non-Key Employees who are eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan (see AA §4). ¨ (b) Instead of using the eligibility conditions applicable to Salary Deferrals under AA §4, the following eligibility conditions apply for Safe Harbor Contributions: ¨ (1) One Year of Service and age 21 with semi-annual Entry Dates. (See Section 6.04(c) of the Plan.) ¨ (2) The eligibility conditions applicable to Matching Contributions (as selected in AA §4). ¨ (3) The eligibility conditions applicable to Employer Contributions (as selected in AA §4). [Note: If subsection (2) or (3) is selected, AA §4-1(a)(6) may not be selected for Matching Contributions (if subsection (2) is selected) or for Employer Contributions (if subsection (3) is selected). For purposes of determining eligibility for Safe Harbor Contributions, an Employee may not be required to complete more than one Year of Service.] 6C-4 OFFSET OF ADDITIONAL EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS. Any additional Employer Contributions under AA §6 will be allocated to all eligible Participants in addition to the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution, unless selected otherwise under this AA §6C-4. ¨ If the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution under AA §6C-2(b) is not allocated to all eligible Participants (pursuant to AA §6C-3(a)), check this AA §6C-4 to provide that the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution offsets any additional Employer Contributions designated under AA §6. For this purpose, if the permitted disparity allocation method is selected under AA §6-3(b), this offset applies only to the second step of the two-step permitted disparity formula or the fourth step of the four-step permitted disparity formula. (See Section 3.02(d)(1) of the Plan.) 6C-5 DELAYED EFFECTIVE DATE. The Safe Harbor provisions under this AA §6C are effective as of the Effective Date of the Plan, as designated in the Employer Signature Page. To provide for a delayed effective date for the Safe Harbor provisions, check this AA §6C-5. ¨ The Safe Harbor provisions under this AA §6C are effective beginning . Prior to this delayed effective date, the provisions of this AA §6C do not apply. Thus, prior to the delayed effective date, the Employer is not obligated to make a Safe Harbor Contribution and the Plan is subject to ADP and ACP Testing, to the extent applicable. SECTION 6D AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS 6D-1 AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. Are Employees permitted to make After-Tax Contributions under the Plan? þ Yes ¨ No [If No is checked, skip to Section 7.] 6D-2 LIMITS ON AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS. A Participant may contribute any amount as After-Tax Contributions up to the Code §415 Limitation (as defined in Section 5.03 of the Plan), except as limited under this AA §6D-2. ¨ (a) No additional limits. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 20
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 6D After-Tax Contributions ? (b) Maximum limit. A Participant may make After-Tax Contributions up to % of Plan Compensation for: ? (1) the entire Plan Year. ? (2) the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is eligible to participate. ? (3) each separate payroll period during which the Employee is eligible to participate. ? (c) Minimum limit. The amount of After-Tax Contributions a Participant may make for any payroll period may not be less than: ? (1) 1 % of Plan Compensation. ? (2) $ . 6D-3 ELIGIBILITY FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. ? (a) After-Tax Contributions will be taken into account for all Matching Contributions under the Plan. ? (b) After-Tax Contributions are not eligible for: ? (1) Any Matching Contributions under the Plan (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions). ? (2) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution elected under AA §6C-2(a)(1). ? (3) The following Matching Contributions under AA §6B-2: ? (i) Discretionary match ? (ii) Fixed match ? (iii) Tiered match ? (iv) Discretionary tiered match ? (v) Year of Service match ? (c) The Matching Contribution formula only applies to After-Tax Contributions that do not exceed: ? (1) % of Plan Compensation.? (2) $. ? (3) A discretionary amount determined by the Employer. SECTION 7 RETIREMENT AGES 7-1 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE: Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is: ? (a) Age 65 (not to exceed 65). ? (b) The later of (1) age (not to exceed 65) or (2) the (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the date the Employee commenced participation in the Plan. ? (c) (may not be later than the maximum age permitted under subsection (b)). 7-2 EARLY RETIREMENT AGE: ? (a) There is no Early Retirement Age under the Plan. ? (b) A Participant reaches Early Retirement Age if he/she is still employed after attainment of each of the following: ? (1) Attainment of age 55 ? (2) The anniversary of the date the Employee commenced participation in the Plan, and/or ? (3) The completion of Years of Service, determined as follows: ? (i) Same as for eligibility. ? (ii) Same as for vesting. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 21
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 8 Vesting and Forfeitures SECTION 8 VESTING AND FORFEITURES 8-1 CONTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO VESTING. Does the Plan provide for Employer Contributions under AA §6 or Matching Contributions under AA §6B that are subject to vesting? ? Yes ? No [If No is checked, skip to Section 9.] [Note: If the Plan holds Employer Contributions and/or Matching Contributions that are subject to vesting but the Plan no longer provides for an allocation of such contributions, see Section 7.11(e) of the Plan for rules for applying the vesting and forfeiture rules to such contributions.] 8-2 NORMAL VESTING SCHEDULE. The normal vesting schedule under the Plan is as follows for both Employer Contributions and Matching Contributions, to the extent authorized under AA §6 and AA §6B. See Section 7.02(a) of the Plan for a description of the various vesting schedules under this AA §8-2. [Note: Any Prevailing Wage Contributions under AA §6-2(d), Safe Harbor Employer Contributions or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under AA §6C and any QNECs or QMACs under AA §6-4 or AA §6B-4 are always 100% vested (unless provided otherwise under AA §6-2(d) with respect to Prevailing Wage Contributions).] ? (a) Employer Contributions (see AA §6) ? (b) Matching Contributions (see AA §6B) ? (1) Full and immediate vesting. ? (1) Full and immediate vesting. ? (2) Three-year cliff vesting schedule ? (2)Three-year cliff vesting schedule ? (3) Five-year cliff vesting schedule ? (3) Six-year graded vesting schedule ? (4) Six-year graded vesting schedule ? (4) Modified vesting schedule ? (5) Seven-year graded vesting schedule % after 1 Year of Service ? (6) Modified vesting schedule % after 2 Years of Service % after 1 Year of Service % after 3 Years of Service % after 2 Years of Service % after 4 Years of Service % after 3 Years of Service % after 5 Years of Service % after 4 Years of Service 100% after 6 Years of Service % after 5 Years of Service % after 6 Years of Service 100% after 7 Years of Service [Note: If a modified vesting schedule is selected for Employer Contributions, the vested percentage for every Year of Service must satisfy the vesting requirements under the 7-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 5 Years of Service. If a modified vesting schedule is selected for Matching Contributions, the vested percentage for every Year of Service must satisfy the vesting requirements under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 3 Years of Service.] (c) Application of pre-2002 vesting schedule. Unless designated otherwise under this (c), the vesting schedule elected under subsection (b) applies to all Matching Contributions, including any Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002. (See Section 7.02(a) for special rules that apply for Employees who do not complete an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2002.) ? Check this subsection (c) to apply the vesting schedule designated in subsection (b) above only to Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. For Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, the vesting schedule under the Plan as in effect for such prior Plan Years applies. (The vesting schedule that applies for pre-2002 Plan Years may be set forth in AA §A-10.)8-3 TOP HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE. For any Plan Year the Plan is Top Heavy (and for all subsequent Plan Years), the Top Heavy vesting schedule selected in this AA §8-3 applies, unless provided otherwise under AA §8-6. ? (a) Employer Contributions (see AA §6) ? (b) Matching Contributions (see AA §6B) ? (1)Full and immediate vesting. ? (1) Full and immediate vesting. ? (2) Three-year cliff vesting schedule ? (2) Three-year cliff vesting schedule ? (3) Six-year graded vesting schedule ? (3) Six-year graded vesting schedule © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 22
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 8 Vesting and Forfeitures ? (a) Employer Contributions (see AA §6) ? (b) Matching Contributions (see AA §6B) ? (4)Modified vesting schedule ? (4) Modified vesting schedule % after 1 Year of Service % after 1 Year of Service % after 2 Years of Service % after 2 Years of Service % after 3 Years of Service % after 3 Years of Service % after 4 Years of Service % after 4 Years of Service % after 5 Years of Service % after 5 Years of Service 100% after 6 Years of Service 100% after 6 Years of Service [Note: If a modified vesting schedule is selected, the vested percentage for every Year of Service must satisfy the vesting requirements under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 3 Years of Service.] 8-4 VESTING SERVICE. In applying the vesting schedules under this AA §8, the following service with the Employer is excluded. ? (a) None, all service with the Employer counts for vesting purposes. ? (b) Service before the original Effective Date of this Plan (or a Predecessor Plan) is excluded. ? (c) Service completed before the Employees (not to exceed 18th) birthday is excluded. [Note: See Section 7.06 of the Plan and AA §4-5 for rules regarding the crediting of service with Predecessor Employers for purposes of vesting under the Plan.] 8-5 VESTING UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR EARLY RETIREMENT AGE. An Employees vesting percentage increases to 100% if, while employed with the Employer, the Employee ? (a) dies ? (b) terminates employment due to becoming Disabled ? (c) reaches Early Retirement Age 8-6 SHIFT TO/FROM TOP HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE. For a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the Plan automatically shifts to the Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule. Once a Plan uses a Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule, that schedule will continue to apply for all subsequent Plan Years. To override this default provision, check below: ??If a Plan switches from Top Heavy status to non-Top Heavy status, the Plan will shift to the normal vesting schedule selected in AA §8-2 beginning with the Plan Year in which the Plan ceases to be Top Heavy. [Note: The rules under Section 7.08 of the Plan will apply when a Plan shifts to or from a Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule.] 8-7 DEFAULT VESTING RULES. In applying the vesting requirements under this AA §8, the following default rules apply. ? Year of Service. An Employee earns a Year of Service for vesting purposes upon completing 1,000 Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period. Hours of Service are calculated based on actual hours worked during the Vesting Computation Period. (See Section 1.67 of the Plan for the definition of Hours of Service.) ? Vesting Computation Period. The Vesting Computation Period is the Plan Year. ? Break in Service Rules. The Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule and One-Year Break in Service rules do NOT apply. (See Section 7.07 of the Plan.) To override the default vesting rules, complete the applicable sections of this AA §8-7. If this AA §8-7 is not completed, the default vesting rules apply. ER?Match?? ? (a) Year of Service. Instead of 1,000 Hours of Service, an Employee earns a Year of Service upon the completion of [must be less than 1,000] Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 23
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 8 Vesting and Forfeitures ER?Match?? ? (b) Vesting Computation Period (VCP). Instead of the Plan Year, the Vesting Computation Period is: ? (1) The 12-month period beginning with the anniversary of the Employees date of hire. ? (2) Describe: [Note: Any Vesting Computation Period described in (2) must be a 12-consecutive month period and must apply uniformly to all Participants.] ? ? (c) Elapsed Time Method. Vesting service will be determined under the Elapsed Time Method. (See Section 7.03(b) of the Plan.) ? ? (d) Equivalency Method. For purposes of determining an Employees Hours of Service for vesting, the Plan will use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 7.03(a)(2) of the Plan). The Equivalency Method will apply to: ? (1) All Employees. ? (2) Only to Employees for whom the Employer does not maintain hourly records. For Employees for whom the Employer maintains hourly records, vesting will be determined based on actual hours worked. If this (d) is checked, Hours of Service for vesting will be determined under the following Equivalency Method. ? (3) Monthly. 190 Hours of Service for each month worked. ? (4) Daily. 10 Hours of Service for each day worked. ? (5) Weekly. 45 Hours of Service for each week worked. ? (6) Semi-monthly. 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly period. ????(e) Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule applies. Service earned prior to a Nonvested Participant Break in Service will be disregarded in applying the vesting rules. (See Section 7.07(c) of the Plan). ????(f) One-Year Break in Service rule applies. The One-Year Break in Service rule (as defined in Section 7.07(b) of the Plan) applies to temporarily disregard an Employees service earned prior to a one-year Break in Service. 8-8 ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES. Any forfeitures occurring during a Plan Year will be: ER?Match???? (a) Reallocated as additional Employer Contributions or as additional Matching Contributions. ? ? (b) Used to reduce Employer and/or Matching Contributions. For purposes of this AA §8-8, forfeitures will be applied: ? ? (c) for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs. ? ? (d) for the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur. Prior to applying forfeitures under this AA §8-8: ????(e) Forfeitures will be used to pay Plan expenses. ????(f) Forfeitures will not be used to pay Plan expenses. 8-9 SPECIAL RULES REGARDING CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS. (a) Additional allocations. If a terminated Participant receives a complete distribution of his/her vested Account Balance while still entitled to an additional allocation, the Cash-Out Distribution forfeiture provisions do not apply until the Participant receives a distribution of the additional amounts to be allocated. (See Section 7.10(a)(1) of the Plan.) To modify the default Cash-Out Distribution forfeiture rules, complete this AA §8-9(a). ? The Cash-Out Distribution forfeiture provisions will apply if a terminated Participant takes a complete distribution, regardless of any additional allocations during the Plan Year.© Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 24
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 8 Vesting and Forfeitures (b) Timing of forfeitures. A Participant who receives a Cash-Out Distribution (as defined in Section 7.10(a) of the Plan) is treated as having an immediate forfeiture of his/her nonvested Account Balance. To modify the forfeiture timing rules to delay the occurrence of a forfeiture upon a Cash-Out Distribution, complete this AA §8-9(b). ? A forfeiture will occur upon the completion of [cannot exceed 5] consecutive Breaks in Service (as defined in Section 7.07(a) of the Plan). SECTION 9 DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 9-1 AVAILABLE FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION. Lump sum distribution. Unless selected otherwise under subsection (e) below, a Participant may take a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance in a single lump sum. Additional distribution options. To provide for additional distribution options, check the applicable distribution forms under this AA §9-1. If a lump sum distribution will not be provided under the Plan, check (e) below and indicate that no lump sum distribution is available under the Plan. ? (a) Partial lump sum. A Participant may take a distribution of less than the entire vested Account Balance upon termination of employment. ??Minimum distribution amount. A Participant may not take a partial lump sum distribution of less than $. ? (b) Installment distributions. A Participant may take a distribution over a specified period not to exceed the life or life expectancy of the Participant (and a designated beneficiary). ? (c) Installment distribution for required minimum distributions. A Participant may take an installment distribution solely to the extent necessary to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8 of the Plan. ? (d) Annuity distributions. A Participant may elect to have the Plan Administrator use the Participants vested Account Balance to purchase an annuity as described in Section 8.02 of the Plan. ? (e) Describe: [Note: Any distribution option described in (e) will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan and may not be subject to the discretion of the Employer or Plan Administrator.] 9-2 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY RULES. This Plan is not subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules, except to the extent required under Section 9.01 of the Plan (e.g., if the Plan is a Transferee Plan). Upon termination of employment, a Participant may receive a distribution from the Plan, in accordance with the provisions of AA §9-3, in any form allowed under AA §9-1. (If any portion of this Plan is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules, the QJSA and QPSA provisions will automatically apply to such portion of the Plan.) To override this default provision, complete the applicable sections of this AA §9-2. ? (a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules. Check this (a) to apply the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules to the entire Plan. If this (a) is checked, all distributions from the Plan must satisfy the QJSA and QPSA requirements under Section 9 of the Plan, with the following modifications: ? (1) No modifications. ? (2) Modified QJSA benefit. Instead of a 50% survivor benefit, the spouses survivor benefit is: ? (i) 100%. ? (ii) 75%. ? (iii) 66-2/3%. ? (3) Modified QPSA benefit. Instead of a 50% QPSA benefit, the QPSA benefit is 100% of the Participants vested Account Balance. ? (b) One-year marriage rule. The one-year marriage rule does not apply unless this (b) is checked. See Section 9.04(c)(2) of the Plan. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 25
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 9 Distribution Provisions 9-3 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) Distribution of vested Account Balances exceeding $5,000. A Participant who terminates employment with a vested Account Balance exceeding $5,000 may receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance in any form permitted under AA §9-1 within a reasonable period following: ? (1) the date the Participant terminates employment. ? (2) the last day of the Plan Year during which the Participant terminates employment. ? (3) the first Valuation Date following the Participants termination of employment. ? (4) the completion of Breaks in Service. ? (5) the end of the calendar quarter following the date the Participant terminates employment. ? (6) attainment of Normal Retirement Age, death or becoming Disabled. ? (7) Describe: [Note: Any distribution event described in (7) will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan and may not be subject to the discretion of the Employer or Plan Administrator.] (b) Distribution of vested Account Balances not exceeding $5,000. A Participant who terminates employment with a vested Account Balance that does not exceed $5,000 may receive a lump sum distribution of his/her vested Account Balance within a reasonable period following: ? (1) the date the Participant terminates employment. ? (2) the last day of the Plan Year during which the Participant terminates employment. ? (3) the first Valuation Date following the Participants termination of employment. ? (4) Describe: [Note: Any distribution event described in (4) will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan and may not be subject to the discretion of the Employer or Plan Administrator.] 9-4 DISTRIBUTION UPON DISABILITY. (a) Termination of Disabled Employee. A Participant who terminates employment on account of becoming Disabled may receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance in the same manner as a regular distribution upon termination, unless provided otherwise under this AA §9-4(a). ? (1) Distribution will be made as soon as reasonable following the date the Participant terminates on account of becoming Disabled. ? (2) Distribution will be made as soon as reasonable following the last day of the Plan Year during which the Participant terminates on account of becoming Disabled. ? (3) Describe: [Note: Any distribution event described in (3) will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan and may not be subject to the discretion of the Employer or Plan Administrator.] (b) Definition of Disabled. A Participant is treated as Disabled if such Participant satisfies the conditions in Section 1.36 of the Plan. To override this default definition, check below and insert the definition of Disabled to be used under the Plan. ??Alternative definition of Disabled: Disability means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The disability of a Participant shall be deemed by a licensed physician. However, if the condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such determination that the Participant is Totally and Permanently Disabled for purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to all Participants. [Note: Any alternative definition described above will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan. In addition, any alternative definition of Disabled may not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.]© Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 26
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 9 Distribution Provisions 9-5 SPECIAL RULES. (a) Availability of Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions. A Participant who terminates employment with a vested Account Balance of $5,000 or less will receive an Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution, subject to the Automatic Rollover provisions under Section 8.06 of the Plan. Alternatively, an Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution will be made to the following terminated Participants. ? (1) No Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions. The Plan does not provide for Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions. A terminated Participant must consent to any distribution from the Plan. (See Section 14.03(b) of the Plan for special rules upon Plan termination.) ? (2) Lower Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution threshold. A terminated Participant will receive an Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution only if the Participants vested Account Balance is less than or equal to: ? (i) $1,000 ? (ii) $ (must be less than $5,000) (b) Application of Automatic Rollover rules. The Automatic Rollover rules described in Section 8.06 of the Plan do not apply to any Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution below $1,000 (to the extent available under the Plan). To override this default provision, check this subsection (b). ? Check this (b) to apply the Automatic Rollover provisions under Section 8.06 of the Plan to all Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions (including those below $1,000). (c) Treatment of Rollover Contributions. Unless elected otherwise under this (c), Rollover Contributions will be excluded in determining whether a Participants vested Account Balance exceeds the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold for purposes of applying the distribution rules under this AA §9 and Section 8.04(a) of the Plan. To include Rollover Contributions for purposes of applying the Plans distribution rules, check below. ? In determining whether a Participants vested Account Balance exceeds the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold, Rollover Contributions will be included. [Note: This (c) should be checked if a lower Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution is selected in (a)(2) above in order to avoid the Automatic Rollover provisions described in Section 8.06 of the Plan. Failure to check this (c) could cause the Plan to be subject to the Automatic Rollover provisions if a Participant receives a distribution attributable to Rollover Contributions that exceeds $1,000.] (d) Distribution upon attainment of stated age. A Participant must consent to a distribution from the Plan at any time prior to attainment of the Participants Required Beginning Date. To allow for involuntary distribution upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later), check below. ? Subject to the spousal consent requirements under Section 9.04 of the Plan, a distribution from the Plan will be made to a terminated Participant without the Participants consent, regardless of the value of such Participants vested Account Balance, upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later). SECTION 10 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS 10-1 AVAILABILITY OF IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS. A Participant may withdraw all or any portion of his/her vested Account Balance, to the extent designated, upon the occurrence of the event(s) selected under this AA §10-1. Deferral?Match?ER ? ? ? (a) No in-service distributions are permitted. ? ? ? (b) Attainment of age 59 1/2. [If age is earlier than 59 1 / 2 , such age is deemed to be age 59 1 / 2 for Salary Deferrals (if this selection is checked under that column).] ? ? ? (c) A Hardship (that satisfies the safe harbor rules under Section 8.10(d)(1) of the Plan). [Note: Not applicable to QNECs, QMACs, or Safe Harbor Contributions.] N/A ? ? (d) A non-safe harbor Hardship described in Section 8.10(d)(2) of the Plan. ????? (e) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. ????? (f) Attainment of Early Retirement Age. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 27
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 10 In-Service Distribution Provisions and Required Minimum Distributions Deferral Match?ER N/A???? (g) The Participant has participated in the Plan for at least 60 (cannot be less than 60) months. N/A???? (h) The amounts being withdrawn have been held in the Trust for at least two years. ? ? ? (i) Upon a Participant becoming Disabled (as defined in AA §9-4(b)). ????? (j) Describe: [Note: Any selection(s) in the Deferral column also apply to Roth Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions, QMACs and QNECs. Any distribution event described in subsection (j) must apply uniformly to all Participants and may not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. If Normal Retirement Age or Early Retirement Age is earlier than age 59 1 / 2 , such age is deemed to be age 59 1 / 2 for purposes of determining eligibility to distribute Salary Deferrals (if subsection (e) or (f) is checked under the Deferral column).] 10-2 SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION RULES. No special distribution rules apply, unless specifically provided under this AA §10-2. ? (a) In-service distributions will only be permitted if the Participant is 100% vested in the amounts being withdrawn. ? (b) A Participant may take no more than in-service distribution(s) in a Plan Year. ? (c) A Participant may not take an in-service distribution of less than $ (may not exceed $1,000). ? (d) If a Hardship distribution is permitted in AA §10-1 above, a Participant may take such a Hardship distribution after termination of employment. ? (e) In-service distributions may not be made from the following Accounts: 10-3 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE NON-5% OWNERS. In applying the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12 of the Plan, the Required Beginning Date for non-5% owners is: ? (a) the later of attainment of age 70 1 / 2 or termination of employment. ? (b) the date the Employee attains age 70 1 / 2 , even if the Employee is still employed with the Employer. 10-4 REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER DEATH. If a Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant or Beneficiary may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule (as described in Section 8.12(e)(1) of the Plan) or the life expectancy method described under Sections 8.12(a) and (c) of the Plan apply. (See Section 8.12(e)(2) of the Plan for rules regarding the timing of an election authorized under this AA §10-4.) Alternatively, if selected below, any death distributions to a Designated Beneficiary will be made under the 5-year rule (as described in Section 8.12(e)(1) of the Plan). ? The five-year rule under Section 8.12(e)(1) of the Plan applies (instead of the life expectancy method). SECTION 11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11-1 VALUATION DATES. The Plan is valued annually, as of the last day of the Plan Year. In addition, the Plan will be valued on the following dates: Deferral?Match?ER ??? ? (a) Daily. The Plan is valued at the end of each business day during which the New York Stock Exchange is open. ? ? ? (b) Monthly. The Plan is valued at the end of each month of the Plan Year. ? ? ? (c) Quarterly. The Plan is valued at the end of each Plan Year quarter. ? ? ? (d) Describe: [Note: The Employer may elect operationally to perform interim valuations, provided such valuations do not result in discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 28
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 11 Miscellaneous Provisions 11-2 DEFINITION OF HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE. In determining which Employees are Highly Compensated (as defined in Section 1.65 of the Plan), the following rules apply: ? (a) The Top-Paid Group Test does not apply. ? (b) The Top-Paid Group Test applies. ? (c) The Calendar Year Election applies. [This (c) may be chosen only if the Plan Year is not the calendar year. If this (c) is not selected, the determination of Highly Compensated Employees is based on the Plan Year. See Section 1.65(d) of the Plan.] 11-3 SPECIAL RULES FOR APPLYING THE CODE §415 LIMITATION. The provisions under Section 5.03 of the Plan apply for purposes of determining the Code §415 Limitation. Complete this AA §11-3 to override the default provisions that apply in determining the Code §415 Limitation under Section 5.03 of the Plan. ? (a) Limitation Year. Instead of the Plan Year, the Limitation Year is the 12-month period ending . [Note: If the Plan has a short Plan Year for the first year of establishment, the Limitation Year is deemed to be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the short Plan Year.] ? (b) Imputed compensation. For purposes of applying the Code §415 Limitation, Total Compensation includes imputed compensation for a Nonhighly Compensated Participant who terminates employment on account of becoming Disabled. (See Section 5.03(c)(7)(iii) of the Plan.) 11-4 SPECIAL RULES FOR MORE THAN ONE PLAN. (a) Top Heavy minimum contribution Defined Contribution Plan. If the Employer maintains this Plan and one or more Defined Contribution Plans, any Top Heavy minimum contribution will be provided under this Plan. (See Section 4.04(e)(1) of the Plan.) To provide the Top Heavy minimum contribution under another Defined Contribution Plan, complete this subsection (a). ? (1) The Top Heavy minimum contribution will be provided in the following Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer: ? (2) Describe the Top Heavy minimum contribution that will be provided under the other Defined Contribution Plan: ? (3) Describe Employees who will receive the Top Heavy minimum contribution under the other Defined Contribution Plan: (b) Top Heavy minimum contribution Defined Benefit Plan. If the Employer maintains this Plan and one or more Defined Benefit Plans, any Top Heavy minimum contribution will be provided under this Plan, but the minimum required contribution is increased from 3% to 5% of Total Compensation for the Plan Year. (See Section 4.04(e)(2) of the Plan.) To provide the Top Heavy minimum benefit under a Defined Benefit Plan, complete this subsection (b). ? (1) The Top Heavy minimum benefit will be provided in the following Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer: ? (2) Describe the Top Heavy minimum benefit that will be provided under the Defined Benefit Plan: ? (3) Describe Employees who will receive Top Heavy minimum benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan: (c) Code §415 Limitation. If the Employer maintains another Defined Contribution Plan in which any Participant is a participant, the rules set forth under Section 5.03(b)(5) of the Plan apply. To modify the default provisions under Section 5.03(b)(5) of the Plan, designate how such rules will apply. ? Instead of applying the default rules under Section 5.03(b)(5) of the Plan, the Employer will limit Annual Additions in the following manner: [Note: Any method designated above must provide for the proper reduction of any Excess Amounts and must preclude Employer discretion in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.415 -1(d)(2).] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 29
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Section 11 Miscellaneous Provisions 11-5 FAIL-SAFE COVERAGE PROVISION. If the Plan fails the minimum coverage test under Code §410(b) due to the application of an allocation condition under AA §6-6 or AA §6B-7, the Employer must amend the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.02(a) of the Plan to correct the coverage violation. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under this AA §11-5 to apply a Fail-Safe Coverage Provision that will allow the Plan to automatically correct the minimum coverage violation. ? The Fail-Safe Coverage Provision (as described under Section 14.02(b)(1) of the Plan) applies. [Note: If the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision applies, the Plan may not perform the average benefit test to demonstrate compliance with the coverage requirements under Code §410(b), except as provided in Section 14.02 of the Plan.] 11-6 PROTECTED BENEFITS. There are no protected benefits (as defined in Code §411(d)(6)) other than those described in the Plan. To designate protected benefits other than those described in the Plan, check the appropriate box below: ? (a) Additional protected benefits. In addition to the protected benefits described in this Plan, certain other protected benefits are protected from a prior plan document. See the Addendum attached to this Adoption Agreement for a description of such protected benefits. ? (b)?Money purchase assets. This Plan contains assets that were held under a Money Purchase Plan (e.g., Money Purchase Plan assets were transferred to this Plan by merger or trust-to-trust transfer). See Section 14.05(c) of the Plan for rules regarding the treatment of transferred assets. ? (c)?Elimination of distribution options. Effective, the distribution options described in subsection (1) below are eliminated. ? (1)?Describe eliminated distribution options: ? (2)?Application to existing Account Balances. The elimination of the distribution options described in subsection (1) applies to: ? (i)?All benefits under the Plan, including existing Account Balances. ? (ii)?Only benefits accrued after the effective date of the elimination (as described in subsection (c) above). [Note: The elimination of distribution options must not violate the anti-cutback requirements of Code §411(d)(6) and the regulations thereunder. See Section 14.01(c) of the Plan.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page 30
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Appendix A Special Effective Dates APPENDIX A SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES ? A-1 Eligible Employees. The definition of Eligible Employee under AA §3 is effective as follows: ? A-2 Minimum age and service conditions. The minimum age and service conditions and Entry Date provisions specified in AA §4 are effective as follows: ? A-3 Compensation definitions. The compensation definitions under AA §5 are effective as follows: ? A-4 Employer Contributions. The Employer Contribution provisions under AA §6 are effective as follows: ? A-5 Salary Deferrals. The provisions regarding Salary Deferrals under AA §6A are effective as follows: ? A-6 Matching Contributions. The Matching Contribution provisions under AA §6B are effective as follows: ? A-7 Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions. The Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions under AA §6C effective as follows: ? A-8 After-Tax Contributions. The After-Tax Contribution provisions under AA §6D are effective as follows: ? A-9 Retirement ages. The retirement age provisions under AA §7 are effective as follows: Effective December 1, 2012, the Early Retirement Age was reduced to Age 55. This applies to all Participants. ? A-10 Vesting and forfeiture rules. The rules regarding vesting and forfeitures under AA §8 are effective as follows: ? A-11 Distribution provisions. The distribution provisions under AA §9 are effective as follows: Effective December 1, 2012, Annuities will be permitted as an optional form of distribution. ? A-12 In-service distributions and Required Minimum Distributions. The provisions regarding in-service distribution and Required Minimum Distributions under AA §10 are effective as follows: Effective December 1, 2012, In-Service distributions will be permitted upon attaining Early Retirement Age. ? A-13?Miscellaneous provisions. The provisions under AA §11 are effective as follows: ? A-14 Special effective date provisions for merged plans. If any qualified retirement plans have been merged into this Plan, the provisions of Section 14.04 of the Plan apply, except as follows: ? A-15?Other special effective dates: © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page A1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Appendix B Loan Policy APPENDIX B LOAN POLICY B-1 Are PARTICIPANT LOANS permitted? (See Section 13 of the Plan.) ? (a) Yes. ? (b) No. B-2 LOAN PROCEDURES. ? (a) Loans will be provided under the default loan procedures set forth in Section 13 of the Plan, unless modified under this Appendix B. ? (b) Loans will be provided under a separate written loan policy. [If this (b) is checked, do not complete the remainder of ] this Appendix B.B-3 LOAN LIMITS. The default loan policy under Section 13.03 of the Plan allows Participants to take a loan provided all outstanding loans do not exceed 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance. To override the default loan policy to allow loans up to $10,000, even if greater than 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance, check box below. ? A Participant may take a loan equal to the greater of $10,000 or 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance. [If this AA §B-3 is checked, the Participant may be required to provide adequate security as required under Section 13.06 of the Plan.] B-4 NUMBER OF LOANS. The default loan policy under Section 13.04 of the Plan restricts Participants to one loan outstanding at any time. To override the default loan policy and permit Participants to have more than one loan outstanding at any time, complete (a) or (b) below. ? (a) A Participant may have loans outstanding at any time. ? (b) There are no restrictions on the number of loans a Participant may have outstanding at any time. B-5 INTEREST RATE. The default loan policy under Section 13.05 of the Plan provides for an interest rate commensurate with the interest rates charged by local commercial banks for similar loans. To override the default loan policy and provide a specific interest rate to be charged on Participant loans, complete this AA §B-5. ? (a) The prime interest rate ? (1) plus percentage point(s). ? (b) Describe: [Note: Any interest rate described in this AA §B-5 must be reasonable and must apply uniformly to all Participants.] B-6 MINIMUM LOAN AMOUNT. The default loan policy under Section 13.04 of the Plan provides that a Participant may not receive a loan of less than $1,000. To modify the minimum loan amount, complete (a) or (b) below. ? (a) There is no minimum loan amount. ? (b) The minimum loan amount is $. B-7 PURPOSE OF LOAN. The default loan policy under Section 13.02 of the Plan provides that a Participant may receive a Participant loan for any purpose. To modify the default loan policy to restrict the availability of Participant loans to hardship events, check this AA §B-7. ? (a) A Participant may only receive a Participant loan upon the demonstration of a hardship event, as described in Section 8.10(d)(1) of the Plan. B-8 SOURCE OF LOAN. The default loan policy under Section 13.09 of the Plan provides that Participant loans will be made first from Employer Contribution and Employer Matching Contributions Accounts and then from the Salary Deferral Account(s). To modify the default loan policy to modify the contribution sources from which a Participant loan is made, complete (a) or (b) below. ? (a) Participant loans will be made on a prorata basis from all contribution sources. ? (b) Participant loans will only be available from the following contribution sources: [Note: Any limitations imposed under (b) must apply uniformly to all Participants.]© Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page B1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Appendix C Administrative Elections APPENDIX C ADMINISTRATIVE ELECTIONS Use this Appendix C to identify certain elections dealing with the administration of the Plan. These elections may be changed without reexecuting this Agreement by substituting an updated Appendix C with new elections. C-1 DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS. Are Participants permitted to direct investments? (See Section 10.07 of the Plan.) ? (a) No ? (b) Yes ? (1) Specify Accounts: All Accounts ? (2) Check this selection if the Plan is intended to comply with ERISA §404(c). (See Section 10.07(d) of the Plan.) C-2 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS. Does the Plan accept Rollover Contributions? (See Section 3.07 of the Plan.) ? (a) No ? (b) Yes [Note: The Employer may designate in separate written procedures the extent to which it will accept rollovers from designated plan types. For example, the Employer may decide not to accept rollovers from plans that have Roth Deferral Accounts or may decide not to accept rollovers from certain designated plans (e.g., 403(b) plans, §457 plans or IRAs). Any special rollover procedures will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan.] C-3 LIFE INSURANCE. Are life insurance investments permitted? (See Section 10.08 of the Plan.) ? (a) No ? (b) Yes C-4 QDRO PROCEDURES. Do the default QDRO procedures under Section 11.06 of the Plan apply? ? (a) No ? (b) Yes © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page C1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company P3/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract Ha. 060956-0001-0000 Employer Signature Page EMPLOYER SIGNATURE PAGE PURPOSE OF EXECUTION. This Signature Page is being executed for Getty Really Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan to effect: (a) The adoption of a new plan, effective [insert Effective Date of Plan]. (b) The restatement of an existing plan, effective 12-1-2012 [insert Effective Dale of Plan}. Name of Plan(s) being restated: Getty Realty Com. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan. The original effective date of the plan(s) being restated: 2-1-1978 (c) An amendment of the Plan. If this Plan is being amended, the updated pages of the Adoption Agreement may be substituted for the original pages in the Adoption Agreement. All prior Employer Signature Pages should be retained as part of this Adoption Agreement. Identify the Adoption Agreement section(s) being amended: Effective Date(s) of such changes: (d) To identify a Successor Employer. Check this selection if a successor to the signatory Employer is continuing this Plan as a Successor Employer. Complete this Employer Signature Page and substitute a new page 1 under this Adoption Agreement to identify the Successor Employer. All prior Employer Signature Pages should be retained as part of this Adoption Agreement. (1) Effective Date of the amendment is: PROTOTYPE SPONSOR INFORMATION. The Prototype Sponsor will inform the Employer of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify the Employer if it discontinues or abandons the Plan. To be eligible to receive such notification, the Employer agrees to notify the Prototype Sponsor of any change in address. The Employer may direct inquiries regarding the Plan or the effect of the Favorable IRS Letter to the Prototype Sponsor (or authorized representative) at the following location: Name of Prototype Sponsor: Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company Address: 1295 State Street Springfield, MA 01111-0001 Telephone number: (800) 309-3539 IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS PROTOTYPE PLAN. A failure to properly complete the elections in this Adoption Agreement or to operate the Plan in accordance with applicable law may result in disqualification of the Plan. The Employer may rely on the Favorable IRS Letter issued by the National Office of the IRS to the Prototype Sponsor as evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code §401, to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2005-16. The Employer may not rely on the Favorable IRS Letter in certain circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the Favorable IRS Letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Rev. Proc. 2005-16. In order to obtain reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply to the office of Employee Plans Determinations of the IRS for a determination letter. See Section 1.62 of the Plan. By signing this Adoption Agreement, the Employer intends to adopt the provisions as set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the related Plan document. The Employer understands that the Prototype Sponsor has no responsibility or liability regarding the suitability of the Plan for the Employers needs or the options elected under this Adoption Agreement. It is recommended that the Employer consult with legal counsel before executing this Adoption Agreement. Getty Realty Corp. (Name of Employer) Thomas Sternways (Name of authorized representative) (Title) 12/1/2012 (Signature) (Date) C Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page ER - 1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PSM 01(k) Nonstandardlzed Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Trustee Declaration Effective date of Trustee Declaration: 12-1-20] 2 The Trustees investment powers are: (a) Discretionary. The Trustee has discretion to invest Plan assets, unless specifically directed otherwise by the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an in vestment Manager or other Named Fiduciary or, to the extent authorized under the Plan, a Plan Participant, (b) Nondiscretionary. The Trustee may only invest Plan assets as directed by the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager or other Named Fiduciary or, to the extent authorized under the Plan, a Plan Participant. (c) Determined under a separate trust agreement. The Trustees investment powers arc determined under a separate trust document which replaces (or is adopted in conjunction with) the trust provisions under the Plan, (d) No Trustee, The Plan is funded exclusively with annuity and/or insurance contracts (see Section 12.16 of the Plan). [Note To qualify as a Prototype Plan, any separate trust document used in conjunction with this Plan must be approved by the Internal Revenue Service. Any such approved trust agreement is incorporated as part of this Plan and must be attached hereto. The responsibilities, rights and powers of the Trustee are those specified in the separate trust agreement. If this (c) in checked, the Trustee need not sign or date this Trustee Declaration] Trustee Signature. By executing this Adoption Agreement, the designated Trustee(s) accept the responsibilities and obligations set forth under The Plan and Adoption Agreement. Reliance Trust Company (Print name of trustee) 12/6/2012 (Signature of Trustee or authorized representative) (Date) ® Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page TD - 1
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #1 Code §415 Amendments INTERIM AMENDMENT #1 CODE §415 AMENDMENTS This Interim Amendment page contains the elective provisions for implementing the interim amendments set forth in Appendix B of the Plan. The interim amendments are effective as set forth in Appendix B of the Plan and supersede any contrary provisions under the Plan or Adoption Agreement. These amendments do not replace any prior interim amendments that were adopted to comply with the remedial amendment requirements applicable to these interim amendments. Thus, the date of adoption of such prior interim amendments will continue to control in determining the date as of which such amendments were first adopted to comply with these rules. (See Section B-1.01 of the Plan.) IA1-1 ELECTIVE PROVISIONS AFFECTING POST-SEVERANCE COMPENSATION. (a) Exclusion of post-severance compensation from Total Compensation. Total Compensation (as defined in Section 1.126 of the Plan) includes post-severance compensation, to the extent provided in Section B-3.01(a) of the Plan. To exclude specific types of compensation paid after severance of employment, complete this subsection (a). The following amounts paid after a Participants severance of employment are excluded from Total Compensation. ? (1) Unused leave payments. Payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued, ? (2) Deferred compensation. Payments received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Employees gross income.[Note: Plan Compensation (as defined in Section 1.90 of the Plan) includes any post-severance compensation amounts that are includible in Total Compensation. The Employer may elect to exclude all compensation paid after severance of employment from the definition of Plan Compensation under AA §5-2(j) or may elect to exclude specific types of post-severance compensation from Plan Compensation under AA §5-2(k).] (b) Continuation payments for military service and disabled Participants. Unless designated otherwise under this subsection (b), Total Compensation does not include continuation payments for military service and disabled Participants. To count Total Compensation paid after severance of employment on account of military service and/or disability, check the appropriate selections under this subsection (b). ? (1) Payments for military service. Total Compensation includes amounts paid to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service to the extent these payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service. See Section B-3.01(b)(1) of the Plan. ? (2) Payments to disabled Participants. Total Compensation shall include post-severance compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled, as provided in Section B-3.01(b)(2) of the Plan. For this purpose, disability continuation payments will be included for: ? (i) Nonhighly Compensated Employees only ? (ii) All Participants who are permanently and totally disabled for a fixed or determinable period (c) Special effective date provisions. (1) Earlier application of post-severance compensation rules. As provided in Section B-3.01(a) of the Plan, the post-severance compensation rules are effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007. To designate an earlier effective date for the post-severance compensation rules under Section B-3.01(a) of the Plan, complete this subsection (1). ? The post-severance compensation rules under Section B-3.01(a) of the Plan are effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after [may not be later than July 1, 2007]. (2) Effective date of compensation exclusions. As provided in Section B-3.01(a) of the Plan, the post-severance compensation rules are effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007. However, the exclusion of post-severance compensation from the definition of Total Compensation under subsection (b) may be effective at a different date. To designate a different effective date for the exclusion of post-severance compensation, complete this subsection (2). ? The exclusion of post-severance compensation from Total Compensation under subsection (b) above is effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after . © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA11
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401 (k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #1 - Code §415 Amendments (d) Few weeks rule. The few weeks rule (as described in Section B-3.01(d) of the Plan) will not apply unless designated otherwise under this subsection (d). Amounts earned but not paid during a Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates shall be included in Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees, and no amounts are included in more than one Limitation Year. IA1-2 APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT. Pursuant to Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the amendments under Appendix B of the Plan and under miss AA §IA1 have been adopted by the Prototype Sponsor on behalf of all adopting Employers. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. No Employer signature is required by the Employer to adopt the interim amendments under Appendix B of the Plan and under this AA §IA1, unless the Employer has selected an elective provision under this AA §IA1. The amendments under Appendix B of the Plan and under this AA §IA1 apply to the signatory Employer and all Participating Employers under the Plan. (See Section B-1.01 of the Plan) If the Employer has designated any elective provisions under this AA §IA1, the Employer must sign this Interim Amendment page. The amendment applies to the signatory Employer and all Participating Employers under the Plan. Getty Realty Corp. (Name of Employer) Thomas Sinews VP+CFD (Nome of Authorized Representative) (Title) 12/1/2012 (Signature) (Date) C Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IAl - 2
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #2 Amendments to Comply with Pension Protection Act of 2006 INTERIM AMENDMENT #2 AMENDMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE PENSION PROTECTION ACT OF 2006 This Interim Amendment page contains the elective provisions for implementing the interim amendments set forth in Appendix C of the Plan. The interim amendments are effective as set forth in Appendix C of the Plan and supersede any contrary provisions under the Plan or Adoption Agreement. These amendments do not replace any prior snap-on amendments that were adopted to comply with the remedial amendment requirements applicable to these interim amendments. Thus, the date of adoption of such prior interim amendments will continue to control in determining the date as of which such amendments were first adopted to comply with these rules. (See Section C-1.01 of the Plan.) IA2-1 VESTING SCHEDULE ELECTIONS. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the following vesting schedule applies with respect to Employer Contributions. If no election is made under this AA §IA2-1, the vesting schedule selected under AA §8-3(a) applicable to Employer Contributions will apply. (a) PPA vesting schedule. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the following vesting schedule applies with respect to Employer Contributions. The vesting schedule selected under this subsection (a) overrides any vesting schedule(s) selected under AA §8-2 and AA §8-3. ? Full and immediate ? 3-year cliff vesting ? 6-year graded ? Modified schedule vesting 1 YOS 0% 1 YOS 0% 1 YOS % 2 YOS 0% 2 YOS 20% 2 YOS % 3 YOS 100% 3 YOS 40% 3 YOS % 4 YOS 60% 4 YOS % 5 YOS 80% 5 YOS % 6 YOS 100% 6 YOS 100% [Note: Any schedule selected under the modified schedule must be at least as rapid as the 3-year cliff or 6-year graded vesting schedule for all years. Any amendment to a vesting schedule must satisfy the requirements of Code §411(a)(7). Thus, for example, a plan using a 5-year cliff schedule generally may not switch to a 6-year graded schedule. In such a case, the plan will need to use a 5-year graded schedule to comply with the vesting rules.] (b) Pre-2007 vesting schedule. Unless designated otherwise under this subsection (b), the vesting schedule elected under subsection (a) applies to all Employer Contributions, including Employer Contributions made prior to the 2007 Plan Year. ? Check this subsection (b) to apply the PPA vesting schedule designated in subsection (a) above only to Employer Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. For Employer Contributions made for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, the vesting schedule in effect under the Plan for such years continues to apply. IA2-2 DIRECT ROLLOVER BY NON-SPOUSE BENEFICIARY. Unless designated otherwise under this AA §IA2-2, effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2007, a non-spouse beneficiary (as defined in Code §401(a)(9)(E)) may elect to directly rollover an Eligible Rollover Distribution to an individual retirement account under Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity under Code §408(b). ? (a) Direct rollovers for non-spouse beneficiaries are NOT allowed for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2008. ? (b) Direct rollovers for non-spouse beneficiaries are NOT allowed under the Plan. [Note: It is possible based on informal guidance by the IRS that non-spousal rollovers will be mandatory for Plan Years s beginning on or after January 1, 2008. If IRS issues formal guidance making non-spousal rollovers mandatory, any election under (b) will not apply to the extent such election is inconsistent with IRS guidance.] IA2-3 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. Unless elected below, the hardship distribution provisions of the Plan do not apply with respect to primary beneficiaries. See Section C-2.01(c) of the Plan. ? Check this AA §IA2-3 to apply the hardship distribution provisions of the Plan with respect to primary beneficiaries pursuant to Section C-2.01(c) of the Plan. ? (a) The provisions of Section C-2.01(c) of the Plan are effective for hardship distributions made on or after August 17, 2006. ? (b) The provisions on or after of Section C-2.01(c) of the Plan are effective for hardship distributions made (no earlier than August 17, 2006). © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA21
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #2 Amendments to Comply with Pension Protection Act of 2006 IA2-4 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM PENSION PLANS. If this Plan has accepted a transfer of assets from a pension plan (e.g., a money purchase plan), the distribution restrictions applicable to such transferred assets continue to apply under this Plan. (See Section 14.05(c)(2) of the Plan.) Thus such amounts may not be distributed for reasons other than death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, or termination of employment. However, if so elected under this AA §IA2-4, a Participant may receive an in-service distribution of amounts attributable to such transferred assets upon attainment of age 62. ? Check this provision if the Plan will permit in-service distributions of transferred assets from a pension plan to Participants who have attained age 62. [Note: This AA §IA2-4 should only be checked if the Plan holds assets that were transferred from a pension plan such as a money purchase plan or target benefit plan. See Section 14.05 of the Plan.] IA2-5 PERMISSIBLE WITHDRAWALS UNDER ELIGIBLE AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENTS (EACAs). If the Plan provides for an automatic deferral election under AA §6A-8 or qualifies as a QACA under AA §IA2-6, and the Plan satisfies the requirements for an EACA (as set forth in Section C-2.02(a) of the Plan), any Employee who has Salary Deferrals contributed to the Plan pursuant to an automatic deferral election under the EACA may elect to withdraw such contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) in accordance with the requirements of Section C-2.02(b) . To override this provision to prohibit such permissible withdrawals, check this AA §IA2-5. ? Although the Plan contains an automatic deferral election that is designed to satisfy the requirements of an EACA under C-2.02 of the Plan, the permissible withdrawal provisions under C-2.02(b) of the Plan are not available. Thus, an Employee who has amounts automatically deferred under the Plan may not withdraw such amounts prior to the date such amounts could otherwise be withdrawn had they been deferred at the Employees election. IA2-6 QUALIFIED AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION ARRANGEMENT (QACA). If elected under this AA §IA2-6, the Plan will apply the Qualified Automatic Contribution provisions described below. If this AA §IA2-6 applies, the provisions of this Section override any contrary selections in AA §6A-8. ? (a) Application of QACA provisions. Effective , the QACA provisions under Section C-2.03 of the Plan apply. [Note: To qualify as a QACA, the requirements under Section C-2.03 must be satisfied for the entire Plan Year.] (b) Automatic deferral election. Upon becoming eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan (pursuant to AA §3 and AA §4), a Participant will be deemed to have entered into a Salary Deferral Election equal to the percentage identified in this subsection (b) for each payroll period, unless the Participant completes a contrary Salary Deferral Election (subject to the limitations under AA §6A-2 and AA §6A-3) in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. Unless designated otherwise by the Participant, any Salary Deferrals made pursuant to an automatic deferral election will be treated as Pre-Tax Salary Deferrals. ? (1) Automatic deferral percentage. % [must be at least 3% and no more than 10%] of Plan Compensation. ? (2) Automatic increase. If elected under this subsection (2), the automatic deferral amount will increase each Plan Year by the following amount: ? (i) % of Plan Compensation but not in excess of ? (ii) % of Plan Compensation (3) Timing of automatic increase. Unless elected otherwise under this subsection (3), any automatic increase selected in subsection (2) will commence as of the second full Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the automatic deferral election first becomes effective with respect to a Participant. See Section C-2.03(a) of the Plan. ??Delay in automatic increase. The automatic increase described above will not take effect until the full Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the automatic deferral election first becomes effective with respect to a Participant. [Note: If the percentage entered in subsection (1) above is less than 6%, the Plan must provide for an automatic deferral percentage of at least 4% for the second full Plan Year, 5% for the third full Plan Year and 6% for the fourth full Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the automatic deferral election first becomes effective with respect to a Participant. See Section C-2.03(a) of the Plan.] © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA22
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #2 Amendments to Comply with Pension Protection Act of 2006 (c) Application of QACA provisions. Unless elected otherwise under this subsection (c), the QACA provisions under this AA §IA2-6 apply to all eligible Participants who have not entered into an affirmative election (including an election not to defer) as of the effective date of the QACA rules, as set forth in subsection (a). ??The QACA provisions under this AA §IA2-6 apply to all Participants who have not entered into a Salary Deferral Election (as of the effective date designated in subsection (a)) that is at least equal to the automatic deferral amount under subsection (b). [If this (c) is checked, any Participant who has entered into a Salary Deferral Election less than the automatic deferral percentage designated in subsection (b) automatically will be increased to the automatic deferral amount as of the effective date of the QACA provisions.](d) QACA Safe Harbor Contribution. To qualify as a QACA, the Employer must make a QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or a QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution. The QACA Safe Harbor Contribution elected under this AA §IA2-6(d) will be in addition to any Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution elected under the Plan. ? (1) QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. (i) QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula. ? (A) Basic match: 100% of Salary Deferrals up to the first 1% of Plan Compensation, plus 50% of Salary Deferrals up to the next 5% of Plan Compensation. ? (B) Enhanced match: % (not less than 100%) of Salary Deferrals up to% (not less than 3 1 / 2 % and not more than 6%) of Plan Compensation. ? (C) Tiered match: % of Salary Deferrals up to the first % of Plan Compensation, ? (I) plus % of Salary Deferrals up to the next% of Plan Compensation, ? (II) plus % of Salary Deferrals up to the next% of Plan Compensation. [Note: The tiered match may not provide for a greater level of match at higher levels of Salary Deferrals and the total amount of Salary Deferrals eligible for a match may not exceed 6% of Plan Compensation. The tiered match must provide a matching contribution that is at least equivalent at all deferral levels to the basic match described in subsection (A).] (ii) Period for determining QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. The QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula selected in (i) above is based on Salary Deferrals for the following period: ? (A) Plan Year. ? (B) payroll period. ? (C) Plan Year quarter. ? (D) calendar month. ? (2) QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution: % (not less than 3%) of Plan Compensation. ? (i) Supplemental Safe Harbor notice. Check this selection if the Employer will make the QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution pursuant to a supplemental notice, as described in Section 6.04(a)(4)(ii) of the Plan. [Note: If this (i) is checked, the QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution described above will be required for a Plan Year only if the Employer provides a supplemental notice (as described in Section 6.04(a)(4)(ii) of the Plan). If the Employer properly provides the QACA Safe Harbor notice but does not provide a supplemental notice, the Employer need not provide the QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution described above. In such a case, the Plan will not qualify as a QACA Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for that Plan Year and will be subject to ADP/ACP testing, as applicable.] ? (ii) Other plan. Check this selection if the QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution will be made under another plan maintained by the Employer and identify the plan: (e) Special vesting schedule for QACA Safe Harbor Contributions. ? (1) Full and immediate ? (2) 2-year cliff vesting ? (3) Graduated vesting% after 1 Year of Service 100% after 2 Years of Service © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA23
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. C80956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #2 Amendments to Comply with Pension Protection Act of 2006 IA2-7 APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT. Pursuant to Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the amendments under Appendix C of the Plan and under this AA §IA2 have been adopted by the Prototype Sponsor on behalf of all adopting Employers. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. No Employer signature is required by the Employer to adopt the interim amendments under Appendix C of the Plan and under this AA §IA2, unless the Employer has selected an elective provision under this AA §1A2. The amendments under Appendix C of the Plan and under this AA §IA2 apply to the signatory Employer and all Participating Employers under the Plan. (See Section C-1.01 of the Plan) If the Employer has designated any elective provisions under this AA §1A2, the Employer must sign this Interim Amendment page. The amendment applies to the signatory Employer and all Participating Employers under the Plan. Getty Realty Corp. (Name of Employer) Thomas Sternways VP+CFD (Name of Authorized Representative) (Title) 12/1/2012 (Signature) (Dale) C Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA2 - 4
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401(k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #3 Amendments to Comply with the HEART Act, WRERA and Other IRS Guidance INTERIM AMENDMENT #3 AMENDMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE HEART ACT, WRERA AND OTHER IRS GUIDANCE This Interim Amendment page contains the elective provisions for implementing the interim amendments set forth in Appendix D of the Plan. The interim amendments and any elections under these elective provisions are effective as set forth in Appendix D of the Plan and supersede any contrary provisions under the Plan or Adoption Agreement. This Interim Amendment does not replace any prior amendments that were adopted to comply with the remedial amendment requirements applicable to these interim amendments. Thus, the date of adoption of any prior interim amendments will continue to control in determining the date as of which such amendments were first adopted to comply with these rules. IA3-1 HEART ACT PROVISIONS. (a) Benefit Accruals. The benefit accrual provisions under Section D-2.01(b) of the Plan do not apply. To apply the benefit accrual provisions under Section D-2.01(b) of the Plan, check the box below. ? Eligibility for Plan benefits. Check this box if the Plan will provide the benefits described in Section D-2.01(b) of the Plan. If this box is checked, an individual who dies or becomes disabled in qualified military service will be treated as reemployed for purposes of determining entitlement to benefits under the Plan.(b) Treatment of Differential Pay. Section D-2.01(c) of the Plan provides that if an individual performing service in the Uniformed Services receives Differential Pay from the Employer, such Differential Pay is treated as Total Compensation under the Plan. In addition, unless designated otherwise below, Differential Pay will be treated as Plan Compensation for purposes of applying the contribution provisions under the Plan. To exclude Differential Pay from Plan Compensation, check the box below. ? Definition of Plan Compensation. Check this box if Differential Pay will be excluded from the definition of Plan Compensation. If this box is checked, no contribution under the Plan will be made with respect to Differential Pay. [Note: The exclusion of Differential Pay from the definition of Plan Compensation may cause the definition of Plan Compensation to fail to satisfy the safe harbor requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s) .] IA3-2 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION. For purposes of applying the Required Minimum Distribution rules for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year, as described in Section D-2.02 of the Plan, a Participant (including an Alternate Payee or beneficiary of a deceased Participant) who is eligible to receive a Required Minimum Distribution for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year may elect whether or not to receive the 2009 Required Minimum Distribution (or any portion of such distribution). If a Participant does not specifically elect to leave the 2009 Required Minimum Distribution in the Plan, such distribution will be made for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year as set forth in Section D-2.02 of the Plan. ? No distribution. If this box is checked, 2009 Required Minimum Distributions will not be made to Participants who are otherwise required to receive a Required Minimum Distribution for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year under Section 8.12 of the Plan, unless the Participant elects to receive such distribution. IA3-3 PROVISIONS TO COMPLY WITH FINAL AUTOMATIC CONTRIBUTION REGULATIONS. (a) Permissive Withdrawals under Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Section C-2.02(b) of the Plan allows a Participant to make a permissive withdrawal of amounts that are automatically contributed to the Plan, provided the Employee requests a withdrawal no later than 90 days after the date the Plan Compensation from which such Salary Deferrals are withheld would otherwise have been included in gross income. To provide for a shorter period by which a Participant must elect a permissive withdrawal from the Plan, check the box below. ? Time period for electing a permissive withdrawal. Instead of a 90-day election period, a Participant must request a permissive withdrawal no later than [may not be less than 30 or more than 90] days after the date the Plan Compensation from which such Salary Deferrals are withheld would otherwise have been included in gross income. (b) Effective date of automatic increase. The automatic increase provisions under AA §6A-8(b) or AA §IA2-6, as applicable, are generally effective as of the beginning of a Plan Year (as set forth in Sections 3.03(c) and C-2.03(a) of the Plan. The first automatic increase occurs as of the appropriate date within the second full Plan Year following the Plan Year in which automatic contributions begin under the Plan. To provide for the automatic increase as of a different date during the Plan Year, check the box below: ? (1) Automatic increase during Plan Year. Instead of becoming effective on the first day of the Plan Year, the automatic increase provisions under AA §6A-8(b) or AA §IA2-6, as applicable, will be effective on of each Plan Year. © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA31
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company PS/401 (k) Nonstandardized Prototype Plan Contract No. 060956-0001-0000 Interim Amendment #3 -Amendments to Comply with the HEART Act, WRERA and Other IRS Guidance (2) Timing of first automatic increase. Instead of applying as of a date within the second full Plan Year following the Plan Year in which automatic contributions begin, the first automatic increase under AA §6A-8(b) or AA §IA2-6, as applicable, will apply as of the appropriate date within the first fall Plan Year following the date the automatic contributions begin under the Plan. (c) Treatment of Rehires. In applying the provisions of Sections D- 2.03(b) and D-2.03(d)(2) of this amendment, a Participant is treated as a new Employee if no automatic deferrals are made to the Plan for a full Plan Year. To override this provision, check the box below, Rehired Employees. In applying the provisions of Sections D-2.03(b) and D-2.03(d)(2) of this amendment, a Participant who does not make automatic deferrals to the Plan for a full Plan Year will not be treated as a new Employee if such Employee should recommence making automatic deferrals under the Plan, Thus, the Participants minimum deferral percentage will continue to be calculated based on the date the individual first began making automatic deferrals under the Plan. IA3-4 APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT. Pursuant to Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the amendments under Appendix D of the Plan and under miss AA §IA3 have been adopted by the Sponsor on behalf of all adopting Employers. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. No signature is required by the Employer to adopt the interim amendments under Appendix D of me Plan and under this AA §IA3, unless the Employer has selected an elective provision under this AA §IA3. If the Employer has designated any elective provisions under this AA §IA3, the Employer must sign this Interim Amendment page. The amendments under Appendix D of the Plan and under this AA §IA3 apply to the signatory Employer and all Participating Employers under the Plan. Getty Realty Corp. (Name of Employer) Thomas Sternways VP+CFD (Name of Authorized Representative) (Title) 12/1/2012 (Signature) (Date) © Copyright 2008 Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company 12-1-2012 Page IA3 - 2
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND TRUST
BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1
PLAN DEFINITIONS
1.01 |
Account | 1 | ||||||
1.02 |
Account Balance | 1 | ||||||
1.03 |
ACP Test (Actual Contribution Percentage Test) | 1 | ||||||
1.04 |
Actuarial Factor | 1 | ||||||
1.05 |
Adoption Agreement (Agreement) | 1 | ||||||
1.06 |
ADP Test (Actual Deferral Percentage Test) | 1 | ||||||
1.07 |
After-Tax Contributions | 1 | ||||||
1.08 |
Alternate Payee | 1 | ||||||
1.09 |
Anniversary Years | 1 | ||||||
1.10 |
Annual Additions | 1 | ||||||
1.11 |
Annuity Starting Date | 1 | ||||||
1.12 |
Automatic Rollover | 2 | ||||||
1.13 |
Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) | 2 | ||||||
1.14 |
Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) | 2 | ||||||
1.15 |
Beneficiary | 2 | ||||||
1.16 |
Benefiting Participant | 2 | ||||||
1.17 |
Break in Service | 2 | ||||||
1.18 |
Cash-Out Distribution | 2 | ||||||
1.19 |
Catch-Up Contributions | 2 | ||||||
1.20 |
Catch-Up Contribution Limit | 2 | ||||||
1.21 |
Code | 2 | ||||||
1.22 |
Code §415 Limitation | 2 | ||||||
1.23 |
Collectively Bargained Employee | 2 | ||||||
1.24 |
Compensation Limit | 2 | ||||||
1.25 |
Computation Period | 3 | ||||||
(a) | Eligibility Computation Period | 3 | ||||||
(b) | Vesting Computation Period | 3 | ||||||
1.26 |
Current Year Testing Method | 3 | ||||||
1.27 |
Custodian | 3 | ||||||
1.28 |
Defined Benefit Plan | 3 | ||||||
1.29 |
Defined Contribution Plan | 3 | ||||||
1.30 |
Designated Beneficiary | 3 | ||||||
1.31 |
Determination Date | 3 | ||||||
1.32 |
Determination Year | 3 | ||||||
1.33 |
Directed Account | 3 | ||||||
1.34 |
Directed Trustee | 3 | ||||||
1.35 |
Direct Rollover | 3 | ||||||
1.36 |
Disabled | 3 | ||||||
1.37 |
Discretionary Trustee | 4 | ||||||
1.38 |
Distribution Calendar Year | 4 | ||||||
1.39 |
Early Retirement Age | 4 | ||||||
1.40 |
Earned Income | 4 | ||||||
1.41 |
Effective Date | 4 | ||||||
1.42 |
Elapsed Time | 4 | ||||||
1.43 |
Elective Deferral Dollar Limit | 4 | ||||||
1.44 |
Elective Deferrals | 4 | ||||||
1.45 |
Eligible Employee | 4 | ||||||
1.46 |
Eligible Retirement Plan | 4 | ||||||
1.47 |
Eligible Rollover Distribution | 4 | ||||||
1.48 |
Employee | 4 | ||||||
1.49 |
Employer | 4 | ||||||
1.50 |
Employer Contributions | 4 | ||||||
1.51 |
Employment Commencement Date | 4 | ||||||
1.52 |
Entry Date | 4 | ||||||
1.53 |
Equivalency Method | 5 | ||||||
1.54 |
ERISA | 5 | ||||||
1.55 |
Excess Aggregate Contributions | 5 | ||||||
1.56 |
Excess Amount | 5 | ||||||
1.57 |
Excess Compensation | 5 | ||||||
1.58 |
Excess Contributions | 5 | ||||||
1.59 |
Excess Deferrals | 5 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
i
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
1.60 |
Fail-Safe Coverage Provision | 5 | ||||||
1.61 |
Family Members | 5 | ||||||
1.62 |
Favorable IRS Letter | 5 | ||||||
1.63 |
General Trust Account | 5 | ||||||
1.64 |
Hardship | 5 | ||||||
1.65 |
Highly Compensated | 5 | ||||||
(a) | Five-Percent Owner | 5 | ||||||
(b) | Compensation limit | 5 | ||||||
(c) | Determination Year | 5 | ||||||
(d) | Lookback Year | 5 | ||||||
(e) | Total Compensation | 5 | ||||||
(f) | Top Paid Group | 5 | ||||||
1.66 |
Highly Compensated Group | 6 | ||||||
1.67 |
Hour of Service | 6 | ||||||
(a) | Performance of duties | 6 | ||||||
(b) | Nonperformance of duties | 6 | ||||||
(c) | Back pay award | 6 | ||||||
(d) | Related Employers/Leased Employees | 6 | ||||||
(e) | Maternity/paternity leave | 6 | ||||||
1.68 |
Insurer | 6 | ||||||
1.69 |
Integration Level | 6 | ||||||
1.70 |
Key Employee | 6 | ||||||
1.71 |
Leased Employee | 6 | ||||||
1.72 |
Limitation Year | 6 | ||||||
1.73 |
Lookback Year | 6 | ||||||
1.74 |
Matching Contributions | 7 | ||||||
1.75 |
Maximum Disparity Rate | 7 | ||||||
1.76 |
Minimum Gateway Contribution | 7 | ||||||
1.77 |
Net Profits | 7 | ||||||
1.78 |
Nonhighly Compensated | 7 | ||||||
1.79 |
Nonhighly Compensated Group | 7 | ||||||
1.80 |
Nonvested Participant Break in Service | 7 | ||||||
1.81 |
Non-Key Employee | 7 | ||||||
1.82 |
Normal Retirement Age | 7 | ||||||
1.83 |
Participant | 7 | ||||||
1.84 |
Participating Employer | 7 | ||||||
1.85 |
Participating Employer Adoption Page | 8 | ||||||
1.86 |
Period of Severance | 8 | ||||||
1.87 |
Permissive Aggregation Group | 8 | ||||||
1.88 |
Plan | 8 | ||||||
1.89 |
Plan Administrator | 8 | ||||||
1.90 |
Plan Compensation | 8 | ||||||
(a) | Determination period | 8 | ||||||
(b) | Partial period of participation | 9 | ||||||
1.91 |
Plan Year | 9 | ||||||
1.92 |
Predecessor Employer | 9 | ||||||
1.93 |
Predecessor Plan | 9 | ||||||
1.94 |
Pre-Tax Deferrals | 9 | ||||||
1.95 |
Prevailing Wage Formula | 9 | ||||||
1.96 |
Prevailing Wage Service | 9 | ||||||
1.97 |
Prior Year Testing Method | 9 | ||||||
1.98 |
Prototype Sponsor | 9 | ||||||
1.99 |
Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) | 9 | ||||||
1.100 |
Qualified Election | 9 | ||||||
1.101 |
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) | 9 | ||||||
1.102 |
Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) | 9 | ||||||
1.103 |
Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNEC) | 9 | ||||||
1.104 |
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) | 9 | ||||||
1.105 |
Qualified Transfer | 9 | ||||||
1.106 |
Reemployment Commencement Date | 9 | ||||||
1.107 |
Related Employer | 10 | ||||||
1.108 |
Required Aggregation Group | 10 | ||||||
1.109 |
Required Beginning Date | 10 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
ii
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
iii
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
3.04 |
Matching Contributions | 32 | ||||||
(a) | Contributions eligible for Matching Contributions | 32 | ||||||
(b) | Period for determining Matching Contributions | 32 | ||||||
(c) | True-up contributions | 32 | ||||||
(d) | Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) | 32 | ||||||
3.05 |
Safe Harbor Contributions | 33 | ||||||
3.06 |
After-Tax Contributions | 33 | ||||||
3.07 |
Rollover Contributions | 33 | ||||||
3.08 |
Deductible Employee Contributions | 33 | ||||||
3.09 |
Allocation Conditions | 34 | ||||||
(a) | Application to designated period | 34 | ||||||
(b) | Special rule for year of termination | 34 | ||||||
(c) | Special allocation condition for Matching Contributions under the Plan | 35 | ||||||
(d) | Service with Predecessor Employers | 35 | ||||||
3.10 |
Contribution of Property | 35 | ||||||
SECTION 4 | ||||||||
TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||
4.01 |
Top Heavy Plan | 36 | ||||||
4.02 |
Top Heavy Ratio | 36 | ||||||
(a) | Defined Contribution Plan(s) only | 36 | ||||||
(b) | Maintenance of Defined Benefit Plan | 36 | ||||||
(c) | Determining value of Account Balance or accrued benefit | 36 | ||||||
4.03 |
Other Definitions | 37 | ||||||
(a) | Key Employee | 37 | ||||||
(b) | Non-Key Employee | 37 | ||||||
(c) | Determination Date | 37 | ||||||
(d) | Permissive Aggregation Group | 37 | ||||||
(e) | Required Aggregation Group | 37 | ||||||
(f) | Present Value | 37 | ||||||
(g) | Total Compensation | 38 | ||||||
(h) | Valuation Date | 38 | ||||||
4.04 |
Minimum Allocation | 38 | ||||||
(a) | Determination of Key Employee contribution percentage | 38 | ||||||
(b) | Determining of Non-Key Employee minimum allocation | 38 | ||||||
(c) | Certain allocation conditions inapplicable | 38 | ||||||
(d) | Participants not employed on the last day of the Plan Year | 38 | ||||||
(e) | Participation in more than one Top Heavy Plan | 38 | ||||||
(f) | No forfeiture for certain events | 39 | ||||||
4.05 |
Special Top Heavy Vesting Rules | 39 | ||||||
(a) | Minimum vesting schedules | 39 | ||||||
(b) | Shifting Top Heavy Plan status | 39 | ||||||
SECTION 5 | ||||||||
LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS | ||||||||
5.01 |
Limits on Employer Contributions | 40 | ||||||
(a) | Limitation on Salary Deferrals | 40 | ||||||
(b) | Limitation on total Employer Contributions | 40 | ||||||
5.02 |
Elective Deferral Dollar Limit | 40 | ||||||
(a) | Excess Deferrals | 40 | ||||||
(b) | Correction of Excess Deferrals | 40 | ||||||
5.03 |
Code §415 Limitation | 42 | ||||||
(a) | No other plan participation | 42 | ||||||
(b) | Participation in another plan | 43 | ||||||
(c) | Definitions | 44 | ||||||
SECTION 6 | ||||||||
SPECIAL RULES AFFECTING 401(K) PLANS | ||||||||
6.01 |
Nondiscrimination Testing of Salary Deferrals ADP Test | 46 | ||||||
(a) | ADP Test | 46 | ||||||
(b) | Correction of Excess Contributions | 47 | ||||||
(c) | Adjustment of deferral rate for Highly Compensated Employees | 50 | ||||||
(d) | Special testing rules | 50 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
iv
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
v
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
SECTION 8 | ||||||||
PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS | ||||||||
8.01 |
Deferred distributions | 70 | ||||||
8.02 |
Available Forms of Distribution | 70 | ||||||
8.03 |
Amount Eligible for Distribution | 70 | ||||||
8.04 |
Participant Consent | 70 | ||||||
(a) | Involuntary Cash-Out threshold | 71 | ||||||
(b) | Rollovers disregarded in determining value of Account Balance for Involuntary Cash-Outs | 71 | ||||||
(c) | Participant notice | 71 | ||||||
(d) | Special rules | 71 | ||||||
8.05 |
Direct Rollovers | 71 | ||||||
(a) | Definitions | 71 | ||||||
(b) | Direct Rollover notice | 72 | ||||||
8.06 |
Automatic Rollover | 72 | ||||||
(a) | Automatic Rollover requirements | 73 | ||||||
(b) | Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution | 73 | ||||||
(c) | Treatment of Rollover Contributions | 73 | ||||||
8.07 |
Distribution Upon Termination of Employment | 73 | ||||||
(a) | Account Balance not exceeding $5,000 | 73 | ||||||
(b) | Account Balance exceeding $5,000 | 73 | ||||||
8.08 |
Distribution Upon Death | 73 | ||||||
(a) | Death after commencement of benefits | 73 | ||||||
(b) | Death before commencement of benefits | 73 | ||||||
(c) | Determining a Participants Beneficiary | 74 | ||||||
8.09 |
Distribution to Disabled Employees | 75 | ||||||
8.10 |
In-Service Distributions | 75 | ||||||
(a) | After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions | 75 | ||||||
(b) | Employer Contributions | 75 | ||||||
(c) | Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contributions | 76 | ||||||
(d) | Hardship distribution | 76 | ||||||
8.11 |
Sources of Distribution | 77 | ||||||
(a) | Exception for Hardship withdrawals | 77 | ||||||
(b) | Roth Deferrals | 77 | ||||||
(c) | In-kind distributions | 78 | ||||||
8.12 |
Required Minimum Distributions | 78 | ||||||
(a) | Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin | 78 | ||||||
(b) | Required Minimum Distributions during Participants lifetime | 79 | ||||||
(c) | Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death | 79 | ||||||
(d) | Definitions | 80 | ||||||
(e) | Special Rules | 81 | ||||||
(f) | Transitional Rule | 83 | ||||||
8.13 |
Correction of Qualification Defects | 84 | ||||||
SECTION 9 | ||||||||
JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS | ||||||||
9.01 |
Application of Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules | 85 | ||||||
(a) | Money Purchase Plan | 85 | ||||||
(b) | Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan | 85 | ||||||
(c) | Exception to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements | 85 | ||||||
(d) | Administrative procedures | 85 | ||||||
(e) | Accumulated deductible employee contributions | 85 | ||||||
9.02 |
Pre-Death Distribution Requirements | 85 | ||||||
(a) | Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) | 85 | ||||||
(b) | Notice requirements | 85 | ||||||
(c) | Annuity Starting Date | 86 | ||||||
9.03 |
Distributions After Death | 86 | ||||||
(a) | Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) | 86 | ||||||
(b) | Notice requirements | 86 | ||||||
9.04 |
Qualified Election | 87 | ||||||
(a) | QJSA | 87 | ||||||
(b) | QPSA | 87 | ||||||
9.05 |
Transitional Rules | 87 | ||||||
(a) | Automatic joint and survivor annuity | 88 | ||||||
(b) | Election of early survivor annuity | 88 | ||||||
(c) | Qualified Early Retirement Age | 88 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
vi
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
SECTION 10 | ||||||||
PLAN ACCOUNTING AND INVESTMENTS | ||||||||
10.01 |
Participant Accounts | 89 | ||||||
10.02 |
Valuation of Accounts | 89 | ||||||
(a) | Periodic valuation | 89 | ||||||
(b) | Daily valuation | 89 | ||||||
10.03 |
Adjustments to Participant Accounts | 89 | ||||||
(a) | Distributions and forfeitures from a Participants Account | 89 | ||||||
(b) | Life insurance premiums and dividends | 89 | ||||||
(c) | Contributions and forfeitures allocated to a Participants Account | 89 | ||||||
(d) | Net income or loss | 89 | ||||||
10.04 |
Share or unit accounting | 90 | ||||||
10.05 |
Suspense accounts | 90 | ||||||
10.06 |
Investments under the Plan | 90 | ||||||
(a) | Investment options | 90 | ||||||
(b) | Common/collective trusts and collectibles | 90 | ||||||
(c) | Limitations on the investment in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property | 90 | ||||||
10.07 |
Participant-directed investments | 91 | ||||||
(a) | Limits on participant investment direction | 91 | ||||||
(b) | Failure to direct investment | 91 | ||||||
(c) | Trustee to follow Participant direction | 92 | ||||||
10.08 |
Investment in Life Insurance | 93 | ||||||
(a) | Incidental Life Insurance Rules | 93 | ||||||
(b) | Ownership of Life Insurance Policies | 94 | ||||||
(c) | Evidence of Insurability | 94 | ||||||
(d) | Distribution of Insurance Policies | 94 | ||||||
(e) | Discontinuance of Insurance Policies | 94 | ||||||
(f) | Protection of Insurer | 94 | ||||||
(g) | No Responsibility for Act of Insurer | 94 | ||||||
SECTION 11 | ||||||||
PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION | ||||||||
11.01 |
Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
11.02 |
Designation of Alternative Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
(a) | Acceptance of responsibility by designated Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
(b) | Multiple alternative Plan Administrators | 95 | ||||||
(c) | Resignation or removal of designated Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
(d) | Employer responsibilities | 95 | ||||||
(e) | Indemnification of Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
11.03 |
Named Fiduciary | 95 | ||||||
11.04 |
Duties, Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator | 95 | ||||||
(a) | Delegation of duties, powers and responsibilities | 95 | ||||||
(b) | Specific Plan Administrator responsibilities | 96 | ||||||
11.05 |
Plan Administration Expenses | 96 | ||||||
(a) | Reasonable Plan administration expenses | 96 | ||||||
(b) | Plan expense allocation | 96 | ||||||
(c) | Expenses related to administration of former Employee or surviving spouse | 96 | ||||||
11.06 |
Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs) | 97 | ||||||
(a) | In general | 97 | ||||||
(b) | Definitions related to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs) | 97 | ||||||
(c) | Recognition as a QDRO | 97 | ||||||
(d) | Contents of QDRO | 97 | ||||||
(e) | Impermissible QDRO provisions | 97 | ||||||
(f) | Immediate distribution to Alternate Payee | 97 | ||||||
(g) | Fee for QDRO determination | 97 | ||||||
(h) | Default QDRO procedure | 97 | ||||||
11.07 |
Claims Procedure | 99 | ||||||
(a) | Filing a claim | 99 | ||||||
(b) | Plan Administrators decision | 99 | ||||||
(c) | Review procedure | 99 | ||||||
(d) | Decision on review | 99 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
vii
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
11.08 |
Operational Rules for Short Plan Years | 99 | ||||||
SECTION 12 | ||||||||
TRUST PROVISIONS | ||||||||
12.01 |
Establishment of Trust | 101 | ||||||
12.02 |
Types of Trustees | 101 | ||||||
(a) | Directed Trustee | 101 | ||||||
(b) | Discretionary Trustee | 101 | ||||||
12.03 |
Responsibilities of the Trustee | 101 | ||||||
(a) | Responsibilities regarding administration of Trust | 102 | ||||||
(b) | Responsibilities regarding investment of Plan assets | 102 | ||||||
12.04 |
Voting and Other Rights Related to Employer Stock | 103 | ||||||
12.05 |
Responsibilities of the Employer | 104 | ||||||
12.06 |
Effect of Plan Amendment | 104 | ||||||
12.07 |
More than One Trustee | 104 | ||||||
12.08 |
Annual Valuation | 104 | ||||||
12.09 |
Reporting to Plan Administrator and Employer | 104 | ||||||
12.10 |
Reasonable Compensation | 104 | ||||||
12.11 |
Resignation and Removal of Trustee | 105 | ||||||
12.12 |
Indemnification of Trustee | 105 | ||||||
12.13 |
Liability of Trustee | 105 | ||||||
12.14 |
Appointment of Custodian | 105 | ||||||
12.15 |
Modification of Trust Provisions | 105 | ||||||
12.16 |
Custodial Accounts, Annuity Contracts and Insurance Contracts | 106 | ||||||
SECTION 13 | ||||||||
PARTICIPANT LOANS | ||||||||
13.01 |
Availability of Participant Loans | 107 | ||||||
13.02 |
Must be Available in Reasonably Equivalent Manner | 107 | ||||||
13.03 |
Loan Limitations | 107 | ||||||
13.04 |
Limit on Amount and Number of Loans | 107 | ||||||
(a) | Loan renegotiation | 107 | ||||||
(b) | Participant must be creditworthy | 107 | ||||||
13.05 |
Reasonable Rate of Interest | 107 | ||||||
13.06 |
Adequate Security | 108 | ||||||
13.07 |
Periodic Repayment | 108 | ||||||
(a) | Unpaid leave of absence | 108 | ||||||
(b) | Military leave | 108 | ||||||
13.08 |
Spousal Consent | 108 | ||||||
13.09 |
Designation of Accounts | 108 | ||||||
13.10 |
Procedures for Loan Default | 109 | ||||||
13.11 |
Termination of Employment | 109 | ||||||
(a) | Offset of outstanding loan | 109 | ||||||
(b) | Direct Rollover | 109 | ||||||
(c) | Modified loan policy | 109 | ||||||
SECTION 14 | ||||||||
PLAN AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION, MERGERS AND TRANSFERS | ||||||||
14.01 |
Plan Amendments | 110 | ||||||
(a) | Amendment by the Prototype Sponsor | 110 | ||||||
(b) | Amendment by the Employer | 110 | ||||||
(c) | Reduction of accrued benefit | 110 | ||||||
(d) | Effective Date of Plan Amendments | 111 | ||||||
14.02 |
Amendment to Correct Coverage or Nondiscrimination Violation | 112 | ||||||
(a) | Amendment within correction period under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(g) | 112 | ||||||
(b) | Fail-Safe Coverage Provision | 112 | ||||||
14.03 |
Plan Termination | 113 | ||||||
(a) | Full and immediate vesting | 113 | ||||||
(b) | Distribution upon Plan termination | 113 | ||||||
(c) | Termination upon merger, liquidation or dissolution of the Employer | 114 | ||||||
14.04 |
Merger or Consolidation | 114 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
viii
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
14.05 |
Transfer of Assets | 114 | ||||||
(a) | Protected benefits | 114 | ||||||
(b) | Application of QJSA requirements | 114 | ||||||
(c) | Transfers from a Defined Benefit Plan, Money Purchase Plan or 401(k) Plan | 115 | ||||||
(d) | Qualified Transfer | 115 | ||||||
(e) | Trustees right to refuse transfer | 116 | ||||||
SECTION 15 | ||||||||
MISCELLANEOUS | ||||||||
15.01 | Exclusive Benefit | 117 | ||||||
15.02 | Return of Employer Contributions | 117 | ||||||
(a) | Mistake of fact | 117 | ||||||
(b) | Disallowance of deduction | 117 | ||||||
(c) | Failure to initially qualify | 117 | ||||||
15.03 | Alienation or Assignment | 117 | ||||||
15.04 | Participants Rights | 117 | ||||||
15.05 | Military Service | 117 | ||||||
15.06 | Annuity Contract | 117 | ||||||
15.07 | Use of IRS Compliance Programs | 117 | ||||||
15.08 | Governing Law | 118 | ||||||
15.09 | Waiver of Notice | 118 | ||||||
15.10 | Use of Electronic Media | 118 | ||||||
15.11 | Severability of Provisions | 118 | ||||||
15.12 | Binding Effect | 118 | ||||||
SECTION 16 | ||||||||
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS | ||||||||
16.01 | Participation by Participating Employers | 119 | ||||||
16.02 | Participating Employer Adoption Page | 119 | ||||||
(a) | Application of Plan provisions | 119 | ||||||
(b) | Plan amendments | 119 | ||||||
(c) | Trustee designation | 119 | ||||||
16.03 | Compensation of Related Employers | 119 | ||||||
16.04 | Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures | 119 | ||||||
16.05 | Discontinuance of Participation by a Participating Employer | 119 | ||||||
16.06 | Operational Rules for Related Employer Groups | 119 | ||||||
16.07 | Special Rules for Standardized Adoption Agreement | 120 | ||||||
(a) | Change in statusnew Related Employer | 120 | ||||||
(b) | Change in status cessation of Related Employer relationship | 120 | ||||||
APPENDIX A | ||||||||
ACTUARIAL FACTORS | ||||||||
Actuarial Factor Table | 121 | |||||||
APPENDIX B | ||||||||
INTERIM AMENDMENT #1 | ||||||||
FINAL §415 AND §411(D)(6) REGULATIONS AND RELIEF FOR HURRICANES KATRINA, WILMA AND RITA | ||||||||
B-1.01 | Compliance with Plan Qualification Requirements | 122 | ||||||
B-2.01 | Effective Date of Amendments | 122 | ||||||
(a) | Code §415 regulations | 122 | ||||||
(b) | Code §411(d)(6) regulations | 122 | ||||||
(c) | Hurricane Katrina, Wilma and Rita amendments | 122 | ||||||
B-3.01 | Final Regulations Under Code §415 | 122 | ||||||
(a) | Post-Severance Compensation | 122 | ||||||
(b) | Continuation payments for military service and disabled Participants | 123 | ||||||
(c) | Definition of Compensation | 123 | ||||||
(d) | Few weeks rule | 123 | ||||||
(e) | Restorative payments | 123 | ||||||
(f) | Corrective provisions | 123 | ||||||
(g) | Change of Limitation Year | 123 | ||||||
B-3.02 | Protection of Benefits under Code §411(d)(6) | 123 | ||||||
(a) | Amendment of vesting schedule | 123 | ||||||
(b) | Reduction of accrued benefit | 124 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
ix
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Table of Contents
B-3.03 | Special Distribution and Loan Rules for Participants Affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, And Wilma | 124 | ||||||
(a) | In general | 124 | ||||||
(b) | Tax-favored withdrawals of Qualified Hurricane Distributions | 124 | ||||||
(c) | Recontributions of qualified hardship distributions | 124 | ||||||
(d) | Special loan rules | 124 | ||||||
APPENDIX C | ||||||||
INTERIM AMENDMENT #2 | ||||||||
PENSION PROTECTION ACT OF 2006 (PPA) | ||||||||
C-1.01 |
Compliance with Pension Protection Act of 2006 | 126 | ||||||
C-2.01 |
Qualification Requirements under PPA | 126 | ||||||
(a) | Vesting Requirements | 126 | ||||||
(b) | Direct Rollover by Non-Spouse Beneficiary | 126 | ||||||
(c) | Hardship Distributions | 126 | ||||||
(d) | Direct Rollover of Non-Taxable Amounts | 127 | ||||||
(e) | Rollovers to Roth IRA | 127 | ||||||
(f) | Distribution Notice Periods | 127 | ||||||
(g) | Content of Notice of a Participants Right to Defer Receipt of a Distribution | 127 | ||||||
(h) | Qualified Domestic Relations Orders | 127 | ||||||
(i) | Diversification Requirements for Defined Contribution Plans Invested in Employer Securities | 127 | ||||||
(j) | In-Service Distributions from Pension Plans | 128 | ||||||
(k) | Penalty-Free Withdrawals for Individuals Called to Active Duty | 128 | ||||||
(l) | Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity | 129 | ||||||
C-2.02 |
Special Rules for Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement | 129 | ||||||
(a) | Definition of Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement | 129 | ||||||
(b) | Permissible Withdrawals under Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement | 130 | ||||||
(c) | Expansion of corrective distribution period for Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangements | 131 | ||||||
(d) | Preemption of state law | 131 | ||||||
C-2.03 |
Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangements | 131 | ||||||
(a) | Automatic deferral | 131 | ||||||
(b) | Eligible Employees | 131 | ||||||
(c) | QACA Safe Harbor Contribution | 132 | ||||||
(d) | Distribution restrictions | 132 | ||||||
(e) | Annual notice | 132 | ||||||
C-3.01 |
Modifications to Rules Applicable to Corrective Distributions under ADP Test and ACP Test | 132 | ||||||
(a) | Elimination of gap period earnings | 132 | ||||||
(b) | Year of inclusion | 133 | ||||||
C-3.02 |
Gap Period Income for Corrective Distributions of Excess Deferrals | 133 | ||||||
(a) | Method of allocating gain or loss | 133 | ||||||
(b) | Alternative method of allocating taxable year gain or loss | 133 | ||||||
(c) | Alternative method for allocating plan year and gap period income | 133 | ||||||
C-4.01 |
Reasonable Normal Retirement Age | 133 | ||||||
C-5.01 |
IRS Guidance Relating to Plan Qualification Requirements | 133 | ||||||
(a) | Mid-Year Changes to Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan | 133 | ||||||
(b) | Partial Termination | 133 | ||||||
APPENDIX D | ||||||||
INTERIM AMENDMENT #3 | ||||||||
HEART ACT, WRERA AND OTHER IRS GUIDANCE | ||||||||
D-1.01 |
Compliance with Plan Qualification Requirements | 134 | ||||||
D-2.01 |
Requirements under Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief (HEART) Act of 2008 | 134 | ||||||
(a) | Death Benefits under Qualified Military Service | 134 | ||||||
(b) | Benefit Accruals | 134 | ||||||
(c) | Differential Pay | 134 | ||||||
(d) | Penalty-Free Withdrawals for Individuals Called to Active Duty | 135 | ||||||
D-2.02 |
Requirements under Worker Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (WRERA) and Other IRS Guidance | 135 | ||||||
(a) | Waiver of Required Minimum Distributions | 135 | ||||||
(b) | Elimination of Gap Period Earnings | 135 | ||||||
(c) | Transfer of Plan to Unrelated Employer | 135 | ||||||
D-2.03 |
Final Automatic Contribution Regulations | 135 | ||||||
(a) | Definition of Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) | 135 | ||||||
(b) | Annual EACA notice | 135 | ||||||
(c) | Permissible Withdrawals under Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement | 136 | ||||||
(d) | Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) | 136 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
x
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
SECTION 1
PLAN DEFINITIONS
This Section contains definitions for common terms that are used throughout the Plan. All capitalized terms under the Plan are defined in this Section or in the relevant section of the Plan document where such term is used.
1.01 | Account . The separate Account maintained for each Participant under the Plan. Under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, a Participant may have any (or all) of the following separate Accounts: |
| Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account |
| Roth Deferral Account |
| Employer Contribution Account |
| Matching Contribution Account |
| Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNEC) Account |
| Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) Account |
| Safe Harbor Employer Contribution Account |
| Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account |
| After-Tax Contribution Account |
| Rollover Contribution Account |
| Transfer Account |
The Plan Administrator may establish other Accounts, as it deems necessary, for the proper administration of the Plan.
1.02 | Account Balance . Account Balance shall mean a Participants balances in all of the Accounts maintained by the Plan on his or her behalf. |
1.03 | ACP Test (Actual Contribution Percentage Test) . The special nondiscrimination test that applies to Matching Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. See Section 6.02(a). |
1.04 | Actuarial Factor . A Participants Actuarial Factor is used for purposes of determining the Participants allocation under the age-based allocation formula under AA §6-3(e) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(v)(B). |
1.05 | Adoption Agreement (Agreement) . The Adoption Agreement contains the elective provisions that an Employer may complete to supplement or modify the provisions under the Plan. Each adopting Employer must complete and execute the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan covers Employees of an Employer other than the Employer that executes the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement, such additional Employer(s) must execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Adoption Agreement. (See Section 16 for rules applicable to adoption by Related Employers.) An Employer may adopt more than one Adoption Agreement associated with this Plan document. Each executed Agreement is treated as a separate Plan. If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may adopt either a Nonstandardized or Standardized version. |
1.06 | ADP Test (Actual Deferral Percentage Test) .The special nondiscrimination test that applies to Salary Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. See Section 6.01(a). |
1.07 | After-Tax Contributions . Employee Contributions that may be made to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan by a Participant that are included in the Participants gross income in the year such amounts are contributed to the Plan and are maintained under a separate After-Tax Contribution Account to which earnings and losses are allocated. See Section 3.06. (For this purpose, Roth Deferrals are not considered as After-Tax Contributions.) |
1.08 | Alternate Payee . A person designated to receive all or a portion of the Participants benefit pursuant to a QDRO. See Section 11.06. |
1.09 | Anniversary Years . An alternative period for measuring Eligibility Computation Periods (under Section 2.03(a)(2)) and Vesting Computation Periods (under Section 7.04). An Anniversary Year is any 12-month period which commences with the Employees Employment Commencement Date or which commences with the anniversary of the Employees Employment Commencement Date. |
1.10 | Annual Additions . The amounts taken into account under a Defined Contribution Plan for purposes of applying the limitation on allocations under Code §415. See Section 5.03(c)(1) for the definition of Annual Additions. |
1.11 | Annuity Starting Date . The date an Employee commences distribution from the Plan. If a Participant commences distribution with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, a separate Annuity Starting Date applies to any subsequent distribution. If distribution is made in the form of an annuity, the Annuity Starting Date may be treated as the first day of the first period for which annuity payments are made. See Section 9.02(c). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
1
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.12 | Automatic Rollover . For Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions (as defined in Section 8.06(b)) made on or after March 28, 2005, the Plan Administrator will make a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan (IRA) designated by the Plan Administrator. See Section 8.06. |
1.13 | Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) . The average of the contribution percentages for the Highly Compensated Employee Group and the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group, which are tested for nondiscrimination under the ACP Test. See Section 6.02(a)(1). |
1.14 | Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) . The average of the deferral percentages for the Highly Compensated Employee Group and the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group, which are tested for nondiscrimination under the ADP Test. See Section 6.01(a)(1). |
1.15 | Beneficiary . A person designated by the Participant (or by the terms of the Plan) to receive a benefit under the Plan upon the death of the Participant. See Section 8.08(c) for the applicable rules for determining a Participants Beneficiaries under the Plan. |
1.16 | Benefiting Participant . A Participant who receives an allocation of Employer Contributions or forfeitures as described in Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(II). See Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(III) for special rules that apply where a Benefiting Participant does not receive the Minimum Gateway Contribution described in Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(III)(a) under the new comparability allocation formula. |
1.17 | Break in Service . The Computation Period (as defined in Section 2.03(a)(2) for purposes of eligibility and Section 7.04 for purposes of vesting) during which an Employee does not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service with the Employer. However, if the Employer elects under AA §4-3(a) or AA §8-7(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to require less than 1,000 Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service for eligibility or vesting purposes, a Break in Service will occur for any Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than one-half (1/2) of the Hours of Service required to earn a Year of Service for eligibility or vesting purposes, as applicable. (See Section 2.07 for a discussion of the eligibility Break in Service rules and Section 7.07 for a discussion of the vesting Break in Service rules.) |
1.18 | Cash-Out Distribution . A total distribution made to a terminated Participant in accordance with Section 7.10(a). |
1.19 | Catch-Up Contributions . Salary Deferrals made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants who are aged 50 or over by the end of their taxable years. See Section 3.03(d). |
1.20 | Catch-Up Contribution Limit . The annual limit applicable to Catch-Up Contributions as set forth in Section 3.03(d)(1). |
1.21 | Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. |
1.22 | Code §415 Limitation . The limit on the amount of Annual Additions a Participant may receive under the Plan during a Limitation Year. See Section 5.03. |
1.23 | Collectively Bargained Employee . An Employee who is included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives and whose retirement benefits are subject to good faith bargaining. Such Employees may be excluded from the Plan if designated under AA §3-1(b). See Section 2.02(b)(1) for additional requirements related to the exclusion of Collectively Bargained Employees. |
1.24 | Compensation Limit . The maximum amount of compensation that can be taken into account for any Plan Year for purposes of determining a Participants Plan Compensation. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, and before January 1, 2002, the Compensation Limit taken into account for determining benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year is $150,000, as adjusted for increases in cost-of-living in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). For any Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Compensation Limit is $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increased in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). In determining the Compensation Limit for any applicable period (the determination period), the cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period that begins with or within such calendar year. |
If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the Compensation Limit for such period is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable Compensation Limit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which is 12. A determination period will not be considered to be less than 12 months merely because compensation is taken into account only for the period the Employee is a Participant. If Salary Deferrals, Matching Contributions, or After-Tax Contributions are separately determined on the basis of specified periods within the determination period (e.g., on the basis of payroll periods), no proration of the Compensation Limit is required with respect to such contributions.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
2
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participants allocations for the current Plan Year, the compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable Compensation Limit in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the Compensation Limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Compensation Limit in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.
In determining the amount of a Participants Salary Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, a Participant may defer with respect to Plan Compensation that exceeds the Compensation Limit, provided the total deferrals made by the Participant satisfy the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit and any other limitations under the Plan.
1.25 | Computation Period . The 12-consecutive month period used for measuring whether an Employee completes a Year of Service for eligibility or vesting purposes. |
(a) | Eligibility Computation Period . The 12-consecutive month period used for measuring Years of Service for eligibility purposes. See Section 2.03(a)(2). |
(b) | Vesting Computation Period . The 12-consecutive month period used for measuring Years of Service for vesting purposes. See Section 7.04. |
1.26 | Current Year Testing Method . A method for applying the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan wherein the Salary Deferrals taken into account under the ADP Test and the Matching Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions taken into account under the ACP Test are based on deferrals and contributions in the current Plan Year. See Section 6.01(a) for a discussion of the Current Year Testing Method under the ADP Test and Section 6.02(a) for a discussion of the Current Year Testing Method under the ACP Test. |
1.27 | Custodian . An organization that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan assets. See Section 12.14. |
1.28 | Defined Benefit Plan . A plan under which a Participants benefit is based solely on the Plans benefit formula without the establishment of separate Accounts for Participants. |
1.29 | Defined Contribution Plan . A plan that provides for individual Accounts for each Participant to which all contributions, forfeitures, income, expenses, gains and losses under the Plan are credited or deducted. A Participants benefit under a Defined Contribution Plan is based solely on the fair market value of his/her vested Account Balance. |
1.30 | Designated Beneficiary . A Beneficiary who is designated by the Participant (or by the terms of the Plan) and whose life expectancy is taken into account in determining minimum distributions under Code §401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. § 1.401(a)(9)-4. See Section 8.12(d)(1). |
1.31 | Determination Date . The date as of which the Plan is tested for Top Heavy purposes. See Section 4.03(c). |
1.32 | Determination Year . The Plan Year for which an Employees status as a Highly Compensated Employee is being determined. See Section 1.65. |
1.33 |
Directed Account
.
The Plan assets under a Trust which are held for the benefit of a specific Participant. See
Section 10.03(d)(2). |
1.34 | Directed Trustee . A Trustee is a Directed Trustee to the extent that the Trustees investment powers are subject to the direction of another person. See Section 12.02(a). |
1.35 | Direct Rollover . A rollover, at the Participants direction, of all or a portion of the Participants vested Account Balance directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan. See Section 8.05. |
1.36 | Disabled . Unless modified under AA §9-4(b) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, an individual is considered Disabled for purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan if the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence. The Plan Administrator may establish reasonable procedures for determining whether a Participant is Disabled. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
3
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.37 | Discretionary Trustee . A Trustee is a Discretionary Trustee to the extent the Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion to invest, manage or control the Plan assets without direction from any other person. See Section 12.02(b). |
1.38 | Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. See Section 8.12(d)(2). |
1.39 | Early Retirement Age . The age and/or Years of Service set forth in AA §7-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements. Early Retirement Age may be used to determine distribution rights and/or vesting rights. If a Participant separates from service before satisfying the age requirement for early retirement, but has satisfied the service requirement, the Participant will be entitled to elect an early retirement benefit upon satisfaction of such age requirement. The Plan is not required to have an Early Retirement Age. |
1.40 | Earned Income . Earned Income is the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, and for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code §404. Net earnings shall be determined after the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code §164(f). |
1.41 | Effective Date . The date this Plan, including any restatement or amendment of this Plan, is effective. The Effective Date of the Plan is designated on the Employer Signature Page under the Adoption Agreement. See Section 14.01(d) for special rules concerning the retroactive effective date of provisions under the Plan designed to comply with the requirements of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). |
1.42 | Elapsed Time . A special method for crediting service for eligibility or vesting. See Section 2.03(a)(5) for more information on the Elapsed Time method of crediting service for eligibility purposes and Section 7.03(b) for more information on the Elapsed Time method of crediting service for vesting purposes. Also see Section 3.09 for information on the Elapsed Time method for allocation conditions. |
1.43 | Elective Deferral Dollar Limit . The maximum amount of Elective Deferrals a Participant may make for any calendar year. See Section 5.02. |
1.44 | Elective Deferrals . A Participants Elective Deferrals is the sum of all Salary Deferrals (as defined in Section 1.117) and other contributions made pursuant to a Salary Deferral Election under a SARSEP described in Code §408(k)(6), a SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code §408(p), a plan described under Code §501(c)(18), and a custodial account or other arrangement described in Code §403(b). Elective Deferrals shall not include any amounts properly distributed as an Excess Amount under Code §415. |
1.45 | Eligible Employee . An Employee who is not excluded from participation under Section 2.02 of the Plan or AA §3-1. |
1.46 |
Eligible Retirement Plan
.
A qualified retirement plan or IRA that may receive a rollover contribution.
See Section 8.05(a)(2). |
1.47 | Eligible Rollover Distribution . An amount distributed from the Plan that is eligible for rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan. See Section 8.05(a)(1). |
1.48 |
Employee
.
An Employee is any individual employed by the Employer (including any Related Employers). An independent contractor is not an Employee. An
Employee is not eligible to participate under the Plan if the individual is not an Eligible Employee under Section 2.02. For purposes of applying the provisions under this Plan, a Self-Employed Individual is treated as an Employee. A Leased
Employee is also treated as an Employee of the recipient organization, as provided in
Section 2.02(b)(3). |
1.49 | Employer . Except as otherwise provided, Employer means the Employer that adopts this Plan and any Related Employer. (See Section 2.02(c) for rules regarding coverage of Employees of Related Employers. Also see Section 16 for rules that apply to Related Employers that execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page.) |
1.50 | Employer Contributions . Contributions the Employer makes pursuant to AA §6. Under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, Employer Contributions also include any QNECs the Employer makes pursuant to AA §6-4 and any Safe Harbor Employer Contributions the Employer makes pursuant to AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. See Section 3.02. |
1.51 | Employment Commencement Date . The date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. |
1.52 | Entry Date . The date on which an Employee becomes a Participant upon satisfying the Plans minimum age and service conditions. See Section 2.03(b). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
4
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.53 | Equivalency Method . An alternative method for crediting Hours of Service for purposes of eligibility and vesting. See Section 2.03(a)(4) for eligibility provisions and Section 7.03(a)(2) for vesting provisions. |
1.54 | ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. |
1.55 | Excess Aggregate Contributions . Amounts which are distributed to correct the ACP Test. See Section 6.02(b)(1). |
1.56 | Excess Amount . Amounts which exceed the Code §415 Limitation. See Section 5.03(c)(4). |
1.57 | Excess Compensation . The amount of Plan Compensation that exceeds the Integration Level for purposes of applying the permitted disparity allocation formula. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii) (Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan) and Section 3.02(b)(2) (Money Purchase Plan). |
1.58 | Excess Contributions . Amounts which are distributed to correct the ADP Test. See Section 6.01(b)(1). |
1.59 | Excess Deferrals . Elective Deferrals that exceed the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit (as defined in Section 5.02). (See Section 5.02(b) for rules regarding the correction of Excess Deferrals.) |
1.60 | Fail-Safe Coverage Provision . A correction provision that permits the Plan to automatically correct a coverage violation resulting from the application of a last day of employment or Hours of Service allocation condition. See Section 14.02. |
1.61 | Family Members . For purposes of applying the new comparability allocation formula under AA §6-3(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements, Family Members include the spouse, children, parents and grandparents of a Five-Percent Owner, as defined in Section 1.65(a). See Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(I). |
1.62 | Favorable IRS Letter . An opinion letter issued by the IRS to a Prototype Sponsor as to the qualified status of a Prototype Plan. |
1.63 | General Trust Account . The Plan assets under a Trust which are held for the benefit of all Plan Participants as a pooled investment. See Section 10.03(d)(1). |
1.64 | Hardship . A heavy and immediate financial need which meets the requirements of Section 8.10(d). |
1.65 | Highly Compensated . An Employee or Participant is Highly Compensated for a Plan Year if he/she is a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in subsection (a)) or has Total Compensation above the compensation limit (as defined in subsection (b)). |
(a) | Five-Percent Owner . An individual is Highly Compensated if at any time during the Determination Year or Lookback Year, such individual owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code §318) more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5 percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. If the Employer is not a corporation, an individual is treated as Highly Compensated if such individual owns more than 5 percent of the capital or profits interest of the Employer. |
(b) | Compensation limit . An individual is Highly Compensated if at any time during the Lookback Year, such individual has Total Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) and, if elected under AA §11-2, is in the Top Paid Group, as defined in subsection (f) below. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code §415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. |
In determining whether an Employee or Participant is Highly Compensated, the following definitions apply:
(c) | Determination Year . The Determination Year is the Plan Year for which the Highly Compensated determination is being made. |
(d) | Lookback Year . The Lookback Year is the 12-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year. If the Plan Year is not the calendar year, the Employer may elect in AA §11-2(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to use the calendar year that begins in the Lookback Year. This election to use the calendar year as the Lookback Year only applies for purposes of applying the compensation limit under subsection (b) above and not for purposes of applying the Five-Percent Owner test in subsection (a) above. |
(e) | Total Compensation . Total Compensation as defined under Section 1.126. |
(f) | Top Paid Group . The Top Paid Group is the top 20% of Employees ranked by Total Compensation. In determining the Top Paid Group, the Employer may use any reasonable method of rounding or tie-breaking. In determining the number of Employees in the Top Paid Group, the Employer may exclude Employees described in Code §414(q)(5) or applicable regulations. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
5
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.66 | Highly Compensated Group . The group of Highly Compensated Employees who are included in the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a). |
1.67 | Hour of Service . Each Employee of the Employer will receive credit for each Hour of Service he/she works for purposes of applying the eligibility and vesting rules under the Plan. An Employee will not receive credit for the same Hour of Service under more than one category listed below. |
(a) | Performance of duties . Hours of Service include each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed. |
(b) | Nonperformance of duties . Hours of Service include each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 hours of service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single Computation Period). Hours under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to §2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference. |
(c) | Back pay award . Hours of Service include each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under subsection (a) or subsection (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection (c). These hours will be credited to the Employee for the Computation Period(s) to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the Computation Period(s) in which the award, agreement or payment is made. |
(d) |
Related Employers/Leased Employees
.
Hours of Service will be credited for employment with any Related Employer. Hours of Service also include hours
credited as a Leased Employee or as an employee under
Code §414(o). |
(e) | Maternity/paternity leave . Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred in a Computation Period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons will receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph will be credited (1) in the Computation Period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following Computation Period. |
1.68 | Insurer . An insurance company that issues a life insurance policy on behalf of a Participant under the Plan in accordance with the requirements under Section 10.08. |
1.69 | Integration Level . The amount used for purposes of applying the permitted disparity allocation formula. The Integration Level is the Taxable Wage Base, unless the Employer designates a different amount under the Adoption Agreement. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii) (Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan) and Section 3.02(b)(2) (Money Purchase Plan). |
1.70 | Key Employee . Employees who are taken into account for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. See Section 4.03(a). |
1.71 | Leased Employee . An individual who performs services for the Employer pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization, and who satisfies the definition of a Leased Employee under Code §414(n). See Section 2.02(b)(3) for rules regarding the treatment of a Leased Employee as an Employee of the Employer. |
1.72 | Limitation Year . The measuring period for determining whether the Plan satisfies the Code §415 Limitation under Section 5.03. See Section 5.03(c)(5). |
1.73 | Lookback Year . The 12-month period immediately preceding the current Plan Year during which an Employees status as Highly Compensated Employee is determined. See Section 1.65(d). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
6
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.74 | Matching Contributions . Matching Contributions are contributions made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant on account of Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions made by such Participant, as designated under AA §6B of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions may only be made under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. Matching Contributions also include any QMACs the Employer makes pursuant to AA §6B-4 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement and any Safe Harbor Matching Contributions the Employer makes pursuant to AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. See Section 3.04. |
A contribution will not be considered a Matching Contribution if such contribution is contributed before the underlying Salary Deferral or After-Tax Contribution election is made or before an Employee performs the services with respect to which the underlying Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions are made (or when the cash that is subject to such election would be currently available, if earlier). A Matching Contribution will not be treated as failing to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph merely because contributions are occasionally made before the Employee performs the services with respect to which the underlying Salary Deferral or After-Tax Contribution election is made (or when the cash that is subject to such elections would be currently available, if earlier) in order to accommodate bona fide administrative considerations (and such amounts are not paid early for the principal purpose of accelerating deductions).
1.75 | Maximum Disparity Rate . The maximum amount that may be allocated with respect to Excess Compensation under the permitted disparity allocation formula. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii) (Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan) and Section 3.02(b)(2) (Money Purchase Plan). |
1.76 | Minimum Gateway Contribution . The minimum allocation described in Section 3.02(a)(1)(iv)(D)(III)(a) that must be provided to each Benefiting Participant (as defined in Section 1.16) in order to use cross-testing to demonstrate compliance with the nondiscrimination requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-8. |
1.77 | Net Profits . The Employer may elect to limit any Employer Contribution under the Plan to Net Profits. Unless modified in the Agreement, Net Profits means the Employers net income or profits determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or contributions made by the Employer under this Plan or any other qualified plan. |
1.78 | Nonhighly Compensated . An Employee or Participant who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. See Section 1.65 for the definition of Highly Compensated Employee. |
1.79 | Nonhighly Compensated Group . The group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees included in the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a). |
1.80 | Nonvested Participant Break in Service . Break in Service rule that applies for eligibility and vesting under Sections 2.07(b) and 7.07(c). |
1.81 | Non-Key Employee . Any Employee who is not a Key Employee. See Section 4.03(b). |
1.82 | Normal Retirement Age . The age selected under AA §7-1. If a Participants Normal Retirement Age is determined wholly or partly with reference to an anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan and/or the Participants Years of Service, Normal Retirement Age is the Participants age when such requirements are satisfied. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement. |
1.83 | Participant . Except as provided under AA §3-1, a Participant is an Employee (or former Employee) who has satisfied the conditions for participating under the Plan, as described in Section 2.03 and AA §4-1. A Participant also includes any Employee (or former Employee) who has an Account Balance under the Plan, including an Account Balance derived from a rollover or transfer from another qualified plan or IRA. A Participant is entitled to share in an allocation of contributions or forfeitures under the Plan for a given year only if the Participant is an Eligible Employee as defined in Section 2.02, and satisfies the allocation conditions set forth in Section 3.09. |
An Employee is treated as a Participant with respect to Salary Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions made under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement once the Employee has satisfied the eligibility conditions under AA §4-1 for making such contributions, even if the Employee chooses not to actually make such contributions to the Plan. An Employee is treated as a Participant with respect to Matching Contributions once the Employee has satisfied the eligibility conditions under AA §4-1 for receiving such contributions, even if the Employee does not receive a Matching Contribution because of the Employees failure to make contributions eligible for the Matching Contribution.
1.84 | Participating Employer . A Related Employer that adopts this Plan by executing the Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Adoption Agreement. See Section 16 for the rules applicable to contributions and deductions for contributions made by a Participating Employer. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
7
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.85 | Participating Employer Adoption Page . The signature page in the Adoption Agreement for a Related Employer to adopt the Plan as a Participating Employer. |
1.86 | Period of Severance . A continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer and which is used to determine an Employees Participation under the Elapsed Time method. See Section 2.03(a)(5) for rules regarding eligibility and Section 7.03(b) for rules regarding vesting. |
1.87 | Permissive Aggregation Group . Plans that are not required to be aggregated to determine whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. See Section 4.03(d). |
1.88 | Plan . The Plan is the retirement plan established or continued by the Employer for the benefit of its Employees under this Plan document. The Plan consists of the basic plan document and the elections made under the Adoption Agreement. The basic plan document is the portion of the Plan that contains the non-elective provisions. The Employer may supplement or modify the basic plan document through its elections in the Adoption Agreement or by separate governing documents that are expressly authorized by the Plan. If the Employer adopts more than one Adoption Agreement under this Plan, then each executed Adoption Agreement represents a separate Plan. |
1.89 | Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator is the person designated to be responsible for the administration and operation of the Plan. Unless otherwise designated by the Employer, the Plan Administrator is the Employer. If any Related Employer has executed a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the Employer referred to in this Section is the Employer that executes the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement. |
1.90 | Plan Compensation . Plan Compensation is Total Compensation, as modified under AA §5-2, which is actually paid to an Employee during the determination period (as defined in subsection (a) below). In determining Plan Compensation, the Employer may elect under AA §5-2(b) to exclude all Elective Deferrals (as defined in Section 1.44), pre-tax contributions to a cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and qualified transportation fringes under Code§132(f)(4). In addition, the Employer may elect under AA §5-2 to exclude other designated elements of compensation. |
Plan Compensation generally includes amounts an Employee earns with a Participating Employer and amounts earned with a Related Employer (even if the Related Employer has not executed a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Adoption Agreement). However, the Employer may elect under AA §5-2(h) to exclude all amounts earned with a Related Employer that has not executed a Participating Employer Adoption Page.
If Plan Compensation is also used as Testing Compensation for purposes of demonstrating compliance with the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §401(a)(4), additional nondiscrimination testing may be required. (See the discussion under Testing Compensation in Section 1.122.)
If the Plan provides for Employer Contributions using a permitted disparity allocation method or if the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the compensation used for Plan Compensation must meet a safe harbor definition of compensation as set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1(c)(3). Therefore, any exclusions from Plan Compensation under AA §5-2(e) (k) (other than AA §5-2(i)) will apply only to Highly Compensated Employees for purposes of determining allocations under the permitted disparity allocation method or for purposes of applying the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions under Section 6.04. In addition, any election to exclude compensation above a specific dollar amount under AA §5-2(d) will not apply for purposes of determining Safe Harbor Contributions for Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The Employer may elect to restrict any of the exclusions under AA §5-2 solely to Highly Compensated Employees by designating such restriction in AA §5-2(k). (If the Employer adopts the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the definition of Plan Compensation must satisfy a safe harbor definition of compensation for all purposes under the Plan. Thus, the only exclusions allowed under the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement are safe harbor exclusions permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1(c). Any additional exclusions selected under AA §5-2(e) of the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement will apply solely to Highly Compensated Employees.)
In no case may Plan Compensation for any Participant exceed the Compensation Limit (as defined in Section 1.24).
(a) | Determination period . Unless designated otherwise under AA §5-3(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements, Plan Compensation is determined based on the Plan Year. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under AA §5-3 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to determine Plan Compensation on the basis of the calendar year ending in the Plan Year or any other 12-month period ending in the Plan Year. If the determination period is the calendar year or other 12-month period ending in the Plan Year, for any Employee whose date of hire is less than 12 months before the end of the designated 12-month period, Plan Compensation will be determined over the Plan Year. (If the Employer adopts the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, Plan Compensation is determined on the basis of the Plan Year.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
8
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
(b) | Partial period of participation . If an Employee is a Participant for only part of a Plan Year, Plan Compensation may be determined over the entire Plan Year or over the period during which such Employee is a Participant. In determining whether an Employee is a Participant for purposes of applying this subsection (b), the Employees status will be determined solely with respect to the contribution type for which the definition of Plan Compensation is being determined. Plan Compensation does not include any amounts earned for any period while an individual is not an Eligible Employee (as defined in Section 2.02). |
1.91 | Plan Year . The 12-consecutive month period designated under AA §2-4 on which the records of the Plan are maintained. If the Plan Year is amended to create a Short Plan Year or if a new Plan has an initial Short Plan Year, the Employer may document such Short Plan Year under AA §2-4(c). (See Section 11.08 for special rules that apply to Short Plan Years.) |
1.92 | Predecessor Employer . An employer that previously employed the Employees of the Employer. See Sections 2.06 (eligibility), 3.09(d) (allocation conditions) and 7.06 (vesting) for the rules regarding the crediting of service with a Predecessor Employer. |
1.93 | Predecessor Plan . A Predecessor Plan is a qualified plan maintained by the Employer that is terminated within the 5-year period immediately preceding or following the establishment of this Plan. A Participants service under a Predecessor Plan must be counted for purposes of determining the Participants vested percentage under the Plan. See Section 7.05(a). |
1.94 | Pre-Tax Deferrals . Pre-tax Deferrals are a Participants Salary Deferrals that are not includible in the Participants gross income at the time deferred. |
1.95 | Prevailing Wage Formula . The Employer may elect under AA §6-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to provide an Employer Contribution for each Participant who performs Prevailing Wage Service. (See Sections 3.02(a)(4) and 3.02(b)(6) for special rules regarding the application of the Prevailing Wage Formula.) |
1.96 | Prevailing Wage Service . A Participants service used to apply the Prevailing Wage Formula under Sections 3.02(a)(4) and 3.02(b)(6). Prevailing Wage Service is any service performed by an Employee under a public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. |
1.97 | Prior Year Testing Method . A method for applying the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. See Section 6.01(a) for a discussion of the Prior Year Testing Method under the ADP Test and Section 6.02(a) for a discussion of the Prior Year Testing Method under the ACP Test. |
1.98 | Prototype Sponsor . The Prototype Sponsor is the entity that maintains the Prototype Plan for adoption by Employers. See Section 14.01(a) for the ability of the Prototype Sponsor to amend this Plan. |
1.99 | Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) . A domestic relations order that provides for the payment of all or a portion of the Participants benefits to an Alternate Payee and satisfies the requirements under Code §414(p). See Section 11.06. |
1.100 | Qualified Election . An election to waive the QJSA or QPSA under the Plan. See Section 9.04. |
1.101 | Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) . A QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity payable over the life of the spouse. If the Participant is not married as of the Annuity Starting Date, the QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant. See Section 9.02(a). |
1.102 | Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) . A Matching Contribution made by the Employer that satisfies the requirements under Section 3.04(d). |
1.103 | Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNEC) . An Employer Contribution made by the Employer that satisfies the requirements under Section 3.02(a)(5). |
1.104 | Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) . A QPSA is an annuity payable over the life of the surviving spouse that is purchased using 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance as of the date of death. The Employer may modify the 50% QPSA level under AA §9-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. See Section 9.03(a). |
1.105 | Qualified Transfer . A transfer of assets that satisfies the requirements under Section 14.05(d). |
1.106 | Reemployment Commencement Date . The first date upon which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service following a Break in Service (or Period of Severance, if the Plan is using the Elapsed Time method of crediting service). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
9
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
1.107 | Related Employer . A Related Employer includes all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code §414(b)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code §414(c)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code §414(m)) of which the Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code §414(o). For purposes of applying the provisions under this Plan, the Employer and any Related Employers are treated as a single Employer, unless specifically stated otherwise. See Section 16.06 for operating rules that apply when the Employer is a member of a Related Employer group. Also see Section 16 for rules regarding participation of Employees of Related Employers. |
1.108 | Required Aggregation Group . Plans which must be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. See Section 4.03(e). |
1.109 | Required Beginning Date . The date by which minimum distributions must commence under the Plan. See Section 8.12(d)(5). |
1.110 | Rollover Contribution . A contribution made by an Employee to the Plan attributable to an Eligible Rollover Distribution (as defined in Section 8.05(a)(1) from another qualified plan or IRA. See Section 3.07 for rules regarding the acceptance of Rollover Contributions under this Plan. |
1.111 | Roth Deferrals . Roth Deferrals are Salary Deferrals that are includible in the Participants gross income at the time deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Deferrals in the Participants Salary Deferral Election. A Participants Roth Deferrals will be maintained in a separate Account containing only the Participants Roth Deferrals and gains and losses attributable to those Roth Deferrals. See Section 3.03(e) |
1.112 | Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan . A 401(k) plan that satisfies the conditions under Section 6.04(a). |
1.113 | Safe Harbor Contribution . A contribution authorized under AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement that allows the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. A Safe Harbor Contribution may be a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or a Safe Harbor Employer Contribution. See Section 6.04(a)(1). |
1.114 | Safe Harbor Employer Contributions . An Employer Contribution that satisfies the requirements under Section 6.04(a)(1)(i). |
1.115 | Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . A Matching Contribution that satisfies the requirements under Section 6.04(a)(1)(ii). |
1.116 | Salary Deferral Election . A written agreement between a Participant and the Employer, whereby the Participant elects to have a specific percentage or dollar amount withheld from his/her Plan Compensation and the Employer agrees to contribute such amount into the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan. See Section 3.03(a). |
1.117 | Salary Deferrals . Amounts contributed to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, which are made pursuant to a Salary Deferral Election or other deferral mechanism, and which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee pursuant to Code §402(e)(3). For years beginning after 2005, Salary Deferrals include Roth Deferrals and Pre-Tax Deferrals. Salary Deferrals shall not include any amounts properly distributed as an Excess Amount under Code §415 pursuant to Section 5.03(c)(4). An Employees Salary Deferrals are treated as employer contributions for all purposes under this Plan, except as otherwise provided under the Code or Treasury regulations. See Section 3.03. |
1.118 | Self-Employed Individual . An individual who has Earned Income (as defined in Section 1.40) for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, or an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year. |
1.119 | Short Plan Year . Any Plan Year that is less than 12 months long, either because of the amendment of the Plan Year, or because the Effective Date of a new Plan is less than 12 months prior to the end of the first Plan Year. See Section 11.08 for the operational rules that apply if the Plan has a Short Plan Year. |
1.120 | Targeted QNECs . QNECs that are allocated under the Targeted QNEC allocation method under Section 3.02(a)(5)(ii)(B). |
1.121 | Taxable Wage Base . The maximum amount of wages taken into account for Social Security purposes. The Taxable Wage Base is used to determine the Integration Level for purposes of applying the permitted disparity allocation formula. See Section 3.02(a)(1)(ii) (Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan) and Section 3.02(b)(2) (Money Purchase Plan). |
1.122 | Testing Compensation . The compensation used for purposes of the ADP and ACP Tests. In determining the Testing Compensation used for purposes of applying the ADP and ACP Test, the Plan Administrator is not bound by any elections made under AA §5 with respect to Total Compensation or Plan Compensation under the Plan. Thus, the Plan Administrator may use Total Compensation or any other nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the regulations thereunder. The Plan Administrator may determine on an annual basis (and within its discretion) the components of Testing Compensation for purposes of applying the ADP Test, provided such definition is applied consistently to all Participants. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
10
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
Testing Compensation may be determined over the Plan Year for which the applicable test is being performed or the calendar year ending within such Plan Year. In determining Testing Compensation, the Plan Administrator may take into consideration only the compensation received while the Employee is a Participant under the component of the Plan being tested. In no event may Testing Compensation for any Participant exceed the Compensation Limit defined in Section 1.24. In determining Testing Compensation, the Plan Administrator may exclude amounts paid to an individual as severance pay to the extent such amounts are paid after the common-law employment relationship between the individual and the Employer has terminated, provided such amounts also are excluded in determining Total Compensation under Section 1.126.
1.123 | Top Paid Group . The top 20% of Employees ranked by Total Compensation for purposes of determining status as a Highly Compensated Employee. See Section 1.65(f). |
1.124 | Top Heavy . A Plan is Top Heavy if it satisfies the conditions under Section 4.01. A Top Heavy Plan must provide special accelerated vesting and minimum benefits to Non-Key Employees. See Sections 4.04 and 4.05. |
1.125 | Top Heavy Ratio . The ratio used to determine whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. See Section 4.02. |
1.126 | Total Compensation . A Participants compensation for services with the Employer, as defined in this Section 1.126. Total Compensation may be defined in AA §5-1 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to be either W-2 Wages, Wages under Code §3401(a), or Code §415 Compensation. Each definition of Total Compensation includes Elective Deferrals (as defined in 1.44), elective contributions to a cafeteria plan under Code §125 or to an eligible deferred compensation plan under Code §457, and elective contributions that are not includible in the Employees gross income as a qualified transportation fringe under Code §132(f)(4). (If the Employer adopts the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, Total Compensation is W-2 Wages, as described in subsection (a) below.) |
For a Self-Employed Individual, Total Compensation means Earned Income (as defined in Section 1.40).
Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in order to be taken into account under this Section 1.126, compensation must be paid or treated as paid to an Employee prior to the Employees severance from employment with the Employer maintaining the plan. However, certain payments made by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment or the last day of the Limitation Year in which the Participant terminates employment will be taken into account as Total Compensation under this Section 1.126. Examples of post-severance payments that are not excluded from Total Compensation because of timing if they are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months following severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year in which the Participant terminates employment include (i) payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee as regular compensation for services during the Employees regular working hours or outside of the employees regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar compensation; (ii) payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Other post-severance payments (such as severance pay, unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation, or parachute payments within the meaning of Code §280G(b)(2) are not considered as Total Compensation under this Section 1.126, even if such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months following severance from employment or the end of the Limitation Year in which the Participant terminates employment.
A reference to elective contributions under a Code §125 cafeteria plan includes any amounts that are not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. Such deemed §125 compensation will be treated as an amount under Code §125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participants other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. If the Employer elects under AA §5-2(i) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to exclude deemed §125 compensation from the definition of Plan Compensation, such exclusion also will apply for purposes of determining Total Compensation under this Section 1.126.
The Employer may elect under AA §5-1 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to define Total Compensation as any of the following definitions:
(a) | W-2 Wages . Wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employers trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code §6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052, determined without regard to any rules under Code §3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. |
(b) | Wages under Code §3401(a) . Wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
11
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 1 Plan Definitions
(c) | Code §415 Compensation . Wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer (without regard to whether or not such amounts are paid in cash) to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income. Such amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Treas. Reg. §1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following: |
(1) | Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employees gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions (other than Salary Deferrals) under a SEP (as described in Code §408(k)), or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation. |
(2) | Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. |
(3) | Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option. |
(4) | Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (other than Elective Deferrals) towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Code §403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee). |
1.127 | Trust . The Trust is the separate funding vehicle under the Plan. |
1.128 | Trustee . The Trustee is the person or persons (or any successor to such person or persons) identified in the Adoption Agreement or under a separate Trust document. The Trustee may be a Discretionary Trustee or a Directed Trustee. See Section 12 for the rights and duties of a Trustee under this Plan. |
1.129 | Valuation Date . The date or dates upon which Plan assets are valued. Plan assets will be valued as of the last day of each Plan Year. In addition, the Employer may elect under AA §11-1 to establish additional Valuation Dates. Notwithstanding any election under AA §11-1, Plan assets may be valued on a more frequent basis within the complete discretion of the Employer. See Section 10.02. |
1.130 | Year of Service . A Year of Service is a 12-consecutive month period (Computation Period) during which an Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service. For purposes of applying the eligibility rules under Section 2.03 of the Plan, an Employee will earn a Year of Service if he/she completes 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during an Eligibility Computation Period (as defined in Section 2.03(a)(2)). For purposes of applying the vesting rules under Section 7.03, an Employee will earn a Year of Service if he/she completes 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during a Vesting Computation Period (as defined in Section 7.04). The Employer may elect under AA §4-3(a) (for eligibility purposes) and AA §8-7(a) (for vesting purposes) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to require the completion of any lesser number of Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to apply the Elapsed Time method (for eligibility and/or vesting purposes) in calculating an Employees Years of Service under the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
12
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
SECTION 2
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
2.01 | Eligibility . In order to participate in the Plan, an Employee must be an Eligible Employee (as defined in Section 2.02) and must satisfy the Plans minimum age and service conditions (as defined in Section 2.03). Once an Employee satisfies the Plans minimum age and service conditions, such Employee shall become a Participant on the appropriate Entry Date (as selected in AA §4-2). An Employee who meets the minimum age and service requirements set forth herein, but who is not an Eligible Employee, will be eligible to participate in the Plan only upon becoming an Eligible Employee. |
2.02 | Eligible Employees . Unless specifically excluded under AA §3-1 or this Section 2.02, all Employees of the Employer are Eligible Employees. AA §3-1 lists various classes of Employees that may be excluded from Plan participation. If an Employee is not an Eligible Employee (e.g., such Employee is a member of a class of Employees excluded under AA §3-1), that individual may not participate under the Plan, unless he/she subsequently becomes an Eligible Employee. |
(a) | Only Employees may participate in the Plan . To participate in the Plan, an individual must be an Employee. If an individual is not an Employee (e.g., the individual performs services with the Employer as an independent contractor) such individual may not participate under the Plan. If an individuals status as a non-Employee is challenged by the IRS, the reclassification of such individual as an Employee will not create retroactive rights to participate in the Plan. Thus, for example, if the IRS should find that an independent contractor is really an Employee, such individual will be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the date the IRS issues a final determination declaring such individual to be an Employee (provided the individual has satisfied all conditions for participating in the Plan (as described in this Section 2)). For periods prior to the date of such final determination, the reclassified Employee will not have any rights to accrued benefits under the Plan, except as agreed to by the Employer and the IRS, or as set forth in an amendment adopted by the Employer. |
(b) | Excluded Employees . The Employer may elect under AA §3-1 to exclude designated classes of Employees. Under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect to exclude different classes of Employees for Salary Deferrals, Matching Contributions, and Employer Contributions. Unless provided otherwise under AA §3-1(j) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, for purposes of determining Excluded Employees, any selection made with respect to Salary Deferrals also will apply to any Safe Harbor Contributions; any selections made with respect to Matching Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and any selections made with respect to Employer Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs). |
(1) | Collectively Bargained Employees . The Employer may elect under AA §3-1(b) to exclude Collectively Bargained Employees. For this purpose, a Collectively Bargained Employee is an Employee who is included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives and whose retirement benefits are subject to good faith bargaining. Unless designated otherwise under AA §3-1(j), the exclusion under AA §3-1(b) will not include any unit of Employees to the extent the collective bargaining agreement specifically provides for coverage of such Employees under the Plan. For this purpose, an Employee will not be considered a Collectively Bargained Employee for a Plan Year if more than two percent of the Employees who are covered pursuant to the collective bargaining agreement are professionals as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the term Employee representatives does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. |
(2) | Nonresident aliens . The Employer may elect under AA §3-1(c) to exclude Employees who are nonresident aliens. For this purpose, a nonresident alien is neither a citizen of the United States nor a resident of the United States for U.S. tax purposes (as defined in Code §7701(b)), and who does not have any earned income (as defined in Code §911) for the Employer that constitutes U.S. source income (within the meaning of Code §861). If a nonresident alien Employee has U.S. source income, he/she is treated as satisfying this definition if all of his/her U.S. source income from the Employer is exempt from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. |
(3) | Leased Employees . The Employer may elect under AA §3-1(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to exclude Leased Employees. Unless designated otherwise under AA §3-1(d), a Leased Employee is treated as an Eligible Employee for purposes of applying the eligibility rules under this Section 2. For this purpose, a Leased Employee is any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and a leasing organization performs services for the recipient Employer on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee under a plan of the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
13
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient Employer if:
(i) | such Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: |
(A) | a non-integrated Employer contribution of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code §415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed to a Salary Deferral Election which are excludable from gross income under Code §§125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b), |
(B) | immediate participation and |
(C) | full and immediate vesting; and |
(ii) | Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipients Employers Nonhighly Compensated workforce. |
The exclusion of Leased Employees is not available under the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement.
(4) | Special restrictions that apply to short-service Employees . The Employer may designate additional excluded classes of Employees under AA §3-1(j). If the Employer elects under AA §3-1(j) to exclude an additional class of Employees, such Employee class must be defined in such a way that it precludes Employer discretion and may not be based on time or service (e.g., part-time Employees). The Employer may not use AA §3-1(j) to cover only Nonhighly Compensated Employees with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service in order to satisfy the minimum coverage rules. |
(c) | Employees of Related Employers . If the Employer is a member of a Related Employer group, Employees of each member of the Related Employer group may participate under this Plan, provided the Related Employer executes a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Adoption Agreement. If a Related Employer does not execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page, any Employees of such Related Employer are not eligible to participate in the Plan. See Section 16.06 for operating rules that apply when the Employer is a member of a Related Employer group. Also see Section 16 for rules regarding participation of Employees of Related Employers. Section 16.07 contains special rules that apply if the Employer adopts the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. |
(d) | Ineligible Employee becomes Eligible Employee . If an Employee changes status from an ineligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee will become a Participant immediately on the date he/she changes status to an Eligible Employee, provided the Employee has satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions and has passed the Entry Date (as defined in AA §4-2) that would otherwise have applied had the Employee been an Eligible Employee. If the Employees original Entry Date (determined as if the Employee was always an Eligible Employee) has not passed as of the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Employee will not become a Participant until such Entry Date. This requirement is deemed satisfied with respect to Salary Deferrals under the Plan if the Employee is permitted to commence making deferrals under the Plan as of the beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee. If an ineligible Employee has not satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions at the time such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, such Employee will become a Participant on the appropriate Entry Date following satisfaction of the Plans minimum age and service requirements. |
(e) | Eligible Employee becomes ineligible Employee . If an Employee ceases to qualify as an Eligible Employee (i.e., the Employee changes status from an eligible class to an ineligible class of Employees), such Employee will immediately cease to participate in the Plan. If such Employee should subsequently become an Eligible Employee, he/she will be able to participate in the Plan in accordance with subsection (d) above. |
(f) | Improper exclusion of eligible Participant . If the Plan improperly excludes a Participant who has satisfied the requirements under this Section 2 for participating under the Plan, the Employer may take reasonable action to correct such violation, provided such corrective action is consistent with the requirements of the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) program. For example, the violation may be corrected by making an additional contribution to the Plan on behalf of the omitted Participant or by allocating any available forfeitures under the Plan to such Participant to restore any missed contributions under the Plan. (See Rev. Proc. 2006-27 or subsequent IRS guidance for a description of the EPCRS program.) |
2.03 | Minimum Age and Service Conditions . AA §4-1 contains specific elections as to the minimum age and service conditions which an Employee must satisfy prior to becoming eligible to participate under the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
14
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
Different age and service conditions may be selected under AA §4-1 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement for Salary Deferrals, Matching Contributions, and Employer Contributions. For purposes of applying the eligibility conditions under AA §4-1, any selection made with respect to Matching Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and any selections made with respect to Employer Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs), unless otherwise provided under AA §4-1(a)(8) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. In addition, any eligibility conditions selected with respect to Salary Deferrals also will apply to any Safe Harbor Contributions designated under AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, unless otherwise provided under AA §6C-3(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. If different conditions apply for different contributions, the rules in this Section for determining when an Employee is an Eligible Participant are applied separately with respect to each set of eligibility conditions.
(a) | Application of age and service conditions . The Employer may elect under AA §4-1 to impose minimum age and service conditions that an Employee must satisfy in order to participate under the Plan. The Plan may not require an Employee to attain an age older than age 21 or to complete more than one Year of Service. However, the Plan may require an Employee to complete two Years of Service prior to participating in the Plan if the Employer elects full and immediate vesting under AA §8. (The Employer may not require an Employee to complete more than one Year of Service to be eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement.) |
(1) | Year of Service . In applying the minimum service requirements under AA §4-1, an Employee will earn a Year of Service if the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during an Eligibility Computation Period (as defined in subsection (2) below). The Employer may modify the definition of Year of Service under AA §4-3(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to require a lesser number of Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service. An Employee will receive credit for a Year of Service, as of the end of the Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee completes the required Hours of Service needed to earn a Year of Service. An Employee need not be employed for the entire Eligibility Computation Period to receive credit for a Year of Service, provided the Employee completes the required Hours of Service during such period. |
(2) | Eligibility Computation Periods . In determining whether an Employee has earned a Year of Service for eligibility purposes, an Employees initial Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-month period beginning on the Employees Employment Commencement Date. Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods will either be based on Plan Years or Anniversary Years (as set forth in AA §4-3). |
(i) | Plan Years . If the Employer elects under AA §4-3 to base subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods on Plan Years, the Plan will begin measuring Years of Service on the basis of Plan Years beginning with the first Plan Year commencing after the Employees Employment Commencement Date. Thus, for the first Plan Year following the Employees Employment Commencement Date, the initial Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year Eligibility Computation Period may overlap. (See Section 11.08 for rules that apply if there is a Short Plan Year.) |
(ii) | Anniversary Years . If the Employer elects under AA §4-3 to base subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods on Anniversary Years, the Plan will measure Years of Service after the initial Eligibility Computation Period on the basis of 12-month periods commencing with the anniversaries of the Employees Employment Commencement Date. |
(3) | Hours of Service . In calculating an Employees Hours of Service for purposes of applying the eligibility rules under this Section 2.03, the Employer will count the actual Hours of Service an Employee works during the year. (See Section 1.67 for the definition of Hours of Service). The Employer may elect under AA §4-3 to use the Equivalency Method or Elapsed Time method (instead of counting the actual Hours of Service an Employee works). (See subsections (4) and (5) below for a description of the Equivalency Method and Elapsed Time method of crediting service.) |
(4) | Equivalency Method . Instead of counting actual Hours of Service in applying the minimum service conditions under this Section 2.03, the Employer may elect under AA §4-3 to determine Hours of Service based on the Equivalency Method. Under the Equivalency Method, an Employee receives credit for a specified number of Hours of Service based on the period worked with the Employer. |
(i) | Monthly . Under the monthly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 190 Hours of Service for each calendar month during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(ii) | Daily . Under the daily Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 10 Hours of Service for each day during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
15
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
(iii) | Weekly . Under the weekly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(iv) | Semi-monthly . Under the semi-monthly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly period during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(5) | Elapsed Time method . Instead of counting actual Hours of Service in applying the minimum service requirements under this Section 2.03, the Employer may elect under AA §4-3 to apply the Elapsed Time method for calculating an Employees service with the Employer. Under the Elapsed Time method, an Employee receives credit for the aggregate period of time worked for the Employer commencing with the Employees first day of employment (or reemployment, if applicable) and ending on the date the Employee begins a Period of Severance which lasts at least 12 consecutive months. In calculating an Employees aggregate period of service, an Employee receives credit for any Period of Severance that lasts less than 12 consecutive months. If an Employees aggregate period of service includes fractional years, such fractional years are expressed in terms of days. |
(i) | Period of Severance . For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time method, a Period of Severance is any continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. A Period of Severance begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee is first absent from service for a reason other than retirement, quit or discharge. |
In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or (iv) for purposes of caring for a child of the Employee for a period beginning immediately following the birth or placement of such child.
(ii) | Related Employers/Leased Employees . For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time method, service will be credited for employment with any Related Employer. Service also will be credited for any service as a Leased Employee or as an employee under Code §414(o). |
(6) | Amendment of age and service requirements . If the Plans minimum age and service conditions are amended, an Employee who is a Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment is deemed to satisfy the amended requirements. This provision may be modified under the special Effective Date provisions under Appendix A of the Adoption Agreement. |
(b) | Entry Dates . Once an Eligible Employee satisfies the minimum age and service conditions (as set forth in AA §4-1), the Employee will be eligible to participate under the Plan as of his/her Entry Date (as set forth in AA §4-2). |
If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect different Entry Dates with respect to Salary Deferrals, Matching Contributions, and Employer Contributions. The Entry Date chosen for Salary Deferrals also applies to any Safe Harbor Contributions designated under AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement; the Entry Date chosen for Matching Contributions also applies to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and the Entry Date chosen for Employer Contributions also applies to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs).
(1) | Entry Date requirements . In no event may a Participants Entry Date be later than: (i) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date on which the Participant satisfies the minimum age and service conditions described in subsection (a) above, or (ii) six months after the date the Participant satisfies such age and service conditions. An Eligible Employee must be employed by the Employer on his/her Entry Date to begin participating in the Plan on such date. |
(2) | Single annual Entry Date . If the Employer elects a single annual Entry Date under AA §4-2(f) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements, the maximum permissible age and service conditions described in subsection (a) above are reduced by one-half (1/2) year, unless: (1) the Employer elects under AA §4-2(j) to use the Entry Date nearest the date the Employee satisfies the Plans minimum age and service conditions and the Entry Date is the first day of the Plan Year or (2) the Employer elects under AA §4-2(k) to use the Entry Date preceding the date the Employee satisfies the Plans minimum age and service conditions. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
16
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
2.04 | Participation on Effective Date of Plan . Unless designated otherwise under AA §4-4, an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the minimum age and service conditions and reached his/her Entry Date as of the Effective Date of the Plan will be eligible to participate in the Plan as of such Effective Date. If an Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service conditions as of the Effective Date of the Plan but has not yet reached his/her Entry Date, the Employee will be eligible to participate on the appropriate Entry Date. The Employer may modify this rule under AA §4-4 by electing to treat all Employees employed on the Effective Date of the Plan as Participants (regardless of whether they have satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions) or by designating a specific date as of which all Eligible Employees will be deemed to be a Participant, (regardless of whether the Employee has otherwise satisfied the minimum age and service conditions). |
2.05 | Rehired Employees . Subject to the Break in Service rules under Section 2.07, if a terminated Employee is subsequently rehired, such Employee will be eligible to participate in the Plan on his/her reemployment date, if the Employee is an Eligible Employee and the Employee had satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions prior to his/her termination of employment. If a rehired Employee had not satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions prior to termination of employment, such Employee is eligible to participate in the Plan on the appropriate Entry Date following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements under Section 2.03. For purposes of Salary Deferrals, this requirement is deemed satisfied if a rehired Employee is permitted to commence making Salary Deferrals as of the beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the Employees reemployment date. |
2.06 | Service with Predecessor Employers . If the Employer maintains the plan of a Predecessor Employer, any service with such Predecessor Employer is treated as service with the Employer for purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan. If the Employer does not maintain the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer does not count for eligibility purposes under this Section 2, unless the Employer specifically designates under AA §4-5 to credit service with such Predecessor Employer for eligibility. Unless designated otherwise under AA §4-5, if the Employer takes into account service with a Predecessor Employer, such service will count for purposes of eligibility under this Section 2, vesting under Section 7 (see Section 7.06) and for purposes of the minimum allocation conditions under Section 3.09 (see Section 3.09(d)). |
2.07 | Break in Service Rules . Generally, an Employee will be credited with all service earned for the Employer, including service earned prior to the effective date of the Plan and service earned while the Employee is an ineligible Employee. However, the Employer may elect under AA §4-3 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to disregard an Employees service with the Employer under the Break in Service rules set forth in this Section 2.07. |
(a) | Break in Service . An Employee incurs a Break in Service for any Eligibility Computation Period (as defined in Section 2.03(a)(2)) during which the Employee does not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service with the Employer. However, if the Employer elects under AA §4-3(a) to require less than 1,000 Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service for eligibility purposes, a Break in Service will occur for any Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than one-half (1/2) of the Hours of Service required to earn an eligibility Year of Service. |
(b) | Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule . Under the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule, if a Participant is totally nonvested (i.e., 0% vested) in his/her entire Account Balance, and such Participant incurs five (5) or more consecutive one-year Breaks in Service (or, if greater, a consecutive period of Breaks in Service at least equal to the Participants aggregate number of Years of Service with the Employer), the Plan will disregard all service earned prior to such consecutive Breaks in Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan. If the Employee returns to employment with the Employer, such Employee will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining eligibility under the Plan. For this purpose, a Participant who has made Salary Deferrals under the Plan will be treated as having a vested interest in the Plan. Thus, the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule may not be used with respect to any contributions under the Plan (even if such Employee is totally nonvested in such contributions) for a Participant who has made Salary Deferrals under the Plan. The Employer must elect to apply the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule under AA §4-3. |
(c) | Special Break in Service rule for Plans using two Years of Service for eligibility . If the Employer has elected under AA §4-1(a)(6) to require Employees to complete two Years of Service to become eligible to participate in the Plan, any Employee who incurs a one-year Break in Service before satisfying the two Years of Service eligibility condition will not be credited with service earned before such one-year Break in Service. |
(d) | One-Year Break in Service rule . Under the One-Year Break in Service rule, if an Employee incurs a one-year Break in Service, such Employee will not be credited with any service earned prior to such one-year Break in Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate under the Plan until the Employee has completed a Year of Service after the Employees return to employment. The Employer must elect to apply the One-Year Break in Service rule under AA §4-3(f) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. The One-Year Break in Service rule is not available under the Standardized Adoption Agreement. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
17
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 2 Eligibility and Participation
(1) | Temporary disregard of service . If a Participant has service disregarded under the One-Year Break in Service rule, such Participant will have his/her service reinstated upon returning to employment as of the first day of the Eligibility Computation during which the Participant completes a Year of Service. For this purpose, the Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-month period commencing on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service following the Break in Service. If a Participant does not complete a Year of Service during the first Eligibility Computation Period following his/her return to employment, subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods will be determined based on Plan Years beginning with the first Plan Year following the Employees return to employment (unless the Employer selects Anniversary Years as the Eligibility Computation Period under AA §4-3(b)). |
(2) | Application to Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan . If the Employer elects under AA §4-3(f) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to have the One-Year Break in Service rule apply to Salary Deferrals, an Employee who is precluded from making Salary Deferrals as a result of this Break in Service rule is eligible to recommence Salary Deferrals under the Plan immediately upon completing 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during a subsequent measuring period (as determined under subsection (1) above). No additional contribution need be made to an Employee due to the application of this subsection (2) as a result of the failure to retroactively permit the Employee to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan. |
2.08 | Waiver of Participation . As of the Effective Date of this Plan, an Employee may not waive participation under the Plan. For this purpose, the mere failure to make Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions under the 401(k) plan is not a waiver of participation. If an Employee entered into a valid waiver of participation prior to the Effective Date of this Plan, such waiver will remain in effect pursuant to the terms of such waiver. Any Employee who does not participate under the Plan due to a prior valid waiver will be treated as a non-benefiting Participant for purposes of the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
18
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
SECTION 3
PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS
This Section 3 describes the type of contributions that may be made to the Plan. The type of contributions that may be made to the Plan and the method for allocating such contributions may vary depending on the type of Plan involved. (See Section 5 for a discussion of the limits that apply to any contributions made under the Plan.)
3.01 | Types of Contributions. An Employer may designate under AA §6 (including AA §§6A 6D of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement) the amount and type of contributions that may be made under this Plan. If the Plan is a Money Purchase Plan or is a Profit Sharing Plan only (i.e., the Adoption Agreement provides for only Profit Sharing contributions (without a 401(k) feature)), the Plan may only provide for Employer Contributions (as authorized under AA §6). If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Plan may permit Salary Deferrals, Employer Contributions (including QNECs and Safe Harbor Employer Contributions), Matching Contributions (including QMACs and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) and After-Tax Contributions. To share in a contribution under the Plan, an Employee must satisfy all of the conditions for being a Participant (as described in Section 2) and must satisfy any allocation conditions (as described in Section 3.09) applicable to the particular type of contribution. |
The Employer may designate under the Adoption Agreement that the Plan is a frozen Plan. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any Employer Contributions with respect to Plan Compensation earned after the date identified in the Agreement, and if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, no Participant will be permitted to make Elective Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan for any period following the effective date of the freeze as identified in AA §2-5 (of the Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement) or AA §6-2(g) (of the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement).
3.02 | Employer Contribution Formulas. If permitted under AA §6, the Employer may make an Employer Contribution to the Plan, in accordance with the contribution formula selected under AA §6-2. Subsection (a) below describes the Employer Contributions that may be selected under the Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreements and subsection (b) below describes the Employer Contributions that may be made under the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement. Any Employer Contribution authorized under the Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan must be allocated in accordance with a definite allocation formula as set forth in AA §6-3. To receive an allocation of Employer Contributions, a Participant must satisfy any allocations conditions designated under the Plan, as described in Section 3.09 below. |
(a) | Employer Contribution formulas (Profit Sharing Plan and Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan). The Employer may elect under AA §6-2 of the Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to make any of the following Employer Contributions. If the Employer elects more than one Employer Contribution formula, each formula is applied separately. The Employers aggregate Employer Contribution for a Plan Year will be the sum of the Employer Contributions under all such formulas. Any reference to the Adoption Agreement under this subsection (a) is a reference to the Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, as applicable. |
(1) | Discretionary Employer Contribution. If elected in AA §6-2(a), the Employer may decide on an annual basis how much (if any) it wishes to contribute to the Plan as an Employer Contribution. If the Employer elects to make a discretionary contribution, such amount may be allocated under the pro rata, permitted disparity, new comparability, age-based or uniform points allocation method (as selected in AA §6-3). |
(i) | Pro rata allocation method . Under the pro rata allocation method, a pro rata share of the Employer Contribution is allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account. A Participants pro rata share is determined based on the ratio such Participants Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants or as a uniform dollar amount. This allocation formula will satisfy a design-based safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b) provided if the allocation is based on Plan Compensation, the Plan uses a definition of Plan Compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1. |
(ii) | Permitted disparity allocation method. Under the permitted disparity allocation method, the Employer Contribution is allocated to Participants Employer Contribution Accounts using a two-step or four-step method. Unless provided otherwise under AA §6-3(b), the two-step method will apply for any Plan Year in which the Plan is not Top Heavy. For any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top Heavy, the four-step method will apply, unless provided otherwise under AA §6-3(b). This allocation formula is designed to satisfy a design-based safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b). |
The Employer may not elect the permitted disparity allocation method under the Plan if the Employer maintains another qualified plan, covering any of the same Employees, which uses permitted disparity in determining the allocation of contributions or the accrual of benefits under such plan.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
19
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(A) | Two-step method. Under the two-step method, the discretionary Employer Contribution is allocated under the following method: |
(I) | Step one. The Employer Contribution is allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participants Plan Compensation plus Excess Compensation (as defined in subsection (C) below) bears to the sum of the total Plan Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of the Maximum Disparity Rate (as defined in subsection (E) below). |
(II) | Step two. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in subsection (I) above one will be allocated in the ratio that each Participants Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants. |
(B) | Four-step method. Under the four-step method, the discretionary Employer Contribution is allocated under the following method: |
(I) | Step one. The Employer Contribution is allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account in the ratio that each Participants Total Compensation bears to the Total Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of 3% of each Participants Total Compensation. |
(II) | Step two. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in subsection (I) above will be allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account in the ratio that each Participants Excess Compensation (as defined in subsection (C) below) bears to the Excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of 3% of each Participants Excess Compensation. For purposes of this step two, Excess Compensation will be determined using Total Compensation (instead of Plan Compensation) for the Plan Year. |
(III) | Step three. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in subsection (II) above will be allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account in the ratio that the sum of each Participants Plan Compensation plus Excess Compensation bears to the sum of the total Plan Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants, but not in excess of the Maximum Disparity Rate (as defined in subsection (E) below). |
(IV) | Step four. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in subsection (III) above will be allocated to each Participants Employer Contribution Account in the ratio that each Participants Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all Participants. |
(C) | Excess Compensation. The amount of Plan Compensation that exceeds the Integration Level. |
(D) | Integration Level. The Taxable Wage Base, unless specified otherwise under AA §6-3(b)(1). |
(E) | Maximum Disparity Rate. The Maximum Disparity Rate is the maximum amount that may be allocated with respect to Excess Compensation. If the two-step allocation method is used under subsection (A) above, under step one of the two-step formula, the amount allocated as a percentage of Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation may not exceed the following percentage: |
Integration Level (as a percentage of the Taxable Wage Base) |
Maximum
Disparity Rate |
|||
100% |
5.7 | % | ||
More than 80% but less than 100% |
5.4 | % | ||
More than 20% and not more than 80% |
4.3 | % | ||
20% or less |
5.7 | % |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
20
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
If the four-step allocation formula is used under subsection (B) above, under step three of the four-step formula, the amount allocated as a percentage of Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation may not exceed the following percentage:
Integration Level (as a percentage of the Taxable Wage Base) |
Maximum
Disparity Rate |
|||
100% |
2.7 | % | ||
More than 80% but less than 100% |
2.4 | % | ||
More than 20% and not more than 80% |
1.3 | % | ||
20% or less |
2.7 | % |
(F) | Taxable Wage Base. The maximum amount of wages that are considered for Social Security purposes as in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year. |
(iii) | Uniform points allocation. Under the uniform points allocation, the Employer will allocate the discretionary Employer Contribution on the basis of each Participants total points for the Plan Year, as determined under AA §6-3(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. A Participants allocation of the Employer Contribution is determined by multiplying the Employer Contribution by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participants total points for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the points for all Participants for the Plan Year. |
A Participant will receive points for each year(s) of age and/or each Year(s) of Service designated under AA §6-3(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. In addition, a Participant also may receive points based on his/her Plan Compensation. Each Participant will receive the same number of points for each designated year of age and/or service and the same number of points for each designated level of Plan Compensation. If the Employer provides points based on Plan Compensation, the Employer may not designate a level of Plan Compensation that exceeds $200.
To satisfy the nondiscrimination safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2, the average of the allocation rates for Highly Compensated Employees in the Plan must not exceed the average of the allocation rates for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Plan. For this purpose, the average allocation rates are determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3)(B).
(iv) | New comparability allocation. Under the new comparability allocation method, the Employer may make a different discretionary contribution to each Participants Employer Contribution Account based on the Employee allocation groups designated under AA §6-3(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements. |
Under the new comparability allocation, the Employer may designate under AA §6-3(d)(1) separate Employee allocation groups for purposes of allocating the Employer Contribution under the Plan or may elect to have each Participant be in his/her own Employee allocation group. The Employer Contribution will be allocated separately to each Employee allocation group in an amount determined by the Employer. Amounts allocated to designated Employee allocation groups will be made as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation.
In determining the amount that may be allocated to Participants under the new comparability allocation formula, only a limited number of allocation rates will be permitted (see subsection (A) below). Thus, the Employer Contribution made for the Plan Year must be allocated in a manner that results in no more than the maximum number of separate allocation rates described in subsection (A) below. A Plan will not violate this requirement if the designated Employee allocation groups under AA §6-3(d) exceed the maximum permitted number of allocation rates, as long as the actual amounts allocated for a Plan Year do not result in separate allocation rates that exceed the maximum number of allocation rates designated in subsection (A).
The Plan must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c) with respect to the separate allocation rates under the Plan. The Plan will use standard interest rate and mortality table assumptions in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-12 when testing the allocation formula for nondiscrimination. In the case of self-employed individuals (i.e., sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and the allocation method should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a self-employed individual as a result of application of the allocation method.
(A) | Allocation rates. An allocation rate is the amount of Employer Contributions allocated to an Employee for a year, expressed as a percentage of Plan Compensation. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
21
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(B) | Maximum number of allocation rates. The maximum allowable number of allocation rates is equal to the sum of the allowable number of allocation rates for eligible Highly Compensated Employees (eligible HCEs) and the allowable number of allocation rates for eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees (eligible NHCEs). In determining the number of HCE and NHCE allocation rates, each separate Employee allocation group which has the same allocation rate (as defined in subsection (A) above), will be considered a single allocation rate. |
(I) | HCE allocation rates. The allowable number of HCE allocation rates is equal to the number of eligible HCEs, limited to 25. |
(II) | NHCE allocation rates. The allowable number of NHCE allocation rates depends on the number of eligible NHCEs, limited to 25. The number of eligible NHCEs to which a particular allocation rate applies must reflect a reasonable classification of Employees, and no Employee can be assigned to more than one Employee allocation group for a Plan Year. |
(a) | If the Plan has only one or two eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates is one. |
(b) | If the Plan has 3 to 8 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed two. |
(c) | If the Plan has 9 to 11 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed three. |
(d) | If the Plan has 12 to 19 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed four. |
(e) | If the Plan has 20 to 29 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed five. |
(f) | If the Plan has 30 or more eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE allocation rates cannot exceed the number of eligible NHCEs divided by five (rounded down to the next whole number if the result of dividing is not a whole number), but shall not exceed 25. |
(C) | Must designate contribution in writing. The Employer must designate in writing how much of the Employer Contribution is made for each of the Employee allocation groups and whether such amounts are allocated on the basis of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount. The portion of the Employer Contribution designated for a specific allocation group will be allocated only to Participants within that allocation group. If a Participant is in more than one allocation group during the Plan Year, the Participant will receive an Employer Contribution based on the Participants status on the last day of the Plan Year. In the event a Participant is in two or more allocation groups on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant will receive an Employer Contribution based on the first allocation group listed under AA §6-3(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements in which the Participant is a part. |
(D) | Special rules. |
(I) | Family Members. The Employer may designate in AA §6-3(d)(3)(i) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to establish a separate allocation group for any Family Member of a Five-Percent Owner of the Employer. For this purpose, Family Members include the spouse, children, parents and grandparents of a Five-Percent Owner. (See Section 1.65(a) for the definition of a Five-Percent Owner.) |
(II) | Benefiting Participants. The Employer may designate in AA §6-3(d)(3)(ii) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to establish a separate allocation group for any Nonhighly Compensated Benefiting Participant who does not receive the Minimum Gateway Contribution described under subsection (III)(a) below. For this purpose, a Participant is treated as a Benefiting Participant if such Participant receives an allocation of Employer Contributions (other than Salary Deferrals or Matching Contributions (including Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and QMACs)) or receives an allocation of forfeitures for the Plan Year (other than forfeitures that are subject to Code §401(m) because they are allocated as a Matching Contribution). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
22
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(III) | Special gateway contribution. If a separate allocation group is not established for Benefiting Participants under AA §6-3(d)(3)(ii) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make an additional discretionary Employer Contribution (special gateway contribution) for all Nonhighly Compensated Benefiting Participants (as described in subsection (II)) in an amount necessary to provide the Minimum Gateway Contribution described in subsection (a) below. The special gateway contribution will be allocated to all Nonhighly Compensated Benefiting Participants who have not otherwise received the Minimum Gateway Contribution without regard to any allocation conditions otherwise applicable to Employer Contributions under the Plan. However, Participants who the Plan Administrator disaggregates pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-7(c)(4) because they have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code §410(a) shall not be eligible to receive an allocation of any special gateway contribution made pursuant to this subsection (III). |
(a) | Minimum Gateway Contribution. A Benefiting Participant is treated as receiving the Minimum Gateway Contribution if the Participant has an allocation rate that is equal to the lesser of: (1) one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate for the Plan Year or (2) 5% of Compensation (as defined in subsection (b) below). In determining whether a Benefiting Participant has received an allocation that satisfies the Minimum Gateway Contribution, all Employer Contributions allocated to the Participant for the Plan Year are taken into account. For this purpose, Employer Contributions does not include any Matching Contributions, Salary Deferrals, or QNECs that are used in the ADP Test or ACP Test. |
(b) | Compensation for 5% gateway allocation. For purposes of the 5% gateway contribution under (2) of subsection (a) above, Compensation means Total Compensation for the Plan Year. However, for this purpose, Total Compensation shall exclude amounts paid while an Employee is not a Participant in the Plan. |
(c) | Compensation under one-third gateway allocation. To determine whether a Benefiting Participant has received an allocation that satisfies the one-third gateway allocation requirement under (1) of subsection (a) above, a Participants allocation rate is determined by dividing the total Employer Contribution made on behalf of such Participant by the Participants Plan Compensation (as defined in AA §5-2), provided the definition satisfies Treas. Reg. §1.414(s). However, solely for purposes of determining the allocation rate of any Nonhighly Compensated Employee, QNECs that are used in the ADP Test or ACP Test shall not be taken into account. |
(IV) | Special restrictions that apply to short-service Employees . A designated Employee allocation group which is limited to Nonhighly Compensated Employees with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service may be deemed to violate the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §401(a)(4). |
(v) | Age-based allocation. Under the age-based allocation method, the Employer will allocate the discretionary Employer Contribution on the basis of each Participants adjusted Plan Compensation. Amounts allocated under an age-based allocation must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c). |
(A) | Adjusted Plan Compensation. For this purpose, a Participants adjusted Plan Compensation is determined by multiplying the Participants Plan Compensation by an Actuarial Factor (as described in subsection (B) below). |
(B) | Actuarial Factor. A Participants Actuarial Factor must be determined based on standard actuarial assumptions that satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-12 using a testing age that is the later of Normal Retirement Age or the Employees current age. Unless designated otherwise under AA §6-3(e) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, a Participants Actuarial Factor is determined based on an 8.5% interest rate and the UP-1984 mortality table. (See Appendix A of the Plan for the Actuarial Factors associated with an 8.5% interest rate and the UP-1984 mortality table and a testing age of 65. If an interest rate other than 8.5% or a mortality table other than the UP-1984 mortality table is selected under AA §6-3(e), or if a testing age other than age 65 is used, the Plan must determine the appropriate Actuarial Factors based on the designated interest rate, mortality table, and testing age.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
23
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(2) | Fixed Employer Contribution. If elected in AA §6-2(b), the Employer will make a fixed contribution to the Plan as a designated percentage of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount. The Employer Contribution will be allocated under the prorata allocation formula under AA §6-3(a) in accordance with the selections made in AA §6-2(b). The allocation of the fixed Employer Contribution under the pro rata allocation formula will satisfy a design-based safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b) provided, if the allocation is based on Plan Compensation, the Plan uses a definition of Plan Compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1. |
(3) | Service-based Employer Contribution. If elected in AA §6-2(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make a contribution based on an Employees service with the Employer during the Plan Year (or other period designated under AA §6-5(a).) The Employer may elect to make the service-based contribution as a discretionary contribution or as a fixed contribution. Any such contribution will be allocated on the basis of Participants Hours of Service, weeks of employment or other measuring period selected under AA §6-2(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. The Employer Contribution will be allocated under the service-based allocation formula under AA §6-3(f). Amounts allocated on the basis of service must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c). |
(4) | Prevailing Wage Contribution. If elected in AA §6-2(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make a Prevailing Wage Contribution for Participants who perform Prevailing Wage Service. For this purpose, Prevailing Wage Service is any service performed by an Employee under a public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. The Employer will make an Employer Contribution based on the hourly contribution rate for the Participants employment classification. The Prevailing Wage Contribution will be allocated under the Prevailing Wage allocation formula under AA §6-3(g). Special restrictions may apply in order for Prevailing Wage Contributions to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the applicable federal, state or municipal prevailing wage laws. The Employer may attach an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement setting forth the hourly contribution rate for the employment classifications eligible for Prevailing Wage Contributions. |
Unless provided otherwise in AA §6-2(d)(2) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, the following default rules apply for purposes of determining the Prevailing Wage Contribution.
(i) | Only available to Nonhighly Compensated Employees. Highly Compensated Employees are not eligible to share in the Prevailing Wage Contribution. |
(ii) | No minimum age and service conditions. No minimum age or service conditions will apply for purposes of determining an Employees eligibility for the Prevailing Wage Contribution. An Employee who performs Prevailing Wage Service will be eligible to receive the Prevailing Wage Contribution as of his/her Employment Commencement Date. |
(iii) | Full vesting. Prevailing Wage Contributions are always 100% vested. |
If the Employer elects to provide eligibility requirements or vesting requirements with respect to Prevailing Wage Contributions under AA §6-2(d), the Employer may not be able to take full credit under applicable federal, state or municipal prevailing wage laws for the Prevailing Wage Contributions made under this Plan. See the applicable prevailing wage laws for more information regarding the effect of eligibility and/or vesting requirements.
The Employer may elect under AA §6-2(d)(1) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to offset other Employer Contributions made under the Plan by the Prevailing Wage Contribution. To the extent such contributions satisfy the requirements for a QNEC, as described in subsection (5) below, the Prevailing Wage Contribution may be treated as a QNEC under the Plan.
(5) | Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs). Notwithstanding any contrary selections in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, for any Plan Year, the Employer may make a discretionary QNEC on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants under the Plan. Such QNEC will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation to all Nonhighly Compensated Participants, without regard to any allocation conditions selected in AA §6-6, unless designated otherwise under AA §6-4 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. A QNEC must satisfy the requirements for a QNEC described in subsection (i) below at the time the contribution is made to the Plan, regardless of any inconsistent elections under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
24
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
Alternatively, the Employer may elect under AA §6-4 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to specifically permit discretionary QNECs under the Plan. The Employer may elect to allocate the QNEC under any of the allocation methods under subsection (ii) below. (If QNECs are authorized under the Standardized Adoption Agreement, such QNECs will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation to all Nonhighly Compensated Participants, without regard to the allocation conditions selected in AA §6-6.)
If the Employer makes both a discretionary Employer Contribution under AA §6-2(a) and a discretionary QNEC, the Employer must designate, in writing, the amount of the Employer Contribution which is designated as a regular Employer Contribution and the amount designated as a QNEC.
(i) | Requirements for a QNEC. In order to qualify as a QNEC, an Employer Contribution must satisfy the following requirements: |
(A) | 100% vesting. A QNEC must be 100% vested when contributed to the Plan. |
(B) | Distribution restrictions. A QNEC must be subject to the same distribution restrictions applicable to Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c), except that no portion of a Participants QNEC Account may be distributed on account of Hardship. See Section 8.10(d). |
(C) | Allocation conditions. A QNEC will not be subject to the allocation provisions applicable to Employer Contributions, as designated under AA §6-6, unless provided otherwise under AA §6-4 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. |
(ii) | Allocation method for QNECs. |
(A) | Participants. The Employer may elect under AA §6-4(a) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to allocate any QNEC under the Plan to all Participants (rather than to just Nonhighly Compensated Participants). |
(B) | Targeted QNECs. If the Employer elects to make Targeted QNECs under AA §6-4(b) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the QNEC will be allocated to Nonhighly Compensated Participants in the QNEC Allocation Group, starting with Nonhighly Compensated Participants with the lowest Plan Compensation for the Plan Year. For this purpose, the QNEC Allocation Group is made up of the Nonhighly Compensated Participants (equal to one-half of total Nonhighly Compensated Participants under the Plan), with the lowest level of Plan Compensation for the Plan Year. |
(I) | 5% of Plan Compensation limit. The QNEC will be allocated to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the QNEC Allocation Group up to a maximum of 5% of Plan Compensation. The QNEC will be allocated first to the Nonhighly Compensated Participant(s) with the lowest Plan Compensation (up to the 5% of Plan Compensation maximum allocation) and continuing with Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the QNEC Allocation Group with the next higher level of Plan Compensation, until all of the QNEC has been allocated (or until all Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the QNEC Allocation Group have received the maximum 5% of Plan Compensation QNEC allocation). |
(II) | Reallocation to lowest one-half of Nonhighly Compensated Participants. If a QNEC remains unallocated after the allocation under subsection (I), the remaining QNEC will continue to be allocated in accordance with subsections (I), in increments equal to twice the level of QNEC allocated to the rest of the QNEC Allocation Group. Thus, for example, if a QNEC remains unallocated after allocating the full 5% of Plan Compensation to the QNEC Allocation Group, the QNEC will continue to be allocated up to 10% of Plan Compensation (twice the QNEC already allocated to the QNEC Allocation Group) beginning with the Nonhighly Compensated Employee in the QNEC Allocation Group with the lowest Plan Compensation. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
25
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(III) | Additional members in QNEC Allocation Group. If at any time, a Nonhighly Compensated Participant is not able to receive a full QNEC allocation under subsection (I) or (II) (e.g., due to the application of the Code §415 Limitation), the Nonhighly Compensated Participant with the next higher level of Plan Compensation (that is not in the QNEC Allocation Group) will be added to the QNEC Allocation Group. |
(IV) | Special rule for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, a QNEC allocated under the Targeted QNEC method may be allocated to Participants without regard to the 5% of Plan Compensation limit. Thus, for such Plan Years, a Targeted QNEC may be allocated to a Participant up to the Participants Code §415 Limitation, as described in Section 5.03. |
(6) | Frozen Plan. The Employer may designate under AA §2-5 that the Plan is a frozen Plan. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any Employer Contributions with respect to Plan Compensation earned after the date identified in the Agreement. |
(b) | Employer Contribution formulas (Money Purchase Plan). The Employer may elect under AA §6 of the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement to make any of the following Employer Contributions. Each Participant will receive an allocation of Employer Contributions equal to the amount determined under the contribution formula elected under AA §6-2. Any reference to the Adoption Agreement under this subsection (b) is a reference to the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement. To receive an allocation of Employer Contributions, a Participant must satisfy any allocations conditions designated under the Plan, as described in Section 3.09 below. |
If the Employer adopts the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement and also maintains another qualified retirement plan or plans, the contribution to be made under the Money Purchase Plan will not exceed the maximum amount that is deductible under Code §404(a)(7), taking into account all contributions that have been made to the other plan or plans prior to the date a contribution is made under the Money Purchase Plan.
(1) | Uniform Employer Contribution. If elected under AA §6-2(a), the Employer will make a contribution to each Participant under the Plan as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation or as a uniform dollar amount. This contribution formula will satisfy a design-based safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b) provided if the allocation is based on Plan Compensation, the Plan uses a definition of Plan Compensation that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1. |
(2) | Permitted disparity contribution. If elected under AA §6-2(b), the Employer will make a permitted disparity contribution to each Participant using either the individual or group method. The Employer may not elect the permitted disparity allocation method under the Plan if the Employer maintains another qualified plan, covering any of the same Employees, which uses permitted disparity in determining the allocation of contributions or the accrual of benefits under such plan. This contribution formula is designed to satisfy a design-based safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b). |
(i) | Individual method . Under the individual method, each Participant will receive an allocation of the Employer Contribution equal to the amount determined under the contribution formula under AA §6-2(b)(1). A Participant may not receive an allocation with respect to Excess Compensation that exceeds the Maximum Disparity Rate. |
(A) | Excess Compensation. The amount of Plan Compensation that exceeds the Integration Level. |
(B) | Integration Level. The Taxable Wage Base, unless specified otherwise under AA §6-2(b)(3). |
(C) | Maximum Disparity Rate. The Maximum Disparity Rate is the maximum amount that may be allocated with respect to Excess Compensation under the permitted disparity formula. The maximum amount that may be allocated as a percentage of Plan Compensation and Excess Compensation is the following percentage: |
Integration Level (as a percentage of the Taxable Wage Base) |
Maximum
Disparity Rate |
|||
100% |
5.7 | % | ||
More than 80% but less than 100% |
5.4 | % | ||
More than 20% and not more than 80% |
4.3 | % | ||
20% or less |
5.7 | % |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
26
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(D) | Taxable Wage Base. The maximum amount of wages that are considered for Social Security purposes as in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year. |
(ii) | Group method. Under the group method, the Employer contributes a fixed percentage of total Plan Compensation of all Participants. The Employer Contribution is then allocated under the two-step method (as described in subsection (a)(1)(ii)(A) above) or, if the Plan Is Top-Heavy, under the four-step method (as described in subsection (a)(1)(ii)(B) above). In determining Excess Compensation, the Integration Level is the Taxable Wage Base, unless designated otherwise under AA §6-2(b)(3). |
(3) | New comparability contribution. Under the new comparability contribution method, the Employer may make a different contribution to each Participants Employer Contribution Account based on the designated Employee groups identified under AA §6-2(c). |
The Employer Contribution made for a designated Employee group will be allocated to each eligible Participant in such group as a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation as designated in AA §6-2(c)(2). The Employer also may elect to allocate an amount to each eligible Participant in a designated Employee group the maximum amount permissible under Code §415. See Section 5.03.
The Employee groups designated in AA §6-2(c) must be clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definite determinable requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The portion of the Employer Contribution designated for a specific Employee group will be allocated only to Participants within that group. If a Participant is in more than one Employee group during the Plan Year, the Participant will receive an Employer Contribution based on the Participants status on the last day of the Plan Year. In the event a Participant is in two or more Employee groups on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant will receive an Employer Contribution based on the first Employee group listed under AA §6-2(c) in which the Participant is a part.
In applying the new comparability contribution method under this subsection (3), only a limited number of contribution rates (as defined in subsection (i) below) will be permitted (as set forth in subsection (ii) below). Thus, the use of the new comparability contribution method may not result in different contribution rates that exceed the maximum number of contribution rates permitted in subsection (ii) below. A Plan will not violate this requirement if the designated Employee contribution groups under AA §6-2(c) exceed the maximum permitted number of contribution rates, as long as the actual amounts contributed for a Plan Year do not result in separate contribution rates that exceed the maximum number of contribution rates designated in subsection (ii). The Plan still must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c) with respect to the separate contribution rates under the Plan. The Plan will use standard interest rate and mortality table assumptions in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-12 when testing the allocation formula for nondiscrimination.
In the case of self-employed individuals (i.e., sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and the designation of Employee groups should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a self-employed individual as a result of application of such designation. A designated Employee group which is limited to Nonhighly Compensated Employees with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of service may be deemed to violate the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §401(a)(4).
(i) | Contribution rates. A contribution rate is the amount of Employer Contributions made to an Employee for a year, expressed as a percentage of Plan Compensation. |
(ii) | Maximum number of contribution rates. The maximum allowable number of contribution rates is equal to the sum of the allowable number of contribution rates for eligible Highly Compensated Employees (eligible HCEs) and the allowable number of contribution rates for eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees (eligible NHCEs). In determining the number of HCE and NHCE contribution rates, each separate Employee contribution group which has the same contribution rate (as defined in subsection (i) above), will be considered a single contribution rate. |
(A) | HCE contribution rates. The allowable number of HCE contribution rates is equal to the number of eligible HCEs, limited to 25. |
(B) | NHCE contribution rates. The allowable number of NHCE contribution rates depends on the number of eligible NHCEs, limited to 25. The number of eligible NHCEs to which a particular contribution rate applies must reflect a reasonable classification of Employees, and no Employee can be assigned to more than one Employee contribution group for a Plan Year. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
27
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(I) | If the Plan has only one or two eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates is one. |
(II) | If the Plan has 3 to 8 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates cannot exceed two. |
(III) | If the Plan has 9 to 11 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates cannot exceed three. |
(IV) | If the Plan has 12 to 19 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates cannot exceed four. |
(V) | If the Plan has 20 to 29 eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates cannot exceed five. |
(VI) | If the Plan has 30 or more eligible NHCEs, the allowable number of NHCE contribution rates cannot exceed the number of eligible NHCEs divided by five (rounded down to the next whole number if the result of dividing is not a whole number), but shall not exceed 25. |
(4) | Age-based contribution . Under the age-based contribution method, the Employer will contribute a specific percentage of each Participants adjusted Plan Compensation. Amounts contributed under an age-based contribution formula must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c). |
(i) | Adjusted Plan Compensation . For this purpose, a Participants adjusted Plan Compensation is determined by multiplying the Participants Plan Compensation by an Actuarial Factor (as described in subsection (ii) below). |
(ii) | Actuarial Factor . A Participants Actuarial Factor must be determined based on standard actuarial assumptions that satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-12 using a testing age that is the later of Normal Retirement Age or the Employees current age. Unless designated otherwise under AA §6-2(d), a Participants Actuarial Factor is determined based on an 8.5% interest rate and the UP-1984 mortality table. (See Appendix A of the Plan for the Actuarial Factors associated with an 8.5% interest rate and the UP-1984 mortality table and a testing age of 65. If an interest rate other than 8.5% or a mortality table other than the UP-1984 mortality table is selected under AA §6-2(d), or if a testing age other than age 65 is used, the Plan must determine the appropriate Actuarial Factors based on the designated interest rate, mortality table and testing age.) |
(5) | Service-based Employer Contribution . If elected in AA §6-2(e), the Employer will make a contribution based on an Employees service with the Employer during the Plan Year (or other period designated under AA §6-4.) The Employer Contribution will be allocated on the basis of Participants Hours of Service, weeks of employment or other measuring period selected under AA §6-2(e). Amounts contributed on the basis of service must satisfy the general nondiscrimination rate group test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c). |
(6) | Prevailing Wage Contribution . If elected in AA §6-2(f), the Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution for Participants who perform Prevailing Wage service. For this purpose, Prevailing Wage service is any service performed by an Employee under a public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. The Employer will make an Employer Contribution based on the hourly contribution rate for the Participants employment classification. Special restrictions may apply in order for Prevailing Wage Contributions to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the applicable federal, state or municipal prevailing wage laws. The Employer may attach an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement setting forth the hourly contribution rate for the employment classifications eligible for Prevailing Wage Contributions. |
Unless provided otherwise in AA §6-2(f)(2), the default rules described in subsection (a)(4) above will apply for purposes of determining the Prevailing Wage Contribution. If the Employer elects to provide eligibility requirements or vesting requirements with respect to Prevailing Wage Contributions under AA §6-2(f), the Employer may not be able to take full credit under applicable federal, state or municipal prevailing wage laws for the Prevailing Wage Contributions made under this Plan. See the applicable prevailing wage laws for more information regarding the effect of eligibility and/or vesting requirements.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
28
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
The Employer may elect under AA §6-2(f)(1) to offset other Employer Contributions made under the Plan by the Prevailing Wage Contribution.
(7) | Frozen Plan . The Employer may designate under AA §6-2(g) that the Plan is a frozen Plan. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any Employer Contributions with respect to Plan Compensation earned after the date identified in AA §6-2(g). |
(c) | Period for determining Employer Contributions . In determining the amount of Employer Contributions to be allocated to Participants under the Plan, the Plan will take into account Plan Compensation (as defined in Section 1.90) for the Plan Year. The Employer may designate under AA §6-5 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement alternative periods for determining the allocation of Employer Contributions. If alternative periods are designated under AA §6-5, a Participants allocation of Employer Contributions will be determined separately for each designated period based on Plan Compensation earned during such period. If an alternative period is designated under AA §6-5, the Employer need not actually make the Employer Contribution during the designated period, provided the total Employer Contribution for the Plan Year is allocated based on the proper Plan Compensation. (If the permitted disparity allocation method applies under AA §6-2(b), the allocation will be based on the Plan Year.) |
(d) | Offset of Employer Contributions . |
(1) | Offset of Employer Contributions by Safe Harbor Employer Contributions . If the Plan provides for Safe Harbor Employer Contributions under AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement and such Safe Harbor Employer Contributions are not available to all eligible Participants (pursuant to the selections made in AA §6C-3(a)), the Employer may elect under AA §6C-4 to offset any additional Employer Contributions a Participant would otherwise receive by the amount of Safe Harbor Employer Contributions the Participant receives under the Plan. Thus, when allocating any additional Employer Contributions under the Plan, if so elected under AA §6C-4, no amounts will be allocated to Participants who receive a Safe Harbor Employer Contribution until the amount of additional Employer Contributions exceeds the amount of Safe Harbor Employer Contributions received under the Plan. For this purpose, if the permitted disparity allocation method applies, this offset applies only to the second step of the two-step permitted disparity formula or the fourth step of the four-step permitted disparity formula. |
(2) | Offset for contributions under another qualified plan maintained by the Employer . If the Employer maintains any other qualified plan(s) which cover any Participants under this Plan, the Employer may elect under AA §6 to reduce such Participants allocation under this Plan to take into account the benefits provided under the Employers other qualified plan(s). For purposes of satisfying the coverage requirements under Code §410(b) and the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §401(a)(4), this Plan may need to be aggregated with such other qualified plan(s) in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-7. The Employer may attach an addendum to the Adoption Agreement describing how the offset will be applied. |
3.03 | Salary Deferrals . The Employer may elect under AA §6A of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to authorize Participants to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan. A Participants total Salary Deferrals under this Plan may not exceed the lesser of: (i) any limitation designated under AA §6A-2; (ii) the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit described under Section 5.02; or (iii) the amount permitted under the Code §415 Limitation described under Section 5.03. The Employer may elect under AA §6A-2(c) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to apply a different limit on Salary Deferrals to the extent such Salary Deferrals are withheld from a Participants bonus payments. |
(a) | Salary Deferral Election . In order to make Salary Deferrals under the Plan, a Participant must enter into a Salary Deferral Election which authorizes the Employer to withhold a specific dollar amount or a specific percentage from the Participants Plan Compensation. The Salary Reduction Agreement may permit a Participant to specify a different percentage or dollar amount be withheld from specified components of Plan Compensation, such as base pay, bonuses, commissions, etc. The Employer will deposit any amounts withheld from a Participants Plan Compensation as Salary Deferrals into the Participants Salary Deferral Account under the Plan. A Salary Deferral Election may only relate to Plan Compensation that is not currently available at the time the Salary Deferral Election is completed. In determining the amount to be withheld from a Participants Plan Compensation, the Plan Administrator may round any Salary Deferral election to the next highest or lowest whole dollar amount. |
The Employer may designate under AA §6A-9 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to apply a special effective date as of which Participants may begin making Salary Deferrals under the Plan. Regardless of any special effective date designated under AA §6A-9, a Salary Deferral Election may not be effective prior to the later of: (a) the date the Employee becomes a Participant; (b) the date the Participant executes the Salary Deferral Election; or (c) the date the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan is adopted or effective. In addition, Salary Deferrals made pursuant to a Salary Deferral Election may not be made earlier than the date the Participant performs the services to which such Salary Deferrals relate or the date the compensation subject to such Salary Deferral Election would be currently available to the Participant absent the deferral election (if earlier).
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
29
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
A Salary Deferral Election is valid even though it is executed by an Employee before he/she actually has qualified as a Participant, so long as the Salary Deferral Election is not effective before the date the Employee is a Participant.
(b) | Change in deferral election . An Employee must be permitted to enter into a new Salary Deferral Election or to modify or terminate an existing Salary Deferral Election at least once a year. In addition, the Employer may designate under AA §6A-7 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement additional dates for a Participant to modify or terminate an existing Salary Deferral Election. Alternatively, the Employer may designate additional dates on the Salary Deferral Election form (or other written procedures). |
(c) | Automatic deferral election . The Employer may elect under AA §6A-8 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to provide for an automatic deferral election under the Plan. If the Employer elects to apply an automatic deferral election, the Employer will automatically withhold the amount designated under AA §6A-8 from Participants Plan Compensation, unless the Participant completes a Salary Deferral Election electing a different deferral amount (including a zero deferral amount). If an automatic deferral election applies under the Plan, such election will not apply to Participants who have entered into a Salary Deferral Election for an amount equal to or greater than the automatic deferral amount designated under AA §6A-8. The Employer also may elect to apply the automatic deferral election only to Participants who become eligible to participate after a specified date. Any Salary Deferrals withheld pursuant to an automatic deferral election will be deposited into the Participants Salary Deferral Account. |
The Plan may provide under AA §6A-8 that the automatic deferral amount will automatically increase by a designated percentage or dollar amount each Plan Year. In applying any automatic deferral increase under AA §6A-8, the initial deferral amount will apply for the period that begins when the employee first participates in the automatic contribution arrangement and ends on the last day of the following Plan Year. The automatic increase will apply for each full Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year immediately following the initial deferral period and for each subsequent full Plan Year. For example, if an Employee makes his/her first automatic deferral for the period beginning July 1, 2009, the first automatic increase would not take effect until January 1, 2011 (assuming the Plan is using a calendar Plan Year) which is the Plan Year beginning after the first full Plan Year following the period for which the Employee makes his/her first automatic deferral under the Plan.
Prior to the time an automatic deferral election first goes into effect, the Participant must receive written notice concerning the effect of the automatic deferral election and his/her right to elect a different level of deferral under the Plan, including the right to elect not to defer. After receiving the notice, a Participant must have a reasonable time to enter into a new Salary Deferral Election before any automatic deferral election goes into effect.
(d) | Catch-Up Contributions . If permitted under AA §6A-4, a Participant who is aged 50 or over by the end of his/her taxable year beginning in the calendar year may make Catch-Up Contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, provided such Catch-Up Contributions are in excess of an otherwise applicable limit under the Plan. For this purpose, an otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies to Salary Deferrals without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as a Plan-imposed Salary Deferral limit under AA §6A-2, the Code §415 Limitation (described in Section 5.03), the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit (described in Section 5.02), and the limit imposed by the ADP Test (described in Section 6.01). For this purpose, an ADP Test limit only applies to the extent a Highly Compensated Employee is required to receive a corrective refund under Section 6.01(b)(2). |
(1) | Catch-Up Contribution Limit . Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the Catch-Up Contribution Limit. The Catch-Up Contribution Limit for taxable years beginning in 2002 is $1,000, for taxable years beginning in 2003 is $2,000, for taxable years beginning in 2004 is $3,000, for taxable years beginning in 2005 is $4,000 and for taxable years beginning in 2006 is $5,000. For taxable years beginning after 2006, the Catch-Up Contribution Limit will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). For this purpose, the Employer may elect under AA §6A-4 to limit Catch-Up Contributions so that a Participants total Catch-Up Contributions , when added to other Salary Deferrals, may not exceed 75 percent of the Participants Plan Compensation for the taxable year. (A Different Catch-Up Contribution Limit applies for SIMPLE 401(k) Plans. See Section 6.05(b)(2).) |
(2) | Special treatment of Catch-Up Contributions . Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit or the Code §415 Limitation, are not counted in the ADP Test, and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation under Code §416 (as defined in Section 4.04), but Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is Top Heavy. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
30
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(e) | Roth Deferrals . If permitted under AA §6A-5, a Participant may designate all or a portion of his/her Salary Deferrals as Roth Deferrals. For this purpose, a Roth Deferral is a Salary Deferral that satisfies the following conditions: |
(1) | Irrevocable election . The Participant makes an irrevocable election (at the time the Participant enters into his/her Salary Deferral Election) designating all or a portion of his/her Salary Deferrals as Roth Deferrals. The irrevocable election applies with respect to Salary Deferrals that are made pursuant to such election. A Participant may modify or change a Salary Deferral Election to increase or decrease the amount of Salary Deferrals designated as Roth Deferrals, provided such change or modification applies only with respect to Salary Deferrals made after such change or modification. (See subsection (b) above for rules regarding the timing of permissible changes or modifications to a Participants Salary Deferral Election.) |
(2) | Subject to immediate taxation . To the extent a Participant designates all or a portion of his/her Salary Deferrals as Roth Deferrals, such amounts will be includible in the Participants income at the time the Participant would have received the contribution amounts in cash if the Employee had not made the Salary Deferral election. |
(3) | Separate account . Any amounts designated as Roth Deferrals will be maintained by the Plan in a separate Roth Deferral Account. The Plan will credit and debit all contributions and withdrawals of Roth Deferrals to such separate Account. The Plan will separately allocate gains, losses, and other credits and charges to the Roth Deferral Account on a reasonable basis that is consistent with such allocations for other Accounts under the Plan. However, in no event may the Plan allocate forfeitures under the Plan to the Roth Deferral Account. The Plan will separately track Participants accumulated Roth Deferrals and the earnings on such amounts. |
(4) | Satisfaction of Salary Deferral requirements . Roth Deferrals are subject to the same requirements as apply to Salary Deferrals. Thus Roth Deferrals are subject to the following requirements: |
(i) | Roth Deferrals are always 100% vested, as provided in Section 7.01. |
(ii) | Roth Deferrals are subject to the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit, as described in Section 5.02. For this purpose, all Salary Deferrals (both Pre-Tax Salary Deferrals and Roth Deferrals) are aggregated in applying the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit. |
(iii) | Roth Deferrals are subject to the same distribution restrictions as apply to Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c). See Section 8.11(b) for special distribution provisions applicable to Roth Deferrals. |
(iv) | Roth Deferrals are subject to ADP nondiscrimination testing, as set forth in Section 6.01. |
(v) | Roth Deferrals are subject to the required minimum distribution requirements under Code §401(a)(9), as set forth in Section 8.12. |
(vi) | Roth Deferrals are treated as Employer Contributions for purposes of Code §§401(a), 401(k), 402, 411, 412, 415, 416 and 417. |
(5) | Rollover of Roth Deferrals . |
(i) | Rollovers from this Plan . For purposes of the rollover rules under Section 8.05, a Direct Rollover of a distribution from a Participants Roth Deferral Account will only be made to another Roth Deferral Account under a qualified plan described in Code §401(a) or an annuity contract or custodial account described in Code §403(b) or to a Roth IRA described in §408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code §402(c). |
(ii) | Rollovers to this Plan . Subject to the provisions under Section 3.07, a Participant may make a Rollover Contribution to his/her Roth Deferral Account only if the rollover is a Direct Rollover from another Roth Deferral Account under a qualified retirement plan (as described in Section 3.07) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code §402(c). A rollover of Roth Deferrals may not be made to this Plan from a Roth IRA. |
(iii) | Minimum rollover amount . The Plan will not provide for a Direct Rollover (including an Automatic Rollover) for distributions from a Participants Roth Deferral Account if it is reasonably expected (at the time of the distribution) that the total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year will total less than $200. In addition, any distribution from a Participants Roth Deferral Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from a Participants other Accounts are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. However, Eligible Rollover Distributions from a Participants Roth Deferral Account are taken into account in determining whether the total amount of the Participants Account Balances under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of applying the Automatic Rollover provisions under Section 8.06. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
31
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(iv) | Separate treatment of Roth Deferrals . The provisions under Section 8.05 that allow a Participant to elect a Direct Rollover of only a portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution but only if the amount rolled over is at least $500 is applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participants Roth Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the Participants other Accounts in the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time. |
3.04 | Matching Contributions . The Employer may elect under AA §6B of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to authorize Matching Contributions under the Plan. If the Employer elects more than one Matching Contribution formula under AA §6B-2, each formula is applied separately. A Participants aggregate Matching Contributions will be the sum of the Matching Contributions under all such formulas. Any Matching Contribution made under the Plan will be allocated to Participants Matching Contribution Account. To receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, a Participant must satisfy any allocations conditions designated under the Plan, as described in Section 3.09 below. |
(a) | Contributions eligible for Matching Contributions . The Matching Contribution formula(s) applies to Salary Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions, to the extent authorized under the Plan. The Employer may elect under AA §6D-3 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to exclude After-Tax Contributions from the Matching Contribution formula(s). If the Matching Contribution formula(s) applies to both Salary Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions, such contributions are aggregated to determine the Matching Contributions under the Plan. Any reference to Salary Deferrals under the Matching Contribution formula(s) includes After-Tax Contributions to the extent such amounts are eligible for Matching Contributions under the Plan. |
(b) | Period for determining Matching Contributions . AA §6B-5 sets forth the period for which the Matching Contribution formula(s) applies. For this purpose, the period designated in AA §6B-5 applies for purposes of determining the amount of Salary Deferrals (and After-Tax Contributions, if applicable) taken into account in applying the Matching Contribution formula(s) and in applying any limits on the amount of Salary Deferrals that may be taken into account under the Matching Contribution formula(s). (See subsection (c) for rules applicable to true-up contributions where the Employer contributes Matching Contributions to the Plan on a different period than selected under AA §6B-5.) |
(c) | True-up contributions . If the Employer makes Matching Contributions more frequently than annually, the Employer may have to make true-up contributions for Participants. Such true-up contributions will be required if the Employer actually contributes Matching Contributions to the Plan on a more frequent basis than is used for purposes of determining the amount of Salary Deferrals taken into account under AA §6B-5. For example, if the Plan limits Matching Contributions on the basis of Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year, but the Employer contributes the Matching Contributions on a quarterly basis, the Employer may have to make a true-up contribution to any Participant based on Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year. If a true-up contribution is required under this subsection (c), the Employer may make such additional contribution as required to satisfy the contribution requirements under the Plan. Similar true-up contribution requirements will apply with respect to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under Section 6.04(a)(1)(ii). |
(d) | Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs) . Notwithstanding any contrary selections in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, for any Plan Year, the Employer may make a discretionary QMAC on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants under the Plan. Such QMAC will be allocated uniformly to all Nonhighly Compensated Participants, without regard to any allocation conditions selected in AA §6B-7. In addition, the Employer may elect under AA §6B-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to treat all (or a portion) of the Matching Contributions designated under AA §6B-2 as QMACs. |
Any QMAC contributed pursuant to this subsection (d) must satisfy the following requirements at the time the contribution is made to the Plan, regardless of any inconsistent elections under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement:
(1) | 100% vesting . A QMAC must be 100% vested when contributed to the Plan. |
(2) | Distribution restrictions . A QMAC must be subject to the same distribution restrictions applicable to Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c), except that no portion of a Participants QMAC Account may be distributed on account of Hardship. See Section 8.10(d). |
(3) | Allocation conditions . A QMAC will not be subject to the allocation provisions applicable to Matching Contributions, as designated under AA §6B-7, unless provided otherwise under AA §6B-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
32
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(4) | Discretionary QMAC . If the Employer makes both a discretionary Matching Contribution under AA §6B-2(a) and a discretionary QMAC, the Employer must designate, in writing, the amount of the Matching Contribution that is designated as a regular Matching Contribution and the amount designated as a QMAC. |
3.05 | Safe Harbor Contributions . The Employer may elect under AA §6C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to treat the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Employer must make a Safe Harbor Employer Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. Such contributions are subject to special vesting and distribution restrictions and will be allocated to a Participants Safe Harbor Employer Contribution Account or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, as applicable. See Section 6.04(a) for the requirements that must be met to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. |
3.06 | After-Tax Contributions . The Employer may elect under AA §6D of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to allow Participants to make After-Tax Contributions under the Plan. (After-Tax Contributions are not authorized under the Standardized Adoption Agreement.) Any After-Tax Contributions made under this Plan are subject to the ACP Test outlined in Section 6.02. Any After-Tax Contributions made under the Plan will be held in Participants After-Tax Contribution Account, which is always 100% vested. A Participant may withdraw amounts from his/her After-Tax Contribution Account at any time, in accordance with the distribution rules under Section 8.10(a), except as prohibited under AA §10. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employees withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions. The Plan Administrator may establish separate written administrative procedures addressing the acceptance of After-Tax Contributions. For example, the Employer may provide in separate administrative procedures that After-Tax Contributions will only be accepted through payroll reduction. Any separate procedures will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan. |
3.07 | Rollover Contributions . An Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to this Plan from another qualified retirement plan or from an IRA, if the acceptance of rollovers is permitted under AA §C-2 or if the Plan Administrator adopts administrative procedures regarding the acceptance of Rollover Contributions. Subject to the provisions under Section 3.03(e)(5)(ii) relating to rollovers of Roth Deferrals, any Rollover Contribution an Employee makes to this Plan will be held in the Employees Rollover Contribution Account, which is always 100% vested. A Participant may withdraw amounts from his/her Rollover Contribution Account at any time, in accordance with the distribution rules under Section 8, except as prohibited under AA §10. |
For purposes of this Section 3.07, a qualified retirement plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan described in Code §401(a) or Code §403(a), an annuity contract described in §403(b) of the Code, or an eligible plan under §457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state. To qualify as a Rollover Contribution under this Section, the Rollover Contribution must be transferred directly from the qualified retirement plan or IRA in a Direct Rollover or must be transferred to the Plan by the Employee within sixty (60) days following receipt of the amounts from the qualified plan or IRA.
If Rollover Contributions are permitted, an Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan even if the Employee is not a Participant with respect to any or all other contributions under the Plan, unless otherwise prohibited under separate administrative procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. An Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution to this Plan prior to becoming a Participant shall be treated as a Participant only with respect to such Rollover Contribution Account, but shall not be treated as a Participant until he/she otherwise satisfies the eligibility conditions under the Plan.
The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept a Rollover Contribution if the Plan Administrator reasonably believes the Rollover Contribution (a) is not being made from a proper plan or IRA; (b) is not being made within sixty (60) days from receipt of the amounts from a qualified retirement plan or IRA; (c) could jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan; or (d) could create adverse tax consequences for the Plan or the Employer. Prior to accepting a Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator may require the Employee to provide satisfactory evidence establishing that the Rollover Contribution meets the requirements of this Section. The Plan Administrator may apply different conditions for accepting Rollover Contributions from qualified retirement plans and IRAs. Any conditions on Rollover Contributions must be applied uniformly to all Employees under the Plan.
3.08 | Deductible Employee Contributions . The Plan Administrator will not accept deductible employee contributions that are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions made prior to that date will be maintained in a separate Account which will be nonforfeitable at all times. The Account will share in the gains and losses under the Plan in the same manner as described in Section 10.03(d). No part of the deductible voluntary contribution Account will be used to purchase life insurance. Subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9 (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of the deductible voluntary contribution Account by making a written application to the Plan Administrator. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
33
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
3.09 | Allocation Conditions . In order to receive an allocation of Employer Contributions (other than Salary Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions) or an allocation of Matching Contributions, a Participant must satisfy any allocation conditions designated under AA §6-6 or AA §6B-7, as applicable. If the Employer elects under AA §6-6(d) or AA §6B-7(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to apply a minimum service requirement, the Employer may elect to base such minimum service requirement on the basis of Hours of Service or on the basis of consecutive days of employment under the Elapsed Time method. The imposition of an allocation condition may cause the Plan to fail the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b), unless the only allocation condition under the Plan is a safe harbor allocation condition. Under the safe harbor allocation condition, a Participant who completes the minimum service required under AA §6-6(b) or AA §6B-7(b), as applicable, will satisfy the safe harbor allocation condition for receiving an Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution, even if the Participants employment terminates during the Plan Year. (The safe harbor allocation condition is the only allocation condition that may be required under the Standardized Adoption Agreement.) |
(a) | Application to designated period . Instead of applying the allocation conditions on the basis of the Plan Year, the Employer may elect in AA §6-6(e) or AA §6B-7(e) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of designated periods. If the Employer elects to apply a last day of employment condition on the basis of designated periods, a Participant will not be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions or Matching Contributions for any period designated under AA §6-5(a) or AA §6B-5, as applicable, unless the Participant is employed by the Employer at the end of such designated period. If the Employer elects to apply an Hours of Service allocation condition on the basis of designated periods, a Participant will not be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions or Matching Contributions for any period designated under AA §6-5(a) or AA §6B-5, as applicable, unless the Participant satisfies the required service condition before the end of such designated period. |
If the Employer elects to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of designated periods, the Employer may elect to apply any Hours of Service condition using the cumulative method (as described in subsection (1) below) or the period-by-period method (as described in subsection (2) below). The Employer may elect operationally to use either method in applying the Hours of Service condition, provided the Employer uses the same method for all affected Employees during any given period. (If the Employer elects to apply a minimum service requirement on the basis of days of employment under AA §6-6(d)(2) or AA §6B-7(d)(2) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, as applicable, the Employer may not apply such minimum service condition on the basis of designated periods. Likewise, the Employer may not apply any Hours of Service requirement under a safe harbor allocation condition on the basis of designated periods. In either case, however, the Employer may apply a last day of employment condition, if applicable, on the basis of designated periods.)
(1) | Cumulative method . Under the cumulative method, the Hours of Service condition is applied with respect to each designated period on a cumulative basis for the Plan Year. The required service condition for any period is determined by multiplying the required Hours of Service (or days of employment, if applicable) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of periods completed during the Plan Year (including the current period) and the denominator of which is the total number of periods during the Plan Year. For example, if a Participant must complete 1,000 Hours of Service to receive an Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution under the Plan, and the Employer elects to apply such condition on the basis of Plan Year quarters under AA §6-5(a) or AA §6B-5, as applicable, a Participant would have to complete 250 Hours of Service by the end of the first Plan Year quarter [1/4 x 1,000], 500 Hours of Service by the end of the second Plan Year quarter [2/4 x 1,000], 750 Hours of Service by the end of the third Plan Year quarter [3/4 x 1,000] and 1,000 Hours of Service by the end of the Plan Year [4/4 x 1,000] to receive an allocation of the Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution for such period. If a Participant does not satisfy the required service condition for any designated period during the Plan Year, no Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution will be allocated to that Participant for such period. |
(2) | Period-by-period method . Under the period-by-period method, the minimum service allocation condition is applied separately for each designated period. The required service condition for any period is determined by multiplying the required Hours of Service (or days of employment, if applicable) by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the total number of periods during the Plan Year. For example, if a Participant must complete 1,000 Hours of Service to receive an Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution under the Plan, and the Employer elects to apply such condition on the basis of Plan Year quarters under AA §6-5(a) or AA §6B-5, as applicable, a Participant would have to complete 250 Hours of Service in each Plan Year quarter [1/4 x 1,000] to receive an allocation of the Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution for such period. If a Participant does not satisfy the required service condition for any designated period during the Plan Year, no Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution will be allocated to that Participant for such period. |
(b) | Special rule for year of termination . A last day employment condition automatically applies for any Plan Year in which the Plan is terminated, regardless of whether the Employer has elected to apply a last day employment condition under AA §6-6 or AA §6B-7, as applicable. Thus, the Employer will not be obligated to make an Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution for the Plan Year in which the Plan terminates, unless the Employer provides for an Employer Contribution and/or Matching Contribution in its termination amendment. If there are unallocated forfeitures at the time of Plan termination, such forfeitures will be allocated to Participants under the Plans procedures for allocating forfeitures. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
34
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 3 Plan Contributions
(c) | Special allocation condition for Matching Contributions under the Plan . The Employer may elect under AA §6B-7(f) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to require as a condition for receiving a Matching Contribution that a Participant not withdraw the underlying Salary Deferrals (and After-Tax Contributions, if applicable) prior to the end of the period for which the Matching Contribution is made. A Participant may take a distribution of matched contributions that were contributed for a prior period without losing eligibility for a current Matching Contribution. This subsection (c) will not prevent a Participant from taking a loan (as permitted under Section 13) with respect to matched contributions during the period for which a Matching Contribution is being determined. |
(d) | Service with Predecessor Employers . If the Employer maintains the plan of a Predecessor Employer, any service with such Predecessor Employer is treated as service with the Employer for purposes of applying the allocation conditions under this Section 3.09. If the Employer does not maintain the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer does not count for purposes of applying the allocation conditions under this Section 3.09, unless the Employer specifically designates under AA §4-5 to credit service with such Predecessor Employer. Unless designated otherwise under AA §4-5, if the Employer takes into account service with a Predecessor Employer, such service will count for purposes of eligibility under Section 2 (see Section 2.06), vesting under Section 7 (see Section 7.06) and for purposes of the minimum allocation conditions under this Section 3.09. |
3.10 | Contribution of Property . Subject to the consent of the Trustee, the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan in the form of property, provided such contribution does not constitute a prohibited transaction under the Code or ERISA. The decision to make a contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under ERISA. This Section 3.10 does not apply for purposes of the Money Purchase Adoption Agreement. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
35
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 4 Top Heavy Plan Requirements
SECTION 4
TOP HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
For any Plan Year for which this Plan is Top Heavy, the provisions of this Section apply and supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan or Adoption Agreement.
4.01 | Top Heavy Plan . This Plan is Top Heavy if any of the following conditions exist: |
(a) | If the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group; |
(b) | If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group (but is not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group) and the aggregate Top Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%; or |
(c) | If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%. |
If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan and the Plan consists solely of Safe Harbor Contributions (as described in Section 6.04(a)(1)) and Matching Contributions that satisfy the ACP Test safe harbor (as described in Section 6.04(g)), the Plan is not subject to the Top Heavy requirements of this Section 4 provided the contributions under the Plan are provided to all Employees eligible to make Salary Deferrals.
4.02 | Top Heavy Ratio . |
(a) | Defined Contribution Plan(s) only . If the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including a SEP described under Code §408(k)) and the Employer has not maintained any Defined Benefit Plan which during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued benefits, the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone (or for the Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate) is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Account Balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) and the denominator of which is the sum of all Account Balances, both computed in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. For this purpose, the Account Balance used for purposes of applying the Top Heavy rules includes any part of the Account Balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) (or during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability). Both the numerator and denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the determination date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under § 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. In determining whether a Plan is Top Heavy for a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2002, the 1-year period described in this subsection (a) is replaced with a 5-year period each place it appears. |
(b) | Maintenance of Defined Benefit Plan . If the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including a SEP, as described under Code §408(k)) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more Defined Benefit Plans which during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top Heavy Ratio for any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group (as appropriate), is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of Account Balances under the Defined Contribution Plan(s) for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with subsection (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the aggregated Defined Benefit Plan(s) for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the Account Balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plan(s) for all Participants, determined in accordance with subsection (a) above, and the present value of accrued benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan(s) for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased for any distributions of an accrued benefit made during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date (or during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability). In determining whether a Plan is Top Heavy for a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2002, the 1-year period described in this subsection (b) is replaced with a 5-year period each place it appears. |
(c) | Determining value of Account Balance or accrued benefit . For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) above, the value of Account Balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Code §416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a Defined Benefit Plan. When aggregating plans the value of Account Balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
36
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 4 Top Heavy Plan Requirements
(1) | The Account Balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan at any time during the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. In determining whether a plan is Top Heavy for a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2002, the 1-year period described in the prior sentence is replaced with a 5-year period. |
(2) | The calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top Heavy Ratio. |
(3) | The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer, or if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code §411(b)(1)(C). |
4.03 | Other Definitions . |
(a) | Key Employee . Any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is: |
(1) | an officer of the Employer with annual Total Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code §416(i)(1)), |
(2) | a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in Section 1.65(a); or |
(3) | a more than 1-percent owner of the Employer with an annual Total Compensation of more than $150,000. |
In determining whether a plan is Top Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date, was an officer of the Employer having an annual Total Compensation that exceeds 50% of the dollar limitation under Code §415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or considered an owner under Code §318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individuals Total Compensation exceeded 100% of the dollar limitation under Code §415(c)(1)(A), a more than Five-Percent Owner, or a more than 1-percent owner of the Employer who had annual Total Compensation of more than $150,000.
The Key Employee determination will be made in accordance with Code §416(i)(1) and the regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
(b) | Non-Key Employee . An Employee or former Employee who does not satisfy the definition of Key Employee under subsection (a) above. |
(c) | Determination Date . For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the Determination Date is the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Determination Date is the last day of that first Plan Year. |
(d) | Permissive Aggregation Group . The Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) and 410. |
(e) | Required Aggregation Group . |
(1) | Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and |
(2) | any other qualified plan of the Employer that enables a plan described in subsection (1) to meet the coverage or nondiscrimination requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) or 410(b). |
(f) | Present Value . The present value based on the interest and mortality rates specified in the relevant Defined Benefit Plan. In the event that more than one Defined Benefit Plan is included in a Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group, a uniform set of actuarial assumptions must be applied to determine present value. The Employer may specify in AA §11-4(b) the actuarial assumptions that will apply if the Defined Benefit Plans do not specify a uniform set of actuarial assumptions to be used to determine if the plans are Top Heavy. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
37
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 4 Top Heavy Plan Requirements
(g) | Total Compensation . For purposes of determining the minimum Top Heavy contribution under Section 4.04, Total Compensation is determined using the definition under Section 1.126. For this purpose, Total Compensation is subject to the Compensation Limit as defined in Section 1.24. |
(h) | Valuation Date . The date as of which Account Balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating the Top Heavy Ratio. See AA §11-1. |
4.04 | Minimum Allocation . If a Plan is Top Heavy, each Participant who is not a Key Employee must receive a minimum allocation as described in this Section 4.04. Except as otherwise provided in subsections (d) and (e) below, the minimum allocation under this Section 4.04 is the lesser of 3% of Total Compensation or the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of Total Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. If any Non-Key Employee who is entitled to receive a Top Heavy minimum contribution pursuant to this Section 4.04 fails to receive an appropriate allocation, the Employer will make an additional contribution on behalf of such Non-Key Employee to satisfy the requirements of this Section. The Employer may elect under AA §6-5(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to make the Top Heavy contribution to all Participants. If the Employer elects to provide the Top Heavy minimum contribution to all Participants, the Employer also will make an additional contribution on behalf of any Key Employee who is a Participant and who did not receive an allocation equal to the Top Heavy minimum contribution. |
(a) | Determination of Key Employee contribution percentage . In determining the largest contribution percentage of any Key Employee, the Key Employees contribution percentage includes Salary Deferrals made by the Key Employee for the Plan Year (except as provided by regulation or statute). |
(b) | Determining of Non-Key Employee minimum allocation . In determining whether a Non-Key Employees allocation of Employer Contributions and forfeitures is at least equal to the minimum allocation percentage (as described in Section 4.04 above), the Employees Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year are disregarded. To the extent a Non-Key Participant receives an allocation of Matching Contributions under the Plan (including Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or QMACs), such Matching Contributions can be taken into account in determining whether the minimum allocation has been satisfied. |
(c) | Certain allocation conditions inapplicable . The Top Heavy Plan minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of: |
(1) | the Participants failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), |
(2) | the Participants failure to make Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions to the Plan, or |
(3) | Total Compensation is less than a stated amount. |
The minimum allocation also is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution or whether a Participant fails to make Salary Deferrals for a Plan Year in which the Plan includes a 401(k) feature.
(d) | Participants not employed on the last day of the Plan Year . The minimum allocation requirement described in this Section 4.04 does not apply to a Participant who is not employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. |
(e) | Participation in more than one Top Heavy Plan . The minimum allocation requirement described in this Section 4.04 does not apply to a Participant who is covered under another plan maintained by the Employer if, pursuant to AA §11-4, the other Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation requirement. |
(1) | More than one Defined Contribution Plans . If the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans in addition to this Plan, the Employer may designate in AA §11-4(a) which plan(s) will provide the Top Heavy minimum allocation, if such plans are Top Heavy. If the Employer maintains more than one Defined Contribution Plan and does not designate the Plan to provide the Top Heavy minimum allocation, the Employer will be deemed to have selected this Plan as the Plan under which the Top Heavy minimum contribution will be provided. If an Employee is entitled to a Top Heavy minimum contribution but has not satisfied the minimum age and/or service requirements under the Plan designated to provide the Top Heavy minimum contribution, the Employee may receive a Top Heavy minimum contribution under the designated Plan. |
(2) |
Defined Contribution Plan and a Defined Benefit Plan . If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan in addition to this Plan, the Employer may elect to provide the Top Heavy minimum allocation (i) in the Defined Benefit Plan; (ii) in this Plan (or any other Defined Contribution Plan) but increasing the minimum allocation from 3% to 5%; or (iii) under any other acceptable method of compliance. If a Non-Key Employee participates only under the Defined Benefit Plan, the Top Heavy minimum benefit will be provided under the Defined |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
38
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 4 Top Heavy Plan Requirements
Benefit Plan. If a Non-Key Employee participates only under the Defined Contribution Plan, the Top Heavy minimum benefit will be provided under the Defined Contribution Plan (without regard to this subsection (2)). If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan in addition to this Plan and does not designate how the minimum allocation will be provided, the Employer will be deemed to have selected this Plan as the Plan under which the Top Heavy minimum allocation will be provided. |
(f) | No forfeiture for certain events . The minimum Top Heavy allocation (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code §416(b)) may not be forfeited under the suspension of benefit rules of Code §411(a)(3)(B) or the withdrawal of mandatory contribution rules of Code §411(a)(3)(D). |
4.05 | Special Top Heavy Vesting Rules . |
(a) | Minimum vesting schedules . For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top Heavy, the Top Heavy vesting schedule elected in AA §8-3 will automatically apply to the Plan. The Top Heavy vesting schedule will apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code §411(a)(7) except those attributable to After-Tax Contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code §416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top Heavy. No decrease in a Participants nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plans status as Top Heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this subsection does not apply to the Account Balance of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has initially become Top Heavy and such Employees Account Balance attributable to Employer Contributions and forfeitures will be determined without regard to this section. |
(b) | Shifting Top Heavy Plan status . If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule for any Plan Year because of a change in Top Heavy Plan status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule subject to the provisions of Section 7.08. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
39
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
SECTION 5
LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS
5.01 | Limits on Employer Contributions . Any contributions the Employer makes under the Plan are subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 5. |
(a) | Limitation on Salary Deferrals . If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, any Salary Deferrals made under the Plan are subject to the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit, as described in Section 5.02 below. |
(b) | Limitation on total Employer Contributions . All Employer Contributions the Employer makes under the Plan are subject to the Code §415 Limitation, as described in Section 5.03 below. For purposes of applying the Code §415 Limitation, Employer Contributions include any Employer Contributions, Salary Deferrals, Matching Contributions, QNECs, QMACs, or Safe Harbor Contributions made under the Plan. See the definition of Annual Additions under Section 5.03(c)(1) below. |
5.02 | Elective Deferral Dollar Limit . No Participant may contribute as Elective Deferrals to this Plan (and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer) during any calendar year, an amount that exceeds the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit in effect for the Participants taxable year beginning in such calendar year. Additional restrictions apply if a Participant participates in a plan maintained by an unrelated employer. (See subsection (b)(7) below.) |
The Elective Deferral Dollar Limit is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001, $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, $12,000 for taxable years beginning in 2003, $13,000 for taxable years beginning in 2004, $14,000 for taxable years beginning in 2005, and $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006. For taxable years beginning after 2006, the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Code §402(g)(4). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500.
If a Participant is aged 50 or over by the end of the taxable year, the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit is increased by the Catch-Up Contribution Limit (as defined in Section 3.03(d)(1)). If the Plan does not provide for Catch-up Contributions, the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit is not increased by the Catch-Up Contribution Limit.
(a) | Excess Deferrals . Excess Deferrals are Elective Deferrals made during the Participants taxable year that exceed the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit (as described above) for such year; counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer. (See subsection (b)(7) below for provisions that apply when a Participant makes Elective Deferrals to a plan of an unrelated Employer.) |
(b) | Correction of Excess Deferrals . If a Participant makes Excess Deferrals (i.e., Elective Deferrals in excess of the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit) under this Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer, such Excess Deferrals (plus allocable income or loss) shall be distributed to the Participant no later than April 15 of the following calendar year. |
(1) | Amount of corrective distribution . The amount to be distributed from this Plan as a correction of Excess Deferrals equals the amount of Elective Deferrals the Participant contributes during the taxable year to this Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer in excess of the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit, reduced by any corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals the Participant receives during the calendar year from this Plan or other plan(s) maintained by the Employer. If a Participant has both a Pre Tax-Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, the Participant may designate the extent to which the corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals is taken from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account or from the Roth Deferral Account, unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-5(d). If a Participant does not designate the Account(s) from which the distribution will be made, the corrective distribution will be made first from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account. |
(2) | Allocable gain or loss . A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals must include any allocable gain or loss for the taxable year in which the Excess Deferrals are contributed to the Plan. The gain or loss allocable to Excess Deferrals may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used to determine allocable gain or loss is applied consistently for all Participants and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants Accounts. Income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the taxable year and the date of distribution may be disregarded in determining income or loss. For example, the gain or loss attributable to Excess Deferrals for the taxable year may be determined by multiplying the gain or loss for the taxable year allocable to Elective Deferrals by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Deferrals for the Employee for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the Employees Account Balance attributable to Elective Deferrals as of the beginning of the taxable year, plus the Employees Elective Deferrals for the taxable year. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
40
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
(3) | Taxation of corrective distribution . If a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals is made by April 15 of the following calendar year, amounts attributable to the Excess Deferrals will be includible in the Participants gross income in the taxable year in which such amounts are deferred under the Plan and amounts attributable to income or loss on the Excess Deferrals will be includible in gross income in the year of distribution. However, a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals will not be included in gross income to the extent such distribution is comprised of Roth Deferrals. A Roth Deferral is treated as an Excess Deferral only to the extent that the total amount of Roth Deferrals for an individual exceeds the applicable limit for the taxable year or the Roth Deferrals are identified as Excess Deferrals and the individual receives a distribution of the Excess Deferrals and allocable income under this paragraph. |
If a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals is made after April 15, the amount of the corrective distribution attributable to Excess Deferrals will be includible in the Participants gross income in both the taxable year in which such amounts are deferred under the Plan and the taxable year in which such amounts are distributed. (See Section 8.11(b)(2) for a discussion of the ordering rules for determining the Accounts from which the corrective distribution is made where a Participant has both a Pre-Tax Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account.)
If a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals made after April 15 of the following calendar year apply to Excess Deferrals that are Roth Deferrals, such amounts are includible in gross income (without adjustment for any return of investment in the contract under Code §72(e)(8)). In addition, such distribution cannot be a qualified distribution as described in Code §402A(d)(2) and is not an Eligible Rollover Distributions (within the meaning of Code §402(c)(4)). For this purpose, if a Roth Deferral account includes any Excess Deferrals, any distributions from the Roth Deferral account are treated as attributable to those Excess Deferrals until the total amount distributed from the Roth Deferral account equals the total of such Excess Deferrals and attributable income.
(4) | Coordination with other provisions . A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals made by April 15 of the following calendar year may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participants spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Section 8. A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals made by the appropriate April 15 also is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12. |
(5) | Coordination with ADP failure . If a Participant receives a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions to correct an ADP Test failure for a Plan Year beginning with or within a calendar year for which the Participant makes Excess Deferrals, any corrective distribution from the Plan is treated first as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals to the extent necessary to eliminate the Excess Deferral violation. The amount which must be distributed to correct the ADP Test failure is reduced by the amount treated as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals. |
(6) | Suspension of Salary Deferrals . If a Participants Salary Deferrals under this Plan, in combination with any Elective Deferrals the Participant makes during the calendar year under any other plan maintained by the Employer, equal or exceed the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit, the Employer may suspend the Participants Salary Deferrals under this Plan for the remainder of the calendar year without the Participants consent. |
(7) | Correction of Excess Deferrals under plans not maintained by the Employer . The correction provisions under this subsection (b) apply only if a Participant makes Excess Deferrals under this Plan (or under this Plan and other plans maintained by the Employer). However, if a Participant has Excess Deferrals for a calendar year on account of making Elective Deferrals to a plan of an unrelated employer, the Participant may assign to this Plan any portion of his/her Elective Deferrals made under all plans during the calendar year to the extent such Elective Deferrals exceed the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit. The Participant must notify the Plan Administrator in writing on or before March 1 of the following calendar year of the amount of the Excess Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan. If any Roth Deferrals were made to a plan, the notification must also identify the extent to which, if any, the Excess Deferrals are comprised of Roth Deferrals. |
Upon receipt of a timely notification, the Excess Deferrals assigned to this Plan will be distributed (along with any allocable income or loss) to the Participant in accordance with the corrective distribution provisions under this subsection (b). A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of Excess Deferrals (including any portion of Excess Deferrals that are comprised of Roth Deferrals) to the extent such Excess Deferrals arise only under this Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
41
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
5.03 | Code §415 Limitation . |
(a) | No other plan participation . If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified retirement plan, a welfare benefit fund (as defined under Code §419(e)), an individual medical account (as defined under Code §415(l)(2)), or a SEP (as defined under Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer, then the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participants Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. |
If an Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to a Participants Account will cause that Participants Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount to be contributed or allocated to such Participant will be reduced so that the Annual Additions allocated to such Participants Account for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participants Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a correctable event described in subsection (2) below, the Excess Amount may be distributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in subsection (2) below.
(1) | Using estimated Total Compensation . Prior to determining the Participants actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participants Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Employer will determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year on the basis of the Participants actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
(2) | Disposition of Excess Amount . If, as a result of the use of estimated Total Compensation, the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Salary Deferrals that may be made under the Plan, or other reasonable error in applying the Code §415 Limitation, an Excess Amount arises, the excess will be disposed of as follows: |
(i) | Any After-Tax Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent such contributions would reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned to the Participant. The Employer may elect not to apply this subsection (i) if the ACP Test (as defined in Section 6.02) has already been performed and the distribution of After-Tax Contributions to correct the Excess Amount will cause the ACP Test to fail or will change the amount of corrective distributions required under Section 6.02(b)(2). |
If Matching Contributions were allocated with respect to After-Tax Contributions for the Limitation Year, the After-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions will be corrected together. After-Tax Contributions will be distributed under this subsection (i) only to the extent the After-Tax Contributions, plus the Matching Contributions allocated with respect to such After-Tax Contributions, reduce the Excess Amount. Thus, after correction under this subsection (i), each Participant should have the same level of Matching Contribution with respect to the remaining After-Tax Contributions as provided under AA §6B. Any Matching Contributions identified under this subsection (i) will be treated as an Excess Amount correctable under subsections (iii) and (iv) below. If Matching Contributions are allocated to both After-Tax Contributions and to Salary Deferrals, this subsection (i) is applied by treating Matching Contributions as allocated first to Salary Deferrals.
(ii) | If, after the application of subsection (i), an Excess Amount still exists, any Salary Deferrals (plus attributable earnings), to the extent such deferrals would reduce the Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant. The Employer may elect not to apply this subsection (ii) if the ADP Test (as defined in Section 6.01) has already been performed and the distribution of Salary Deferrals to correct the Excess Amount will cause the ADP Test to fail or will change the amount of corrective distributions required under Section 6.01(b)(2). |
If Matching Contributions are allocated with respect to Salary Deferrals for the Limitation Year, the Salary Deferrals and Matching Contributions will be corrected together. Salary Deferrals will be distributed under this subsection (ii) only to the extent the Salary Deferrals, plus Matching Contributions allocated with respect to such Salary Deferrals, reduce the Excess Amount. Thus, after correction under this subsection (ii), each Participant should have the same level of Matching Contribution with respect to the remaining Salary Deferrals as provided under AA §6B. Any Matching Contributions identified under this subsection (ii) will be treated as an Excess Amount correctable under subsection (iii) or (iv) below.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
42
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
(iii) | If, after the application of subsection (ii), an Excess Amount still exists, the Excess Amount will be allocated to a suspense account and used in the next Limitation Year (and succeeding Limitation Years, if necessary) to reduce Employer Contributions for all Participants under the Plan. The Excess Amounts are treated as Annual Additions for the Limitation Year in which such amounts are allocated from the suspense account. |
(iv) | If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to subsection (iii), such suspense account will not participate in the allocation of investment gains and losses, unless otherwise provided in uniform valuation procedures established by the Plan Administrator. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participants Accounts before the Employer makes any Employer Contributions, or any After-Tax Contributions are made, for that Limitation Year. |
(b) | Participation in another plan . This subsection (b) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant receives an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year from another Defined Contribution Plan, a welfare benefit fund (as defined under Code §419(e)), an individual medical account (as defined under Code §415(l)(2)), or a SEP (as defined under Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer. |
(1) | This Plans Code §415 Limitation . The Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participants Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount (defined in subsection (c)(6) below) reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participants Account under any other Defined Contribution Plan, welfare benefit fund, individual medical account, or SEP maintained by the Employer for the same Limitation Year. |
(2) | Annual Additions reduction . If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under any other Defined Contribution Plan, welfare benefit fund, individual medical account, or SEP maintained by the Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the Annual Additions that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participants Account under this Plan would exceed the Code §415 Limitation for the Limitation Year, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such Plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participants Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a correctable event described in subsection (a)(2), the Excess Amount may be distributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in subsection (a)(2). |
(3) | No Annual Additions permitted . If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other Defined Contribution Plan(s), welfare benefit fund(s), individual medical account(s), or SEP(s) in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participants Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participants Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a correctable event described in subsection (a)(2), the Excess Amount may be distributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in subsection (a)(2). |
(4) | Using estimated Total Compensation . Prior to determining the Participants actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in subsection (a)(1) above. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participants actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
(5) | Excess Amounts . If, as a result of the use of estimated Total Compensation, an allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Salary Deferrals that may be made under this Section 5.03, or other reasonable error in applying the Code §415 Limitation, a Participants Annual Additions would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a SEP will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date. |
(i) | Same allocation date . If an Excess Amount is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan maintained by the Employer, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of: |
(A) | the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
43
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
(B) | the ratio of (I) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (II) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all other Defined Contribution Plans. |
(ii) | Alternative methods . The Employer may elect under AA §11-4(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to modify the default rules under this subsection (5). For example, the Employer may elect to attribute any Excess Amount which is allocated on the same date to this Plan and to another plan maintained by the Employer by designating the specific plan to which the Excess Amount is allocated. |
(6) | Disposition of Excess Amounts . Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in subsection (a)(2). |
(c) | Definitions . |
(1) | Annual Additions . The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participants Account for the Limitation Year: |
(i) | Employer Contributions, including Matching Contributions, Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions; |
(ii) | After-Tax Contributions; |
(iii) | forfeitures; |
(iv) | amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code §419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan; and |
(v) | allocations under a SEP (as defined in Code §408(k)). |
For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under subsections (a)(2) or (b)(5) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.
An Annual Addition is credited to a Participants Account for a particular Limitation Year if such amount is allocated to the Participants Account as of any date within that Limitation Year. An Annual Addition will not be deemed credited to a Participants Account for a particular Limitation Year unless such amount is actually contributed to the Plan no later than 30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the Employers income tax return (including extensions) for the taxable year with or within which the Limitation Year ends. In the case of After-Tax Contributions, such amount shall not be deemed credited to a Participants Account for a particular Limitation Year unless the contributions are actually contributed to the Plan no later than 30 days after the close of that Limitation Year.
(2) | Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation . $40,000, as adjusted under Code §415(d). |
(3) | Employer . For purposes of this Section 5.03, Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in §414(b) of the Code as modified by §415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in §414(c) of the Code as modified by §415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in §414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under §414(o) of the Code. |
(4) | Excess Amount . The excess of the Participants Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. |
(5) | Limitation Year . The Plan Year, unless the Employer elects another 12-consecutive month period under AA §11-3(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. All qualified retirement plans under Code §401(a) maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. If the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, the Limitation Year for such first Plan Year is the 12-month period ending on the last day of that Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in AA §11-3(a). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
44
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 5 Limits on Contributions
(6) | Maximum Permissible Amount . For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the maximum Annual Additions that may be contributed or allocated to a Participants Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: |
(i) | the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or |
(ii) | 100 percent of the Participants Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. |
The Total Compensation limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code §401(h) or §419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.
If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction:
Number of months in the short Limitation Year
12
If a short Limitation Year is created because the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, no proration of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation is required, unless provided otherwise under AA §11-3(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. (See subsection (5) above for the rule allowing the use of a full 12-month Limitation Year for the first year of the Plan, thereby avoiding the need to prorate the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation.)
(7) | Total Compensation . The amount of compensation as defined under Section 1.126, subject to the Employers election under AA §5-2. |
(i) | Self-Employed Individuals . For a Self-Employed Individual, Total Compensation is such individuals Earned Income. |
(ii) | Total Compensation actually paid or made available . For purposes of applying the limitations of this Section 5.03, Total Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Total Compensation actually paid or made available to an Employee during such Limitation Year. However, the Employer may include in Total Compensation for a Limitation Year amounts earned but not paid in the Limitation Year because of the timing of pay periods and pay days, but only if these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, such amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly-situated Employees, and no amounts are included in Total Compensation in more than one Limitation Year. The Employer need not make any formal election to include accrued Total Compensation described in the preceding sentence. |
(iii) | Disabled Participants . Total Compensation does not include any imputed compensation for the period a Participant is Disabled. However, the Employer may elect under AA §11-3(b) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to include under the definition of Total Compensation the amount a terminated Participant who is permanently and totally Disabled (as defined in Section 1.36) would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Total Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally Disabled. If the Employer elects under AA §11-3(b) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to include imputed compensation for a Disabled Participant, a Disabled Participant will receive an allocation of any Employer Contribution the Employer makes to the Plan based on the Employees imputed compensation for the Plan Year. Any Employer Contributions made to a Disabled Participant under this subsection (iii) are fully vested when made and will be made only to Non-Highly Compensated Employees. Any modifications made to the definition of Disabled (under AA §9-4(b)) will not apply to this section. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
45
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
SECTION 6
SPECIAL RULES AFFECTING 401(k) PLANS
6.01 | Nondiscrimination Testing of Salary Deferrals ADP Test . Except as provided under Section 6.04 for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans, if the Plan permits Participants to make Salary Deferrals, the Plan must satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (ADP Test) each Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test, including the amount of any QNECs or QMACs included in such test, pursuant to subsection (a)(4) below. If the Plan fails the ADP Test for any Plan Year, the corrective provisions under subsection (b) below will apply. |
(a) | ADP Test . The ADP Test compares the Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) of the Highly Compensated Group with the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group. The Highly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Highly Compensated for the current Plan Year. The Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated for the applicable Plan Year. If the Prior Year Testing Method is selected under AA §6A-6, the Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants in the prior Plan Year who were Nonhighly Compensated for that year. If the Current Year Testing Method is selected under AA §6A-6, the Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated for the current Plan Year. |
(1) | Average Deferral Percentage ADP . The ADP for a specified group is the average of the deferral percentages calculated separately for each Participant in such group. A Participants deferral percentage is the ratio of the Participants deferral contributions expressed as a percentage of the Participants Testing Compensation for the Plan Year. (See Section 1.122 for the definition of Testing Compensation.) For this purpose, a Participants deferral contributions include any Salary Deferrals (other than Catch-Up Contributions) made pursuant to the Participants deferral election (including Excess Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or other plans maintained by the Employer) and other contributions provided under subsection (4) below, if applicable, but excluding: |
(i) | Excess Deferrals of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under this Plan or other plans maintained by the Employer; and |
(ii) | Salary Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP Test (pursuant to Section 6.02(a)(4)). |
For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, a Participant who does not make Salary Deferrals for the Plan Year shall be included in the ADP Test as a Participant on whose behalf no Salary Deferrals are made.
(2) | ADP Test testing methods . In applying the ADP Test for any Plan Year, the Plan may use the Prior Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method, as selected under AA §6A-6. If no testing method is selected under AA §6A-6, the Plan will use the Current Year Testing Method. Unless specifically precluded under statute, regulations or other IRS guidance, the Employer may amend the testing method designated under AA §6A-6 for a particular Plan Year (subject to the requirements under subsection (ii) below) at any time through the end of the 12-month period following the Plan Year for which the amendment is effective. |
(i) | Prior Year Testing Method . Under the Prior Year Testing Method, the Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) of the Highly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year and the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests for each Plan Year: |
(A) | The ADP of the Highly Compensated Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 1.25 times the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year. |
(B) | The ADP of the Highly Compensated Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage (whichever is less) determined by (A) adding 2 percentage points to the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year or (B) multiplying the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year by 2. |
(ii) | Current Year Testing Method . Under the Current Year Testing Method, the Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) of the Highly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year and the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year must satisfy the ADP Test, as described in subsection (i) above, for each Plan Year. If the Current Year Testing Method is used for a Plan Year, the Plan may switch to the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used Current Year Testing for each of the preceding five Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using Prior Year Testing and a plan using Current Year Testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
46
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(3) | Special rule for first Plan Year . For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits Salary Deferrals, the testing method selected under AA §6A-6(a) applies, unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-6(b). If the Prior Year Testing Method applies for the first year of the Plan, the ADP Test applies by assuming the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group is 3%. If the Current Year Testing Method applies for the first year of the Plan, the ADP Test applies using the actual data for the Nonhighly Compensated Group in the first Plan Year. This first Plan Year rule does not apply if this Plan is a successor to a plan (as described in IRS Notice 98-1 or subsequent guidance) that included a 401(k) arrangement or the Plan is aggregated for purposes of applying the ADP Test with another plan that included a 401(k) arrangement in the prior Plan Year. For subsequent Plan Years, the testing method selected under AA §6A-6(a) will apply. |
(4) | Use of QMACs and QNECs under the ADP Test . The Plan Administrator may take into account all or any portion of QMACs and QNECs (see Sections 3.02(a)(5) and 3.04(d)) for purposes of applying the ADP Test. QMACs and QNECs may not be included in the ADP Test to the extent such amounts are included in the ACP Test for such Plan Year. QMACs and QNECs made to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer may also be taken into account, so long as the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. To include QNECs under the ADP Test, all Employer Nonelective Contributions, including the QNECs, must satisfy Code §401(a)(4). In addition, the Employer Nonelective Contributions, excluding any QNECs used in the ADP Test or ACP Test, must also satisfy Code §401(a)(4). If the Employer is using the Prior Year Testing Method (as described in subsection (2)(i) above), the Employer may not include QMACs or QNECs in the ADP Test. |
Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, no QNEC may be taken into account under the ADP Test for any individual Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such QNEC exceeds the greater of 5% of such Nonhighly Compensated Employees Plan Compensation or two times the lowest applicable contribution rate for any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee within a group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consist of 50% of the total eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the Plan (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate allocated to any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who is in the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees employed as of the last day of the Plan Year). For this purpose, the applicable contribution rate is the sum of QNECs and QMACs (to the extent taken into account under the ADP Test) allocated to a Nonhighly Compensated Employee (determined as a percentage of Plan Compensation). If QNECs are being made in connection with the Employers obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar legislation, QNECs can be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions do not exceed 10% of Plan Compensation.
(i) | Timing of contributions . In order to be used in the ADP Test for a given Plan Year, QNECs and QMACs must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are allocated. |
(ii) | Testing flexibility . The Plan Administrator is expressly granted the full flexibility permitted by applicable Treasury regulations to determine the amount of QMACs and QNECs used in the ADP Test. QMACs and QNECs taken into account under the ADP Test do not have to be uniformly determined for each Participant, and may represent all or any portion of the QMACs and QNECs allocated to each Participant, provided the conditions described above are satisfied. |
(5) | Double-counting limits . This subsection (5) applies if the Prior Year Testing Method is used to run the ADP Test and, in the prior Plan Year, the Current Year Testing Method was used to run the ADP Test. If this paragraph applies, all QNECs or QMACs that were included in either the ADP Test or ACP Test for the prior Plan Year are disregarded in calculating the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year. |
For purposes of applying the double-counting limits, if actual data of the Nonhighly Compensated Group is used for a first Plan Year described in subsection (3) above, the Plan is still considered to be using the Prior Year Testing Method for that first Plan Year. Thus, the double-counting limits do not apply if the Prior Year Testing Method is used for the next Plan Year.
(b) | Correction of Excess Contributions . If the Plan fails the ADP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may use any combination of the correction methods under this Section to correct the Excess Contributions under the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
47
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(1) | Excess Contributions . Excess Contributions are the amount of Salary Deferrals (and other contributions) taken into account in computing the ADP of the Highly Compensated Group that exceed the maximum amount permitted under the ADP Test for the Plan Year. The amount of Excess Contributions for a Plan Year are the amounts determined by hypothetically reducing the ADP contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest ADP for the Plan Year, and reducing the ADP of such Highly Compensated Employees until the reduced percentage reaches the ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next higher ADP or until the adjusted ADP percentage satisfies the ADP Test. The reduction continues for each level of Highly Compensated Employees until the Plan satisfies the ADP Test. The total dollar amount so determined is then divided among the Highly Compensated Group in the manner described in subsection (2) to determine the actual corrective distributions to be made. |
(2) |
Corrective distributions . If the Plan fails the ADP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, distribute Excess Contributions (including any allocable income or loss) no later than 12 months following the end of the Plan Year to correct the ADP Test violation, except to the extent such Excess Contributions are recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions. If the Excess Contributions are distributed more than 2 1 / 2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer with respect to such amounts. |
(i) | Amount to be distributed . In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee under this Section, Excess Contributions are first allocated equally to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of ADP contributions for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs until all of the Excess Contributions are allocated or the dollar amount of ADP contributions for such Highly Compensated Employee(s) is reduced to the next highest dollar amount of such contributions for any other Highly Compensated Employee(s). Once all Excess Contributions have been allocated, to the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his or her Catch-up Contribution limit under the Plan, the Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions and will not be treated as Excess Contributions. |
(ii) | Allocable gain or loss . A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions must include any allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. For this purpose, allocable gain or loss on Excess Contributions may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used is applied uniformly and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants Accounts. |
(A) | Method of allocating gain or loss . For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2005, the income allocable to Excess Contributions is equal to (I) the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year plus (II) to the extent the Excess Contributions are credited with gain or loss for the gap period (i.e., the Plan contains a Valuation Date during the gap period), the allocable gain or loss determined for the gap period. For this purpose, the gap period is the period after the close of the Plan Year and prior to the distribution of Excess Contributions. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the income allocable to Excess Contributions is determined as of a Valuation Date that occurs no more than 7 days before the date of the distribution. (For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution can be disregarded in determining income or loss.) |
(B) | Alternative method of allocating plan year gain or loss . The gain or loss attributable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year may be determined by multiplying the gain or loss for the Plan Year allocable to Salary Deferrals (and other contributions included in the ADP Test) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the Participants Account Balance attributable to Salary Deferrals (and other contributions included in the ADP Test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. |
(C) | Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income . The allocation of gain or loss for the gap period (as defined in subsection (A)) will be deemed to be reasonable if the gain or loss on Excess Contributions for the gap period is equal to 10% of the gain or loss allocable to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year (as determined under subsection (B) above) multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the plan year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under this safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
48
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(D) | Alternative method for allocating plan year and gap period income . The Plan may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period by applying the alternative method provided under subsection (B) above to this aggregate period. This is accomplished by substituting the gain or loss for the Plan Year and the gap period for the gain or loss for the Plan Year and by substituting the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year and the gap period for the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that gain or loss. |
(iii) | Coordination with other provisions . A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions made by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the excess occurs may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participants spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Section 8.10. Excess Contributions are treated as Annual Additions for purposes of Code §415 even if distributed from the Plan. A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12. |
If a Participant has Excess Deferrals for the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for which the Participant receives a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions, the corrective distribution of Excess Contributions is treated first as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals. The amount of the corrective distribution of Excess Contributions that must be distributed to correct an ADP Test failure for a Plan Year is reduced by any amount distributed as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals for the calendar year ending with or within such Plan Year.
(iv) | Accounting for Excess Contributions . Excess Contributions are distributed from the following sources and in the following priority: |
(A) | Salary Deferrals that are not matched; |
(B) | proportionately from Salary Deferrals not distributed under subsection (A) and related QMACs that are included in the ADP Test; |
(C) | QMACs included in the ADP Test that are not distributed under subsection (B) and |
(D) | QNECs included in the ADP Test. |
If a Participant has both a Pre Tax-Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, the Participant may designate the extent to which the corrective distribution of Salary Deferrals is taken from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account or from the Roth Deferral Account, unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-5(e). If a Participant does not designate the Account(s) from which the distribution will be made, the corrective distribution will be made first from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account.
(3) | Making QNECs or QMACs . Regardless of any elections under AA §6-4 or AA §6B-4 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make additional QNECs or QMACs to the Plan on behalf of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees and use such amounts to correct an ADP Test violation. Any QNECs contributed under this subsection (3) which are not specifically authorized under AA §6-4 will be allocated to all Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the ratio that each such Participants Plan Compensation bears to the Plan Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. Any QMACs contributed under this subsection (3) which are not specifically authorized under AA §6B-4 will be allocated to all Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated as a uniform percentage of Salary Deferrals made during the Plan Year. See Sections 3.02(a)(5) and 3.04(d), as applicable. |
(4) | Recharacterization . If After-Tax Contributions are permitted under AA §6D, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to treat any Excess Contributions that are allocated to that Participant as if he/she received the Excess Contributions as a distribution from the Plan and then contributed such amounts to the Plan as After-Tax Contributions. Any amounts recharacterized under this subsection (4)will be 100% vested at all times. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other After-Tax Contributions made by that Participant would exceed any limit on After-Tax Contributions under AA §6D-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. |
Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1 / 2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arise and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participants taxable year in which the Participant would have received such amounts in cash had he/she not deferred such amounts into the Plan.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
49
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(c) | Adjustment of deferral rate for Highly Compensated Employees . The Employer may suspend (or automatically reduce the rate of) Salary Deferrals for the Highly Compensated Group, to the extent necessary to satisfy the ADP Test or to reduce the margin of failure. A suspension or reduction shall not affect Salary Deferrals already contributed by the Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. As of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year, Salary Deferrals shall resume at the levels stated in the Salary Deferral Elections of the Highly Compensated Employees. |
(d) | Special testing rules . |
(1) | Special rule for determining ADP of Highly Compensated Group . When calculating the ADP of the Highly Compensated Group for any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employees Salary Deferrals under all qualified plans maintained by the Employer are taken into account as if such contributions were made to a single plan. For this purpose, any QNECs or QMACs treated as Salary Deferrals for purposes of the ADP also are treated as made under a single plan. In addition, if a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more 401(k) plans of the Employer that have different Plan Years, all Salary Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such plans shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all Salary Deferrals made in Plan Years that end with or within the same calendar year are treated as made under a single plan. This aggregation rule does not apply to plans that are mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code §410(k). |
(2) | Aggregation of plans . When calculating the ADP Test, if this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §401(k), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, all such plans are treated as a single plan. If more than 10% of the Employers Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior year will be made in accordance with such regulations, unless the Employer has elected under AA §6A-6 to use the Current Year Testing Method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code §401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method. |
(3) | Multiple use test . The multiple use test described under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)(2) does not apply for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
6.02 | Nondiscrimination Testing of Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions ACP Test . Except as provided under Section 6.04 for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans, if the Plan provides for Matching Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions, the Plan must satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (ACP Test) each Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test, including the amount of any Salary Deferrals or QNECs included in such test, pursuant to subsection (a)(4) below. If the Plan fails the ACP Test for any Plan Year, the corrective provisions under subsection (b) below will apply. |
(a) | ACP Test . The ACP Test compares the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) of the Highly Compensated Group with the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group. The Highly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Highly Compensated for the current Plan Year. The Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated for the applicable Plan Year. If the Prior Year Testing Method is selected under AA §6B-6, the Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants in the prior Plan Year who were Nonhighly Compensated for that year. If the Current Year Testing Method is selected under AA §6B-6, the Nonhighly Compensated Group is the group of Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated for the current Plan Year. |
(1) | Average Contribution Percentage ACP . The ACP for a specified group is the average of the contribution percentages calculated separately for each Participant in the group. A Participants contribution percentage is the ratio of the contributions made on behalf of the Participant that are included under the ACP Test, expressed as a percentage of the Participants Testing Compensation for the Plan Year. (See Section 1.122 for the definition of Testing Compensation.) For this purpose, the contributions included under the ACP Test are the sum of the After-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions, and QMACs (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP Test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. The ACP may also include other contributions as provided in subsection (4) below, if applicable but excluding Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. |
For purposes of computing Actual Contribution Percentages, a Participant who is eligible for After-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions (including forfeitures), QMACs or Salary Deferrals (to the extent Salary Deferrals are included in the ACP Test pursuant to subsection (4) below) but does not make or receive any such contributions shall be included in the ACP Test as a Participant on whose behalf no such contributions are made.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
50
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, no Matching Contributions may be taken into account under the ACP Test for any individual Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such Matching Contributions exceed the greater of:
(i) | 5% of such Nonhighly Compensated Employees Plan Compensation; |
(ii) | 100% of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions (to the extent such contributions are eligible for Matching Contributions); or |
(iii) | two times the lowest matching contribution rate for any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee within a group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consists of 50% of the total Nonhighly Compensated Employees who actually make Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions that are eligible for Matching Contributions for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest matching contribution rate for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who is employed as of the last day of the Plan Year and who actually makes Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions that are eligible for Matching Contributions for the Plan Year). |
For this purpose, the matching contribution rate is the total Matching Contributions allocated to the Nonhighly Compensated Employee (determined as a percentage of Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions, to the extent eligible for Matching Contributions). If the matching contribution rate is not the same for all levels of Salary Deferrals and or After-Tax Contributions, the Nonhighly Compensated Employees matching contribution rate will be treated as equal to 6% Plan Compensation.
(2) | ACP Test testing methods . In applying the ACP Test for any Plan Year, the Plan may use the Prior Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method, as selected under AA §6B-6. If no testing method is selected under AA §6B-6, the Plan will use the Current Year Testing Method. Unless specifically precluded under statute, regulations or other IRS guidance, the Employer may amend the testing method designated under AA §6B-6 for a particular Plan Year (subject to the requirements under subsection (ii) below) at any time through the end of the 12-month period following the Plan Year for which the amendment is effective. |
(i) | Prior Year Testing Method . Under the Prior Year Testing Method, the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) of the Highly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year and the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group (as defined in Section (a) above) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests for each Plan Year: |
(A) | The ACP of the Highly Compensated Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year. |
(B) | The ACP of the Highly Compensated Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage (whichever is less) determined by (A) adding 2 percentage points to the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year or (B) multiplying the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year by 2. |
(ii) | Current Year Testing Method . Under the Current Year Testing Method, the Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) of the Highly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year and the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group (as defined in subsection (a) above) for the current Plan Year must satisfy the ACP Test, as described in subsection (i) above, for each Plan Year. If the Current Year Testing Method is used for a Plan Year, the Plan may switch to the Prior Year Testing Method for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used Current Year Testing for each of the preceding five Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using Prior Year Testing and a plan using Current Year Testing and the change is made within the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C)(ii). |
(3) | Special rule for first Plan Year . For the first Plan Year that the Plan provides for either Matching Contributions or After-Tax Contributions, the testing method selected under AA §6B-6(a) applies, unless designated otherwise under AA §6B-6(b). If the Prior Year Testing Method applies for the first year of the Plan, the ACP Test applies by assuming the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Group is 3%. If the Current Year Testing Method applies for the first year of the Plan, the ACP Test applies using the actual data for the Nonhighly Compensated Group in the first Plan Year. This first Plan Year rule does not apply if this Plan is a successor to a plan (as described in IRS Notice 98-1 or subsequent guidance) that was subject to the ACP Test or if the Plan is aggregated for purposes of applying the ACP Test with another plan that was subject to the ACP test in the prior Plan Year. For subsequent Plan Years, the testing method selected under AA §6B-6(a) will apply. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
51
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(4) | Use of Salary Deferrals and QNECs under the ACP Test . The Plan Administrator may take into account all or any portion of Salary Deferrals and QNECs (see Section 3.02(a)(5)) for purposes of applying the ACP Test. QNECs may not be included in the ACP Test to the extent such amounts are included in the ADP Test for such Plan Year. Salary Deferrals and QNECs made to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer may also be taken into account, so long as the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. To include Salary Deferrals under the ACP Test, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test taking into account all Salary Deferrals, including those used under the ACP Test, and taking into account only those Salary Deferrals not included in the ACP Test. To include QNECs under the ACP Test, all Employer Nonelective Contributions, including the QNECs, must satisfy Code §401(a)(4). In addition, the Employer Nonelective Contributions, excluding any QNECs used in the ADP Test or ACP Test, must also satisfy Code §401(a)(4). If the Employer is using the Prior Year Testing Method (as described in subsection 6.01(a)(2)(i) above), the Employer may not include QNECs in the ACP Test. |
Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, no QNEC may be taken into account under the ACP Test for any individual Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such QNEC exceeds the greater of 5% of such Nonhighly Compensated Employees Plan Compensation or two times the lowest applicable contribution rate for any eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee within a group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that consist of 50% of the total eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the Plan (or, if greater, the lowest applicable contribution rate allocated to any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who is in the group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees employed as of the last day of the Plan Year). For this purpose, the applicable contribution percentage is the sum of QNECs and Matching Contributions allocated to a Nonhighly Compensated Employee (determined as a percentage of Plan Compensation). If QNECs are being made in connection with the Employers obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar legislation, QNECs can be taken into account for a Plan Year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions do not exceed 10% of Plan Compensation.
(i) | Timing of contributions . In order to be used in the ACP Test for a given Plan Year, QNECs must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are allocated. |
(ii) | Testing flexibility . The Plan Administrator is expressly granted the full flexibility permitted by applicable Treasury regulations to determine the amount of Salary Deferrals and QNECs used in the ACP Test. Salary Deferrals and QNECs taken into account under the ACP Test do not have to be uniformly determined for each Participant, and may represent all or any portion of the Salary Deferrals and QNECs allocated to each Participant, provided the conditions described above are satisfied. |
(5) | Double-counting limits . This subsection (5) applies if the Prior Year Testing Method is used to run the ACP Test and, in the prior Plan Year, the Current Year Testing Method was used to run the ACP Test. If this paragraph applies, all QNECs or QMACs that were included in either the ADP Test or ACP Test for the prior Plan Year are disregarded in calculating the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior Plan Year. |
For purposes of applying the double-counting limits, if actual data of the Nonhighly Compensated Group is used for a first Plan Year described in subsection (3) above, the Plan is still considered to be using the Prior Year Testing Method for that first Plan Year. Thus, the double-counting limits do not apply if the Prior Year Testing Method is used for the next Plan Year.
(b) | Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions . If the Plan fails the ACP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may use any combination of the correction methods under this Section to correct the Excess Aggregate Contributions under the Plan. |
(1) | Excess Aggregate Contributions . Excess Aggregate Contributions are the amount of Matching Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions taken into account in computing the ACP of the Highly Compensated Group that exceed the maximum amount permitted under the ACP Test for the Plan Year. The amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year are the amounts determined by hypothetically reducing the ACP contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest ACP for the Plan Year, and reducing the ACP of such Highly Compensated Employees until the reduced percentage reaches the ACP of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next higher ACP or until the adjusted ACP percentage satisfies the ACP Test. The reduction continues for each level of Highly Compensated Employees until the Plan satisfies the ACP Test. The total dollar amount so determined is then divided among the Highly Compensated Group in the manner described in subsection (2) to determine the actual corrective distributions to be made. For this purpose, any Excess Contributions that are recharacterized as After-Tax Employee Contributions under Section 6.01(b)(4) are taken into account as After-Tax Employee Contributions for the Plan Year that includes the time at which the Excess Contribution is includible in the gross income of the Employee under §1.401(k)-2(b)(3)(ii). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
52
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(2) |
Corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions . If the Plan fails the ACP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, distribute Excess Aggregate Contributions (including any allocable income or loss) no later than 12 months following the end of the Plan Year to correct the ACP Test violation. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be distributed only to the extent they are vested under Section 7.02, determined as of the last day of the Plan Year for which the contributions are made to the Plan. To the extent Excess Aggregate Contributions are not vested, the Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 7.10 in the Plan Year in which the corrective distribution is made from the Plan. If the Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1 / 2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer with respect to such amounts. |
(i) | Amount to be distributed . In determining the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee under this Section, Excess Aggregate Contributions are first allocated equally to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of ACP contributions for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated or until the dollar amount of ACP contributions for such Highly Compensated Employee(s) is reduced to the next highest dollar amount of such contributions for any other Highly Compensated Employee(s). |
(ii) | Allocable gain or loss . A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions must include any allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. For this purpose, allocable gain or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used is applied uniformly and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants Accounts. |
(A) | Method of allocating gain or loss . For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2005, the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is equal to (I) the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year plus (II) to the extent the Excess Aggregate Contributions are credited with gain or loss for the gap period (i.e., the Plan contains a Valuation Date during the gap period), the allocable gain or loss determined for the gap period. For this purpose, the gap period is the period after the close of the Plan Year and prior to the distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions merely because the income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is determined as of a Valuation Date that occurs no more than 7 days before the date of the distribution. (For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution can be disregarded in determining income or loss.) |
(B) | Alternative method of allocating plan year gain or loss . The gain or loss attributable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year may be determined by multiplying the gain or loss for the Plan Year allocable to Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions (and other contributions included in the ACP Test) by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Participant for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which is the Participants Account Balance attributable to Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions (and other contributions included in the ACP Test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year. |
(C) | Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income . The allocation of gain or loss for the gap period (as defined in subsection (A) above) will be deemed to be reasonable if the gain or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions for the gap period is equal to 10% of the gain or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year (as determined under subsection (B) above) multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the plan year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under this safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the month. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
53
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(D) | Alternative method for allocating plan year and gap period income . The Plan may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap period by applying the alternative method provided under subsection (B) above to this aggregate period. This is accomplished by substituting the gain or loss for the Plan Year and the gap period for the gain or loss for the Plan Year and by substituting the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year and the gap period for the contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that gain or loss. |
(iii) | Coordination with other provisions . A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions made by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the excess occurs may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participants spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Section 8.10. Excess Aggregate Contributions are treated as Annual Additions for purposes of Code §415 even if distributed from the Plan. A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12. |
(iv) | Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions . Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed from the following sources and in the following priority: |
(A) | After-Tax Contributions that are not matched; |
(B) | proportionately from After-Tax Contributions not distributed under subsection (A) and related Matching Contributions that are included in the ACP Test; |
(C) | Matching Contributions included in the ACP Test that are not distributed under subsection (B); |
(D) | Salary Deferrals included in the ACP Test that are not matched; |
(E) | proportionately from Salary Deferrals included in the ACP Test that are not distributed under subsection (D) and related Matching Contributions that are included in the ACP Test and not distributed under subsection (B) or (C)); and |
(F) | QNECs included in the ACP Test. |
If a Participant has both a Pre Tax-Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, the Participant may designate the extent to which the corrective distribution of Salary Deferrals is taken from the Pre-Tax Deferral Account or from the Roth Deferral Account, unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-5(e). If a Participant does not designate the Account(s) from which the distribution will be made, the corrective distribution will be made first from the Participants Pre-Tax Deferral Account.
(3) | Making QNECs or QMACs . Regardless of any elections under AA §6-4 or AA §6B-4 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make additional QNECs or QMACs to the Plan on behalf of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees and use such amount to correct an ACP Test violation to the extent such amounts are not used in the ADP Test. Any QNECs contributed under this subsection (3) which are not specifically authorized under AA §6-4 will be allocated to all Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the ratio that each such Participants Plan Compensation bears to the Plan Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. Any QMACs contributed under this subsection (3) which are not specifically authorized under AA §6B-4 will be allocated to all Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated as a uniform percentage of Salary Deferrals made during the Plan Year. See Sections 3.02(a)(5) and 3.04(d), as applicable. |
(c) | Adjustment of contribution rate for Highly Compensated Employees . The Employer may suspend (or automatically reduce the rate of) After-Tax Contributions for the Highly Compensated Group, to the extent necessary to satisfy the ACP Test or to reduce the margin of failure. A suspension or reduction shall not affect After-Tax Contributions already contributed by the Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. As of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year, After-Tax Contributions shall resume at the levels elected by the Highly Compensated Employees. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
54
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(d) | Special testing rules . |
(1) | Special rule for determining ACP of Highly Compensated Group . When calculating the ACP of the Highly Compensated Group for any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employees After-Tax Contributions and/or Matching Contributions under all qualified plans maintained by the Employer are taken into account as if such contributions were made to a single plan. For this purpose, any QNECs or QMACs taken into account under the ACP Test also are treated as made under a single plan. In addition, if a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more plans of the Employer that have different Plan Years, all ACP contributions made during the Plan Year under all such plans shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006, all ACP contributions made in Plan Years that end with or within the same calendar year are treated as made under a single plan. This aggregation rule does not apply to plans that are mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code §410(m). |
(2) | Aggregation of plans . When calculating the ACP Test, if this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §401(m), §401(a)(4), or §410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if aggregated with this Plan, all such plans are treated as a single plan. If more than 10% of the Employers Nonhighly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Group for the prior year will be made in accordance with such regulations, unless the Employer has elected under AA §6B-6 to use the Current Year Testing Method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code §401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method. |
(3) | Multiple use test . The multiple use test described under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)(2) does not apply for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
6.03 | Disaggregation of Plans . Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.03, certain plans shall be treated as constituting separate plans to the extent required under the mandatory disaggregation rules under Code §§401(k) and 401(m). |
(a) | Plans covering Collectively Bargained Employees and non-Collectively Bargained Employees . If the Plan covers Collectively Bargained Employees and non-Collectively Bargained Employees, the Plan is mandatorily disaggregated for purposes of applying the ADP Test and the ACP Test into two separate plans, one covering the Collectively Bargained Employees and one covering the non-Collectively Bargained Employees. A separate ADP Test must be applied for each disaggregated portion of the Plan in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations. A separate ACP Test must be applied to the disaggregated portion of the Plan that covers the non-Collectively Bargained Employees. The disaggregated portion of the Plan that includes the Collectively Bargained Employees is deemed to pass the ACP Test. |
(b) | Otherwise excludable Employees . If the minimum coverage test under Code §410(b) is performed by disaggregating otherwise excludable Employees (i.e., Employees who have not satisfied the maximum age 21 and one Year of Service eligibility conditions permitted under Code §410(a)), then the Plan is treated as two separate plans, one benefiting the otherwise excludable Employees and the other benefiting Employees who have satisfied the maximum age and service eligibility conditions. If such disaggregation applies, the following operating rules apply to the ADP Test and the ACP Test. |
(1) | Separate ADP and ACP Tests . For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1999, the ADP Test and the ACP Test are applied separately for each disaggregated plan. If there are no Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under a disaggregated plan, then no ADP Test or ACP Test is required for such plan. |
(2) | Single ADP and ACP Test . For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, only the disaggregated plan that benefits the Employees who have satisfied the maximum age and service eligibility conditions permitted under Code §410(a) is subject to the ADP Test and the ACP Test. However, any Highly Compensated Employee who is benefiting under the disaggregated plan that includes the otherwise excludable Employees is taken into account in such tests. The Employer may elect to apply the rule in subsection (1) instead. |
(3) | Application of Entry Dates . In determining whether an Employee is an otherwise excludible Employee for purposes of applying the testing rules in subsection (1) and (2) above, the Plan will be deemed to provide the maximum Entry Dates permitted under Code §410(a)(4). Thus, an Employee is treated as an otherwise excludible employee for purposes of applying the special testing rules in subsection (1) and (2) above if the Employee has not satisfied the maximum minimum age and service requirements permitted under Code §410(a), taking into account the maximum Entry Date provisions under Code §410(a)(4) (i.e., the Plan will be deemed to apply an Entry Date that is the earlier of the date that is 6 months after the date the Employee satisfies the maximum age and service conditions or the first day of the Plan Year following satisfaction of such maximum age and service conditions). |
(c) | Corrective action for disaggregated plans . Any corrective action authorized by this Section 6 may be determined separately with respect to each disaggregated portion of the Plan. A corrective action taken with respect to a disaggregated portion of the Plan need not be consistent with the method of correction (if any) used for another disaggregated portion of the Plan. To the extent the Adoption Agreement authorizes the Employer to make discretionary QNECs or discretionary QMACs, the Employer is expressly permitted to designate such QNECs or QMACs as allocable only to Participants in a particular disaggregated portion of the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
55
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
6.04 | Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Provisions . The Employer may elect in AA §6C to apply the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions under this Section 6.04. The ADP Test described in Section 6.01(a) is deemed to be satisfied for any Plan Year in which the Plan qualifies as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. In addition, if Matching Contributions are made for such Plan Year, the ACP Test is deemed satisfied with respect to such contributions if the conditions of subsection (g) below are satisfied. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the requirements under this Section 6.04 must be satisfied for the entire Plan Year. |
(a) | Safe harbor requirements . To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan must satisfy the requirements under subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4) below. |
(1) | Safe Harbor Contribution . To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Employer must provide a Safe Harbor Employer Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to Nonhighly Compensated Participants under the Plan. (See subsection (b) below for a discussion of the Participants eligible for a Safe Harbor Contribution.) The Safe Harbor Contribution must be made to the Plan no later than 12 months following the close of the Plan Year for which it is being used to qualify the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. |
(i) | Safe Harbor Employer Contribution . The Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(b) to make a Safe Harbor Employer Contribution of at least 3% of Plan Compensation. The Employer has the discretion to increase the amount of the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution in excess of the percentage designated under AA §6C-2(b). (See subsection (4)(iii) below for the ability to condition the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution on the provision of a supplemental notice.) |
(ii) | Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . The Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(a) to satisfy the Safe Harbor Contribution requirement by making a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution with respect to each Participants Salary Deferrals under the Plan. If After-Tax Contributions are authorized under AA §6D of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect in AA §6D-3 to provide the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution with respect to such After-Tax Contributions. The Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(a) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to provide a basic Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, an enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, or a tiered Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. |
(A) | Basic Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . Under the basic Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, each eligible Participant (as defined in AA §6C-3) will receive a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to: |
(I) | 100% of the amount of a Participants Salary Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Participants Plan Compensation, plus |
(II) | 50% of the amount of a Participants Salary Deferrals that exceed 3% of the Participants Plan Compensation but that do not exceed 5% of the Participants Plan Compensation. |
(B) | Enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . Under the enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must not be less, at each level of Salary Deferrals, than the amount required under the basic Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula under subsection (A) above. Under the enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, the rate of Matching Contributions may not increase as an Employees rate of Salary Deferrals increase. |
(C) | Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees . The Plan will not fail to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan merely because Highly Compensated Employees also receive a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under the Plan. However, a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will not satisfy this Section if any Highly Compensated Employee is eligible for a higher rate of Safe Harbor Matching Contribution than is provided for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who has the same rate of Salary Deferrals. |
(D) |
Period for making Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . In determining a Participants Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, the Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(a)(2) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement or under AA §6C-3(a) of the Standardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to determine the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on the basis of Salary Deferrals the Participant makes during the Plan Year. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to determine the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
56
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
on a payroll, monthly, or quarterly basis. If the Employer elects to use a period other than the Plan Year, the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must be deposited into the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter following the Plan Year quarter for which the Salary Deferrals are made. (See Section 3.04(c) for rules applicable to true-up contributions where the Employer contributes Matching Contributions to the Plan on a different period than selected under AA §6C-2(a)(2) or AA §6C-3(a), as applicable.) |
(2) | Full and immediate vesting . The Safe Harbor Contribution under subsection (1) above must be 100% vested, regardless of the Employees length of service, at the time the contribution is made to the Plan. Any additional amounts contributed under the Plan may be subject to a vesting schedule. |
(3) | Distribution restrictions . Distributions of the Safe Harbor Contribution under subsection (1) must be restricted in the same manner as Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c), except that such contributions may not be distributed upon Hardship. See Section 8.10(d). |
(4) | Annual notice . Each eligible Participant (as defined in subsection (b) below) must receive a written notice describing the Participants rights and obligations under the Plan. |
(i) | Contents of notice . The annual notice must include a description of: |
(A) | the Safe Harbor Contribution formula being used under the Plan; |
(B) | any other contributions under the Plan; |
(C) | the plan to which the Safe Harbor Contributions will be made (if different from this Plan); |
(D) | the type and amount of Plan Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan; |
(E) | the administrative requirements for making and changing Salary Deferral elections; and |
(F) | the withdrawal and vesting provisions under the Plan. |
In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each eligible Participant may make or modify his/her Salary Deferral election during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the annual notice.
(ii) | Timing of notice . Each Participant must receive the annual notice within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or within a reasonable period before an Employee becomes a Participant, if later). For this purpose, an Employee will be deemed to have received the notice in a timely manner if the Employee receives such notice at least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the beginning of the Plan Year. For an Employee who becomes a Participant after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year, the notice will be deemed timely if it is provided before the date the Employee becomes eligible to participate under the Plan (but no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes eligible). |
(iii) | Supplemental notice . If the Employer elects to provide the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution described in subsection (1)(i) above, the Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(b)(1) to make such contribution only as authorized under a supplemental notice described in this subsection (iii). If the Employer elects to make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution pursuant to a supplemental notice, the Employer will notify each Participant in the annual notice described in this subsection (4) that the Employer may provide the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution and that a supplemental notice will be provided if the Employer decides to make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution. The supplemental notice indicating the Employers intention to make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution must be provided no later than 30 days prior to the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If the Employer does not provide the supplemental notice in accordance with this paragraph, the Employer is not obligated to make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution and the Plan does not qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. The Plan will qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for subsequent Plan Years if the appropriate notices are provided for such years. No amendment is required to make the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution in subsequent Plan Years. |
(b) | Eligibility for Safe Harbor Contributions . The Employer may elect under AA §6C-3 to provide the Safe Harbor Contribution to all Participants or only to Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to provide the Safe Harbor Contribution to all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Participants and all Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants but who are not Key Employees. This permits a Plan providing the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution to use such amounts to satisfy the Top Heavy minimum contribution requirements under Section 4. See subsection (c) for a description of the eligibility conditions applicable to Safe Harbor Contributions. Also see Section 3.02(d)(1) for provisions for offsetting additional Employer Contributions by the Safe Harbor Employer Contributions under the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
57
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(c) | Different eligibility conditions . In determining who is a Participant for purposes of the Safe Harbor Contribution, the eligibility conditions applicable to Salary Deferrals under AA §4-1 apply. However, the Employer may elect under AA §6C-3(b) to apply different eligibility conditions for the Safe Harbor Contribution than apply to Salary Deferrals. If the Employer elects under AA §6C-3(b)(1) to require a Year of Service for determining eligibility for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, a Year of Service for this purpose is the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. An Eligibility Computation Period is as defined under Section 2.03(a)(2) using Plan Years for subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods. If different eligibility conditions are selected for the Safe Harbor Contribution, the Plan must be disaggregated into separate plans for coverage purposes pursuant to Code §410(b)(4). If the Plan uses different eligibility conditions for Safe Harbor Contributions, the portion of the disaggregated plan that covers Employees who are not eligible for the Safe Harbor Contribution must satisfy the ADP Test (and ACP Test, if applicable). See IRS Notice 2000-3, Q&A-10. |
(d) | Provision of Safe Harbor Contribution in separate plan . The Employer may elect under AA §6C-2(b)(2) to provide the Safe Harbor Contribution under another Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer. The Safe Harbor Contribution under such other plan must satisfy the conditions under this Section 6.04 for this Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. To make the Safe Harbor Contribution under another Defined Contribution Plan, each Employee eligible to participate under this Plan must also be eligible to participate under the other Defined Contribution Plan and the other Defined Contribution Plan must have the same Plan Year as this Plan. |
(e) | Reduction or suspension of Safe Harbor Contributions . |
(1) | Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . The Employer may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (on a prospective basis) provided the Employer provides a supplemental notice to all Participants explaining the consequences and effective date of the amendment, and that such Participants have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change their Salary Deferral and/or After-Tax Contribution elections, as applicable. The amendment reducing or eliminating the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must be effective no earlier than the later of: (i) 30 days after Participants are given the supplemental notice or (ii) the date the amendment is adopted. Participants must be given a reasonable opportunity (and reasonable period) prior to the reduction or elimination of the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to change their Salary Deferral or After-Tax Contribution elections, as applicable. If the Employer amends the Plan to reduce or eliminate the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, the Plan is subject to the ADP Test and ACP Test for the entire Plan Year. |
(2) | Safe Harbor Employer Contributions . The Employer may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to reduce or suspend the Safe Harbor Employer Contributions (on a prospective basis) provided the Employer notifies all Participants of the amendment and provides each Participant with a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change Salary Deferral and/or After-Tax Contribution elections, as applicable. The amendment reducing or eliminating the Safe Harbor Employer Contributions must be effective no earlier than the later of: (A) 30 days after Participants are notified of the amendment or (B) the date the amendment is adopted. If the Employer reduces or eliminates the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution during the Plan Year, the Plan is subject to the ADP Test (and ACP Test, if applicable) for the entire Plan Year. [This provision may no longer be used by an Employer effective for Plan Years beginning on or after September 1, 2009.] |
(f) | Deemed compliance with ADP Test . If the Plan satisfies all the conditions under subsection (a) above to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year. This Plan will not be deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for a Plan Year if a Participant is covered under another Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan maintained by the Employer which uses the provisions under this Section to comply with the ADP Test. |
(g) | Deemed compliance with ACP Test . If the Plan satisfies all the conditions under subsection (a) above to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the Plan Year with respect to Matching Contributions (including Matching Contributions that are not used to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan), provided the following conditions are satisfied. If the Plan does not satisfy the requirements under this subsection (g) for a Plan Year, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test for such Plan Year in accordance with subsection (h) below. |
(1) | Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions . If the only Matching Contributions provided under the Plan are Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under AA §6C-2(a)(1), the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP Test, without regard to the conditions under subsections (2) - (5) below. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
58
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(2) | Additional Matching Contributions . If Matching Contributions are provided (other than Safe Harbor Matching Contributions under AA §6C-2(a)) the total Matching Contributions provided under the Plan (whether or not such Matching Contributions are provided under a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula) must not apply to any Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions that exceed 6% of Plan Compensation. If a Matching Contribution formula applies to both Salary Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions, then the sum of such contributions that exceed 6% of Plan Compensation must be disregarded under the formula. |
(3) | Discretionary Matching Contributions . If the Employer elects to provide discretionary Matching Contributions under a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, such discretionary Matching Contributions will not be subject to the ACP Test only if the total amount of the discretionary Matching Contributions are limited to no more than 4% of the Employees Plan Compensation. |
(4) | Rate of Matching Contribution may not increase . The Matching Contribution formula may not provide a higher rate of match at higher levels of Salary Deferrals or After-Tax Contributions. |
(5) | Limit on Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees . The Matching Contributions made for any Highly Compensated Employee at any rate of Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions cannot be greater than the Matching Contributions provided for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee at the same rate of Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions. |
(6) | After-Tax Contributions . If the Plan permits After-Tax Contributions, such contributions must satisfy the ACP Test, regardless of whether the Matching Contributions under Plan are deemed to satisfy the ACP Test under this subsection (g). The ACP Test must be performed in accordance with subsection (h) below. |
(7) | Additional Matching Contributions may be subject to vesting and distribution restrictions . Additional Matching Contributions may satisfy the ACP Test safe harbor described in this subsection (g) even if such Matching Contributions are subject to the normal vesting schedule and distribution rules applicable to Matching Contributions. However, if such Matching Contributions are subject to allocation conditions under AA §6B-7, such Matching Contributions will fail to satisfy the ACP Test safe harbor described in this subsection (g). |
(h) | Rules for applying the ACP Test . If the ACP Test must be performed under a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, either because there are After-Tax Contributions, or because the Matching Contributions do not satisfy the conditions described in subsection (g) above, the Current Year Testing Method must be used to perform such test, even if the Adoption Agreement specifies that the Prior Year Testing Method applies. In addition, the testing rules provided in IRS Notice 98-52 (or any successor guidance) are applicable in applying the ACP Test. |
(i) | Application of Top Heavy rules . Effective for years beginning after December 31, 2001, if the only contributions under a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan are Safe Harbor Contributions described under subsection (a) and Matching Contributions eligible for the ACP Test safe harbor, as described in subsection (g), the Plan is deemed to satisfy the Top Heavy requirements, as described in Section 4. For this purpose, if a Plan has only safe harbor contributions described under this subsection (i) and the Plan has forfeitures for a Plan Year, such forfeitures will be used to reduce the Safe Harbor Contributions for such Plan Year. |
(j) | Plan Year . Except as provided in subsections (1)(3) below, to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the safe harbor requirements under this Section 6.04 must be satisfied for an entire 12-month Plan Year. |
(1) | First year of plan . A newly established plan (other than a successor plan within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-2(c)(2)(iii)) will not fail to satisfy the requirements of subsection (j) merely because the Plan Year is less than 12 months, provided that the Plan Year is at least 3 months long. If an Employer is newly established and adopts the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the Employer comes into existence, the initial Plan Year may be shorter than 3 months. |
If the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the Code §415 Limitation under Section 5.03, the Limitation Year will be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the short Plan Year. Thus, no proration of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation will be required. See Section 5.03(c)(2). In addition, the Employers Plan Compensation will be determined for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the short Plan Year. Thus, no proration of the Compensation Limit will be required. See Section 1.24.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
59
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(2) | Change of Plan Year . If the Plan is amended to change its Plan Year, resulting in a Short Plan Year (see Section 11.08), the Plan will not fail to satisfy the requirements of subsection (j), provided: |
(i) | The Plan satisfies the safe harbor requirements under this Section 6.04 for the immediately preceding Plan Year; and |
(ii) | The plan satisfies the safe harbor requirements under this Section 6.04 (determined without regard to subsection (e) above) for the immediately following Plan Year or for the immediately following 12 months if the immediately following Plan Year is less than 12 months. |
(3) | Final plan year . If the Plan is terminated during a Plan Year, the Plan will not fail to satisfy the requirements of subsection (j) merely because the final Plan Year is less than 12 months, provided that the plan satisfies the safe harbor requirements under this Section 6.04 through the date of termination and either: |
(i) | The Plan would satisfy the requirements of subsection (e), treating the termination of the Plan as a reduction or suspension of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (other than the requirement that Employees have a reasonable opportunity to change their Salary Deferral or After-Tax Contribution elections); or |
(ii) | The Plan termination is in connection with a transaction described in Code §410(b)(6)(C) or the Employer incurs a substantial business hardship, comparable to a substantial business hardship described in Code §412(d). If this subsection (ii) applies, the Plan will continue to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for the year of termination. |
6.05 | SIMPLE 401(k) Plan contributions . The Employer may designate in AA §6A-10 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to treat the Plan as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. To treat the Plan as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan for a Plan Year, the Employer must be an Eligible Employer (as defined in subsection (a)(1) below) and no contributions may be made, or benefits accrued, for services during the calendar year, on behalf of any Eligible Employee under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in Code §219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer. If the Plan is designated as a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, to the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 6.05, the provisions of this Section govern. |
(a) | Definitions . |
(1) | Eligible Employer . An Eligible Employer means, with respect to any calendar year, an Employer that had no more than 100 employees who received at least $5,000 of SIMPLE Compensation from the Employer for the preceding calendar year. In applying the preceding sentence, all Employees of Related Employers and Leased Employees are taken into account. |
An Eligible Employer that elects to have the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply to the Plan and that fails to be an Eligible Employer for any subsequent calendar year is treated as an Eligible Employer for the 2 calendar years following the last calendar year the Employer was an Eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an Eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.
(2) | Eligible Employee . An Eligible Employee means, for purposes of the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions, any Employee who is entitled to make Salary Deferrals under the terms of the Plan. |
(b) | Contributions . |
(1) | Salary Deferrals . Each Eligible Employee may make Salary Deferrals in an amount not to exceed $6,000 for 2000, $6,500 for 2001, $7,000 for 2002, $8,000 for 2003, $9,000 for 2004, and $10,000 for 2005. After 2005, the $10,000 limit will be adjusted for cost-of living increases under Code §408(p)(2)(E). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. |
(2) | Catch-Up Contributions . Beginning in 2002, the amount of an Employees Salary Deferrals permitted for a calendar year is increased for Employees aged 50 or over by the end of the calendar year by the amount of allowable Catch-up Contributions. The allowable Catch-up Contribution is $500 for 2002, $1,000 for 2003, $1,500 for 2004, $2,000 for 2005 and $2,500 for 2006. After 2006, the $2,500 limit will be adjusted for cost-of-living increases under Code § 414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Catch-up Contributions are otherwise treated the same as other Salary Deferrals. |
(3) | Matching Contributions . Each calendar year, the Employer will contribute a Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes Salary Deferrals. The amount of the Matching Contribution will be equal to the Employees Salary Deferrals up to a limit of 3 percent of the Employees SIMPLE Compensation for the full calendar year. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
60
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 6 Special Rules Affecting 401(k) Plans
(4) | Employer Contributions . For any calendar year, instead of a Matching Contribution, the Employer may elect to contribute an Employer Contribution of 2 percent of Total Compensation for the full calendar year for each Eligible Employee who received at least $5,000 of SIMPLE Compensation for the calendar year. |
(c) | Limit on Contributions . No Employer or Employee Contributions may be made to this Plan for a calendar year other than Salary Deferrals described in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2), Matching Contributions described in subsection (b)(3), Employer Contributions described in subsection (b)(4), and Rollover Contributions described in Treas. Reg. §1.402(c)- 2, Q&A-1(a). Such contributions (other than Catch-Up Contributions under subsection (b)(2)) are subject to the Code §415 Limitation. |
(d) | Election and notice requirements . |
(1) | Election period . |
(i) | In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify Salary Deferral elections during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1. |
(ii) | For the calendar year an Employee becomes eligible to make Salary Deferrals under the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions, the 60-day election period requirement under subsection (i) is deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a Salary Deferral election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before. |
(iii) | Each Employee may terminate a Salary Deferral election at any time during the calendar year |
(2) | Notice requirements . |
(i) | The Employer will notify each Eligible Employee prior to the 60-day election period described in subsection (1) that he/she can make a Salary Deferral election or modify a prior election during that period. |
(ii) | The notification described in subsection (i) will indicate whether the Employer will provide a 3-percent Matching Contribution described in subsection (b)(3) or a 2-percent Employer Contribution described in subsection (b)(4). |
(e) | Vesting requirements . All benefits attributable to contributions described in subsections (b)(3) and (b)(4) are fully vested at all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan are fully vested as of the beginning of the calendar year the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply. |
(f) | Top Heavy rules . The Plan is not treated as a Top Heavy Plan under Code §416 for any calendar year for which this Section 6.05 applies. |
(g) | Nondiscrimination tests . The ADP and ACP Tests described in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.02(a) are treated as satisfied for any calendar year for which this Section 6.05 applies. |
(h) | SIMPLE Compensation . SIMPLE Compensation for purposes of this Section 6.05 means the sum of wages, tips, and other compensation from the Eligible Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code §6051(a)(3)) and the Employees Salary Deferrals made under any other plan, and if applicable, Elective Deferrals under a SIMPLE IRA (as defined under Code §408(p), a SARSEP (as defined in Code §408(a)(6), or a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code §403(b), and compensation deferred under a section 457 plan, required to be reported by the employer on Form W-2 (as described in Code §6051(a)(8)). For self-employed individuals, SIMPLE Compensation means net earnings from self-employment determined under Code §1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions made under the SIMPLE 401(k) plan on behalf of the individual. Compensation also includes amounts paid for domestic service (as described in Code §3401(a)(3). SIMPLE Compensation taken into account under the Plan is subject to the Compensation Limit (as defined under Section 1.24). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
61
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
SECTION 7
PARTICIPANT VESTING AND FORFEITURES
7.01 | Vesting of Contributions . A Participants vested interest in his/her Employer Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account is determined based on the vesting schedule elected in AA §8. A Participant is always fully vested in his/her Salary Deferral Account, After-Tax Contribution Account, QNEC Account, QMAC Account, Safe Harbor Employer Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account. |
7.02 | Vesting Schedules . A Participants vested interest in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account is determined by multiplying the Participants vesting percentage (determined under the applicable vesting schedule selected in AA §8) by the total amount under the applicable Account. The Employer must elect both a normal vesting schedule and a Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule (which applies for any Plan Year in which the plan is Top Heavy). |
(a) | Normal vesting schedules . The Employer may choose any of the vesting schedules described in this subsection (a) as the normal vesting schedule with respect to Employer Contributions. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Matching Contributions must vest under the full and immediate, 6-year graded, 3-year cliff, or modified vesting schedule, as described below. Unless elected otherwise under AA §8-2(c) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the vesting schedule selected under AA §8-2(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement applies with respect to all Matching Contributions under the Plan, including Matching Contributions made for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002. However, the vesting schedule designated in AA §8-2(b) will not apply with respect to Matching Contributions for any Employee who does not complete an Hour of Service on or after January 1, 2002. For Employees who do not complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the vesting schedule under the Plan in effect for the Plan Year during which such Employee last completed an Hour of Service will continue to apply with respect to that Employee. |
(1) | Full and immediate vesting schedule . Under the full and immediate vesting schedule, the Participant is always 100% vested in his/her Account Balance. |
(2) | 7-year graded vesting schedule . Under the 7-year graded vesting schedule, an Employee vests in his/her Employer Contribution Account in the following manner: |
After 3 Years of Service 20% vesting
After 4 Years of Service 40% vesting
After 5 Years of Service 60% vesting
After 6 Years of Service 80% vesting
After 7 Years of Service 100% vesting
Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the 7-year graded vesting schedule may not apply to Matching Contributions under the Plan.
(3) | 6-year graded vesting schedule . Under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, an Employee vests in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account in the following manner: |
After 2 Years of Service 20% vesting
After 3 Years of Service 40% vesting
After 4 Years of Service 60% vesting
After 5 Years of Service 80% vesting
After 6 Years of Service 100% vesting
(4) | 5-year cliff vesting schedule . Under the 5-year cliff vesting schedule, an Employee is 100% vested after 5 Years of Service. Prior to the fifth Year of Service, the vesting percentage is zero. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the 5-year cliff vesting schedule may not apply to Matching Contributions under the Plan. |
(5) | 3-year cliff vesting schedule . Under the 3-year cliff vesting schedule, an Employee is 100% vested after 3 Years of Service. Prior to the third Year of Service, the vesting percentage is zero. |
(6) | Modified vesting schedule . Under the modified vesting schedule, the Employer may designate the vesting percentage that applies for each Year of Service. The vesting percentage selected under the modified vesting schedule for any Year of Service may not be less than the percentage that would be permitted under a permitted vesting schedule under this subsection (a). Thus, for example, for Employer Contributions, the modified vesting schedule would have to satisfy the 7-year graded vesting schedule for each Year of Service, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 5 Years of Service. For Matching Contributions, the modified vesting schedule for each Year of Service would have to satisfy the 6-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 3 Years of Service. (A modified vesting schedule may not be selected under the Standardized Adoption Agreement.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
62
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(b) | Top Heavy vesting schedules . For any Plan Year in which the plan is Top Heavy, the Plan automatically will apply the Top Heavy vesting schedule selected under AA §8-3. Once a Plan has shifted to a Top Heavy vesting schedule, that schedule will continue to apply for all subsequent Plan Years, unless the Employer elects otherwise under AA §8-6 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. The rules under Section 7.08 will apply when a Plan shifts to or from a Top Heavy vesting schedule. |
The Employer may choose the full and immediate, 6-year graded, 3-year cliff, or modified vesting schedule, as described in subsection (a) above. If the Employer selects a modified vesting schedule under AA §8-3(a)(4) or AA §8-3(b)(4) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, as applicable], the modified vesting schedule must satisfy one of the permissible Top Heavy vesting schedules for all Plan Years.
(c) | Special vesting rules . |
(1) | Normal Retirement Age . Regardless of the Plans vesting schedule, an Employees right to his/her Account Balance is fully vested upon the date he/she attains Normal Retirement Age (as defined in AA §7-1). |
(2) | 100% vesting upon death, disability, or Early Retirement Age . The Employer may elect under AA §8-5 to allow a Participants vesting percentage to automatically increase to 100% if the Participant dies, becomes Disabled, and/or attains Early Retirement Age while employed by the Employer. |
(3) | Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans . If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan as defined in Section 6.04, any Safe Harbor Employer Contributions and/or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made under the Plan are always 100% vested. If a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provides for regular Employer Contributions or Matching Contributions, such amounts will be vested in accordance with the vesting schedule selected under AA §8. Section 7.08 will not apply merely because the Plan is amended to add a vesting schedule for regular Employer Contributions or Matching Contributions. |
(4) | Vesting upon merger, consolidation or transfer . No accelerated vesting will be required solely because a Defined Contribution Plan is merged with another Defined Contribution Plan, or because assets are transferred from a Defined Contribution Plan to another Defined Contribution Plan. (See Section 14.05(a) for the benefits that must be protected as a result of a merger, consolidation or transfer.) |
(5) | Vesting schedules applicable to prior contributions . If the Plan holds Employer Contributions and/or Matching Contributions that are subject to vesting, but the Plan no longer provides for such contributions, the Plan will continue to apply the vesting schedule applicable to those contributions as determined under the prior Plan document. See Section 7.11(e) for the rules applicable to forfeitures of such prior contributions. The Employer may document any prior vesting schedule in AA §A-10. |
7.03 | Year of Service . An Employees position on the vesting schedule is dependent on the Employees Years of Service with the Employer. Generally, an Employee will earn a vesting Year of Service for each Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under AA §8-7(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to modify the definition of Year of Service to require completion of any lesser number of Hours of Service or may elect to calculate Years of Service using the Elapsed Time method (as defined in subsection (b) below). |
(a) | Hours of Service . Unless the Employer elects to use the Elapsed Time method under AA §8-7, vesting Years of Service will be determined based on an Employees Hours of Service earned during the Vesting Computation Period. |
(1) | Actual Hours of Service . In determining an Employees vesting Years of Service, the Employer will credit an Employee with the actual Hours of Service earned during the Vesting Computation Period, unless the Employer elects under AA §8-7(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to determine Hours of Service using the Equivalency Method. |
(2) | Equivalency Method . Instead of counting actual Hours of Service in applying the Plans vesting schedules, the Employer may elect under AA §8-7(d) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to determine Hours of Service based on the Equivalency Method. Under the Equivalency Method, an Employee receives credit for a specified number of Hours of Service based on the period worked with the Employer. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
63
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(i) | Monthly . Under the monthly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 190 Hours of Service for each calendar month during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(ii) | Daily . Under the daily Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 10 Hours of Service for each day during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(iii) | Weekly . Under the weekly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(iv) | Semi-monthly . Under the semi-monthly Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly period during which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service with the Employer. |
(3) | Employee need not be employed for entire Vesting Computation Period . If an Employee completes the required Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period, the Employee will receive credit for a Year of Service as of the end of such Vesting Computation Period, even if the Employee is not employed for the entire Vesting Computation Period. |
(b) | Elapsed Time method . Instead of using Hours of Service in applying the Plans vesting schedules, the Employer may elect under AA §8-7 to apply the Elapsed Time method for calculating an Employees vesting service with the Employer. Under the Elapsed Time method, an Employee receives credit for the aggregate period of time worked for the Employer commencing with the Employees first day of employment (or reemployment, if applicable) and ending on the date the Employee begins a Period of Severance which lasts at least 12 consecutive months. In calculating an Employees aggregate period of service, an Employee receives credit for any Period of Severance that lasts less than 12 consecutive months. If an Employees aggregate period of service includes fractional years, such fractional years are expressed in terms of days. |
(1) | Period of Severance . For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time method, a Period of Severance is any continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. A Period of Severance begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee is first absent from service for a reason other than retirement, quit or discharge. |
In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or (iv) for purposes of caring for a child of the Employee for a period beginning immediately following the birth or placement of such child.
(2) | Related Employers/Leased Employees . For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time method, service will be credited for employment with any Related Employer. Service also will be credited for any service as a Leased Employee or as an employee under Code §414(o). |
7.04 | Vesting Computation Period . Generally, the Vesting Computation Period is the Plan Year. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under AA §8-7(b) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to use the 12-month period commencing on the Employees date of hire (or reemployment date, if applicable) and each subsequent 12-month period commencing on the anniversary of such date or the Employer may elect to use any other 12-consecutive month period as the Vesting Computation Period. |
7.05 | Excluded service . Generally, except as provided under Section 7.07 with respect to service excluded under the Break in Service rules, all service with the Employer counts for purposes of applying the Plans vesting schedules. However, the Employer may elect under AA §8-4 to exclude certain service with the Employer in calculating an Employees vesting Years of Service. |
(a) | Service before the Effective Date of the Plan . The Employer may elect under AA §8-4(b) to exclude service earned during any period prior to the date the Employer established the Plan or a Predecessor Plan. For this purpose, a Predecessor Plan is a qualified plan maintained by the Employer that is terminated within the 5-year period immediately preceding or following the establishment of this Plan. A Participants service under a Predecessor Plan must be counted for purposes of determining the Participants vested percentage under this Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
64
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(b) | Service before a specified age . The Employer may elect under AA §8-4(c) to exclude service before an Employee attains a specified age (not to exceed age 18). An Employee will be credited with a Year of Service for the Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee attains the required age, provided the Employee satisfies all other conditions required for a Year of Service. |
7.06 | Service with Predecessor Employers . If the Employer maintains the plan of a Predecessor Employer, any service with such Predecessor Employer is treated as service with the Employer for purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan. If the Employer does not maintain the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer does not count for vesting purposes under this Section 7, unless the Employer specifically designates under AA §4-5 to credit service with such Predecessor Employer for vesting. Unless designated otherwise under AA §4-5, if the Employer takes into account service with a Predecessor Employer, such service will count for purposes of eligibility under Section 2 (see Section 2.06) vesting under this Section 7, and for purposes of the minimum allocation conditions under Section 3.09 (see Section 3.09(d)). |
7.07 | Break in Service Rules . In addition to any service excluded under Section 7.05, the Employer may elect under AA §8-7 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to disregard an Employees vesting service with the Employer under the Break in Service rules set forth in this Section 7.07. |
(a) | Break in Service . An Employee incurs a Break in Service for any Vesting Computation Period (as defined in Section 7.04) during which the Employee does not complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service with the Employer. However, if the Employer elects under AA §8-7(a) to require less than 1,000 Hours of Service to earn a vesting Year of Service, a Break in Service will occur for any Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than one-half (1/2) of the Hours of Service required to earn a vesting Year of Service. In applying these Break in Service rules, Years of Service and Breaks in Service are measured on the same Vesting Computation Period. |
(b) | One-Year Break in Service rule . Under the One-Year Break in Service rule, if an Employee incurs a one-year Break in Service, such Employee will not be credited with any service earned prior to such one-year Break in Service for purposes of applying the Plans vesting schedules until the Employee has completed a Year of Service after the Employees return to employment. The Employer must elect to apply the One-Year Break in Service rule under AA §8-7(f) of the Nonstandardized Plan. The One-Year Break in Service rule is not available under the Standardized Adoption Agreement. |
If a Participant has service disregarded under the One-Year Break in Service rule, such Participant will have his/her service reinstated upon returning to employment as of the first day of the Vesting Computation Period during which the Participant completes a Year of Service.
(c) | Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule . Under the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule, if a Participant is totally nonvested (i.e., 0% vested) in his/her entire Account Balance, and such Participant incurs five (5) or more consecutive one-year Breaks in Service (or, if greater, a consecutive period of Breaks in Service at least equal to the Participants aggregate number of Years of Service with the Employer), the Plan will disregard all service earned prior to such consecutive Breaks in Service for purposes of applying the vesting schedules under the Plan. If the Employee returns to employment with the Employer, such Employee will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining vesting under the Plan. For this purpose, a Participant who has made Salary Deferrals under the Plan will be treated as having a vested interest in the Plan. Thus, the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule may not be used with respect to any contributions under the Plan (even if such Employee is totally nonvested in such contributions) for a Participant who has made Salary Deferrals under the Plan. The Employer must elect to apply the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule under AA §8-7. In determining a Participants aggregate Years of Service for purposes of applying the Nonvested Participant Break in Service rule, any Years of Service otherwise disregarded under a previous application of this rule are not counted. |
(d) | Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service . A Participants vesting service also may be disregarded if the Participant incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service, as described in Section 7.10(b) below. |
7.08 | Amendment of Vesting Schedule . If the Plans vesting schedule is amended (or is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top Heavy Plan vesting schedule) or if the plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participants vested percentage, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer, as of the end of the election period described in the following paragraph, may elect to have his/her vested interest computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. However, the new vesting schedule will apply automatically to an Employee, and no election will be provided, if the new vesting schedule is at least as favorable to such Employee, in all circumstances, as the prior vesting schedule. |
The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or is deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of:
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
65
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(a) | 60 days after the amendment is adopted; |
(b) | 60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or |
(c) | 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator. |
No amendment to the plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a participants accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a participants Account Balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code §412(c)(8). For purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a participants Account Balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.
Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or effective, the vested percentage of such Employees Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions (determined as of such date) will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.
7.09 | Special Vesting Rule - In-Service Distribution When Account Balance is Less than 100% Vested . If amounts are distributed from a Participants Employer Contribution Account or Matching Contribution Account at a time when the Participants vested percentage in such amounts is less than 100% and the Participant may increase the vested percentage in the Account Balance: |
(a) | A separate Account will be established for the Participants interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and |
(b) | At any relevant time the Participants vested portion of the separate Account will be equal to an amount (X) determined by the formula: |
X = P (AB + D) - D
Where:
P is the vested percentage at the relevant time;
AB is the Account Balance at the relevant time; and
D is the amount of the distribution.
7.10 | Forfeiture of Benefits . A Participant will forfeit the nonvested portion of his/her Employer Contribution and/or Matching Contribution Account upon the occurrence of any of the events described below. The Plan Administrator has the responsibility to determine the amount of a Participants forfeiture. Until an amount is forfeited pursuant to this Section 7.10, a Participants entire Account must remain in the Plan and continue to share in gains and losses of the Trust. A Participant will not forfeit any of his/her nonvested Account until the occurrence of one of the following events. |
(a) | Cash-Out Distribution . Following termination of employment, a Participant may receive a total distribution of his/her vested benefit under the Plan (a Cash-Out Distribution) in accordance with the distribution and Participant consent provisions under Section 8. If a Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution upon termination of employment, the Participants nonvested benefit under the Plan will be forfeited in accordance with subsection (1) below. If at the time of termination, a Participant is totally nonvested in his/her entire Account Balance, the Participant will be deemed to receive a total Cash-Out Distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance (i.e., a deemed Cash-Out Distribution of zero dollars) as of the date of termination, subject to the forfeiture provisions under subsection (1) below. |
A Cash-Out Distribution does not occur until such time as the Participant receives a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance, including amounts attributable to Salary Deferrals. If a Participant receives a distribution of less than the entire vested portion of his/her Account Balance (including any additional amounts to be allocated under subsection (1)(ii) below), the Participant will not be treated as receiving a Cash-Out Distribution until such time as the Participant receives a distribution of the remainder of the vested portion of his/her Account Balance.
(1) | Timing of forfeiture . Unless elected otherwise under AA §8-9(b), if a Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution of his/her vested Account Balance (as defined in subsection (a) above), the Participant will immediately forfeit the nonvested portion of such Account Balance, as of the date of the distribution or deemed distribution (as determined under subsection (i) or (ii) below, whichever applies). (See Section 7.11 below for a discussion of the treatment of forfeitures under the Plan.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
66
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(i) | No further allocations . For purposes of applying the Cash-Out Distribution rules, a terminated Participant who receives a total distribution of his/her vested Account Balance will be treated as receiving the Cash-Out Distribution as of the date the Participant receives such distribution (or in the case of a deemed Cash-Out Distribution (as described in subsection (a) above) as of the date the Participant terminates employment), provided the Participant is not entitled to any further allocations under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment. The Participant will forfeit his/her nonvested benefit as of the date the Participant receives the Cash-Out Distribution, in accordance with the provisions under Section 7.11. |
(ii) | Additional allocations . For purposes of applying the Cash-Out Distribution rules, if upon termination of employment, a Participant is entitled to an additional allocation for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates, such Participant will not be deemed to receive a Cash-Out Distribution until such time as the Participant receives a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance, including any amounts that are still to be allocated under the Plan. Thus, a terminated Participant who is entitled to an additional allocation (e.g., an additional Employer Contribution) for the Plan Year of termination will not be deemed to have a total Cash-Out Distribution until the Participant receives a distribution of such additional amounts. In the case of a deemed Cash-Out Distribution (as described in subsection (a) above), if the Participant is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment, the deemed Cash-Out Distribution is deemed to occur on the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the termination occurs, provided the Participant is still totally nonvested in his/her Account Balance. |
(iii) | Modification of Cash-Out Distribution rules . The Employer may elect under AA §8-9(a) to modify the Cash-Out Distribution provision under subsection (ii) above to provide that the Cash-Out Distribution and related forfeiture occur immediately upon distribution (or deemed distribution) of the terminated Participants vested Account Balance, without regard to whether the Participant is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan. |
(2) | Repayment of Cash-Out Distribution . If a Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution (as defined in subsection (a) above) that results in a forfeiture under subsection (1) above, and the Participant resumes employment covered under the Plan, such Participant may repay to the Plan the amount received as a Cash-Out Distribution. For this purpose, to be entitled to a restoration of benefits (as described in subsection (3) below), the Participant must repay the entire amount of the Cash-Out Distribution, including any amounts attributable to Salary Deferrals. A Participant will only be permitted to repay his/her Cash-Out Distribution if such repayment is made before the earlier of: |
(i) | five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or |
(ii) | the date the Participant incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in subsection (b) below). |
If a Participant receives a deemed Cash-Out Distribution (as described in subsection (a) above), and the Participant resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service, the Participant is deemed to repay the Cash-Out Distribution immediately upon his/her reemployment.
(3) | Restoration of forfeited benefit . If a rehired Participant repays a Cash-Out Distribution in accordance with subsection (2) above, any amounts that were forfeited on account of such Cash-Out Distribution (unadjusted for any interest that might have accrued on such amounts after the distribution date) will be restored to the Plan no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant repays the Cash-Out Distribution (or is deemed to repay the Cash-Out Distribution under subsection (2) above). No amount will be restored under the Plan, however, until such time as the Participant repays the entire amount of the Cash-Out Distribution. (However, see subsection (d) below for a discussion of special rules that apply if a Participants Cash-Out Distribution includes a distribution of Salary Deferrals.) In no event will a Participant be entitled to a restoration under this subsection (3) if the Participant returns to employment after incurring a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in subsection (b) below). |
(4) | Sources of restoration . If a Participants forfeited benefit is required to be restored under subsection (3), the restoration of such forfeited benefits will occur from the following sources. If the following sources are not sufficient to completely restore the Participants benefit, the Employer must make an additional contribution to the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
67
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(i) | Any unallocated forfeitures for the Plan Year of the restoration. |
(ii) | Any unallocated earnings for the Plan Year of the restoration. |
(iii) | Any portion of a discretionary Employer Contribution to the extent such contribution has not been allocated to Participants Accounts for the Plan Year of the restoration. |
(b) | Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service . If a Participant has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service (a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service), all Years of Service after such Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the purpose of vesting in the portion of the Participants Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account that accrued before such Breaks in Service. A Participant who incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service will forfeit the nonvested portion of his/her Employer Contribution and/or Matching Contribution Account as of the end of the Vesting Computation Period in which the Participant incurs the fifth consecutive Break in Service. Except as provided under Section 7.07, a Participant who is rehired after incurring a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service will be credited with both pre-break and post-break service for purposes of determining his/her vested percentage in amounts that accrue under the Plan after the Five Year Forfeiture Break in Service. |
(c) | Missing Participant or Beneficiary . If the Plan is able to make a distribution to a Participant or Beneficiary without consent (as permitted under Section 8.04) and such Participant or Beneficiary cannot be located within a reasonable period following a reasonable diligent search, the Plan Administrator may forfeit the missing Participants or Beneficiarys Account, as provided in subsection (2) below. An Employer will be deemed to have performed a reasonable diligent search if it performs the actions described in subsection (1) below. In determining whether a reasonable period has elapsed following a reasonable diligent search, the Plan Administrator may follow any applicable guidance provided under statute, regulation, or other IRS or DOL guidance of general applicability. However, the Plan Administrator will be deemed to have waited a reasonable period following a reasonable diligent search if the Plan Administrator waits at least 6 months following the completion of the actions described in subsection (1) below. For purposes of applying this subsection (c), a Participant or Beneficiary is considered missing only if the Plan may make a distribution to such Participant or Beneficiary without consent. (See Section 14.03(b)(4) for rules that apply for missing Participants or Beneficiaries upon Plan termination. Also see Section 8.06 for the availability of Automatic Rollover rules that permit the Plan Administrator to automatically rollover a Participants Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution to an IRA upon the Participants failure to consent to a distribution, without the need to locate the Participant.) |
(1) | Reasonable diligent search . The Plan Administrator will be deemed to have performed a reasonable diligent search if it performs the following actions: |
(i) | Send a certified letter to the Participants or Beneficiarys last known address. |
(ii) | Check related plan records of the Employer (e.g., health plan records) to determine if a more current address exists for the Participant or Beneficiary. |
(iii) | If the Participant cannot be located, the Plan Administrator may attempt to identify and contact any individual that the Participant has designated as a Beneficiary under the Plan for updated information concerning the location of the missing Participant. |
(iv) | Utilize either the IRS or Social Security Administration (SSA) letter-forwarding services for locating lost participants. (See Rev. Proc. 94-22 for additional information regarding the IRS letter forwarding program. Additional information regarding the SSA letter forwarding program can be located at www.ssa.gov.) |
(v) | In addition to the search methods discussed above, the Plan Administrator may use other search methods, including the use of Internet search tools, commercial locator services, and credit reporting agencies to locate the missing Participant. |
(2) | Forfeiture of Account of missing Participant or Beneficiary . If a Participant or Beneficiary is deemed to be missing (as described in subsection (c) above), the Plan Administrator may forfeit the distributable amount attributable to such missing Participant or Beneficiary, as permitted under applicable laws and regulations. If, after an amount is forfeited under this subsection (2), the missing Participant or Beneficiary is located, the Plan will restore the forfeited amount (unadjusted for gains or losses) to such Participant or Beneficiary within a reasonable time in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a)(3) above. However, if a missing Participant or Beneficiary has not been located by the time the Plan terminates, the forfeiture of such Participants or Beneficiarys distributable amount will be irrevocable. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
68
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 7 Participant Vesting and Forfeitures
(3) | Expenses attributable to search for missing Participant , Reasonable expenses attendant to locating a missing Participant may be charged to such Participants Account, provided that the amount of such expenses is reasonable. The Plan Administrator may take into account the size of a Participants Account in relation to the cost of the search when deciding how extensive a search is required before declaring such Participant as missing under subsection (c). |
(d) | Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, and Excess Aggregate Contributions . If a Participant receives a distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions, the Employer will forfeit the portion of his/her Matching Contribution Account (whether vested or not) which is attributable to such distributed amounts (except to the extent such amount has been distributed as Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, pursuant to Section 6.01(b)(2) or 6.02(b)(2)). A forfeiture of Matching Contributions under this subsection (e) occurs in the Plan Year in which the Participant receives the distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions. |
7.11 | Allocation of Forfeitures . The Employer may elect in AA §8-8 how it wishes to allocate forfeitures under the Plan. Forfeitures may be used in the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur or in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur. In applying the forfeiture provisions under the Plan, if there are any unused forfeitures as of the end of the Plan Year designated in AA §8-8(c) or (d), as applicable, any remaining forfeiture will be used (as designated in AA §8-8) in the immediately following Plan Year. |
(a) | Reallocation as additional contributions under Profit Sharing and Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreements . The Employer may elect in AA §8-8 to reallocate forfeitures as additional contributions under the Plan. If the Employer elects under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to reallocate forfeitures as additional contributions, the Employer may elect, in its discretion, to allocate such amounts as additional Employer Contributions and/or additional Matching Contributions. Forfeitures allocated under this subsection (a) will be allocated in the same manner as selected under AA §6-3 or AA §6B-2 with respect to the contribution type being allocated. In applying the provisions of this subsection (a), no allocation of forfeitures will be made to any Participant with respect to forfeitures that arise out of his/her own Account. |
(b) | Reallocation as additional Employer Contributions under Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement . The Employer may elect in AA §8-8 to reallocate forfeitures as additional Employer Contributions under the Plan. If the Employer elects under the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement to reallocate forfeitures as additional Employer Contributions, such amounts will be allocated in the ratio that the Plan Compensation of each Participant bears to the Plan Compensation of all Participants. In applying the provisions of this subsection (b), no allocation of forfeitures will be made to any Participant with respect to forfeitures that arise out of his/her own Account. |
(c) | Reduction of contributions . The Employer may elect in AA §8-8 to use forfeitures to reduce Employer Contributions and/or Matching Contributions under the Plan. If the Employer elects under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to use forfeitures to reduce contributions, the Employer may, in its discretion, use such forfeitures to reduce Employer Contributions, Matching Contributions, or both. The Employer may adjust its contribution deposits in any manner, provided the total Employer Contributions made for the Plan Year properly take into account the forfeitures that are to be used to reduce such contributions for that Plan Year. For example, if the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Employer may designate that forfeitures are first used to reduce the Safe Harbor Employer Contribution or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under the Plan. (See Section 6.04(i).) If contributions are allocated over multiple allocation periods, the Employer may reduce its contribution for any allocation periods within the Plan Year in which the forfeitures are to be allocated so that the total amount allocated for the Plan Year is proper. |
(d) | Payment of Plan expenses . The Employer may elect under AA §8-8 to first use forfeitures to pay Plan expenses for the Plan Year in which the forfeitures would otherwise be applied. If any forfeitures remain after the payment of Plan expenses under this subsection, the remaining forfeitures will be allocated as selected under AA §8-8. This subsection (d) only applies to the extent Plan expenses are paid by the Plan. Nothing herein affects the ability of the Employer to pay Plan expenses, as authorized under Section 11.05(a). |
(e) | Forfeiture rules for prior contribution types . If the Plan holds Employer Contributions and/or Matching Contributions that are subject to a vesting schedule but the Plan no longer provides for such contributions, any forfeitures related to such prior contributions may be reallocated as an additional Employer Contribution (in accordance with the formula selected under AA §6-2) or as an additional Matching Contribution (in accordance with the formula selected under AA §6B-2), or may be used to reduce any fixed Employer Contribution or Matching Contribution, consistent with the provisions of subsection (c) above. If the Plan does not provide for either Employer Contributions or Matching Contributions, the Employer may reallocate forfeitures of prior contributions as an Employer Contribution (using the pro rata allocation formula under AA §6-3(a)) or as a discretionary Matching Contribution under AA §6B-2(a). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
69
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
SECTION 8
PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
Subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements under Section 9, a Participant may receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance at the time and in the manner provided under this Section 8. Upon reaching the Required Beginning Date (defined in Section 8.12(d)(5)), a Participant must begin receiving distributions under the Plan (in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.12.)
8.01 | Deferred distributions . A Participant must be permitted to receive a distribution from the Plan no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: |
(a) | the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier); |
(b) | occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or |
(c) | the Participant terminates service with the Employer. |
A failure by the Participant (and spouse, if applicable) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section. For this purpose, an Account Balance is immediately distributable if any part of the Account Balance could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving spouse) before the Participant attains or would have attained if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.
8.02 | Available Forms of Distribution . Subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) rules described in Section 9, the Employer may elect under AA §9-1 the forms of distribution that are available to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan. Different distribution options may apply depending on whether a distribution is made upon termination of employment, death, disability or as an in-service withdrawal. Available distribution options under AA §9-1 may include a lump sum of all or a portion of the Participants vested Account Balance, installments, annuity payments, or any other form designated in AA §9-1. Any distribution options selected under the Plan must comply with the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12. |
If the Plan provides for installment payments as an optional form of distribution, such payments may be made in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments over a period not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant and his/her designated Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator may permit a Participant or Beneficiary to accelerate the payment of all, or any portion, of an installment distribution. If the Plan provides for annuity payments, the Plan must purchase an annuity that provides for payments over a period that does not extend beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his/her designated Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his/her designated Beneficiary). (The availability of installments and or annuity payments may be restricted under AA §9-1(c) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement.)
Regardless of the distribution options selected under AA §9-1, if the Plan is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements (as described in Section 9), the Plan must make distribution in the form of a QJSA (as defined in Section 9.02(a)) unless the Participant (and spouse, if the Participant is married) elects an alternative distribution form in accordance with a Qualified Election (as defined in Section 9.04).
8.03 | Amount Eligible for Distribution . For purposes of determining the amount a Participant or Beneficiary may receive as a distribution from the Plan, a Participants Account Balance is determined as of the Valuation Date (as specified in AA §11-1) immediately preceding the date the Participant or Beneficiary receives his/her distribution from the Plan. For this purpose, the Account Balance must be increased for any contributions allocated to the Participants Account since the most recent Valuation Date and must be reduced for any distributions made from the Participants Account since the most recent Valuation Date. A Participant or Beneficiary does not share in any allocation of gains or losses attributable to the period between the most recent Valuation Date and the date of the distribution, unless provided otherwise under uniform funding and valuation procedures established by the Plan Administrator. See Section 10.03. |
8.04 | Participant Consent . If the value of a Participants entire vested Account Balance exceeds the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold (as defined in subsection (a) below), the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Account Balance prior to his/her Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section 8.12(d)(5)) or, if so provided in AA §9-5(d), as of the date the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. If a distribution is subject to Participant consent, the Participant must consent in writing to the distribution within the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date (as defined in Section 1.11). If the distribution is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9, the Participants spouse (if the Participant is married at the time of the distribution) also must consent to the distribution in accordance with Section 9.04. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
70
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(a) | Involuntary Cash-Out threshold . For purposes of determining whether a distribution is subject to the Participant consent requirements as described in Section 8.04, the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold is $5,000 unless a lesser amount is designated under AA §9-5(a). (See Section 8.06 for a discussion of the Automatic Rollover rules that apply if a Participant does not consent to a distribution that does not exceed the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold.) |
(b) | Rollovers disregarded in determining value of Account Balance for Involuntary Cash-Outs . For purposes of determining whether a Participants vested Account Balance exceeds the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold described in subsection (a), then effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, the value of the Participants vested Account Balance shall be determined without regard to that portion of the Account Balance that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code §§402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16). The Employer may elect in AA §9-5(c) to include Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) in determining whether the Participants vested Account Balance exceeds the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold. |
(c) | Participant notice . Prior to receiving a distribution from the Plan, a Participant must be notified of his/her right to defer any distribution from the Plan in accordance with the provisions under Section 8.01. The notification shall include a general description of the material features and the relative values of the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan (consistent with the requirements under Code §417(a)(3)). The notice must be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Participants Annuity Starting Date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice is given, if the Participant is clearly informed of his/her right to take 30 days after receiving the notice to decide whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to receive the distribution prior to the expiration of the 30-day minimum period. (But see Section 9.02(b) for the rules regarding the timing of distributions when the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply.) The notice requirements described in this paragraph may be satisfied by providing a summary of the required information, so long as the conditions described in applicable regulations for the provision of such a summary are satisfied, and the full notice is also provided (without regard to the 90-day period described in this subsection). |
(d) | Special rules . The consent rules under this Section 8.04 apply to distributions made after the Participants termination of employment and to distributions made prior to the Participants termination of employment. However, the consent of the Participant (and the Participants spouse, if applicable) shall not be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12 or to satisfy the requirements of Code §415, as described in Section 5.03. A Participant also will not be required to consent to a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions. |
8.05 | Direct Rollovers . This Section 8.05 applies to distributions made after December 31, 2001. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant may elect, at the time and the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have all or any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover. If an Eligible Rollover Distribution is less than $500, the Participant may not elect a Direct Rollover of only a portion of such distribution (i.e., a Participant must elect a complete Direct Rollover if the Eligible Rollover Distribution is less than $500). For purposes of this Section 8.05, a Participant includes a Participant or former Participant. In addition, this Section applies to any distribution from the Plan made to a Participants surviving spouse or to a Participants spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO, as defined in Section 11.06(b)(3). |
(a) | Definitions . |
(1) | Eligible Rollover Distribution . An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of a Participants Account Balance, except an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: |
(i) | any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participants Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; |
(ii) | any distribution to the extent such distribution is a required minimum distribution under Code §401(a)(9), as described under Section 8.12; |
(iii) | any Hardship distribution, as described in Section 8.10(d); |
(iv) | the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities); |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
71
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(v) | any distribution if it is reasonably expected (at the time of the distribution) that the total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year will total less than $200; |
(vi) | a distribution made to satisfy the requirements of Code §415 (as described in Section 5.03) or a distribution to correct Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions (as described in Sections 5.02(b), 6.01(b)(2), and 6.02(b)(2)). |
(2) | Eligible Retirement Plan . For purposes of applying the Direct Rollover provisions under this Section 8.05, an Eligible Retirement Plan is: |
(i) | a qualified plan described in Code §401(a); |
(ii) | an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a); |
(iii) | an individual retirement annuity described in Code §408(b); |
(iv) | an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); |
(v) | an annuity contract described in Code §403(b); or |
(vi) | an eligible plan under Code §457(b) which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan |
The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan also applies in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a QDRO, as defined in Section 11.06(b)(3).
To the extent any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to Roth Deferrals (as defined in Section 3.03(e)), an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion of the distribution shall include only another designated Roth account of the Participant or a Roth IRA. To the extent any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution is attributable to After-Tax Contributions, an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion of the distribution shall include only an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code §408(a) or (b) or a qualified Defined Contribution Plan described in Code §401(a) or §403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not includible in gross income.
(3) | Direct Rollover . A Direct Rollover is a payment made directly from the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant. The Plan Administrator may develop reasonable procedures for accommodating Direct Rollover requests. |
(b) | Direct Rollover notice . A Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution must receive a written explanation of his/her right to a Direct Rollover, the tax consequences of not making a Direct Rollover, and, if applicable, any available special income tax elections. The notice must be provided within the same 30 90 day timeframe applicable to the Participant consent notice under Section 8.04(c). The Direct Rollover notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected to be less than $200. |
If a Participant terminates employment with a total vested Account Balance that does not exceed the Involuntary Cash-Out threshold (as defined in Section 8.04(a)) and the Participant does not respond to the Direct Rollover notice indicating whether a Direct Rollover is desired and the name of the Eligible Retirement Plan to which the Direct Rollover is to be made, the Plan Administrator will distribute the Participants entire vested Account Balance in the form of an Automatic Rollover (pursuant to Section 8.06) no earlier than 30 days and no later than 90 days following the provision of the Direct Rollover notice. (However, see Section 8.06(b) for special rules that apply to Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions below $1,000.) The Direct Rollover notice must describe the procedures for making an Automatic Rollover, including the name, address, and telephone number of the IRA trustee and information regarding IRA maintenance and withdrawal fees and how the IRA funds will be invested. The Direct Rollover notice also must describe the timing of the Automatic Rollover and the Participants ability to affirmatively opt out of the Automatic Rollover.
8.06 | Automatic Rollover . The Automatic Rollover rules in this Section 8.06 are effective for all Involuntary Cash-Out Distributions (as defined in subsection (b)) made on or after March 28, 2005. See Section 14.03(b)(4) for special rules that apply upon termination of the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
72
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(a) | Automatic Rollover requirements . If a Participant is entitled to an Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution (as defined in subsection (b)), and the Participant does not elect to receive a distribution of such amount (either as a Direct Rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan or as a direct distribution to the Participant), then the Plan Administrator may pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an individual retirement plan (IRA) designated by the Plan Administrator. (The Automatic Rollover provisions under this subsection (a) apply to any Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution for which the Participant fails to consent to a distribution, without regard to whether the Participant can be located. See Section 7.10(c) for alternatives if the Participant cannot be located after a reasonable diligent search.) |
(b) | Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution . An Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution is any distribution that is made from the Plan without the Participants consent. Unless elected otherwise under AA §9-5(b), an Involuntary Cash-Out Distribution, for purposes of applying the Automatic Rollover requirements under this Section 8.06, does not include any amounts below $1,000. (See Section 8.04 for the Participant consent requirements with respect to distributions under the Plan.) |
(c) | Treatment of Rollover Contributions . Unless elected otherwise under AA §9-5(c), for purposes of determining whether a mandatory distribution is greater than $1,000, the portion of the Participants distribution attributable to any Rollover Contribution is excluded. |
8.07 | Distribution Upon Termination of Employment . Subject to the required minimum distribution provisions under Section 8.12, a Participant who terminates employment for any reason (other than death) is entitled to receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance in accordance with this Section 8.07. (See Section 8.08 for the applicable rules when a Participant dies before distribution of his/her vested Account Balance is completed.) |
(a) | Account Balance not exceeding $5,000 . If a Participants vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000 at the time of distribution, the only distribution option available under the Plan is a lump sum option. The Participant will be eligible to receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance as of the date selected in AA §9-3(b) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement or AA §9-4 of the Standardized Adoption Agreement. (The Employer may elect in AA §9-5(a) to require a Participant to consent to a distribution where his/her vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000. However this will not change the distribution options described in this subsection (a), unless the Employer specifically modifies such options under AA §9-3(b)(4) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. See Section 8.04 for a further discussion of the consent requirements under the Plan.) |
(b) | Account Balance exceeding $5,000 . If a Participants vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 at the time of distribution, the Participant may elect to receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance in any form permitted under AA §9-1. The Participant will be eligible to receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance as of the date selected in AA §9-3. (See Section 8.04 for a discussion of the consent requirements under the Plan.) |
8.08 | Distribution Upon Death . Subject to the required minimum distribution rules in Section 8.12, a Participants vested Account Balance will be distributed to the Participants Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with this Section 8.08. (See subsection (c) for rules regarding the determination of Beneficiaries upon the death of the Participant.) The form of benefit payable with respect to a deceased Participant will depend on whether the Participant dies before or after distribution of his/her Account Balance has commenced. |
(a) | Death after commencement of benefits . If a Participant begins receiving a distribution of his/her benefits under the Plan, and subsequently dies prior to receiving the full value of his/her vested Account Balance, the remaining benefit will continue to be paid to the Participants Beneficiary(ies) in accordance with the form of payment that has already commenced. If a Participant commences distribution prior to death only with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, then the rules in subsection (b) apply to the rest of the Account Balance. |
(b) | Death before commencement of benefits . If a Participant dies before commencing distribution of his/her benefits under the Plan, the form and timing of any death benefits will depend on whether the value of the death benefit exceeds $5,000. In determining whether the value of the death benefit exceeds $5,000, if there is both a QPSA death benefit and a non-QPSA death benefit, each death benefit is valued separately to determine whether it exceeds $5,000. |
(1) | Death benefit not exceeding $5,000 . If the value of the death benefit does not exceed $5,000, such benefit will be paid to the Participants Beneficiary(ies) in a single sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Participants death. |
(2) | Death benefit exceeding $5,000 . If the value of the death benefit exceeds $5,000, the payment of the death benefit will depend on whether the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply. See Section 9 to determine whether the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules apply to a death distribution from the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
73
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(i) | If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements do not apply , the entire death benefit is payable in the form and at the time described in subsection (ii)(B). |
(ii) | If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply , the death benefit may consist of a QPSA death benefit (as described in Section 9.03(a)) and, if applicable, a non-QPSA death benefit. |
(A) | QPSA death benefit . Subject to the waiver procedures under Section 9.04(b), if the Participant is married at the time of death, the surviving spouse is entitled to a QPSA death benefit payable in accordance with the provisions under Section 9.03. (See Section 9.04(c) for rules regarding the determination of a Participants marital status.) |
(B) | Non-QPSA death benefits . If a Participant is not married at the time of death, the QPSA death benefit was waived under a Qualified Election, or if the QPSA death benefit is less than 100% of the Participants vested Account Balance, then the non-QPSA death benefit is payable in the form and at the time described in this subsection (B). Any death benefit payable under this subsection (B) will be paid in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Participants death. However, the death benefit may be payable in a different form if prescribed by the Participants Beneficiary designation, or the Beneficiary, before a lump sum payment of the benefit is made, elects to receive the distribution in an alternative form of benefit permitted under Section 8.02. |
In no event will any death benefit be paid in a manner that is inconsistent with the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12. The Beneficiary of any pre-retirement death benefit described in this subsection (b) may postpone the commencement of the death benefit to a date that is not later than the latest commencement date permitted under Section 8.12.
(c) | Determining a Participants Beneficiary . The determination of a Participants Beneficiary(ies) to receive any death benefits under the Plan will be based on the Participants Beneficiary designation under the Plan. If a Participant does not designate a Beneficiary to receive the death benefits under the Plan, distribution will be made to the default Beneficiaries, as set forth in subsection (3) below. However, any designation of a Beneficiary other than the Participants spouse, must satisfy the consent requirements under subsection (1) and (2) below. |
(1) | Post-retirement death benefit . If a Participant dies after commencing distribution of benefits under the Plan (but prior to receiving a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance under the Plan), the Beneficiary of any post-retirement death benefit is the Participants surviving spouse, unless (i) there is no surviving spouse, (ii) the surviving spouse has consented to the designation of an alternate Beneficiary(ies) under a Qualified Election (as defined in Section 9.04), or (iii) the surviving spouse makes a valid disclaimer of the death benefit. If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply, the spouse is determined as of the Annuity Starting Date for purposes of determining whether a valid election has been made to waive the post-retirement death benefit. If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements do not apply, the spouse is determined as of the Participants date of death for purposes of determining whether a valid election has been made to waive the post-retirement death benefit. |
(2) | Pre-retirement death benefit . If a Participant dies before commencing distribution of his/her benefits under the Plan, the determination of the Participants Beneficiary will be determined under subsection (i) or (ii), as applicable. |
(i) | If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply , the QPSA death benefit will be payable in accordance with Section 9.02. If a QPSA death benefit is payable under Section 9.02, such benefit will be paid to the Participants surviving spouse, unless the spouse consents to the designation of an alternative Beneficiary pursuant to a Qualified Election under Section 9.04 or a valid disclaimer. If the QPSA death benefit applies to less than 100% of the Participants vested Account Balance, the remaining death benefit is payable to any Beneficiary(ies) named in the Participants Beneficiary designation, without regard to whether spousal consent is obtained for such designation. If a spouse does not properly consent to a Beneficiary designation, the QPSA waiver is invalid and the QPSA death benefit is still payable to the spouse, but the Beneficiary designation remains valid with respect to any non-QPSA death benefit. |
(ii) | If the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements do not apply , the surviving spouse (determined at the time of the Participants death) will be treated as the sole Beneficiary, regardless of any contrary Beneficiary designation, unless there is no surviving spouse, or the spouse has consented to the Beneficiary designation in a manner that is consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 9.04 or makes a valid disclaimer. (See Section 9.04(c) for rules regarding the determination of a Participants marital status.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
74
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(3) | Default beneficiaries . To the extent a Beneficiary has not been named by the Participant (subject to the spousal consent rules discussed above) and is not designated under the terms of this Plan to receive all or any portion of the deceased Participants death benefit, such amount shall be distributed to the Participants surviving spouse (if the Participant was married at the time of death). If the Participant does not have a surviving spouse at the time of death, distribution will be made to the Participants surviving children, in equal shares. If the Participant has no surviving children, distribution will be made to the Participants estate. The Employer may modify the default beneficiary rules described in this subparagraph by attaching appropriate language as an addendum to the Adoption Agreement. |
(4) | Identification of Beneficiaries . The Plan Administrator may request proof of the Participants death and may require the Beneficiary to provide evidence of his/her right to receive a distribution from the Plan in any form or manner the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. The Plan Administrators determination of the Participants death and of the right of a Beneficiary to receive payment under the Plan shall be conclusive. If a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent Beneficiary, payments may be made to the persons legal guardian, conservator recognized under state law, or custodian in accordance with the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or similar law as permitted under the laws of the state where the Beneficiary resides. The Plan Administrator or Trustee will not be liable for any payments made in accordance with this subsection (4) and will not be required to make any inquiries with respect to the competence of any person entitled to benefits under the Plan. |
(5) | Death of Beneficiary . Unless specified otherwise in the Participants Beneficiary designation form, if a Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant but dies before distribution of the death benefit is made to the Beneficiary, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiarys estate. |
(6) | Divorce or legal separation from spouse . If a Participant designates his/her spouse as Beneficiary and subsequent to such Beneficiary designation, the Participant and spouse are divorced or legally separated, the designation of the spouse as Beneficiary under the Plan is automatically rescinded unless specifically provided otherwise under a divorce decree or QDRO, or unless the Participant enters into a new Beneficiary designation naming the prior spouse as Beneficiary. |
8.09 | Distribution to Disabled Employees . Unless elected otherwise under AA §9-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, no special distribution rules apply to Disabled Employees. However, the Employer may elect in AA §9-4 to permit a distribution at an earlier date for Disabled Employees. |
8.10 | In-Service Distributions . The Employer may elect under AA §10 to permit in-service distributions under the Plan. If an in-service distribution is not specifically permitted under AA §10, a Participant may not receive a distribution from the Plan until termination of employment, death or disability. If the Plan permits a Participant to receive an in-service distribution, and such distribution is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9, such distribution may be made only if the Participants spouse (if the Participant is married at the time of distribution) consents to such distribution in accordance with the requirements under Section 9.04. |
(a) | After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions . A Participant may withdraw at any time, upon written request, all or any portion of his/her Account Balance attributable to After-Tax Contributions or Rollover Contributions. Any amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to a Qualified Transfer (as defined in Section 14.05(d)) also may be withdrawn at any time pursuant to a written request. No forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employers withdrawal of After-Tax Contributions. (See Section 14.05 for a discussion of the distribution rules applicable to transferred Plan assets.) |
(b) | Employer Contributions . The Employer may elect under AA §10 the extent to which in-service distributions will be permitted from Employer Contributions (including Matching Contributions, if applicable) under the Plan. (See subsection (c) below for the in-service distribution rules applicable to Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan.) If permitted under AA §10 of the Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, Employer Contributions may be withdrawn upon the occurrence of a specified event (including a Hardship, as defined in subsection (d)) or upon the completion of a certain number of years, provided no distribution on account of years may be made with respect to Employer Contributions that have been accumulated in the Plan for less than 2 years, unless the Participant has been a Participant in the Plan for at least 5 years. (See Section 7.09 for special vesting rules that apply if a Participant takes an in-service distribution prior to becoming 100% vested in such contributions.) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
75
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(c) |
Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contributions . If the Employer has adopted the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, any Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, or Safe Harbor Contributions (including any earnings on such amounts) generally may not be distributed prior to the Participants severance from employment, death, or disability. However, the Employer may elect under AA §10 to permit an in-service distribution of such amounts upon attainment of a specified age (no earlier than age 59 1 / 2 ) or upon a Hardship (as defined in subsection (d)). A Hardship distribution is not available with respect to QNECs, QMACs, or Safe Harbor Contributions. |
(d) | Hardship distribution . The Employer may elect under AA §10 of the Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to authorize an in-service distribution upon the occurrence of a Hardship event. A Hardship distribution of Salary Deferrals must meet the requirements of a safe harbor Hardship as described under subsection (1) below. For other contribution types (except QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contributions), the Employer may elect to apply the safe harbor Hardship rules under subsection (1) or the non-safe harbor Hardship provisions under subsection (2) below. A Hardship distribution is not available for QNECs, QMACs or Safe Harbor Contributions. |
(1) | Safe harbor Hardship distribution . To qualify for a safe harbor Hardship, a Participant must demonstrate an immediate and heavy financial need, as described in subsection (i), and the distribution must be necessary to satisfy such need, as described in subsection (ii). |
(i) | Immediate and heavy financial need . To be considered an immediate and heavy financial need, the Hardship distribution must be made to satisfy one of the following financial needs: |
(A) | to pay expenses incurred or necessary for medical care (as described in Code §213(d)) of the Participant, the Participants spouse or dependents (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); |
(B) | for the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; |
(C) | for payment of tuition and related educational fees (including room and board) for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participants spouse, children or dependents; |
(D) | to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participants principal residence; |
(E) | to pay funeral or burial expenses for the Participants deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent; |
(F) | to pay expenses to repair damage to the Participants principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds the 10% of adjusted gross income limit); or |
(G) | for any other event that the IRS recognizes as a safe harbor Hardship distribution event under ruling, notice or other guidance of general applicability. |
The payment of funeral or burial expenses under subsection (E) and the payment of expenses to repair damage to a principal residence under subsection (F) only apply to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006. For purposes of determining eligibility of a Hardship distribution under this subsection (i), a dependent is determined under Code §152. However, for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, the determination of dependent for purposes of tuition and education fees under subsection (C) above will be made without regard to Code §152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B) and the determination of dependent for purposes of funeral or burial expenses under subsection (E) above will be made without regard to Code §152(d)(1)(B).
A Participant must provide the Plan Administrator with a written request for a Hardship distribution. The Plan Administrator may require written documentation, as it deems necessary, to sufficiently document the existence of a proper Hardship event.
(ii) | Distribution necessary to satisfy need . A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant if: |
(A) | The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
76
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(B) | The Participant has obtained all available distributions, other than Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under the Plan and all plans maintained by the Employer; |
(C) | The Participant is suspended from making Salary Deferrals (and After-Tax Contributions) for 6 months (12 months, for Hardship distributions made before January 1, 2002) after the receipt of the Hardship distribution; and |
(D) | For Hardship distributions made before January 1, 2002, the Participant may not make Salary Deferrals for the taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the Hardship distribution in excess of the Elective Deferral Dollar Limit reduced by the amount of such Participants Salary Deferrals for the taxable year of the Hardship distribution. |
(2) | Non-safe harbor Hardship distribution . The Employer may elect in AA §10-1(d) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement to permit Participants to take a Hardship distribution of Employer Contributions without satisfying the requirements of subsection (1) above. For purposes of determining whether a Hardship exists under this subsection (2), the same Hardship distribution events described in subsection (1)(i) will qualify as a Hardship distribution event under this subsection (2). The Employer may modify the permissible Hardship distribution events under AA §10-1(i) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. A Hardship distribution under this subsection (2) need not satisfy the requirements under (1)(ii) above. A non-safe harbor Hardship distribution is not available for Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, or Safe Harbor Contribution. |
(3) | Amount available for Hardship distribution . A Participant may receive a Hardship distribution of any portion of his/her vested Employer Contribution Account or Matching Contribution Account (including earnings thereon), as permitted under AA §10. A Participant may receive a Hardship distribution of Salary Deferrals provided such distribution, when added to other Hardship distributions from Salary Deferrals, does not exceed the total Salary Deferrals the Participant has made to the Plan (increased by income allocable to such Salary Deferrals as of the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989). |
8.11 | Sources of Distribution . Unless provided otherwise in separate administrative provisions adopted by the Plan Administrator, in applying the distribution provisions under this Section 8.11, distributions will be made on a pro rata basis from all Accounts from which a distribution is permitted under this Section 8. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may permit Participants to direct the Plan Administrator as to which Account the distribution is to be made. Regardless of a Participants direction as to the source of any distribution, the tax effect of such a distribution will be governed by Code §72 and the regulations thereunder. |
(a) | Exception for Hardship withdrawals . If the Plan permits a Hardship withdrawal from both Salary Deferrals (including Roth Deferrals) and Employer Contributions, a Hardship distribution will first be treated as having been made from a Participants Employer Contribution Account and then from the Employers Matching Contribution Account, to the extent such Hardship distribution is available with respect to such Accounts. Only when all available amounts have been exhausted under the Participants Employer Contribution Account and/or Matching Contribution Account will a Hardship distribution be made from a Participants Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and/or Roth Deferral Account. (See subsection (b) below for the ordering rules for distributions from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral and Roth Deferral Accounts.) The Plan Administrator may modify the ordering rules under this subsection (a) under separate administrative procedures. |
(b) | Roth Deferrals . If a Participant has both a Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, withdrawals and loans from such Accounts will be made in accordance with this subsection (b). |
(1) | Distributions and withdrawals . Unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-5 or separate administrative procedures, if a Participant has both a Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, the Participant may designate the extent to which a distribution or withdrawal of Salary Deferrals will come from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account or the Roth Deferral Account. Alternatively, the Employer may provide under AA §6A-5 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement (or under separate administrative procedures) that any distribution or withdrawal of Salary Deferrals will be made on a pro rata basis from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and the Roth Deferral Account. Alternatively, the Employer may designate any other order of distribution and withdrawals under AA §6A-5 or separate administrative procedures. |
(2) |
Distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions . Unless designated otherwise under AA §6A-5 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement or separate administrative procedures, if a Participant has both a Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and a Roth Deferral Account, and the Plan is required to make a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals or Excess Contributions to such Participant (in accordance with Section 5.02(b) or Section 6.01(b)(2)) or is required to make a |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
77
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
distribution of Salary Deferrals as a correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions (in accordance with Section 6.02(b)(2)), the Participant may designate whether the Plan will make such corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals or Excess Contributions from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account or the Roth Deferral Account. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under AA §6A-5 of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement (or under separate administrative procedures) that corrective distributions of Salary Deferrals to correct Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions will be made pro rata from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and Roth Deferral Account or first from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account or first from the Roth Deferral Account. (Unless designated otherwise under separate administrative procedures, if a Participant is permitted to designate the extent to which a corrective distribution is made from the Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account or the Roth Deferral Account, and the Participant fails to designate the appropriate Account by the date the corrective distribution is made from the Plan, such corrective distribution will be made first from Pre-Tax Salary Deferral Account and then from the Roth Deferral Account.)
(c) | In-kind distributions . Nothing in this Section 8 precludes the Plan Administrator from making a distribution in the form of property, or other in-kind distribution. |
8.12 | Required Minimum Distributions . Unless specified otherwise under Appendix A of the Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Section apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002. A Participants entire interest under the Plan will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participants Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section (d)(5)). All distributions required under this Section 8.12 will be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code §401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code §401(a)(9)(G). For purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under this Section 8.12, any distribution made in a form other than a lump sum must be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof): (1) the life of the Participant; (2) the life of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary; (3) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or (4) a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary. |
(a) | Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin . If the Participant dies before required distributions begin, the Participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: |
(1) | Surviving spouse is sole Designated Beneficiary . Unless designated otherwise under AA §10-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the surviving spouse may elect to take distributions under the five-year rule (as described in subsection (e)(1) below) or under the life expectancy method. If the life expectancy method applies, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if later. |
(2) | Surviving spouse is not the sole Designated Beneficiary . Unless designated otherwise under AA §10-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, if the Participants surviving spouse is not the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary may elect to take distributions under the five-year rule (as described in subsection (e)(1) below) or under the life expectancy method. If the life expectancy method applies, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. |
(3) | No Designated Beneficiary . If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of the date of the Participants death who remains a Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year immediately following the year of the Participants death, the Participants entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death. |
(4) | Death of surviving spouse . If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section (a) (other than subsection (1)) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. |
For purposes of this subsection (a) and AA §10-4, unless subsection (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participants Required Beginning Date. If subsection (4) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (1) above. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the participant before the Participants Required Beginning Date (or to the Participants surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under subsection (1)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
78
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(b) | Required Minimum Distributions during Participants lifetime . |
(1) | Amount of Required Minimum Distribution for each Distribution Calendar Year . During the Participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of: |
(i) | the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the distribution period set forth in the Uniform Lifetime Table found in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2, using the Participants age as of the Participants birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or |
(ii) | if the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participants spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-3, using the Participants and spouses attained ages as of the Participants and spouses birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year. |
(2) | Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions continue through year of Participants death . Required Minimum Distributions will be determined under this section (b) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and continuing up to, and including, the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participants date of death. |
(c) | Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death . |
(1) | Death on or after date required distributions begin . |
(i) | Participant survived by Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies on or after the date required distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participants Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: |
(A) | The Participants remaining life expectancy is calculated in accordance with the Single Life Table found in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1, using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(B) | If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the Single Life Table found in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1, for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death using the surviving spouses age as of the spouses birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving spouses death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouses birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. |
(C) | If the Participants surviving spouse is not the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated under the Single Life Table using the age of the Designated Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participants death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(ii) | No Designated Beneficiary . If the participant dies on or after the date required distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of the Participants date of death who remains a Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participants death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the Participants remaining life expectancy under the Single Life Table calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. |
(2) | Death before date required distributions begin . |
(i) | Participant survived by Designated Beneficiary . Unless designated otherwise under AA §10-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, if the Participant dies before the date required distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants Account Balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participants Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subsection (1). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
79
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(ii) | No Designated Beneficiary . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of the date of death of the Participant who remains a Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participants death, distribution of the Participants entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death. |
(iii) | Death of surviving spouse before distributions to surviving spouse are required to begin . If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section (a)(1), this subsection (2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. |
(d) | Definitions . |
(1) | Designated Beneficiary . A Beneficiary designated by the Participant (or the Plan), whose life expectancy may be taken into account to calculate minimum distributions, pursuant to Code §401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-4. |
(2) | Distribution Calendar Year . A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participants death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participants Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participants death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section (a). The Required Minimum Distribution for the Participants first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participants Required Beginning Date. The Required Minimum Distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the Required Minimum Distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participants Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. |
(3) | Life expectancy . For purposes of determining a Participants Required Minimum Distribution amount, life expectancy is computed using one of the following tables, as appropriate: (1) Single Life Table, (2) Uniform Life Table, or (3) Joint and Last Survivor Table found in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9. |
(4) | Account Balance . For purposes of determining a Participants Required Minimum Distribution, the Participants Account Balance is determined based on the Account Balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (the valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the Account Balance as of dates in the calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account Balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. |
(5) | Required Beginning Date . Unless designated otherwise under AA §10-3 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, a Participants Required Beginning Date under the Plan is: |
(i) |
For Five-Percent Owners . April 1 that follows the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 . |
(ii) | For Participants other than Five-Percent Owners . April 1 that follows the end of the calendar year in which the later of the following two events occurs: |
(A) |
the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 or |
(B) | the Participant retires. |
If a Participant is not a Five-Percent Owner for the Plan Year that ends with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, and the Participant has not retired by the end of such calendar year, his/her Required Beginning Date is April 1 that follows the end of the first subsequent calendar year in which the Participant becomes a Five-Percent Owner or retires.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
80
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
A Participant may begin in-service distributions prior to his/her Required Beginning Date only to the extent authorized under Section 8.10 and AA §10. However, if this Plan were amended to add the Required Beginning Date rules under this subsection (5), a Participant who attained age 70 1 / 2 prior to January 1, 1999 (or, if later, January 1 following the date the Plan is first amended to contain the Required Beginning Date rules under this subsection (5)) may receive in-service minimum distributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan in existence prior to such amendment.
(iii) |
Alternative Required Beginning Date for Participants other than Five-Percent Owners . The Employer may designate under AA §10-3 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to determine the Required Beginning Date for Participants other than Five-Percent Owners without regard to the rule in subsection (ii) above. If so designated under AA §10-3, the Required Beginning Date for all Participants under the Plan will be April 1 of the calendar year following attainment of age 70 1 / 2 . |
(6) |
Five-Percent Owner . A Participant is a Five-Percent Owner for purposes of this Section if such Participant is a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in Section 1.65(a)) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 . Once distributions have begun to a Five-Percent Owner under this Section 8.12, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a Five-Percent Owner in a subsequent year. |
(e) | Special Rules . |
(1) | Election to apply 5-year rule to required distributions after death . If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Employer may elect under AA §10-4 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, instead of applying the provisions of subsections (a) and (c), to require the Participants entire interest to be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participants death. If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. |
(2) | Election to allow Participants or Beneficiaries to elect 5-year rule . If a Participant or Designated Beneficiary is permitted under AA §10-4 to elect whether to apply the life expectancy rule under subsection (a) above or the five year rule under subsection (1), the election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under subsection (a) or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participants (or, if applicable, surviving spouses) death. If neither the Participant nor Beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with the five-year rule under subsection (1) above. |
(3) | Forms of Distribution . Unless the Participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a lump sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections (a) and (c). If the Participants interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the regulations. |
(4) | Treatment of trust beneficiaries as Designated Beneficiaries . If a trust is properly named as a Beneficiary under the Plan, the beneficiaries of the trust will be treated as the Designated Beneficiaries of the Participant solely for purposes of determining the distribution period under this 8.12 with respect to the trusts interests in the Participants vested Account Balance. The beneficiaries of a trust will be treated as Designated Beneficiaries for this purpose only if, during any period during which required minimum distributions are being determined by treating the beneficiaries of the trust as Designated Beneficiaries, the following requirements are met: |
(i) | the trust is a valid trust under state law, or would be but for the fact there is no corpus; |
(ii) | the trust is irrevocable or will, by its terms, become irrevocable upon the death of the Participant; |
(iii) | the beneficiaries of the trust who are beneficiaries with respect to the trusts interests in the Participants vested Account Balance are identifiable from the trust instrument; and |
(iv) | the Plan Administrator receives the documentation described in subsection (5)(i) below. |
If the foregoing requirements are satisfied and the Plan Administrator receives such additional information as it may request, the Plan Administrator may treat such beneficiaries of the trust as Designated Beneficiaries.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
81
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(5) | Special rules applicable to trust beneficiaries . |
(i) | Information that must be supplied to Plan Administrator . |
(A) | Required minimum distribution before death where spouse is sole beneficiary . If a Participant designates a trust as the beneficiary of his/her entire benefit and the Participants spouse is the sole beneficiary of the trust, the Participant must provide the information under (I) or (II) below to satisfy the information requirements under (4)(iv) above. |
(I) | The Participant must provide to the Plan Administrator a copy of the trust instrument and agree that if the trust instrument is amended at any time in the future, the Participant will, within a reasonable time, provide to the Plan Administrator a copy of each such amendment; or |
(II) | The Participant must: |
(a) | provide to the Plan Administrator a list of all of the beneficiaries of the trust (including contingent and remaindermen beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their entitlement sufficient to establish that the spouse is the sole beneficiary) for purposes of Code §401(a)(9); |
(b) | certify that, to the best of the Participants knowledge, the list under subsection (a) is correct and complete and that the requirements of subsection (4) above are satisfied; |
(c) | agree that, if the trust instrument is amended at any time in the future, the Participant will, within a reasonable time, provide to the Plan Administrator corrected certifications to the extent that the amendment changes any information previously certified; and |
(d) | agree to provide a copy of the trust instrument to the Plan Administrator upon demand. |
(B) | Required minimum distribution after death . In order to satisfy the documentation requirement of subsection (4)(iv) above for required minimum distributions after the death of the Participant (or spouse in a case to which Treas. Reg. §.401(a)(9)-3, A-5 applies), the trustee of the trust must satisfy the requirements of (I) or (II) by October 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. |
(I) | The trustee of the trust must: |
(a) | provide the Plan Administrator with a final list of all beneficiaries of the trust (including contingent and remaindermen beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their entitlement) as of September 30 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the Participants death; |
(b) | certify that, to the best of the trustees knowledge, the list in subsection (a) is correct and complete and that the requirements of subsection (4) above are satisfied; |
(c) | and agree to provide a copy of the trust instrument to the Plan Administrator upon demand. |
(II) | The trustee of the trust must provide the Plan Administrator with a copy of the actual trust document for the trust that is named as a beneficiary of the Participant under the Plan as of the Participants date of death. |
(ii) | Relief for discrepancy . If required minimum distributions are determined based on the information provided to the Plan Administrator in certifications or trust instruments described in subsection (i) above, the Plan will not fail to satisfy Code §401(a)(9) merely because the actual terms of the trust instrument are inconsistent with the information in those certifications or trust instruments previously provided to the Plan Administrator, provided the Plan Administrator reasonably relied on the information provided and the required minimum distributions for calendar years after the calendar year in which the discrepancy is discovered are determined based on the actual terms of the trust instrument. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
82
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
(6) | Trust beneficiary qualifying for marital deduction . If a Beneficiary is a trust (other than an estate marital trust) that is intended to qualify for the federal estate tax marital deduction under Code §2056 (marital trust), then: |
(i) | in no event will the annual amount distributed from the Plan to the marital trust be less than the greater of: |
(A) | all fiduciary accounting income with respect to such Beneficiarys interest in the Plan, as determined by the trustee of the marital trust, or |
(B) | the minimum distribution required under this Section 8.12; |
(ii) | the trustee of the marital trust (or the trustees legal representative) shall be responsible for calculating the amount to be distributed under subsection (i) above and shall instruct the Plan Administrator in writing to distribute such amount to the marital trust; |
(iii) | the trustee of the marital trust may from time to time notify the Plan Administrator in writing to accelerate payment of all or any part of the portion of such beneficiarys interest that remains to be distributed, and may also notify the Plan Administrator to change the frequency of distributions (but not less often than annually); and |
(iv) | the trustee of the marital trust shall be responsible for characterizing the amounts so distributed form the Plan as income or principle under applicable state laws. |
(f) | Transitional Rule . Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 8.12, and subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements under Section 9, distribution on behalf of any employee, including a Five-Percent Owner, may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences): |
(1) | The distribution by the Plan is one that would not have disqualified the Plan under Code §401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984. |
(2) | The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Participant is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant. |
(3) | Such designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. |
(4) | The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983. |
(5) | The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participants death, the beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority. |
A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.
For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in subsections (1) and (5) above.
If a designation is revoked any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code §401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder, but for the TEFRA §242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A-14 and Q&A-15 shall apply.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
83
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 8 Plan Distributions
8.13 | Correction of Qualification Defects . Nothing in this Section 8 precludes the Plan Administrator from making a distribution to a Participant to correct a qualification defect consistent with the correction procedures under the IRS voluntary compliance programs. Thus, for example, if an Employee is permitted to enter the Plan prior to his/her proper Entry Date under Section 2.03(b) and the Plan Administrator determines that a corrective distribution is a proper means of correcting the operational violation, nothing in this Section 8 would prevent the Plan from making such corrective distribution. Any such distribution must be made in accordance with the correction procedures applicable under the IRS voluntary correction programs. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
84
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 9 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
SECTION 9
JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS
9.01 | Application of Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules . The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules under this Section 9 will apply to any Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984. (Also see Section 9.05 for special transitional rules that may apply.) The application of the Joint and Survivor Annuity rules will differ based on the type of Plan involved. |
(a) | Money Purchase Plan . If the Employer adopts the Money Purchase Plan Adoption Agreement, the Plan will be subject to the Joint and Survivor rules described under this Section 9. |
(b) | Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan . If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement, the Employer may elect under AA §9-2(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under this Section 9 to all Participants under the Plan. If the Employer adopts the Standardized Adoption Agreement or does not elect under AA §9-2(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements to all Participants, such requirements will only apply to a distribution from the Plan if: |
(1) | the distribution is actually made in the form of a life annuity; or |
(2) | the distribution is made from benefits that were directly or indirectly transferred from a plan that was subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements at the time of the transfer; or |
(3) | the distribution is made from benefits that are used to offset the benefits under another plan of the Employer that is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements. |
(c) | Exception to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements . If, as of the Annuity Starting Date, the Participants vested Account Balance (for pre-death distributions) or the value of the QPSA death benefit (for post-death distributions) does not exceed $5,000, the Participant or surviving spouse, as applicable, will receive a lump sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.07(a) or Section 8.08(b)(1), in lieu of any QJSA or QPSA benefits. |
(d) | Administrative procedures . The Plan Administrator may provide alternative procedures for applying the spousal consent requirements under this Section 9 provided such procedures are consistent with the requirements under this Section 9. For example, the Plan Administrator may require under separate administrative procedures to require spousal consent to Participant distributions or may in a separate loan procedure require spousal consent prior to granting a Participant loan, without subjecting the Plan to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements. |
(e) | Accumulated deductible employee contributions . A distribution from or under a separate Account under a money purchase plan which is attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee contributions, as defined in Code §72(o)(5)(B), is subject to the rules under subsection (b) above. |
9.02 | Pre-Death Distribution Requirements . If a pre-death distribution is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under this Section 9, the distribution will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant (and spouse, if the Participant is married) elects to receive the distribution in an alternative form. Any election of an alternative form of distribution must be pursuant to a Qualified Election (as defined in Section 9.04). |
(a) | Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) . A QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity payable over the life of the spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse. The Employer may elect under AA §9-2(a) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to increase the percentage of the spouses survivor annuity to 100%, 75% or 66-2/3% (instead of 50%). If the Participant is not married as of the Annuity Starting Date, the QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant. |
(b) | Notice requirements . T he Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant with a written explanation of: (1) the terms and conditions of the QJSA; (2) the Participants right to make and the effect of an election to waive the QJSA form of benefit; (3) the rights of the Participants spouse; and (4) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the QJSA. The notice must be provided to each Participant under the Plan no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date. |
The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution in a form other than a QJSA may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided: (1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the QJSA and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a QJSA; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
85
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 9 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the QJSA is provided to the Participant; and (3) the Annuity Starting Date is after the date the written explanation was provided to the Participant. For distributions on or after December 31, 1996, the Annuity Starting Date may be a date prior to the date the written explanation is provided to the Participant if the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days after such written explanation is provided, subject to the waiver of the 30-day period described above.
(c) | Annuity Starting Date . The Annuity Starting Date is the date an Employee commences distributions from the Plan. If a Participant commences distribution with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, a separate Annuity Starting Date applies to any subsequent distribution. If distribution is made in the form of an annuity, the Annuity Starting Date is the first day of the first period for which annuity payments are made. |
9.03 | Distributions After Death . If the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply with respect to a distribution on behalf of a married Participant who dies before the Annuity Starting Date (as defined in Section 9.02(c) above), the surviving spouse of that Participant is entitled to receive such distribution in the form of a QPSA, unless the Participant and spouse have waived the QPSA pursuant to a Qualified Election. Any portion of a Participants vested Account Balance that is not payable to the surviving spouse as a QPSA will be payable under the rules described in Section 8.08(b)(2)(ii)(B). |
(a) | Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) . A QPSA is an annuity payable over the life of the surviving spouse that is purchased using 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance (that is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements) as of the date of death. The Employer may elect under AA §9-2(a)(3) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to increase the amount used to purchase the QPSA to 100% (instead of 50%) of the Participants vested Account Balance. To the extent that less than 100% of the Participants vested Account Balance is paid to the surviving spouse, any After-Tax Contributions will be allocated to the surviving spouse in the same proportion as the After-Tax Contributions bear to the total vested Account Balance of the Participant. If elected under AA §9-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, a surviving spouse will not be entitled to a QPSA if the Participant and surviving spouse were not married throughout the one year period ending on the date of the Participants death. |
If a surviving spouse is entitled to a QPSA distribution, the surviving spouse may elect to receive such distribution at any time following the Participants death (subject to the required minimum distribution rules under Section 8.12) and may elect to receive distribution in any form permitted under Section 8.01 of the Plan. A QPSA distribution will not commence to a surviving spouse without the consent of the surviving spouse prior to the date the Participant would have reached Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later). If the QPSA death benefit has been waived, in accordance with the procedures in Section 9.04(b), then the portion of the Participants vested Account Balance that would have been payable as a QPSA death benefit in the absence of such a waiver is treated as a non-QPSA death benefit payable under Section 8.08(b)(2)(ii)(B).
The QPSA death benefit may be payable to a non-spouse Beneficiary only if the spouse consents to the Beneficiary designation, pursuant to the Qualified Election requirements under Section 9.04, or makes a valid disclaimer. The non-QPSA death benefit, if any, is payable to the person named in the Beneficiary designation, without regard to whether spousal consent is obtained for such designation. If a spouse does not properly consent to a Beneficiary designation, the QPSA waiver is invalid, and the QPSA death benefit is still payable to the spouse, but the Beneficiary designation remains valid with respect to any non-QPSA death benefit.
(b) | Notice requirements . The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a written explanation of the QPSA in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for the QJSA in subsection (b) above. The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last: (1) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (2) a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant; or (3) a reasonable period ending after the joint and survivor annuity requirements first apply to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35. |
For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (2) and (3) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
86
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 9 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
9. 04 | Qualified Election . A Participant (and the Participants spouse) may waive the QJSA or QPSA pursuant to a Qualified Election. A Qualified Election is a written election signed by both the Participant and the Participants spouse (if applicable) that specifically acknowledges the effect of the election. The spouses consent must be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Any consent by a spouse under a Qualified Election (or a determination that the consent of a spouse is not required) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. If the Qualified Election permits the Participant to change a payment form or Beneficiary designation without any further consent by the spouse, the Qualified Election must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit, as applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A Participant or spouse may revoke a prior waiver of the QPSA benefit at any time before the commencement of benefits. Spousal consent is not required for a Participant to revoke a prior QPSA waiver. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section 9.02(b) or Section 9.03(b), as applicable. |
(a) | QJSA . In the case of a waiver of the QJSA, the election must designate an alternative form of benefit payment that may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the spouse enters into a general consent agreement expressly permitting the Participant to change the form of payment without any further spousal consent). Only the Participant needs consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a QJSA. |
(b) | QPSA . In the case of a waiver of the QPSA, the election must be made on a timely basis and the election must designate a specific alternate Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the spouse enters into a general consent agreement expressly permitting the Participant to change the Beneficiary designation without any further spousal consent). To be timely, a Participant (and the Participants spouse) may waive the QPSA at any time during the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ending on the date of the Participants death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the Account Balance as of the date of separation, the election period begins on the date of separation. A Participant who has not yet attained age 35 as of the end of a Plan Year may make a special Qualified Election to waive, with spousal consent, the QPSA for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such election is not valid unless the Participant receives the proper notice required under Section 9.03(b). QPSA coverage is automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date must satisfy all the requirements for a Qualified Election. |
(c) | Identification of surviving spouse . If it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located, any waiver signed by the Participant is deemed to be a Qualified Election. |
(1) | Definition of spouse . For this purpose, a Participant will be deemed to not have a spouse if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned and the Participant has a court order to such effect. However, a former spouse of the Participant will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and any current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a QDRO. |
(2) | One-year marriage rule . The Employer may elect under AA §9-2 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement, for purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 9, that an individual will not be considered the surviving spouse of the Participant if the Participant and the surviving spouse have not been married for the entire one-year period ending on the date of the Participants death. |
9.05 | Transitional Rules . Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed under this Section 9 must be given the opportunity to elect to have the preceding provisions of this Section 9 apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separated from service. The Participant must be given the opportunity to elect to have this Section 9 apply during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to such Participant. A Participant described in this paragraph who has not elected to have this Section 9 apply is subject to the rules in this Section 9.05 instead. Also, a Participant who does not qualify to elect to have this Section 9 apply because such Participant does not have at least 10 Years of Service for vesting purposes is subject to the rules of this Section 9.05. |
Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his/her benefits paid in accordance with the following paragraph. The Participant must be given the opportunity to elect to have this Section 9.05 apply (other than the first paragraph of this Section) during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to such Participant.
If, under either of the preceding two paragraphs, a Participant is subject to this Section 9.05, the following rules apply.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
87
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 9 Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements
(a) | Automatic joint and survivor annuity . If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who: |
(1) | begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; |
(2) | dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; |
(3) | begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or |
(4) | separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; |
then such benefits will be received under this plan in the form of a QJSA, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election period. For this purpose, the election period must begin at least 6 months before the participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.
(b) | Election of early survivor annuity . A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments that would have been made to the spouse under the QJSA if the Participant had retired on the day before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. For this purpose, the election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment. |
(c) | Qualified Early Retirement Age . The Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of: |
(1) | the earliest date, under the plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits, |
(2) | the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or |
(3) | the date the Participant begins participation under the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
88
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
SECTION 10
PLAN ACCOUNTING AND INVESTMENTS
10.01 | Participant Accounts . The Plan Administrator will maintain a separate Account for each Participant to reflect the Participants entire interest under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may maintain any (or all) of the following separate sub-Accounts: |
|
Pre-Tax Deferral Account |
|
Roth Deferral Account |
|
Employer Contribution Account |
|
Matching Contribution Account |
|
Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNEC) Account |
|
Qualified Matching Contribution (QMAC) Account |
|
Safe Harbor Employer Contribution Account |
|
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account |
|
After-Tax Contribution Account |
|
Rollover Contribution Account Transfer Account. |
The Plan Administrator may establish other Accounts, as it deems necessary, for the proper administration of the Plan.
10.02 | Valuation of Accounts . A Participants portion of the Trust assets is determined as of each Valuation Date under the Plan. The value of a Participants Account consists of the fair market value of the Participants share of the Trust assets. The Trustee must value Plan assets at least annually. The Trustees determination of the value of Trust assets shall be final and conclusive. |
(a) | Periodic valuation . The Employer may elect under AA §11-1 or may elect operationally to value assets on a periodic basis. The Trustee and the Plan Administrator may adopt reasonable procedures for performing such valuations. |
(b) | Daily valuation . The Employer may elect under AA §11-1 or may elect operationally to value assets on a daily basis. The Plan Administrator may adopt reasonable procedures for performing such valuations. Unless otherwise set forth in the written procedures, a daily valued Plan will have its assets valued at the end of each business day during which the New York Stock Exchange is open. The Plan Administrator has authority to interpret the provisions of this Plan in the context of a daily valuation procedure. This includes, but is not limited to, the determination of the value of the Participants Account for purposes of Participant loans, distribution and consent rights, and corrective distributions. |
(c) | Interim valuations . The Plan Administrator may request the Trustee to perform interim valuations, provided such valuations do not result in discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. |
10.03 | Adjustments to Participant Accounts . Unless the Plan Administrator adopts other reasonable administrative procedures, as of each Valuation Date under the Plan, each Participants Account is adjusted in the following manner. |
(a) | Distributions and forfeitures from a Participants Account . A Participants Account will be reduced by any distributions, forfeitures and other reductions from the Account since the previous Valuation Date. |
(b) | Life insurance premiums and dividends . A Participants Account will be reduced by the amount of any life insurance premium payments under the Plan made for the benefit of the Participant since the previous Valuation Date. The Account will be credited with any dividends or credits paid on any life insurance policy held by the Trust for the benefit of the Participant. |
(c) | Contributions and forfeitures allocated to a Participants Account . A Participants Account will be credited with any contribution, forfeiture or other additions allocated to the Participant since the previous Valuation Date. |
(d) | Net income or loss . A Participants Account will be adjusted for any net income or loss in accordance with any reasonable procedures that the Plan Administrator may establish. Such procedures may be reflected in a funding agreement governing the applicable investments under the Plan. To the extent the Plan Administrator does not establish separate written procedures, net income or loss will be allocated to Participants Accounts in accordance with the following provisions. |
(1) |
Net income or loss attributable to General Trust Account . To the extent a Participants Account is invested as part of a General Trust Account, such Account is adjusted for its allocable share of net income or loss experienced by the General Trust Account. The net income or loss of the General Trust Account is allocated to the Participant Accounts in the ratio that each Participants Account bears to all Accounts, based on the value of each Participants Account as of the prior Valuation Date, as adjusted in subsections (a)(c) above. In |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
89
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
determining Participant Account Balances as of the prior Valuation Date, the Employer may apply a weighted average method that credits each Participants Account with a portion of the contributions made since the prior Valuation Date. The Plans investment procedures may designate the specific type(s) of contributions eligible for a weighted allocation of net income or loss and may designate alternative methods for determining the weighted allocation. If the Employer elects to apply a weighted average method, such method will be applied uniformly to all Participant Accounts under the General Trust Account. |
(2) | Net income or loss attributable to a Directed Account . If the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to direct the investment of all or part of his/her Account (see Section 10.07), the Account (or the portion of the Account which is subject to such direction) will be maintained as a Directed Account, which reflects the value of the directed investments as of any Valuation Date. The assets held in a Directed Account may be (but are not required to be) segregated from the other investments held in the Trust. Net income or loss attributable to the investments made by a Directed Account is allocated to such Account in a manner that reasonably reflects the investment experience of such Directed Account. Where a Directed Account reflects segregated investments, the manner of allocating net income or loss shall not result in a Participant (or Beneficiary) being entitled to distribution from the Directed Account that exceeds the value of such Account as of the date of distribution. |
10.04 | Share or unit accounting . The Plans investment procedures may provide for share or unit accounting to reflect the value of Accounts, if such method is appropriate for the investments allocable to such Accounts. |
10.05 | Suspense accounts . The Plans investment procedures also may provide for special valuation procedures for suspense accounts that are properly established under the Plan. |
10.06 | Investments under the Plan . |
(a) | Investment options . The Trustee or other person(s) responsible for the investment of Plan assets is authorized to invest Plan assets in any prudent investment consistent with the funding policy of the Plan and the requirements of ERISA. Investment options include, but are not limited to, the following: |
|
common and preferred stock or other equity securities (including stock bought and sold on margin); |
|
Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property (to the extent permitted under subsection (c) below); corporate bonds; |
|
open-end or closed-end mutual funds (including funds for which a Prototype Sponsor, Trustee, or affiliate serves as investment advisor or other capacity); |
|
money market accounts; |
|
certificates of deposit; |
|
debentures; |
|
commercial paper; |
|
put and call options; |
|
limited partnerships; |
|
mortgages; U.S. Government obligations, including U.S. Treasury notes and bonds; |
|
real and personal property having a ready market; |
|
life insurance or annuity policies; |
|
commodities; |
|
savings accounts; |
|
notes; and |
|
securities issued by the Trustee and/or its affiliates, as permitted by law. |
(b) | Common/collective trusts and collectibles . Plan assets may also be invested in a common/collective trust fund, or in a group trust fund that satisfies the requirements of IRS Revenue Ruling 81-100. All of the terms and provisions of any such common/collective trust fund or group trust into which Plan assets are invested are incorporated by reference into the provisions of the Trust for this Plan. No portion of any voluntary, tax deductible Employee contributions being held under the Plan (or any earnings thereon) may be invested in life insurance contracts or, as with any Participant-directed investment, in tangible personal property characterized by the IRS as a collectible. |
(c) | Limitations on the investment in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property . The Trustee may invest in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property within certain limits. Any such investment shall only be made upon written direction of the Employer who shall be solely responsible for the propriety of such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase, sale, retention or valuing of such securities may be addressed in a funding policy, statement of investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
90
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
(1) | Profit Sharing Plan other than a 401(k) Plan . In the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (without a 401(k) feature), no limit applies to the percentage of Plan assets invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property, except as provided in a funding policy, statement of investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. |
(2) | 401(k) Plan . With respect to the portion of the Plan consisting of amounts attributable to Salary Deferrals (including Roth Deferrals), no more than 10% of the fair market value of Plan assets attributable to Salary Deferrals and Roth Deferrals may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property if the Employer, the Trustee, or a person other than the Participant requires any portion of the Salary Deferrals or Roth Deferrals and attributable earnings to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Employer Real Property. |
(i) | Exceptions to Limitation . The limitation in this subsection (2) shall not apply if any one of the conditions in subsections (A), (B) or (C) applies. |
(A) | Investment of Salary Deferrals or Roth Deferrals in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Real Property is solely at the discretion of the Participant. |
(B) | As of the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the fair market value of assets of all profit sharing plans and 401(k) plans of the Employer was not more than 10% of the fair market value of all assets under plans maintained by the Employer. |
(C) | The portion of a Participants Salary Deferrals or Roth Deferrals required to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property for the Plan Year does not exceed 1% of such Participants Plan Compensation. |
(ii) | No application to other contributions . The limitation in this subsection (2) has no application to Matching Contributions or Employer Contributions. Instead, the rules under subsection (1) above apply for such contributions. |
(3) | Money purchase plan . In the case of a money purchase plan, no more than 10% of the fair market value of Plan assets may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property. |
10.07 | Participant-directed investments . If the Plan (by election in AA §C-1 or under separate investment procedures) permits Participant direction of investments, each Participant shall have the exclusive right, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to direct the investment by the Trustee of all or a portion of the amounts allocated to the separate Accounts of the Participant under the Plan. All investment directions by Participants shall be timely furnished to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, except to the extent such directions are transmitted telephonically or otherwise by Participants directly to the Trustee or its delegate in accordance with rules and procedures established and approved by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Trustee. In making any investment of Plan assets, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator or by Participants in accordance with the Plan Administrators approved rules and procedures, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect thereto. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, neither the Trustee, the Employer, nor any other fiduciary of the Plan will be liable to the Participant or Beneficiary for any loss resulting from action taken at the direction of the Participant. |
(a) | Limits on participant investment direction . The Employer may elect under AA §C-1 or under separate investment procedures to limit Participant direction of investment to specific types of contributions. If Participant investment direction is limited to specific investment options, it shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Employer or Plan Administrator to select the investment options, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for selecting or monitoring such investment options, unless the Trustee has otherwise agreed in writing. In no case may Participants direct that investments be made in collectibles, other than U.S. Government or State issued gold and silver coins. (See Section 10.03(d)(2) for rules regarding allocation of net income or loss to a Directed Account.) |
(b) | Failure to direct investment . If Participant direction of investments is permitted, the Plan Administrator will designate how accounts will be invested in the absence of proper affirmative direction from the Participant. The Plan or Plan Administrator may designate a default fund under the Plan in which the Trustee shall deposit contributions to the Trust on behalf of Participants who have been identified by the Plan Administrator as having not specified investment choices under the Plan. If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan that is not accompanied by instructions directing its investment, the Trustee shall immediately notify the Plan Administrator of that fact, and the Trustee may, in its discretion, hold all or a portion of the contribution uninvested without liability for loss of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment directions. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
91
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
(c) | Trustee to follow Participant direction . To the extent the Plan allows Participant direction of investment, the Trustee is authorized to follow the Participants written direction (or other form of direction deemed acceptable by the Trustee). A Directed Account will be established for the portion of the Participants Account that is subject to Participant direction of investment. The Trustee may decline to follow a Participants investment direction to the extent such direction would: |
(1) | result in a prohibited transaction; |
(2) | cause the assets of the Plan to be maintained outside the jurisdiction of the U.S. courts; |
(3) | jeopardize the Plans tax qualification; |
(4) | be contrary to the Plans governing documents; |
(5) | cause the assets to be invested in collectibles within the meaning of Code §408(m); |
(6) | generate unrelated business taxable income; or |
(7) | result (or could result) in a loss exceeding the value of the Participants Account. |
The Trustee will not be responsible for any loss or expense resulting from a failure to follow a Participants direction in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph.
Participant directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable following receipt of such directions by the Trustee. The Trustee, Plan Administrator, or Employer will not be liable for a delay in the processing of a Participant direction that is caused by a legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, a failure of computer systems or programs, failure in the means of data transmission, the failure to timely receive values or prices, or other unforeseen problems outside of the control of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, or Employer).
(d) | ERISA §404(c) protection . If the Plan (by Employer election under AA §C-1(b)(2) or pursuant to the Plans investment procedures) is intended to comply with ERISA §404(c), the Participant investment direction program adopted by the Plan Administrator should comply with applicable Department of Labor regulations. Compliance with ERISA §404(c) is not required for plan qualification purposes. The following information is provided solely as guidance to assist the Plan Administrator in meeting the requirements of ERISA §404(c). Failure to meet any of the following safe harbor requirements does not impose any liability on the Plan Administrator (or any other fiduciary under the Plan) for investment decisions made by Participants, nor does it mean that the Plan does not comply with ERISA §404(c). Nothing in this Plan shall impose any greater duties upon the Trustee with respect to the implementation of ERISA §404(c) than those duties expressly provided for in procedures adopted by the Employer and agreed to by the Trustee. |
(1) | Disclosure requirements . The Plan Administrator (or other Plan fiduciary who has agreed to perform this activity) shall provide, or shall cause a person designated to act on his behalf to provide, the following information to Participants: |
(i) | Mandatory disclosures . To satisfy the requirements of ERISA §404(c), the Participants must receive certain mandatory disclosures, including: |
(A) | an explanation that the Plan is intended to be an ERISA §404(c) plan; |
(B) | a description of the investment options under the Plan; |
(C) | the identity of any designated Investment Managers that may be selected by the Participant; |
(D) | any restrictions on investment selection or transfers among investment vehicles; |
(E) | an explanation of the fees and expenses that may be charged in connection with the investment transactions; |
(F) | the materials relating to voting rights or other rights incidental to the holding of an investment; |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
92
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
(G) | the most recent prospectus for an investment option which is subject to the Securities Act of 1933. |
(ii) | Disclosures upon request . In addition, a Participant must be able to receive upon request: |
(A) | the current value of the Participants interest in an investment option; |
(B) | the value and investment performance of investment alternatives available under the Plan; |
(C) | the annual operating expenses of a designated investment alternative; and |
(D) | copies of any prospectuses, or other material, relating to available investment options. |
(2) | Diversified investment options . The Plan must provide at least three diversified investment options that offer a broad range of investment opportunity. Each of the investment opportunities must have materially different risk and return characteristics. The procedure may allow investment under a segregated brokerage account. |
(3) | Frequency of investment instructions . Participants must have the opportunity to give investment instructions as frequently as is appropriate to the volatility of the investment. For each investment option, the frequency can be no less than quarterly. |
10.08 | Investment in Life Insurance . A group or individual life insurance policy purchased by the Plan may be issued on the life of a Participant, a Participants spouse, a Participants child or children, a family member of the Participant, or any other individual with an insurable interest. If this Plan is a money purchase plan, a life insurance policy may only be issued on the life of the Participant. A life insurance policy includes any type of policy, including a second-to-die policy, provided that the holding of a particular type of policy is not prohibited under rules applicable to qualified plans. |
Any premiums on life insurance held for the benefit of a Participant will be charged against such Participants vested Account Balance. Unless directed otherwise, the Plan Administrator will reduce each of the Participants Accounts under the Plan equally to pay premiums on life insurance held for such Participants benefit. Any premiums paid for life insurance policies must satisfy the incidental life insurance rules under subsection (a).
(a) | Incidental Life Insurance Rules . Any life insurance purchased under the Plan must meet the following requirements: |
(1) | Ordinary life insurance policies . The aggregate premiums paid for ordinary life insurance policies (i.e., policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums) for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 49% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Salary Deferrals) and forfeitures that have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. |
(2) | Life insurance policies other than ordinary life . The aggregate premiums paid for term, universal or other life insurance policies (other than ordinary life insurance policies) for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 25% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Salary Deferrals) and forfeitures that have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. |
(3) |
Combination of ordinary and other life insurance policies . The sum of one-half ( 1 / 2 ) of the aggregate premiums paid for ordinary life insurance policies plus all the aggregate premiums paid for any other life insurance policies for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 25% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Salary Deferrals) and forfeitures which have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. |
(4) | Exception for certain Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plans . If the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or a Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, the limitations in this Section do not apply to the extent life insurance premiums are paid only with Employer Contributions and forfeitures that have been accumulated in the Participants Account for at least two years or are paid with respect to a Participant who has been a Participant for at least five years. For purposes of applying this special limitation, Employer Contributions do not include any Salary Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs or Safe-Harbor Contributions under a 401(k) plan. |
(5) | Exception for After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions . The Plan Administrator also may invest, with the Participants consent, any portion of the Participants After-Tax Contribution Account or Rollover Contribution Account in a group or individual life insurance policy for the benefit of such Participant, without regard to the incidental life insurance rules under this Section. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
93
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 10 Plan Accounting and Investment
(b) | Ownership of Life Insurance Policies . The Trustee is the owner of any life insurance policies purchased under the Plan. Any life insurance policy purchased under the Plan must designate the Trustee as owner and beneficiary under the policy. The Trustee will pay all proceeds of any life insurance policies to the Beneficiary of the Participant for whom such policy is held in accordance with the distribution provisions under Section 8 and the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9. In no event shall the Trustee retain any part of the proceeds from any life insurance policies for the benefit of the Plan. |
(c) | Evidence of Insurability . Prior to purchasing a life insurance policy, the Plan Administrator may require the individual whose life is being insured to provide evidence of insurability, such as a physical examination, as may be required by the Insurer. |
(d) | Distribution of Insurance Policies . Life insurance policies under the Plan, which are held on behalf of a Participant, must be distributed to the Participant or converted to cash upon the later of the Participants Annuity Starting Date (as defined in Section 1.11) or termination of employment. Any life insurance policies that are held on behalf of a terminated Participant must continue to satisfy the incidental life insurance rules under subsection (a). If a life insurance policy is purchased on behalf of an individual other than the Participant, and such individual dies, the Participant may withdraw any or all life insurance proceeds from the Plan, to the extent such proceeds exceed the cash value of the life insurance policy determined immediately before the death of the insured individual. |
(e) | Discontinuance of Insurance Policies . Investments in life insurance may be discontinued at any time, either at the direction of the Trustee or other fiduciary responsible for making investment decisions. If the Plan provides for Participant direction of investments, life insurance as an investment option may be eliminated at any time by the Plan Administrator. Where life insurance investment options are being discontinued, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may offer the sale of the insurance policies to the Participant, or to another person, provided that the prohibited transaction exemption requirements prescribed by the Department of Labor are satisfied. |
(f) | Protection of Insurer . An Insurer (as defined in Section 1.68) that issues a life insurance policy under the terms of this Section 10.08, shall not be responsible for the validity of this Plan and shall be protected and held harmless for any actions taken or not taken by the Trustee or any actions taken in accordance with written directions from the Trustee or the Employer (or any duly authorized representatives of the Trustee or Employer). An Insurer shall have no obligation to determine the propriety of any premium payments or to guarantee the proper application of any payments made by the insurance company to the Trustee. |
The Insurer is not and shall not be considered a party to this Plan and is not a fiduciary with respect to the Plan solely as a result of the issuance of life insurance policies under this Section 10.08.
(g) | No Responsibility for Act of Insurer . Neither the Employer, the Plan Administrator nor the Trustee shall be responsible for the validity of the provisions under a life insurance policy issued under this Section 10.08 or for the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under such policy. The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee are also not responsible for any action or failure to act by the Insurer or any other person which results in the delay of a payment under the life insurance policy or which renders the policy invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
94
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
SECTION 11
PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION
11.01 | Plan Administrator . The Employer is the Plan Administrator, unless the Employer designates in writing an alternative Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator has the responsibilities described in this Section 11. |
11.02 | Designation of Alternative Plan Administrator . The Employer may designate another person or persons as he Plan Administrator by name, by reference to the person or group of persons holding a particular position, by reference to a procedure under which the Plan Administrator is designated, or by reference to a person or group of persons charged with the specific responsibilities of Plan Administrator. |
(a) | Acceptance of responsibility by designated Plan Administrator . If the Employer designates an alternative Plan Administrator, the designated Plan Administrator must accept its responsibilities in writing. The Employer and the designated Plan Administrator jointly will determine the time period for which the alternative Plan Administrator will serve. |
(b) | Multiple alternative Plan Administrators . If the Employer designated more than one person as an alternative Plan Administrator, such Plan Administrators shall act by majority vote, unless the group delegates particular Plan Administrator duties to a specific person. |
(c) | Resignation or removal of designated Plan Administrator . A designated Plan Administrator may resign by delivering a written notice of resignation to the Employer. The Employer may remove a designated Plan Administrator by delivering a written notice of removal. If a designated Plan Administrator resigns or is removed, and no new alternative Plan Administrator is designated, the Employer is the Plan Administrator. |
(d) | Employer responsibilities . If the Employer designates an alternative Plan Administrator, the Employer will provide in a timely manner all appropriate information necessary for the Plan Administrator to perform its duties. This information includes, but is not limited to, Participant compensation data, Employee employment, service and termination information, and other information the Plan Administrator may require. The Plan Administrator may rely on the accuracy of any information and data provided by the Employer. |
(e) | Indemnification of Plan Administrator . The Employer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Plan Administrator (including the individual members of any administrative committee appointed by the Employer to handle administrative functions of the Plan or any Employees who have administrative responsibility for the Plan) with respect to any liability, loss, damage or expense resulting from any act or omission (except willful misconduct or gross negligence) in their official capacities in the administration of this Trust or Plan, including attorney, accountant and advisory fees and all other expenses reasonably incurred in their defense. The indemnification provisions of this Section do not relieve any person from any liability under ERISA for breach of a fiduciary duty. Furthermore, the Employer may execute a written agreement further delineating the indemnification agreement of this Section, provided the agreement is consistent with and does not violate ERISA. |
11.03 | Named Fiduciary . The Plan Administrator is the Named Fiduciary for the Plan, unless the Plan Administrator specifically names another person or persons as Named Fiduciary and the designated person accepts its responsibilities as Named Fiduciary in writing. The Plan must always have at least one Named Fiduciary. |
11.04 | Duties, Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator . The Plan Administrator will administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and in accordance with the terms of the Plan. If the terms of the Plan are unclear, the Plan Administrator may interpret the Plan, provided such interpretation is consistent with the rules of ERISA and Code §401 and is performed in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. This right to interpret the Plan is an express grant of discretionary authority to resolve ambiguities in the Plan document and to make discretionary decisions regarding the interpretation of the Plans terms, including who is eligible to participate under the Plan, and the benefit rights of a Participant or Beneficiary. Unless an interpretation or decision is determined to be arbitrary and capricious, the Plan Administrator will not be held liable for any interpretation of the Plan terms or decision regarding the application of a Plan provision. |
(a) | Delegation of duties, powers and responsibilities . The Plan Administrator may delegate its duties, powers or responsibilities to one or more persons. Such delegation must be in writing and accepted by the person or persons receiving the delegation. The Employer must agree to such delegation by an alternative Plan Administrator. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
95
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
(b) | Specific Plan Administrator responsibilities . The Plan Administrator has the general responsibility to control and manage the operation of the Plan. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, the following: |
(1) | To interpret and enforce the provisions of the Plan, including those related to Plan eligibility, vesting and benefits; |
(2) | To communicate with the Trustee and other responsible persons with respect to the crediting of Plan contributions, the disbursement of Plan distributions and other relevant matters; |
(3) | To develop separate procedures (if necessary) consistent with the terms of the Plan to assist in the administration of the Plan, including the adoption of a separate or modified loan policy (see Section 13), procedures for direction of investment by Participants (see Section 10.07), procedures for determining whether domestic relations orders are QDROs (see Section 11.06), and procedures for the determination of investment earnings to be allocated to Participants Accounts (see Section 10.03(d)); |
(4) | To maintain all records necessary for tax and other administration purposes; |
(5) | To furnish and to file all appropriate notices, reports and other information to Participants, Beneficiaries, the Employer, the Trustee and government agencies (as necessary); |
(6) | To provide information relating to Plan Participants and Beneficiaries; |
(7) | To retain the services of other persons, including Investment Managers, attorneys, consultants, advisers and others, to assist in the administration of the Plan; |
(8) | To review and decide on claims for benefits under the Plan; |
(9) | To correct any defect or error in the operation of the Plan; |
(10) | To establish a funding policy and method for the Plan for purposes of ensuring the Plan is satisfying its financial objectives and is able to meet its liquidity needs; and |
(11) | To suspend contributions, including Salary Deferrals and/or After-Tax Contributions, on behalf of any or all Highly Compensated Employees, if the Plan Administrator reasonably believes that such contributions will cause the Plan to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. See Sections 6.01(c) and 6.02(c). |
11.05 | Plan Administration Expenses. |
(a) | Reasonable Plan administration expenses . All reasonable expenses related to plan administration will be paid from Plan assets, except to the extent the expenses are paid (or reimbursed) by the Employer. For this purpose, Plan expenses include, but are not limited to, all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of the Trust (including such reasonable compensation to the Trustee as may be agreed upon from time to time between the Employer or Plan Administrator and the Trustee and any fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee). If liquid assets of the Trust are insufficient to cover the fees of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator, then Trust assets shall be liquidated to the extent necessary for such fees. In the event any part of the Trust becomes subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Trust. |
(b) | Plan expense allocation . The Plan Administrator will allocate plan expenses among the accounts of Plan Participants. The Plan Administrator has authority to allocate these expenses either proportionally based on the value of the Account Balances or pro rata based on the number of Participants in the Plan. The Plan Administrator will determine the proper method for allocating expenses in accordance with such reasonable nondiscriminatory rules as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Unless the Plan Administrator decides otherwise, the following expenses will be allocated to the Participants Account relative to which the expense is incurred: distribution expenses, including those relating to lump sums, installments, QDROs, hardship, in-service and required minimum distributions; loan expenses; participant direction expenses, including brokerage fees; and benefit calculations. |
(c) | Expenses related to administration of former Employee or surviving spouse . If the Plan is making distributions to a former Employee or surviving spouse, the Plan may charge reasonable Plan administrative expenses to the Account of that former Employee or surviving spouse, but only if the administrative expenses are on a pro rata basis, Under the pro rata basis, the expenses are based on the amount in each account of a former Employee or surviving spouse receiving benefits from the Plan. The Plan Administrator may use another reasonable basis for charging the expenses, provided it complies with the requirements of Title I of ERISA) In any event, the allocation of plan expenses must meet the nondiscrimination rules of § 401(a)(4).) |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
96
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
11.06 | Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs) . |
(a) | In general . The Plan Administrator must develop written procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO and for administering distributions under a QDRO. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator may use the default QDRO procedures set forth in subsection (h) below or may develop separate QDRO procedures. |
(b) | Definitions related to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs) . |
(1) | QDRO . A QDRO is a domestic relations order that creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payees right to receive, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to receive, all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan. (See Code §414(p).) The QDRO must contain certain information and meet other requirements described in this Section 11.06. |
(2) | Domestic relations order . A domestic relations order is a judgment, decree, or order (including the approval of a property settlement) that is made pursuant to state domestic relations law (including community property law). |
(3) | Alternate Payee . An Alternate Payee must be a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant. |
(c) | Recognition as a QDRO . To be a QDRO, an order must be a domestic relations order (as defined in subsection (b)(2) above) that relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights for the benefit of an Alternate Payee. The Plan Administrator is not required to determine whether the court or agency issuing the domestic relations order had jurisdiction to issue an order, whether state law is correctly applied in the order, whether service was properly made on the parties, or whether an individual identified in an order as an Alternate Payee is a proper Alternate Payee under state law. |
(d) | Contents of QDRO . A QDRO must contain the following information: |
(1) | the name and last known mailing address of the Participant and each Alternate Payee; |
(2) | the name of each plan to which the order applies; |
(3) | the dollar amount or percentage (or the method of determining the amount or percentage) of the benefit to be paid to the Alternate Payee; and |
(4) | the number of payments or time period to which the order applies. |
(e) | Impermissible QDRO provisions . |
(1) | The order must not require the Plan to provide an Alternate Payee or Participant with any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan; |
(2) | The order must not require the Plan to provide for increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value); |
(3) | The order must not require the Plan to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a QDRO; and |
(4) | The order must not require the Plan to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for the lives of the Alternate Payee and his or her subsequent spouse. |
(f) | Immediate distribution to Alternate Payee . Even if a Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution from the Plan, an Alternate Payee may receive a QDRO benefit immediately in a lump sum, provided such distribution is consistent with the QDRO provisions. |
(g) | Fee for QDRO determination . The Plan Administrator may condition the making of a QDRO determination on the payment of a fee by a Participant or an Alternate Payee (either directly or as a charge against the Participants |
Account).
(h) | Default QDRO procedure . If the Plan Administrator chooses this default QDRO procedure or if the Plan Administrator does not establish a separate QDRO procedure, this subsection (h) will apply as the procedure the Plan Administrator will use to determine whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. This default QDRO procedure incorporates the requirements set forth below. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
97
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
(1) | Access to information . The Plan Administrator will provide access to Plan and Participant benefit information sufficient for a prospective Alternate Payee to prepare a QDRO. Such information might include the summary plan description, other relevant plan documents, and a statement of the Participants benefit entitlements. The disclosure of this information is conditioned on the prospective Alternate Payee providing to the Plan Administrator information sufficient to reasonably establish that the disclosure request is being made in connection with a domestic relations order. |
(2) | Notifications to Participant and Alternate Payee . The Plan Administrator will promptly notify the affected Participant and each Alternate Payee named in the domestic relations order of the receipt of the order. The Plan Administrator will send the notification to the address included in the domestic relations order. Along with the notification, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of the Plans procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. |
(3) | Alternate Payee representative . The prospective Alternate Payee may designate a representative to receive copies of notices and Plan information that are sent to the Alternate Payee with respect to the domestic relations order. |
(4) | Evaluation of domestic relations order . Within a reasonable period of time, the Plan Administrator will evaluate the domestic relations order to determine whether it is a QDRO. A reasonable period will depend on the specific circumstances. The domestic relations order must contain the information described in subsection (d). If the order is only deficient in a minor respect, the Plan Administrator may supplement information in the order from information within the Plan Administrators control or through communication with the prospective Alternate Payee. |
(i) | Separate accounting . Upon receipt of a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator will separately account for and preserve the amounts that would be payable to an Alternate Payee until a determination is made with respect to the status of the order. During the period in which the status of the order is being determined, the Plan Administrator will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that amounts that would be payable to the Alternate Payee, if the order were a QDRO, are not distributed to the Participant or any other person. The separate accounting requirement may be satisfied, at the Plan Administrators discretion, by a segregation of the assets that are subject to separate accounting. |
(ii) | Separate accounting until the end of 18 month period . The Plan Administrator will continue to separately account for amounts that are payable under the QDRO until the end of an 18-month period. The 18-month period will begin on the first date following the Plans receipt of the order upon which a payment would be required to be made to an Alternate Payee under the order. If, within the 18-month period, the Plan Administrator determines that the order is a QDRO, the Plan Administrator must pay the Alternate Payee in accordance with the terms of the QDRO. If, however, the Plan Administrator determines within the 18-month period that the order is not a QDRO, or, if the status of the order is not resolved by the end of the 18-month period, the Plan Administrator may pay out the amounts otherwise payable under the order to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. If the order is later determined to be a QDRO, the order will apply only prospectively; that is, the Alternate Payee will be entitled only to amounts payable under the order after the subsequent determination. |
(iii) | Preliminary review . The Plan Administrator will perform a preliminary review of the domestic relations order to determine if it is a QDRO. If this preliminary review indicates the order is deficient in some manner, the Plan Administrator will allow the parties to attempt to correct any deficiency before issuing a final decision on the domestic relations order. The ability to correct is limited to a reasonable period of time. |
(iv) | Notification of determination . The Plan Administrator will notify in writing the Participant and each Alternate Payee of the Plan Administrators decision as to whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. In the case of a determination that an order is not a QDRO, the written notice will contain the following information: |
(A) | references to the Plan provisions on which the Plan Administrator based its decision; |
(B) | an explanation of any time limits that apply to rights available to the parties under the Plan (such as the duration of any protective actions the Plan Administrator will take); and |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
98
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
(C) | a description of any additional material, information, or modifications necessary for the order to be a QDRO and an explanation of why such material, information, or modifications are necessary. |
(v) | Treatment of Alternate Payee . If an order is accepted as a QDRO, the Plan Administrator will act in accordance with the terms of the QDRO as if it were a part of the Plan. An Alternate Payee will be considered a Beneficiary under the Plan and be afforded the same rights as a Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will provide any appropriate disclosure information relating to the Plan to the Alternate Payee. |
11.07 | Claims Procedure . The Plan Administrator shall establish a procedure for benefit claims consistent with the requirements of ERISA Reg. §2560.503-1. The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct an examination of the relevant facts to determine the merits of a Participants or Beneficiarys claim for Plan benefits. The claims procedure must incorporate the following guidelines: |
(a) | Filing a claim . The claims procedure will set forth a reasonable means for a Participant or Beneficiary to file a claim for benefits under the Plan. |
(b) | Plan Administrators decision . The Plan Administrator must provide a claimant with written notification of the Plan Administrators decision relating to a claim within a reasonable period of time (not more than 90 days unless special circumstances require an extension to process the claim) after the claim was filed. If the claim is denied, the notification must set forth the reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, and the steps the claimant must take to submit the claim for review. |
(c) | Review procedure . The claims procedure will provide a claimant a reasonable opportunity to have a full and fair review of a denied claim. Such procedure shall allow a review upon a written application, for the claimant to review pertinent documents, and to allow the claimant to submit written comments to the Plan Administrator. The procedure may establish a limited period (not less than 60 days after the claimant receives written notification of the denial of the claim) for the claimant to request a review of the claim denial. |
(d) | Decision on review . If a claimant requests a review, the Plan Administrator must respond promptly to the request. Unless special circumstances exist (such as the need for a hearing), the Plan Administrator must respond in writing within 60 days of the date the claimant submitted the review application. The response must explain the Plan Administrators decision on review. |
11.08 | Operational Rules for Short Plan Years . The following operational rules apply if the Plan has a Short Plan Year. A Short Plan Year is any Plan Year that is less than a 12-month period, either because of the amendment of the Plan Year, or because the Effective Date of a new Plan is less than 12 months prior to the end of the first Plan Year. |
(a) | If the Plan is amended to create a Short Plan Year, and an Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period is based on the Plan Year, the applicable computation period begins on the first day of the Short Plan Year, but such period ends on the day which is 12 months from the first day of such Short Plan Year. Thus, the computation period that begins on the first day of the Short Plan Year overlaps with the computation period that starts on the first day of the next Plan Year. This rule applies only to an Employee who has at least one Hour of Service during the Short Plan Year. |
If a Plan has an initial Short Plan Year, the rule in the above paragraph applies only for purposes of determining an Employees Vesting Computation Period and only if the Employer elects under AA §8-4 to exclude service earned prior to the adoption of the Plan. For eligibility and vesting (where service prior to the adoption of the Plan is not ignored), if the Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period is based on the Plan Year, the applicable computation period will be determined on the basis of the Plans normal Plan Year, without regard to the initial short Plan Year.
(b) | If Employer Contributions are allocated for a Short Plan Year, any allocation condition under AA §6-6 or AA §6B-7 (under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement) that requires a Participant to complete a specified number of Hours of Service to receive an allocation of such Employer Contributions will not be prorated as a result of such Short Plan Year unless otherwise specified in AA §6-6 or AA §6B-7, if applicable. |
(c) | If the permitted disparity method is used to allocate any Employer Contributions made for a Short Plan Year, the Integration Level will be prorated to reflect the number of months (or partial months) included in the Short Plan Year. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
99
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 11 Plan Administration and Special Operating Rules
(d) | The Compensation Limit, as defined in Section 1.24, will be prorated to reflect the number of months (or partial months) included in the Short Plan Year unless the compensation used for such Short Plan Year is a period of 12 months. (See Section 6.04(j)(1) for special rules that apply for the first year of a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.) |
In all other respects, the Plan shall be operated for the Short Plan Year in the same manner as for a 12-month Plan Year, unless the context requires otherwise. If the terms of the Plan are ambiguous with respect to the operation of the Plan for a Short Plan Year, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
100
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
SECTION 12
TRUST PROVISIONS
12.01 | Establishment of Trust . In conjunction with the establishment of this Plan, the Employer and the Trustee agree to establish and maintain a domestic Trust in the United States consisting of such sums as shall from time to time be paid to the Trustee under the Plan and such earnings, income and appreciation as may accrue thereon. The Trustee shall carry out the duties and responsibilities herein specified, but shall be under no duty to determine whether the amount of any contribution by the Employer or any Participant is in accordance with the terms of the Plan, nor shall the Trustee be responsible for the collection of any contributions required under the Plan. |
The Trust shall be held, invested, reinvested and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement solely in the interest of Participants and their Beneficiaries and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Except as provided in Section 15.02, no assets of the Plan shall inure to the benefit of the Employer.
12.02 | Types of Trustees . The Trustee identified in the Trustee Declaration page under the Adoption Agreement shall act either as a Directed Trustee or as a Discretionary Trustee, as designated on the Trustee Declaration page. |
(a) | Directed Trustee . A Directed Trustee is subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. A Directed Trustee does not have any discretionary authority with respect to the investment of Plan assets. In addition, a Directed Trustee is not responsible for the propriety of any directed investment made pursuant to this Section and shall not be required to consult or advise the Employer regarding the investment quality of any directed investment held under the Plan. |
(1) | Delegation of powers . The Directed Trustee shall be advised in writing regarding the retention of investment powers by the Employer or the appointment of an Investment Manager or other Named Fiduciary with power to direct the investment of Plan assets. Any such delegation of investment powers will remain in force until such delegation is revoked or amended in writing. The Employer is deemed to have retained investment powers under this subsection to the extent the Employer directs the investment of Participant Accounts for which affirmative investment direction has not been received. |
(2) | Direction of Trustee . The Employer is a Named Fiduciary for investment purposes if the Employer directs investments pursuant to this subsection. Any investment direction shall be made in writing by the Employer, Investment Manager, or Named Fiduciary, as applicable. A Directed Trustee must act solely in accordance with the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, any employees or agents of the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager or other fiduciary of the Plan, a Named Fiduciary, or Plan Participants. (See Section 10.07 for a discussion of the Trustees responsibilities with regard to Participant directed investments.) |
(3) | Restriction on Trustee . The Employer may direct the Directed Trustee to invest in any media in which the Trustee may invest, as described in Section 12.03(b). However, the Employer may not borrow from the Trust or pledge any of the assets of the Trust as security for a loan to itself; buy property or assets from or sell property or assets to the Trust; charge any fee for services rendered to the Trust; or receive any services from the Trust on a preferential basis. |
(b) | Discretionary Trustee . A Discretionary Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion with respect to the investment, management or control of Plan assets. Notwithstanding a Trustees designation as a Discretionary Trustee, a Trustees discretion is limited, and the Trustee shall be considered a Directed Trustee, to the extent the Trustee is subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, or a Named Fiduciary under an agreement between the Plan Administrator and the Trustee. A Trustee also is considered a Directed Trustee to the extent the Trustee is subject to investment direction of Plan Participants. (See Section 10.07 for a discussion of the Trustees responsibilities with regard to Participant-directed investments.) |
12.03 | Responsibilities of the Trustee . In addition to the powers, rights and responsibilities enumerated under this Section, the Trustee has all powers necessary to carry out its duties in a prudent manner. The Trustees powers, rights and responsibilities may be modified, supplemented or limited by a separate trust agreement, investment policy, funding agreement, or other binding document entered into between the Trustee and the Plan Administrator or Employer. Such binding document must designate the Trustees responsibilities with respect to the Plan. A separate trust agreement, investment policy, funding agreement, or other binding document must be consistent with the terms of this Plan and must comply with all qualification requirements under the Code and regulations. To the extent the exercise of any power, right or responsibility is subject to discretion, such exercise by a Directed Trustee must be made at the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
101
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
(a) | Responsibilities regarding administration of Trust. |
(1) | The Trustee, the Employer and the Plan Administrator shall each discharge their assigned duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and the Plan solely in the interest of Participants and their Beneficiaries in the following manner: |
(i) | for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; |
(ii) | with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; |
(iii) | by diversifying the available investments under the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and |
(iv) | in accordance with the provisions of the Plan insofar as they are consistent with the provisions of ERISA. |
(2) | The Trustee will receive all contributions, earnings and other amounts made to and under the terms of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated in any manner to ensure that such amounts are correct in amount or that such amounts comply with the terms of the Plan, the Code or ERISA. In addition, the Trustee is under no obligation to compel the Employer to make contributions to the Trust. The Trustee is not liable for the manner in which such amounts are deposited or the allocation between Participants Accounts, to the extent the Trustee follows the written direction of the Plan Administrator or Employer. |
(3) | The Trustee will make distributions from the Trust in accordance with the written directions of the Plan Administrator or other authorized representative. To the extent the Trustee follows such written direction, the Trustee is not obligated in any manner to ensure a distribution complies with the terms of the Plan, that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to such a distribution, or that the amount distributed is proper under the terms of the Plan. If there is a dispute as to a payment from the Trust, the Trustee may decline to make payment of such amounts until the proper payment of such amounts is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Trustee has been indemnified to its satisfaction. |
(4) | The Trustee may employ agents, attorneys, accountants and other third parties to provide counsel on behalf of the Plan, where the Trustee deems advisable. The Trustee may reimburse such persons from the Trust for reasonable expenses and compensation incurred as a result of such employment. The Trustee shall not be liable for the actions of such persons, provided the Trustee acted prudently in the employment and retention of such persons. In addition, the Trustee will not be liable for any actions taken as a result of good faith reliance on the advice of such persons. |
(5) | The Trustee shall keep full and accurate accounts of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions hereunder, including such specific records as may be agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Trustee. All such accounts, books and records shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any authorized representative of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator. A Participant may examine only those individual account records pertaining directly to him. |
(6) | Except as provided in Section 15.02, at no time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan shall any part of the corpus or income of the Fund be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, or for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. |
(b) | Responsibilities regarding investment of Plan assets. |
(1) | The Trustee shall be responsible for holding the assets of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. |
(2) | The Trustee may invest and reinvest, manage and control the Plan assets in a manner that is consistent with the Plans funding policy and investment objectives of the Plan. The Trustee may invest in any investment, as authorized under this subsection (b), which the Trustee deems advisable and prudent, subject to the proper written direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary or a Plan Participant. The Trustee is not liable for the investment of Plan assets to the extent the Trustee is following the proper direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a Participant, an Investment Manager, or other person or persons duly appointed by the Employer to provide investment direction. In addition, the Trustee does not guarantee the Trust in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value, or guarantee the adequacy of the Trust to meet and discharge any or all liabilities of the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
102
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
(3) | The Trustee may hold any securities or other property in the name of the Trustee or in the name of the Trustees nominee, and may hold any investments in bearer form, provided the books and records of the Trustee at all times show such investment to be part of the Trust. If securities are held on behalf of the Plan in the name of the Trustees nominee, such securities must be held by: |
(i) | A bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the United States or a State, or a nominee of such bank or trust company; |
(ii) | A broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; or |
( iii) | A clearing agency as defined in section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee. |
(4) | The Trustee may retain such portion of the Plan assets in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon. |
(5) | The Trustee may collect and receive any and all moneys and other property due the Plan and to settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages with respect to the Plan, and to commence or defend on behalf of the Plan any lawsuit, or other legal or administrative proceedings. |
(6) | The Trustee may pay expenses out of Plan assets as necessary to administer the Trust and as authorized under the Plan. |
(7) | The Trustee may borrow or raise money on behalf of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee deems advisable. The Trustee may issue a promissory note as Trustee to secure the repayment of such amounts and may pledge all, or any part, of the Trust as security. |
(8) | The Trustee is authorized to execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents of transfer and conveyance, receipts, releases, and any other instruments that the Trustee deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its powers, rights and duties hereunder. |
(9) | The Trustee, upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, is authorized to enter into a transfer agreement with the Trustee of another qualified retirement plan and to accept a transfer of assets from such retirement plan on behalf of any Employee of the Employer. The Trustee is also authorized, upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, to transfer some or all of a Participants vested Account Balance to another qualified retirement plan on behalf of such Participant. A transfer agreement entered into by the Trustee does not affect the Plans status as a Prototype Plan. |
(10) | If the Employer maintains more than one Plan, the assets of such Plans may be commingled for investment purposes. The Trustee must separately account for the assets of each Plan. A commingling of assets does not cause the Trusts maintained with respect to the Employers Plans to be treated as a single Trust, except as provided in a separate document authorized in the first paragraph of this Section 12.03. |
(11) | If the Trustee is a bank or similar financial institution, the Trustee is authorized to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (including its own money market fund) at a reasonable rate of interest. |
(12) | The Trustee is authorized to invest Plan assets in a common/collective trust fund, or in a group trust fund that satisfies the requirements of IRS Revenue Ruling 81-100. All of the terms and provisions of any such common/collective trust fund or group trust into which Plan assets are invested are incorporated by reference into the provisions of the Trust for this Plan. |
(13) | The Trustee must be bonded as required by applicable law. The bonding requirements shall not apply to a bank, insurance company, or similar financial institution that satisfies the requirements of §412(a)(2) of ERISA. |
12.04 | Voting and Other Rights Related to Employer Stock . Each Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (referred to herein collectively as Participant) shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the manner of voting and the exercise of all other rights which a shareholder of record has with respect to shares (and fractional shares) of Employer Stock which have been allocated to the Participants separate account including, but not limited to, the right to sell or retain shares in a public or private tender offer. All shares (and fractional shares) of Employer Stock for which the Trustee has not received timely |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
103
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
Participant directions shall be voted or exercised by the Trustee in the same proportion as the shares (and fractional shares) of Employer Stock for which the Trustee received timely Participant directions, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA. All reasonable efforts shall be made to inform each Participant that shares of Employer Stock for which the Trustee does not receive Participant direction shall be voted pro rata in proportion to the shares for which the Trustee has received Participant direction.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a tender offer for Employer Stock, the Trustee shall interpret a Participants silence as a direction not to tender the shares of Employer Stock allocated to the Participants separate account and, therefore, the Trustee shall not tender any shares (or fractional shares) of Employer Stock for which it does not receive timely directions to tender such shares (or fractional shares) from Participants, except in the case where to do so would be inconsistent with the provisions of Title I of ERISA. Furthermore, tender offer materials provided to Participants shall specifically inform Participants that the Trustee shall interpret a Participants silence as a direction not to tender the Participants shares of Employer Stock.
Information relating to the purchase, holding and sale of securities and the exercise of voting, tender and other similar rights with respect to Employer Stock by Participants and Beneficiaries shall be maintained in accordance with procedures that are designed to safeguard the confidentiality of such information, except to the extent necessary to comply with Federal laws or State laws not preempted by ERISA. The Trustee shall be the fiduciary who is responsible for ensuring that such procedures are sufficient to safeguard the confidentiality of the information described above, and that such procedures are followed.
12.05 | Responsibilities of the Employer . The Employer will provide to the Trustee written notification of the appointment of any person or persons as Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, or other Plan fiduciary, and the names, titles and authorities of any individuals who are authorized to act on behalf of such persons. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such information until it receives written notice of a change in such appointments or authorizations. |
The Employer may authorize the Trustee to enter into a merger agreement with the Trustee of another plan to effect such merger or consolidation. A merger agreement entered into by the Trustee is not part of this Plan and does not affect the assets transferred to this Plan from another plan.
12.06 | Effect of Plan Amendment . Any amendment that affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Plan Administrator may only be made with the Trustees or Plan Administrators written consent. Any amendment to the Plan must be in writing and a copy of the resolution (or similar instrument) setting forth such amendment (with the applicable effective date of such amendment) must be delivered to the Trustee. |
12.07 | More than One Trustee . If the Plan has more than one person acting as Trustee, the Trustees may allocate the Trustee responsibilities by mutual agreement and Trustee decisions will be made by a majority vote (unless otherwise agreed to by the Trustees) or as otherwise provided in a separate trust agreement or other binding document. |
12.08 | Annual Valuation . The Plan assets will be valued at least on an annual basis. The Employer may designate more frequent Valuation Dates under AA §11-1. Notwithstanding any election under AA §11-1, the Trustee and Plan Administrator may agree to value the Trust on a more frequent basis, and/or to perform an interim valuation of the Trust. |
12.09 | Reporting to Plan Administrator and Employer . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year or within 120 days after its removal or resignation, the Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account of the administration of the Trust showing all transactions effected by the Trustee from the last preceding accounting to the end of such Plan Year or date of removal or resignation. The accounting will include a statement of cash receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by the Trustee since the date of its last accounting, and such further information as the Trustee and/or Employer deems appropriate. Upon approval of such accounting by the Plan Administrator, neither the Employer nor the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to any further accounting by the Trustee. The Plan Administrator may approve such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting in writing delivered to the Trustee within 90 days from the date on which the accounting is delivered to the Plan Administrator. The Trustee shall have sixty (60) days following its receipt of a written disapproval from the Employer to provide the Employer with a written explanation of the terms in question. If the Employer again disapproves of the accounting, the Trustee may file its accounting with a court of competent jurisdiction for audit and adjudication. |
12.10 | Reasonable Compensation. The Trustee shall be paid reasonable compensation in an amount agreed upon by the Plan Administrator and Trustee. The Trustee also will be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses or fees incurred in its function as Trustee. An individual Trustee who is already receiving full-time pay as an Employee of the Employer may not receive any additional compensation for services as Trustee. The Plan will pay the reasonable compensation and expenses incurred by the Trustee, unless the Employer pays such compensation and expenses. Any compensation or expense paid directly by the Employer to the Trustee is not an Employer Contribution to the Plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
104
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
12.11 | Resignation and Removal of Trustee . The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer a written notice of resignation at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such resignation, unless the Employer consents in writing to a shorter notice period. The Employer and Trustee may agree to a longer notification period prior to the resignation of the Trustee The Employer may remove the Trustee at any time, with or without cause, by delivering written notice to the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Employer may remove the Trustee upon a shorter written notice period if the Employer reasonably determines such shorter period is necessary to protect Plan assets. Upon the resignation, removal, death or incapacity of a Trustee, the Employer may appoint a successor Trustee which, upon accepting such appointment, will have all the powers, rights and duties conferred upon the preceding Trustee. In the event there is a period of time following the effective date of a Trustees removal or resignation before a successor Trustee is appointed, the Employer is deemed to be the Trustee. During such period, the Trust continues to be in existence and legally enforceable, and the assets of the Plan shall continue to be protected by the provisions of the Trust. |
12.12 | Indemnification of Trustee . Except to the extent that it is judicially determined that the Trustee has acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee (whether or not the Trustee has resigned or been removed) against any liabilities, losses, damages, and expenses, including attorney, accountant, and other advisory fees, incurred as a result of: |
(a) | any action of the Trustee taken in good faith in accordance with any information, instruction, direction, or opinion given to the Trustee by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or legal counsel of the Employer, or any person or entity appointed by any of them and authorized to give any information, instruction, direction, or opinion to the Trustee; |
(b) | the failure of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or any person or entity appointed by any of them to make timely disclosure to the Trustee of information which any of them or any appointee knows or should know if it acted in a reasonably prudent manner; or |
(c) | any breach of fiduciary duty by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or any person or entity appointed by any of them, other than such a breach which is caused by any failure of the Trustee to perform its duties under this Trust. |
12.13 | Liability of Trustee . The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be limited to those expressly imposed upon it by this Plan document and Trust or as subsequently agreed upon by the parties. Responsibility for administrative duties required under the Plan or applicable law not expressly imposed upon or agreed to by the Trustee shall rest solely with the Plan Administrator and the Employer. |
The Employer agrees that the Trustee shall have no liability with regard to the investment or management of illiquid Plan assets transferred from a prior Trustee, and shall have no responsibility for investments made before the transfer of Plan assets to it, or for the viability or prudence of any investment made by a prior Trustee, including those represented by assets now transferred to the custody of the Trustee, or for any dealings whatsoever with respect to Plan assets before the transfer of such assets to the Trustee. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless for any and all claims, actions or causes of action for loss or damage, or any liability whatsoever relating to the assets of the Plan transferred to the Trustee by any prior Trustee of the Plan, including any liability arising out of or related to any act or event, including prohibited transactions, occurring prior to the date the Trustee accepts such assets, including all claims, actions, causes of action, loss, damage, or any liability whatsoever arising out of or related to that act or event, although that claim, action, cause of action, loss, damage, or liability may not be asserted, may not have accrued, or may not have been made known until after the date the Trustee accepts the Plan assets. Such indemnification shall extend to all applicable periods, including periods for which the Plan is retroactively restated to comply with any tax law or regulation.
12.14 | Appointment of Custodian . The Plan Administrator may appoint a Custodian to hold all or any portion of the Plan assets. A Custodian has the powers, rights and responsibilities similar to those of a Directed Trustee. The Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the direction of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary or other third party with authority to provide direction to the Custodian. The Custodian may designate its acceptance of the responsibilities and obligations described under this Plan document by executing the Trustee Declaration Page. The Employer also may enter into a separate agreement with the Custodian. Such separate agreement must be consistent with the responsibilities and obligations set forth in this Plan document. If there is no Custodian that will be executing the Trustee Declaration, the provisions of the Trustee Declaration addressing the Custodian (i.e., the Custodian signature provisions) may be removed from the Trustee Declaration Page. |
12.15 | Modification of Trust Provisions . The Employer may amend the administrative trust or custodial provisions under this Plan (such as provisions relating to investments and the duties of trustees), provided the amended provisions are not in conflict with any other provision of the Plan and do not cause the plan to fail to qualify under Code §401(a). The Employer may document any amendment modifying the trust or custodial provisions under this Plan or other overriding language in an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer adopts the Standardized Adoption Agreement, the Employer may amend the trust or custodial provisions provided such amendment merely involves the specification of the names of the Plan, Employer, Trustee or Custodian, Plan Administrator and other fiduciaries, the Trust year, or the name of any pooled Trust in which the Plan will participate. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
105
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 12 Trust Provisions
12.16 | Custodial Accounts, Annuity Contracts and Insurance Contracts . As provided under Code §401(f), a custodial account, an annuity contract or a contract issued by an Insurer is treated as a qualified trust under the Plan if (i) the custodial account or contract would, except for the fact that it is not a trust, constitute a qualified trust under Code §401(a) and (ii) in the case of a custodial account the assets therof are held by a bank (as defined in Code §408(n)) or another person who demonstrates to the IRS that the manner in which the assets are held are consistent with the requirements of Code §401(a). |
No insurance contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement between the Employer and the Insurer provides that: (1) no value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the Insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to such contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution.
If this Plan is funded by individual contracts that provide a Participants benefit under the plan, such individual contracts shall constitute the Participants Account Balance. If this Plan is funded by group contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance contract, premiums or other consideration received by the insurance company must be allocated to Participants accounts under the Plan.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
106
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 13 Participant Loans
SECTION 13
PARTICIPANT LOANS
13.01 | Availability of Participant Loans . The Employer may elect under Appendix B of the Adoption Agreement to permit Participants to take loans from their vested Account Balance under the Plan. If the Employer elects to permit loans under the Plan, the Employer may elect to use the default loan policy under this Section 13, as modified under Appendix B of the Adoption Agreement, or may establish an outside loan policy for purposes of administering Participant loans under the Plan. If the Employer adopts a separate written loan policy, the terms of such separate loan policy will control over the terms of this Plan with respect to the administration of any Participant loans. Any separate written loan policy must satisfy the requirements under Code §72(p) and the regulations thereunder. |
Participant loans under this Section 13 are available to Participants and Beneficiaries who are parties in interest (as defined in ERISA §3(14)). Unless modified in a separate loan policy, any reference to Participant under this Section is a reference to a Participant or Beneficiary who is a party in interest.
To receive a Participant loan, a Participant must sign a promissory note along with a pledge or assignment of the portion of the Account Balance used for security on the loan. The loan will be evidenced by a legally enforceable agreement which specifies the amount and term of the loan, and the repayment schedule.
13.02 | Must be Available in Reasonably Equivalent Manner . Participant loans must be made available to Participants in a reasonably equivalent manner. Participant loans will not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other Employees. The Employer may elect under AA §B-7 to limit the availability of Participant loans to specified events. For example, the Employer may limit the availability of Participant loans to the occurrence of a hardship event as described in Section 8.10(d)(1)(i). |
13.03 | Loan Limitations . A Participant loan may not be made to the extent such loan (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made to the Participant) exceeds the lesser of: |
(a) | $50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of the Participants highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over the Participants outstanding balance of loans from the Plan as of the date such loan is made) or |
(b) |
one-half ( 1 / 2 ) of the Participants vested Account Balance, determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding such loan, adjusted for any contributions or distributions made since such Valuation Date. |
In applying the limitations under this Section 13.03, all plans maintained by the Employer are aggregated and treated as a single plan. In addition, any assignment or pledge of any portion of the Participants interest in the Plan and any loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan will be treated as loan under this Section.
13.04 | Limit on Amount and Number of Loans . Unless elected otherwise under AA §B4 and/or AA §B-6, or under a separate written loan policy, a Participant may not receive a Participant loan of less than $1,000 nor may a Participant have more than one Participant loan outstanding at any time. |
(a) | Loan renegotiation . A Participant may renegotiate a loan without violating the one outstanding loan requirement to the extent such renegotiated loan is a new loan (i.e., the renegotiated loan separately satisfies the reasonable interest rate requirement under Section 13.05, the adequate security requirement under Section 13.06, and the periodic repayment requirement under Section 13.07) and the renegotiated loan does not exceed the limitations under Section 13.03 above, treating both the replaced loan and the renegotiated loan as outstanding at the same time. However, if the term of the renegotiated loan does not end later than the original term of the replaced loan, the replaced loan may be ignored in applying the limitations under Section 13.03 above. |
(b) | Participant must be creditworthy . The Plan Administrator may refuse to make a loan to any Participant who is determined to be not creditworthy. For this purpose, a Participant is not creditworthy if, based on the facts and circumstances, it is reasonable to believe that the Participant will not repay the loan. A Participant who has defaulted on a previous loan from the Plan and has not repaid such loan (with accrued interest) at the time of any subsequent loan will be treated as not creditworthy until such time as the Participant repays the defaulted loan (with accrued interest). |
13.05 | Reasonable Rate of Interest . All Participant loans will be charged a reasonable rate of interest. For this purpose, the interest rate charged on a Participant loan must be commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans under similar circumstances. The Employer may identify alternative methods for determining a reasonable rate of interest under AA §B-5 or under a separate written loan policy. The Plan Administrator must periodically review its interest rate assumptions to ensure the interest rate charged on Participant loans is reasonable. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
107
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 13 Participant Loans
If a Participant is in military service while he/she has an outstanding Participant loan, the applicable interest charged on such loan during the period while the Participant is in military service will not exceed 6% per year provided the Participant provides written notice and a copy of his/her call-up or extension orders to the Plan Administrator within 180 days following the Participants termination or release from military service. For this purpose, military service is as defined in the Soldiers and Sailors Civil Relief Act of 1940 as modified by the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act of 2003. The Participant may voluntarily waive this 6% interest limitation and the Plan Administrator may petition the court to retain the original interest rate if the ability to repay is not affected by the Participants activation to military duty.
13.06 | Adequate Security . All Participant loans must be adequately secured. The Participants vested Account Balance shall be used as security for a Participant loan provided the outstanding balance of all Participant loans made to such Participant does not exceed 50% of the Participants vested Account Balance, determined immediately after the origination of each loan, and if applicable, the spousal consent requirements described in Section 13.08 have been satisfied. The Plan Administrator (with the consent of the Trustee) may require a Participant to provide additional collateral to receive a Participant loan if the Plan Administrator determines such additional collateral is required to protect the interests of Plan Participants. A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may prescribe alternative rules for obtaining adequate security. However, the 50% rule in this paragraph may not be replaced with a greater percentage. |
13.07 | Periodic Repayment . A Participant loan must provide for level amortization with payments to be made not less frequently than quarterly. A Participant loan must be payable within a period not exceeding five (5) years from the date the Participant receives the loan from the Plan, unless the loan is for the purchase of the Participants principal residence, in which case the loan may be payable within ten (10) years or such longer period that is commensurate with the repayment period permitted by commercial lenders for similar loans. Loan repayments must be made through payroll withholding, except to the extent the Plan Administrator determines payroll withholding is not practical given the level of a Participants wages, the frequency with which the Participant is paid, or other circumstances. |
(a) | Unpaid leave of absence . A Participant with an outstanding Participant loan may suspend loan payments to the Plan for up to 12 months for any period during which the Participant is on an unpaid leave of absence. Upon the Participants return to employment (or after the end of the 12-month period, if earlier), the Participants outstanding loan will be reamortized over the remaining period of such loan to make up for the missed payments. The reamortized loan may extend beyond the original loan term so long as the loan is paid in full by whichever of the following dates comes first: (1) the date which is five (5) years from the original date of the loan (or the end of the suspension, if sooner), or (2) the original loan repayment deadline (or the end of the suspension period, if later) plus the length of the suspension period. |
(b) | Military leave . A Participant with an outstanding Participant loan also may suspend loan payments for any period such Participant is on military leave, in accordance with Code §414(u)(4). Upon the Participants return from military leave (or the expiration of five years from the date the Participant began his/her military leave, if earlier), loan payments will recommence under the amortization schedule in effect prior to the Participants military leave, without regard to the five-year maximum loan repayment period. Alternatively, the loan may be reamortized to require a different level of loan payment, as long as the amount and frequency of such payments are not less than the amount and frequency under the amortization schedule in effect prior to the Participants military leave. |
13.08 | Spousal Consent . If this Plan is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9, a Participant may not use his/her Account Balance as security for a Participant loan unless the Participants spouse, if any, consents to the use of such Account Balance as security for the loan. The spousal consent must be made within the 90-day period ending on the date the Participants Account Balance is to be used as security for the loan. Spousal consent is not required, however, if the value of the Participants total vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000. If the Plan is not subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9, a spouses consent is not required to use a Participants Account Balance as security for a Participant loan, regardless of the value of the Participants Account Balance. |
Any spousal consent required under this Section must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Any such consent to use the Participants Account Balance as security for a Participant loan is binding with respect to the consenting spouse and with respect to any subsequent spouse as it applies to such loan. A new spousal consent will be required if the Account Balance is subsequently used as security for a renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. A new spousal consent also will be required only if any portion of the Participants Account Balance will be used as security for a subsequent Participant loan.
13.09 | Designation of Accounts . Unless designated otherwise under AA §B-8 or under a separate loan procedure, Participant loans will first be taken proportionately from the Participants Employer Contribution Account and Matching Contribution Account, to the extent the Participant has a vested interest in such Accounts and subject to the loan limits under Section 13.03. If a Participants total vested Account Balance attributable to the Employer Contribution and Matching Contribution Accounts is not sufficient to satisfy the amount of the loan, the Participant loan will next be taken from the Participants Salary Deferral Account. If the Plan provides for both Pre-Tax Deferrals and Roth Deferrals, the loan will be taken first from the Pre-Tax |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
108
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 13 Participant Loans
Deferral Account. The Employer may elect under separate loan procedures to modify this provision with respect to the Pre-Tax and Roth Deferral Account, including allowing the Participant to designate the extent to which the loan will be made from Pre- Tax or Roth Deferral Accounts. Finally, the loan will be taken from the Participants Rollover Contribution Account.
A Participant loan will be treated as a segregated investment on behalf of the individual Participant for whom the loan is made. Each payment of principal and interest paid by a Participant on his/her Participant loan shall be credited to the Participants Accounts and investment funds within such Accounts in the same manner as allocated under the above paragraph.
13.10 | Procedures for Loan Default . A Participant will be considered to be in default with respect to a loan if any scheduled repayment with respect to such loan is not made by the end of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the missed payment was due. |
If a Participant defaults on a Participant loan, the Plan may not offset the Participants Account Balance until the Participant is otherwise entitled to an immediate distribution of the portion of the Account Balance which will be offset and such amount being offset is available as security on the loan, pursuant to Section 13.06. For this purpose, a loan default is treated as an immediate distribution event to the extent the law does not prohibit an actual distribution of the type of contributions which would be offset as a result of the loan default (determined without regard to the consent requirements under Sections 8.04 and 9.04, so long as spousal consent was properly obtained at the time of the loan, if required under Section 13.08). The Participant may repay the outstanding balance of a defaulted loan (including accrued interest through the date of repayment) at any time.
Pending the offset of a Participants Account Balance following a defaulted loan, the following rules apply to the amount in default.
(a) | Interest continues to accrue on the amount in default until the time of the loan offset or, if earlier, the date the loan repayments are made current or the amount is satisfied with other collateral. |
(b) | A subsequent offset of the amount in default is not reported as a taxable distribution, except to the extent the taxable portion of the default amount was not previously reported by the Plan as a taxable distribution. |
(c) | The post-default accrued interest included in the loan offset is not reported as a taxable distribution at the time of the offset. |
A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may modify the procedures for determining a loan default.
13.11 | Termination of Employment . |
(a) | Offset of outstanding loan . A Participant loan becomes due and payable in full immediately upon the Participants termination of employment. Upon a Participants termination, the Participant may repay the entire outstanding balance of the loan (including any accrued interest) within a reasonable period following termination of employment. If the Participant does not repay the entire outstanding loan balance, the Participants vested Account Balance will be reduced by the remaining outstanding balance of the loan (without regard to the consent requirements under Sections 8.04 and 9.04, so long as spousal consent was properly obtained at the time of the loan, if required under Section 13.08), to the extent such Account Balance is available as security on the loan, pursuant to Section 13.06, and the remaining vested Account Balance will be distributed in accordance with the distribution provisions under Section 8. If the outstanding loan balance of a deceased Participant is not repaid, the outstanding loan balance shall be treated as a distribution to the Participant and shall reduce the death benefit amount payable to the Beneficiary under Section 8.08. |
(b) | Direct Rollover . Upon termination of employment, a Participant may request a Direct Rollover of the loan note (provided the distribution is an Eligible Rollover Distribution as defined in Section 8.05(a)(1)) to another qualified plan which agrees to accept a Direct Rollover of the loan note. A Participant may not engage in a Direct Rollover of a loan to the extent the Participant has already received a deemed distribution with respect to such loan. (See the rules regarding deemed distributions upon a loan default under Section 13.10.) |
(c) | Modified loan policy . A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may modify this Section 13.11, including, but not limited to: (1) a provision to permit loan repayments to continue beyond termination of employment; (2) to prohibit the Direct Rollover of a loan note; and (3) to provide for other events that may accelerate the Participants repayment obligation under the loan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
109
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
SECTION 14
PLAN AMENDMENTS, TERMINATION, MERGERS AND TRANSFERS
14.01 | Plan Amendments. |
(a) | Amendment by the Prototype Sponsor . The Prototype Sponsor (as defined in Section 1.98) may amend the Plan on behalf of all adopting Employers, including those Employers who have adopted the Plan prior to the amendment, for changes in the Code, regulations, revenue rulings, and other statements published by the Internal Revenue Service, including model, sample or other required good faith amendments (but only if their adoption will not cause such Plan to be individually designed), and for corrections of prior approved plans. These amendments will be applied to all Employers who have adopted the Plan. |
If the Prototype Plan is amended by the mass submitter, the mass submitter is treated as the agent of the Prototype Sponsor. If the Prototype Sponsor does not adopt any amendments made by the mass submitter, the Prototype Plan will no longer be identical to or a minor modifier of the mass submitter Prototype Plan.
(b) | Amendment by the Employer . The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend the Adoption Agreement in the following manner without affecting the Plans status as a Prototype Plan. (The ability to amend the Plan as authorized under this subsection (b) applies only to the Employer that executes the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan by the Employer under this subsection (b) also applies to any other Employer that participates under the Plan as a Participating Employer.) |
(1) | The Employer may change any optional selections under the Adoption Agreement. |
(2) | The Employer may add overriding language to the Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to satisfy Code §415 or Code §416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans. |
(3) | The Employer may change the administrative selections under Appendix C of the Adoption Agreement by replacing the appropriate page(s) within the Adoption Agreement. Such amendment does not require reexecution of the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement. |
(4) | The Employer may amend administrative provisions of the trust or custodial document, including the name of the Plan, Employer, Trustee or Custodian, Plan Administrator and other fiduciaries, the trust year, and the name of any pooled trust in which the Plans trust will participate. |
(5) | The Employer may add certain sample or model amendments published by the IRS which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as an individually designed plan. |
(6) | The Employer may add or change provisions permitted under the Plan and/or specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the Plan and correct obvious and unambiguous typographical errors and/or cross-references that merely correct a reference but that do not in any way change the original intended meaning of the provisions. |
(7) | The Employer may adopt any amendments that it deems necessary to satisfy the requirements for resolving qualification failures under the IRS compliance resolution programs. |
(8) | The Employer may adopt an amendment to cure a coverage or nondiscrimination testing failure, as permitted under applicable Treasury regulations. |
The Employer may amend the Plan at any time for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code §412(d). If such amendment is not deemed to be significant, the Plan will not lose its status as a Prototype Plan. However, if the Employer modifies the language of the Plan or Adoption Agreement (other than the completion of optional selections (e.g., Describe lines), the Employer will not be able to rely on the Favorable IRS Letter issued with respect to the Plan and will need to submit the Plan to the IRS for a favorable determination letter to retain reliance.
(c) | Reduction of accrued benefit . No amendment to the plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of reducing a Participants accrued benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participants Account Balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under statute (e.g., Code §412(c)(8)), regulations (e.g., Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4), or other IRS guidance of general applicability. For this purpose, a Plan amendment (or other transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment, such as a merger, acquisition, plan transfer, or similar transaction) shall have the effect of reducing a Participants accrued benefit to the extent such amendment eliminates or reduces a protected benefit (as defined in Code §411(d)(6)) with respect to benefits accrued prior to the adoption date (or effective date, if later) of the |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
110
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
Plan amendment. If the adoption of this Plan will result in the elimination of a protected benefit, the Employer may preserve such protected benefit by identifying the protected benefit in accordance with AA §11-7 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement. Failure to identify protected benefits under the Adoption Agreement will not override the requirement that such protected benefits be preserved under this Plan. The availability of each optional form of benefit under the Plan must not be subject to Employer discretion.
If the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or a Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, the Employer may eliminate or restrict the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his/her Account Balance under a particular form of benefit for distributions with annuity starting dates after the date the amendment is adopted if, after the amendment is effective with respect to the Participant, the Participant has the ability to elect to receive distribution in the form of a lump sum that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a lump sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the lump sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.
(d) | Effective Date of Plan Amendments . If the Plan is restated or amended, such restatement or amendment is generally effective as of the Effective Date of the restatement or amendment (as designated on the Employer Signature Page with respect to such amendment), except where the context indicates a reference to an earlier Effective Date. The Employer may designate special effective dates for individual provisions under the Plan where provided in the Adoption Agreement or under Appendix A of the Adoption Agreement. |
(1) | Retroactive Effective Date . If the Plan is amended retroactively (e.g., to add language required to comply with IRS guidance or law), the provisions of this Plan generally override the provisions of any prior Plan. However, if the provisions of this Plan are different from the provisions of the Employers prior plan and, after the retroactive Effective Date of this Plan, the Employer operated in compliance with the provisions of the prior plan, the provisions of such prior plan are incorporated into this Plan for purposes of determining whether the Employer operated the Plan in compliance with its terms, provided operation in compliance with the terms of the prior plan do not violate any qualification requirements under the Code, regulations, or other IRS guidance. |
(2) | Retroactive effect of EGTRRA provisions . This Plan is designed to comply with the Code, regulations, and general guidance applicable to qualified retirement plans, including the provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). If this Plan is being restated or amended to comply with the provisions of EGTRRA, the Plan contains special effective dates for such provisions that apply with respect to such provisions. If the Plan is amended within the remedial amendment period for retroactive compliance with the EGTRRA provisions, the special effective dates for such provisions (as described below) will apply, even if such special effective dates precede the Effective Date of the amendment designated on the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement. Thus, if the Plan is being restated or amended to comply with EGTRRA, and Effective Date of this restatement or amendment is later than the special effective date applicable to of any of the EGTRRA provisions described below, such special effective dates will apply and any prior plan being replaced by this Plan will be considered to have been timely amended for the EGTRRA provisions. |
The following provisions contain special effective dates for purposes of complying with the requirements of EGTRRA:
(i) | Compensation Limit . The increase in the Compensation Limit to $200,000, as described in Section 1.24, is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(ii) | Rollovers disregarded for purposes of Involuntary Cash-Outs . Section 8.04(b) provides that, effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, Rollover Contributions are disregarded in applying the Involuntary Cash-Out provisions of the Plan. |
(iii) | Hardship provisions . The hardship provisions under Sections 8.10(d)(1)(ii)(C) and (D) modify the suspension requirements applicable to Safe Harbor hardship distributions, effective for Hardship distributions made on or after January 1, 2002. |
(iv) | Catch-Up Contributions . Section 3.03(d) sets forth the provisions applicable to Catch-Up Contributions under the Plan. To the extent Catch-Up Contributions are authorized under the Plan, the Catch-Up Contribution provisions are effective for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(v) | Loans to owner-employees and shareholder-employees . If the Plan permits Participant loans, then effective for Participant loans made after December 31, 2001, any Plan provisions prohibiting loans to owner-employee or Shareholder-Employee shall cease to apply. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
111
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
(vi) | Maximum Permissible Amount . The Maximum Permissible Amount described in Section 5.03(c)(6) is modified effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(vii) | Top Heavy provisions . Section 4 sets forth the rules applicable to Top Heavy Plans, as modified by EGTRRA. To the extent applicable, the provisions under Section 4 are effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(viii) | Safe Harbor provisions . Section 6.04(i) provides that, effective for years beginning after December 31, 2001, a Safe Harbor Plan that only provides for Safe Harbor Contributions is deemed to satisfy the Top Heavy requirements. |
(ix) | Vesting schedule for Matching Contributions . The vesting schedule applicable to Matching Contributions is modified effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(x) | Direct Rollovers . The Direct Rollover provisions under Section 8.05 are effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001. |
(xi) | Multiple use test . The multiple use test described under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)(2) does not apply for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2002. |
(xii) | Distribution of Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions . The provisions under Section 8.10(c) allowing for distribution of Salary Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contribution upon severance of employment is effective for distributions occurring on or after January 1, 2002. |
(3) | Merged plans . Except for retroactive application of the EGTRRA provisions pursuant to subsection (2) above, if one or more qualified retirement plans have been merged into this Plan, the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date of the plan merger(s), unless provided otherwise under Appendix A of the Adoption Agreement. |
14.02 | Amendment to Correct Coverage or Nondiscrimination Violation . |
(a) |
Amendment within correction period under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(g) . If the Plan fails the minimum coverage test under Code §410(b) or the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §401(a)(4) for any Plan Year, the Employer may amend the Plan to correct the coverage or nondiscrimination violation within 9 1 / 2 months after the end of the Plan Year, as permitted under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(g). |
(b) | Fail-Safe Coverage Provision . If the Employer has elected to apply a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition and/or an Hours of Service allocation condition, the Employer may elect under AA §11-5 of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement to apply the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision described in this subsection (b). Under the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision, if the Plan fails to satisfy the ratio percentage coverage requirements under Code §410(b) for a Plan Year due to the application of a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition and/or an Hours of Service allocation condition, such allocation condition(s) will be automatically eliminated for the Plan Year for certain Employees, under the process described in subsections (1) through (2) below, until enough Employees are benefiting under the Plan so that the ratio percentage test of Treasury Regulation §1.410(b)-2(b)(2) is satisfied. |
If the Employer elects to have the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision apply, such provision automatically applies for any Plan Year for which the Plan does not satisfy the ratio percentage coverage test under Code §410(b). (Except as provided in the following paragraph, the Plan may not use the average benefits test to comply with the minimum coverage requirements if the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision is elected.) The Plan satisfies the ratio percentage test if the percentage of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the Plan is at least 70% of the percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan. An Employee is benefiting for this purpose only if he/she actually receives an allocation of Employer Contributions or forfeitures or, if testing coverage of a 401(m) arrangement (i.e., a Plan that provides for Matching Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions), the Employee would receive an allocation of Matching Contributions by making the necessary contributions or the Employee is eligible to make After- Tax Contributions. To determine the percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or Highly Compensated Employees who are benefiting, the following Employees are excluded for purposes of applying the ratio percentage test: (i) Employees who have not satisfied the Plans minimum age and service conditions under Section 2.03; (ii) Nonresident Alien Employees; (iii) Union Employees; and (iv) Employees who terminate employment during the Plan Year with less than 501 Hours of Service and do not benefit under the Plan.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
112
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
Under the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision, certain Employees who are not benefiting for the Plan Year as a result of a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service allocation condition will participate under the Plan based on whether such Employees are Category 1 Employees or Category 2 Employees. If after applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision, the Plan does not satisfy the ratio percentage coverage test, the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision does not apply, and the Plan may use any other available method (including the average benefit test) to satisfy the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b).
(1) | Service-based method . |
(i) | Category 1 Employees Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are still employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year but who failed to satisfy the Plans Hours of Service condition . The Hours of Service allocation condition will first be eliminated for Category 1 Employees (who did not receive an allocation under the Plan due to the Hours of Service allocation condition) beginning with the Category 1 Employee(s) credited with the most Hours of Service for the Plan Year and continuing with the Category 1 Employee(s) with the next most Hours of Service until the ratio percentage test is satisfied. If two or more Category 1 Employees have the same number of Hours of Service, the allocation condition will be eliminated for those Category 1 Employees starting with the Category 1 Employee(s) with the lowest Plan Compensation. If the Plan still fails to satisfy the ratio percentage test after all Category 1 Employees receive an allocation, the Plan proceeds to Category 2 Employees. |
(ii) | Category 2 EmployeesNonhighly Compensated Employees) who terminated employment during the Plan Year with more than 500 Hours of Service . The last day of the Plan Year allocation condition will then be eliminated for Category 2 Employees (who did not receive an allocation under the Plan due to the last day of the Plan Year allocation condition) beginning with the Category 2 Employee(s) who terminated employment closest to the last day of the Plan Year and continuing with the Category 2 Employee(s) with a termination of employment date that is next closest to the last day of the Plan Year until the ratio percentage test is satisfied. If two or more Category 2 Employees terminate employment on the same day, the allocation condition will be eliminated for those Category 2 Employees starting with the Category 2 Employee(s) with the lowest Plan Compensation. |
(2) | Special rule for Top Heavy Plans . In applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision under this Section 14.02, if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Employer may first eliminate the Hours of Service allocation condition for all Non-Key Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, prior to applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provisions described above. |
14.03 | Plan Termination . The Employer may terminate this Plan at any time by delivering to the Trustee and Plan Administrator written notice of such termination. |
(a) | Full and immediate vesting . Upon a full or partial termination of the Plan (or in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan, the complete discontinuance of contributions), all amounts credited to an affected Participants Account become 100% vested, regardless of the Participants vested percentage determined under Section 7.02. The Plan Administrator has discretion to determine whether a partial termination has occurred. |
(b) | Distribution upon Plan termination . Upon the termination of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct the distribution of Plan assets to Participants in accordance with the provisions under Section 8. For purposes of applying the provisions of this subsection (b), distribution may be delayed until the Employer receives a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to the qualified status of the Plan upon termination, provided the determination letter request is made within a reasonable period following the termination of the Plan. |
(1) | General distribution procedures . Upon termination of the Plan, distribution shall be made to Participants with vested Account Balances of $5,000 or less in lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Plan termination, regardless of any contrary election under AA §9. No consent is necessary for a distribution of a vested Account Balance of $5,000 or less. For Participants with vested Account Balances in excess of $5,000, distribution will be made through the purchase of deferred annuity contracts which protect all protected benefits under the Plan (as defined in Code §411(d)(6)), unless a Participant elects to receive an immediate distribution in any form of payment permitted under the Plan. If an immediate distribution is elected in a form other than a lump sum, the distribution will be satisfied through the purchase of an immediate annuity contract. Distributions will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the Plan termination, regardless of any contrary election under AA §9. |
(2) |
Special rule for certain Profit Sharing Plans . If this Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, distribution will be made to all Participants in the form of a lump sum, without consent, as soon as administratively feasible following the termination of the Plan, without regard to the value of the Participants vested Account Balance. This special rule applies only if the Plan does not provide for an annuity option under |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
113
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
AA §9-1 and the Employer (or any Related Employer) does not maintain another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP defined in Code §4975(e)(8)) at any time between the termination of the Plan and the distribution. If the Employer (or Related Employer) maintains another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP), then the Participants Account Balance will be transferred, without the Participants consent, to the other plan, if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution (to the extent consent is required under subsection (1). |
(3) | Special rules for 401(k) Plans . If this Plan is a Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, a distribution of Salary Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs, and Safe Harbor Contributions may be distributed in a lump sum upon Plan termination only if the Employer does not maintain another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP (as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or §409(a)), a SEP (as defined in Code §408(k)), a SIMPLE IRA (as defined in Code §408(p)), a plan or contract described in Code §403(b) or a plan described in Code §457(b) or (f)), at any time during the period beginning on the date of termination and ending 12 months after the final distribution of all Plan assets. This subsection (3) will not apply to restrict distribution upon termination of the Plan if at all times during the 24-month period beginning 12 months before the Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the Participants under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan are eligible under the other Defined Contribution Plan. This subsection (3) also will not apply to the extent a Participant may take a distribution under another permissible distribution event. |
(4) | Missing Participants . Upon termination of the Plan, if any Participant cannot be located after a reasonable diligent search (as defined in Section 7.10(c)(1)), the Plan Administrator may make a direct rollover to an IRA selected by the Plan Administrator. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator will adopt procedures similar to the procedures required under Section 8.06 for making Automatic Rollovers in applying the provisions under this subsection (4). An Automatic Rollover under this subsection (4) may be made on behalf of any missing Participant, regardless of the value of his/her vested Account Balance under the Plan. |
(c) | Termination upon merger, liquidation or dissolution of the Employer . The Plan shall terminate upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Employer or the death of the Employer (if the Employer is a sole proprietor) provided however, that in any such event, arrangements may be made for the Plan to be continued by any successor to the Employer. |
14.04 | Merger or Consolidation . In the event the Plan is merged or consolidated with another plan, each Participant must be entitled to a benefit immediately after such merger or consolidation that is at least equal to the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to had the Plan terminated immediately before such merger or consolidation. |
If the Employers amends the Plan from one type of Defined Contribution Plan (e.g., a Money Purchase Plan) into another type of Defined Contribution Plan (e.g., a Profit Sharing Plan) will not result in a partial termination or any other event that would require full vesting of some or all Plan Participants.
14.05 | Transfer of Assets . The Plan may accept a transfer of assets from another qualified retirement plan on behalf of any Employee, even if such Employee is not eligible to receive other contributions under the Plan. If a transfer of assets is made on behalf of an Employee prior to the Employees becoming a Participant, the Employee shall be treated as a Participant for all purposes with respect to such transferred amount. Any assets transferred to this Plan from another plan must be accompanied by written instructions designating the name of each Employee for whose benefit such amounts are being transferred, the current value of such assets, and the sources from which such amounts are derived. The Plan Administrator will deposit any transferred assets in the appropriate Participants Transfer Account. The Transfer Account will contain any sub-Accounts necessary to separately track the sources of the transferred assets. Each sub-Account will be treated in the same manner as the corresponding Plan Account. |
The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept a transfer of assets if the Plan Administrator reasonably believes the transfer (1) is not being made from a proper qualified plan; (2) could jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan; or (3) could create adverse tax consequences for the Plan or the Employer. Prior to accepting a transfer of assets, the Plan Administrator may require evidence documenting that the transfer of assets meets the requirements of this Section. The Trustee will have no responsibility to determine whether the transfer of assets meets the requirements of this Section; to verify the correctness of the amount and type of assets being transferred to the Plan; or to perform a due diligence review with respect to such transfer.
(a) | Protected benefits . Except in the case of a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d) below), a transfer of assets is initiated at the Plan level and does not require Participant or spousal consent. If the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets to this Plan, the Participant on whose behalf the transfer is made retains all protected benefits (as defined in Code §411(d)(6)) that applied to such transferred assets under the transferor plan. |
(b) |
Application of QJSA requirements . Except in the case of a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d)), if the Plan accepts a transfer of assets from another plan which is subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements (as described in Section 9), the amounts transferred to this Plan continue to be subject to the QJSA |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
114
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
requirements. If this Plan is not otherwise subject to the QJSA requirements (as determined under AA §9-2), the QJSA requirements apply only to the extent the transferred amounts were subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under the transferor plan. The Employer must maintain such amounts in a separate Transfer Account under this Plan in order to apply the QJSA rules to such transferred amounts. The Employer may override this default rule by checking AA §9-2(a) of the Nonstandardized Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement thereby subjecting the entire Plan to the QJSA requirements. |
(c) | Transfers from a Defined Benefit Plan, Money Purchase Plan or 401(k) Plan . |
(1) | Transfer from Defined Benefit Plan . The Plan will not accept a transfer of assets from a Defined Benefit Plan unless such transfer qualifies as a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d) below) or the assets transferred from the Defined Benefit Plan are in the form of paid-up annuity contracts which protect all of the Participants protected benefits (as defined under Code §411(d)(6)) under the Defined Benefit Plan. |
However, the Plan may accept a transfer of assets from a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer in order to comply with the qualified replacement plan requirements under Code §4980(d) (relating to the excise tax on reversions from a qualified plan). A transfer made pursuant to Code §4980(d) will be allocated as Employer Contributions either in the Plan Year in which the transfer occurs, or over a period of Plan Years (not exceeding the maximum period permitted under Code §4980(d)), as provided in the applicable transfer agreement. To the extent a transfer described in this paragraph is not totally allocable in the Plan Year in which the transfer occurs, the portion which is not allocable will be credited to a suspense account until allocated in accordance with the transfer agreement.
(2) | Transfer from Money Purchase Plan . If this Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or a 401(k) Plan and the Plan accepts a transfer of assets from a money purchase plan (other than as a Qualified Transfer as defined in subsection (d) below), the amounts transferred (and any gains attributable to such transferred amounts) continue to be subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to money purchase plan assets under the transferor plan. Such amounts may not be distributed for reasons other than death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, or termination of employment, regardless of any distribution provisions under this Plan that would otherwise permit a distribution prior to such events. |
(3) | 401(k) Plan . If the Plan accepts a transfer of Salary Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs, or Safe Harbor Contributions from a 401(k) plan, such amounts retain their character under this Plan and such amounts (including any allocable gains or losses) remain subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to such amounts under the Code. If the Plan accepts a transfer of Roth Deferrals, the Plan must continue to apply the Roth Deferral rules (as described in Section 3.03(e)) to such transferred Roth Deferrals. |
(d) | Qualified Transfer . The Plan may eliminate certain protected benefits (as provided under subsection (3) below) related to plan assets that are received in a Qualified Transfer from another plan. A Qualified Transfer is a plan-to-plan transfer of a Participants benefits that meets the requirements under subsection (1) or (2) below. |
(1) | Elective transfer . A plan-to-plan transfer of a Participants benefits from another qualified plan is a Qualified Transfer if such transfer satisfies the following requirements. |
(i) | The Participant must have the right to receive an immediate distribution of his/her benefits under the transferor plan at the time of the Qualified Transfer. For transfers that occur on or after January 1, 2002, the Participant must not be eligible at the time of the Qualified Transfer to take an immediate distribution of his/her entire benefit in a form that would be entirely eligible for a Direct Rollover. |
(ii) | The Participant on whose behalf benefits are being transferred must make a voluntary, fully informed election to transfer his/her benefits to this Plan. |
(iii) | The Participant must be provided an opportunity to retain the protected benefits under the transferor plan. This requirement is satisfied if the Participant is given the option to receive an annuity that protects all protected benefits under the transferor plan or the option of leaving his/her benefits in the transferor plan. |
(iv) | The Participants spouse must consent to the Qualified Transfer if the transferor plan is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Section 9. The spouses consent must satisfy the requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 9.04. |
(v) | The amount transferred (along with any contemporaneous Direct Rollover) must not be less than the value of the Participants vested benefit under the transferor plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
115
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 14 Plan Amendments, Termination, Mergers and Transfers
(vi) | The Participant must be fully vested in the transferred benefit. |
(2) | Transfer upon specified events . A plan-to-plan transfer of a Participants entire benefit (other than amounts the Plan accepts as a Direct Rollover) from another Defined Contribution Plan that is made in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction involving a change in the Employer or is made in connection with a Participants change in employment status that causes the Participant to become ineligible for additional allocations under the transferor plan, is a Qualified Transfer if such transfer satisfies the following requirements: |
(i) | The Participant need not be eligible for an immediate distribution of his/her benefits under the transferor plan. |
(ii) | The Participant on whose behalf benefits are being transferred must make a voluntary, fully informed election to transfer his/her benefits to this Plan. |
(iii) | The Participant must be provided an opportunity to retain the protected benefits under the transferor plan. This requirement is satisfied if the Participant is given the option to receive an annuity that protects all protected benefits under the transferor plan or the option of leaving his/her benefits in the transferor plan. |
(iv) | The benefits must be transferred between plans of the same type. To satisfy this requirement, the transfer must satisfy the following requirements: |
(A) | To accept a Qualified Transfer under this subsection (2) from a money purchase plan, this Plan also must be a money purchase plan. |
(B) | To accept a Qualified Transfer under this subsection (2) from a 401(k) plan, this Plan also must be a 401(k) plan. |
(C) | To accept a Qualified Transfer under this subsection (2) from a profit sharing plan, this Plan may be any type of Defined Contribution Plan. |
(3) | Treatment of Qualified Transfer . |
(i) | Rollover Contribution Account . If the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to accept on behalf of a Participant a transfer of assets that qualifies as a Qualified Transfer, the Plan Administrator will treat such amounts as a Rollover Contribution and will deposit such amounts in the Participants Rollover Contribution Account. A Qualified Transfer may include benefits derived from After-Tax Contributions. |
(ii) | Elimination of protected benefits . If the Plan accepts a Qualified Transfer, the Plan does not have to protect any protected benefits (defined under Code §411(d)(6)) derived from the transferor plan. However, if the Plan accepts a Qualified Transfer that meets the requirements for a transfer under subsection (2) above, the Plan must continue to protect the QJSA benefit if the transferor plan is subject to the QJSA requirements |
(e) | Trustees right to refuse transfer . If the assets to be transferred to the Plan under this Section 14.05 are not susceptible to proper valuation and identification or are of such a nature that their valuation is incompatible with other Plan assets, the Trustee may refuse to accept the transfer of all or any specific asset, or may condition acceptance of the assets on the sale or disposition of any specific asset. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
116
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 15 Miscellaneous
SECTION 15
MISCELLANEOUS
15.01 | Exclusive Benefit . Plan assets will not be used for, or diverted to, a purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. |
No amendment may authorize or permit any portion of the assets held under the Plan to be used for or diverted to a purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, except to the extent such assets are used to pay taxes or administrative expenses of the Plan. An amendment also may not cause or permit any portion of the assets held under the Plan to revert to or become property of the Employer.
15.02 | Return of Employer Contributions . Upon written request by the Employer, the Trustee must return any Employer Contributions provided that the circumstances and the time frames described below are satisfied. The Trustee may request the Employer to provide additional information to ensure the amounts may be properly returned. Any amounts returned shall not include earnings, but must be reduced by any losses. |
(a) | Mistake of fact . Any Employer Contributions made because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. |
(b) | Disallowance of deduction . Employer Contributions to the Trust are made with the understanding that they are deductible. In the event the deduction of an Employer Contribution is disallowed by the IRS, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. |
(c) | Failure to initially qualify . Employer Contributions to the Plan are made with the understanding, in the case of a new Plan, that the Plan satisfies the qualification requirements of Code §401(a) as of the Plans Effective Date. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any Employer Contributions (and allocable earnings) made incident to that initial qualification must be returned to the Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the employers return for the taxable year in which the plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. |
15.03 | Alienation or Assignment . Except as permitted under applicable statute or regulation, a Participant or Beneficiary may not assign, alienate, transfer or sell any right or claim to a benefit or distribution from the Plan, and any attempt to assign, alienate, transfer or sell such a right or claim shall be void, except as permitted by statute or regulation. Any such right or claim under the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, or other legal or equitable process. This prohibition against alienation or assignment also applies to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to a benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a QDRO pursuant to Section 11.06, or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. |
15.04 | Participants Rights . The adoption of this Plan by the Employer does not give any Participant, Beneficiary, or Employee a right to continued employment with the Employer and does not affect the Employers right to discharge an Employee or Participant at any time. This Plan also does not create any legal or equitable rights in favor of any Participant, Beneficiary, or Employee against the Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee. Unless the context indicates otherwise, any amendment to this Plan is not applicable to determine the benefits accrued (and the extent to which such benefits are vested) by a Participant or former Employee whose employment terminated before the effective date of such amendment, except where application of such amendment to the terminated Participant or former Employee is required by statute, regulation or other guidance of general applicability. Where the provisions of the Plan are ambiguous as to the application of an amendment to a terminated Participant or former Employee, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan. |
15.05 | Military Service . To the extent required under Code §414(u), an Employee who returns to employment with the Employer following a period of qualified military service will receive any contributions, benefits and service credit required under Code §414(u), provided the Employee satisfies all applicable requirements under the Code and regulations. |
15.06 | Annuity Contract . Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan must be nontransferable. In addition, the terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or to a Participants spouse must comply with all requirements under this Plan. |
15.07 | Use of IRS Compliance Programs . Nothing in this Plan document should be construed to limit the availability of the IRS voluntary compliance programs, An Employer may take whatever corrective actions are permitted under the IRS voluntary compliance programs, as is deemed appropriate by the Plan Administrator or Employer. If the Employers Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in this Prototype Plan and will be considered an individually designed plan. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
117
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 15 Miscellaneous
15.08 | Governing Law . The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, administered, and enforced in accordance with the provisions of applicable Federal Law and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the state in which the Trustee has its principal place of business. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall not preclude the Employer and the Trustee from agreeing to a different state law with respect to the construction, administration and enforcement of the Plan. |
15.09 | Waiver of Notice . Any person entitled to a notice under the Plan may waive the right to receive such notice, to the extent such a waiver is not prohibited by law, regulation or other pronouncement. |
15.10 | Use of Electronic Media . The Plan Administrator may use telephonic or electronic media to satisfy any notice requirements required by this Plan, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). In addition, a Participants consent to immediate distribution, as required by Section 8.04, may be provided through telephonic or electronic means, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). The Plan Administrator also may use telephonic or electronic media to conduct plan transactions such as enrolling participants, making (and changing) salary reduction elections, electing (and changing) investment allocations, applying for Plan loans, and other transactions, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). |
15.11 | Severability of Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions under the Plan shall be construed as if the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions had never been included in the Plan. |
15.12 | Binding Effect . The Plan, and all actions and decisions made thereunder, shall be binding upon all applicable parties, and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
118
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 16 Participation by Participating Employers
SECTION 16
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
16.01 | Participation by Participating Employers . A Related Employer (as defined in Section 1.107) may elect to participate under this Plan by executing a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Adoption Agreement. A Related Employer may not contribute to this Plan unless it executes the Participating Employer Adoption Page. |
16.02 | Participating Employer Adoption Page . |
(a) | Application of Plan provisions . By executing a Participating Employer Adoption Page, a Related Employer adopts all the provisions of the Plan, including the elective choices made by the signatory Employer under the Adoption Agreement. |
(b) | Plan amendments . In addition, a Participating Employer is bound by any amendments made to the Plan in accordance with Section 14.01. |
(c) | Trustee designation . The Participating Employer agrees to use the same Trustee as is designated on the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement, except as provided in a separate trust agreement. |
16.03 | Compensation of Related Employers . In applying the provisions of this Plan, Total Compensation (as defined in Section 1.126) includes amounts earned with a Related Employer, regardless of whether such Related Employer executes a Participating Employer Adoption Page. The Employer may elect under AA §5-2(h) of the Nonstandardized Adoption Agreements to exclude amounts earned with a Related Employer that does not execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page for purposes of determining an Employees Plan Compensation. |
16.04 | Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures . Unless selected otherwise under the Participating Employer Adoption Page, any contributions made by a Participating Employer (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated to all Participants employed by the Employer and Participating Employers in accordance with the provisions under this Plan. A Participating Employer may elect under the Participating Employer Adoption Page to allocate its contributions (and forfeitures relating to such contributions) only to the Participants employed by the Participating Employer making such contributions. If so elected, Employees of the Participating Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Participating Employer (except in such individuals capacity as an Employee of that other Participating Employer). Thus, for example, a Participating Employer may make a different discretionary contribution and allocate such contribution only to its Employees. Where contributions are allocated only to the Employees of a contributing Participating Employer, a separate accounting must be maintained of Employees Account Balances attributable to the contributions of a particular Participating Employer. This separate accounting is necessary only for contributions that are not 100% vested, so that the allocation of forfeitures attributable to such contributions can be allocated for the benefit of the appropriate Employees. An election to allocate contributions and forfeitures only to the Participants employed by the Participating Employer making such contributions will preclude the Plan from satisfying the nondiscrimination safe harbor rules under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2 and may require additional nondiscrimination testing. |
16.05 | Discontinuance of Participation by a Participating Employer . A Participating Employer may discontinue its participation under the Plan at any time. To document a Participating Employers cessation of participation, the following procedures should be followed: (1) the Participating Employer should adopt a resolution that formally terminates active participation in the Plan as of a specified date, (2) the Employer that has executed the Employer Signature Page of the Adoption Agreement should reexecute such page, indicating an amendment by page substitution through the deletion of the Participating Employer Adoption Page executed by the withdrawing Participating Employer, and (3) the withdrawing Participating Employer should provide any notices to its Employees that are required by law. Discontinuance of participation means that no further benefits accrue after the effective date of such discontinuance with respect to employment with the withdrawing Participating Employer. The portion of the Plan attributable to the withdrawing Participating Employer may continue as a separate plan, under which benefits may continue to accrue, through the adoption by the Participating Employer of a successor plan (which may be created through the execution of a separate Adoption Agreement by the Participating Employer) or by spin-off of the portion of the Plan attributable to such Participating Employer followed by a merger or transfer into another existing plan, as specified in a merger or transfer agreement. |
16.06 | Operational Rules for Related Employer Groups . If an Employer has one or more Related Employers, the Employer and such Related Employer(s) constitute a Related Employer group. In such case, the following rules apply to the operation of the Plan. |
(a) | If the term Employer is used in the context of administrative functions necessary to the operation, establishment, maintenance, or termination of the Plan, only the Employer executing the Employer Signature Page under the Adoption Agreement, and any Related Employer executing a Participating Employer Adoption Page, is treated as the Employer. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
119
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Section 16 Participation by Participating Employers
(b) | Hours of Service are determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer. |
(c) | The term Excluded Employee is determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer, except as specifically provided in the Plan. |
(d) | Compensation is determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer, except as specifically provided in the Plan. |
(e) | An Employee is not treated as terminated from employment if the Employee is employed by any member of the Related Employer group. |
(f) | The Code §415 Limitation described in Section 5.03 and the Top Heavy Plan rules described in Section 4 are applied by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer. |
In all other contexts, the term Employer generally means a reference to all members of the Related Employer group, unless the context requires otherwise. If the terms of the Plan are ambiguous with respect to the treatment of the Related Employer group as the Employer, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan.
16.07 | Special Rules for Standardized Adoption Agreement . If the Employer adopts a Standardized Adoption Agreement, each Related Employer (who has Employees who may be eligible to participate in the Plan) is required to execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page. If a Related Employer fails to execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the Plan will be treated as an individually-designed plan, except as provided in subsections (a) and (b) below. A Related Employer will not be treated as a Participating Employer absent the completion of a Participating Employer Adoption Page by such Related Employer. |
(a) | Change in statusnew Related Employer . If an Employer becomes a new Related Employer after the Effective Date of the Adoption Agreement by reason of an acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, a merger, or similar transaction, the new Related Employer must execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page no later than the end of the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C). The new Related Employer must become a Participating Employer with respect to the Plan no later than the first day of the Plan Year that begins after such transition period ends. If the transition period in Code §410(b)(6)(C) is not applicable, the new Related Employer must become a Participating Employer as of the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the Employer becomes a Related Employer. If the new Related Employer properly executes a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the Plan will retain its status as a Prototype Plan and the Employer (including any Participating Employers) may continue to rely on the Favorable IRS Letter issued to the Prototype Sponsor. If the new Related Employer does not properly execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page in accordance with the requirements of this subsection (a), the Plan will be treated as an individually-designed plan for any period of noncompliance. |
(b) | Change in status cessation of Related Employer relationship . If a Related Employer ceases to be part of a Related Employer group with the Employer that signs the Employer Signature Page, the provisions of Section 16.05, relating to discontinuance of participation, apply. If the former Related Employer properly withdraws from the Prototype Plan, as provided in Section 16.05, the Plan will retain its status as a Prototype Plan and the Employer (including any Participating Employers) may continue to rely on the Favorable IRS Letter issued to the Prototype Sponsor. If the former Related Employer does not properly withdraw from the Plan, the Plan will be treated as an individually- designed plan for any period of noncompliance. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
120
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix A: Actuarial Factors
APPENDIX A
ACTUARIAL FACTORS
(For use with age-based allocation formula)
Actuarial Factor Table. The following table sets forth Actuarial Factors based on a testing age of 65, an interest rate of 8.5% and a UP-1984 mortality table. The Actuarial Factors in this table must be modified if the Employer uses a testing age other than age 65 or selects a different interest rate or mortality table under AA §6-3(e). To determine a Participants Actuarial Factor, use the factor corresponding to the number of years to the Participants testing age. The number of years to the testing age is determined by counting the number of years from the last day of the current plan year to the last day of the plan year in which the Participant reaches the testing age. If the Participant has reached the testing age as of the last day of the current Plan Year, the number of years is 0 for that year and all subsequent years.
Years to Testing Age |
Actuarial Factor |
Years to Testing Age |
Actuarial Factor |
|||
0 |
0.07949 | 25 | 0.01034 | |||
1 |
0.07326 | 26 | 0.00953 | |||
2 |
0.06752 | 27 | 0.00878 | |||
3 |
0.06223 | 28 | 0.00810 | |||
4 |
0.05736 | 29 | 0.00746 | |||
5 |
0.05286 | 30 | 0.00688 | |||
6 |
0.04872 | 31 | 0.00634 | |||
7 |
0.04490 | 32 | 0.00584 | |||
8 |
0.04139 | 33 | 0.00538 | |||
9 |
0.03814 | 34 | 0.00496 | |||
10 |
0.03516 | 35 | 0.00457 | |||
11 |
0.03240 | 36 | 0.00422 | |||
12 |
0.02986 | 37 | 0.00389 | |||
13 |
0.02752 | 38 | 0.00358 | |||
14 |
0.02537 | 39 | 0.00330 | |||
15 |
0.02338 | 40 | 0.00304 | |||
16 |
0.02155 | 41 | 0.00280 | |||
17 |
0.01986 | 42 | 0.00258 | |||
18 |
0.01831 | 43 | 0.00238 | |||
19 |
0.01687 | 44 | 0.00219 | |||
20 |
0.01555 | 45 | 0.00202 | |||
21 |
0.01433 | 46 | 0.00186 | |||
22 |
0.01321 | 47 | 0.00172 | |||
23 |
0.01217 | 48 | 0.00158 | |||
24 |
0.01122 | 49 | 0.00146 |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
121
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix B: Interim Amendment #1 Final §415 and §411(d)(6) Regulations and Relief for Hurricanes Katrina, Wilma and Rita
APPENDIX B
INTERIM AMENDMENT #1
FINAL §415 AND §411(d)(6) REGULATIONS AND RELIEF FOR HURRICANES KATRINA, WILMA AND RITA
B-1.01 | Compliance with Plan Qualification Requirements . The provisions of this Appendix B (and the elective provisions under AA §IA1) are intended to qualify as a good-faith amendment to document the Plans compliance with the final regulations under Code §415 and the provisions of Section 1400Q of the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005. The provisions of this Appendix B supersede any contrary provisions under the Plan. The provisions under this Appendix B and the provisions of AA§ IA1 are incorporated into the document as of May 1, 2008 for all Plans adopted on or after such date. |
B-2.01 | Effective Date of Amendments . |
(a) | Code §415 regulations. Unless specifically designated otherwise, the amendments under Section B-3.01 addressing the provisions under the final Code §415 regulations are effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007. |
(b) | Code §411(d)(6) regulations . The amendments under Section B-3.02 addressing the application of the anti-cutback rules under Code §411(d)(6) are effective for Plan amendments adopted after August 9, 2006. |
(c) | Hurricane Katrina, Wilma and Rita amendments. The amendments under Section B-3.03 addressing the provisions of Section 1400Q of the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005 relating to distributions and loans made to Participants residing in areas affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma are only effective to the extent a distribution or loan has been made to a qualified individual pursuant to the provisions of Section B-3.03. |
B-3.01 | Final Regulations Under Code §415 . |
(a) |
Post-Severance Compensation . Effective for the first limitation year beginning on or after July 1, 2007 (or any other date designated in AA §IA1-1(c)), Total Compensation (as defined in Section 1.126) includes compensation that is paid after an Employee severs employment with the Employer, provided the compensation is paid by the later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan or the end of the Limitation Year that includes such date of severance from employment. For this purpose, compensation paid after severance of employment may only be included in Total Compensation to the extent such amounts would have been included as compensation if they were paid prior to the Employees severance from employment. |
For purposes of applying this subsection (a), unless designated otherwise under AA §IA1-1(a), the following amounts that are paid after a Participants severance of employment are included in Total Compensation:
(1) | Regular pay . Compensation for services during the Employees regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employees regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; |
(2) | Unused leave payments . Payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; and |
(3) | Deferred compensation . Payments received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Employees gross income. |
Other post-severance payments (such as severance pay, parachute payments within the meaning of Code §280G(b)(2), or post-severance payments under a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan that would not had been paid if the Employee had continued in employment) are not included as Total Compensation, even if such amounts are paid within the time period described in this subsection (a).
In determining the amount of a Participants Employer Contributions, Matching Contributions or Salary Deferrals, Plan Compensation may not include any amounts that do not satisfy the requirements of this subsection (a) or subsection (b). If Total Compensation is defined to include post-severance compensation, the Employer may elect to exclude all such compensation paid after termination of employment from the definition of Plan Compensation under AA §5-2(j) or may elect to exclude any of the specific types of post-severance compensation defined in subsections (1), (2) and/or (3) above, by designating such compensation types under AA §5-2(k). The exclusion of post-severance compensation from the definition of Plan Compensation that is otherwise includible in Total Compensation may cause the Plan to fail the nondiscriminatory compensation rules under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1.
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
122
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix B: Interim Amendment #1 Final §415 and §411(d)(6) Regulations and Relief for Hurricanes Katrina, Wilma and Rita
(b) | Continuation payments for military service and disabled Participants. |
(1) | Payments for military service . Unless designated otherwise under AA §IA1-1(b)(1), Total Compensation does not include any payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service. If so elected under AA §IA1-1(b)(1), such amounts will be included as Total Compensation, notwithstanding the rules under subsection (a). |
(2) | Payments following permanent and total disability . Unless designated otherwise under AA §IA1-1(b)(2), Total Compensation does not include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in Code §22(e)(3)). If elected under AA §IA1-1(b)(2), the Plan may take into account compensation the Participant would have received for the year if the Participant was paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled (if such compensation is greater than the Participants compensation determined without regard to this subsection (2)), provided contributions made with respect to amounts treated as compensation under this subsection (2) are nonforfeitable when made. |
If so elected under AA §IA1-1(b)(2), such amounts will be included as Total Compensation, notwithstanding the rules under subsection (a). The Employer may elect under AA §IA1-1(b)(2) to apply this rule only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees or to all Participants.
(c) | Definition of Compensation . The definition of compensation under Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(b) includes amounts that are includible in the gross income of an Employee under the rules of Code §409A or §457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Employee. |
(d) | Few weeks rule . If elected under the Adoption Agreement, Total Compensation for a Limitation Year may include amounts earned during that Limitation Year but not paid during that Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates if: |
(1) | These amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year; |
(2) | The amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated employees; and |
(3) | No compensation is included in more than one limitation year. |
(e) | Restorative payments . Restorative payments are not considered Annual Additions for any Limitation Year. For this purpose, restorative payments are payments made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability under Title I of ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Examples of restorative payments include payments made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the Department of Labors Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to the Plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under Title I of ERISA are not restorative payments and generally constitute contributions that give rise to Annual Additions. |
(f) | Corrective provisions . The Plan is amended to eliminate any specific correction methods for correcting excess annual additions. If the Plan is eligible for self correction under Rev. Proc. 2006-27 (or successive guidance), the Employer may use reasonable correction methods (including the correction methods described in § 1.415-6(b)(6) of the 1981 IRS regulations) to the extent permitted under the IRS correction program. |
(g) | Change of Limitation Year . Where there is a change of Limitation Year, a short Limitation Year exists for the period beginning with the first day of the Limitation Year and ending on the day before the change in Limitation Year is effective. For this purpose, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Limitation Year, the Plan is treated as if it were amended to change its Limitation Year. |
B-3.02 | Protection of Benefits under Code §411(d)(6) . |
(a) | Amendment of vesting schedule . If the Plans vesting schedule is amended or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participants nonforfeitable percentage, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, in the case of an Employee who is a |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
123
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix B: Interim Amendment #1 Final §415 and §411(d)(6) Regulations and Relief for Hurricanes Katrina, Wilma and Rita
Participant as of the later of the date such amendment or change is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employees account balance will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. With respect to benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption or effective date of the amendment, the vested percentage of each Participant will be the greater of the vested percentage under the old vesting schedule or the vested percentage under the new vesting schedule.
(b) | Reduction of accrued benefit . A Plan amendment may not decrease the accrued benefit of any Participant, except as provided in Code §412(c)(8), ERISA §4281, or other applicable law For purposes of this section, a plan amendment includes any changes to the terms of a plan, including changes resulting from a merger, consolidation, or transfer (as defined in Code §414(l)) or a Plan termination. The rules of this subsection (b) apply to a Plan amendment that decreases a Participants benefit, or otherwise places greater restrictions or conditions on a Participants right to protected benefits, even if the amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code §411. However, such an amendment does not violate this subsection (b) to the extent it applies with respect to benefits that accrue after the applicable amendment date. An amendment that satisfies the applicable requirements under DOL Reg. §2530.203-2(c) relating to Vesting Computation Periods does not fail to satisfy the requirements of this subsection (b) merely because the amendment changes the Plans Vesting Computation Period. |
B-3.03 | Special Distribution and Loan Rules for Participants Affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, And Wilma . |
(a) | In general . This Section B-3.03 sets forth the provisions of Section 1400Q of the Gulf Opportunity Zone Act of 2005 relating to distributions and loans made to Participants residing in areas affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma. The provisions of this Section B-3.03 will apply only to the extent a distribution or loan has been made to a qualified individual pursuant to the provisions of this Section B-3.03. If the Plan does not operationally apply the rules under this Section B-3.03, such provisions do not apply to the Plan. To the extent this Section B-3.03 applies to the Plan, the provisions of this Section B-3.03supersede any inconsistent provisions of the Plan or loan program. |
(b) | Tax-favored withdrawals of Qualified Hurricane Distributions . |
(1) | Eligibility for Qualified Hurricane Distribution . A Qualified Individual may take a Qualified Hurricane Distribution without regard to any distribution restrictions otherwise applicable under the Plan. A Qualified Hurricane Distribution is not subject to the early distribution penalty under Code §72(t). |
(i) | Definition of Qualified Hurricane Distribution . A Qualified Hurricane Distribution is a distribution to a qualified individual as described in Code §1400Q(a)(4)(A). |
(ii) | Limit on amount of Qualified Hurricane Distributions . The aggregate amount of Qualified Hurricane Distributions received by an individual for any taxable year (from all plans maintained by the Employer and any member of a controlled group which includes the Employer) may not exceed the excess (if any) of $100,000, over the aggregate amounts treated as Qualified Hurricane Distributions received by such individual for all prior taxable years. |
(2) | Income inclusion spread over 3-year period . Unless a qualified individual elects not to have this paragraph apply for any taxable year, a Qualified Hurricane Distribution is not required to be included in gross income for the taxable year of distribution but shall be included in gross income ratably over the 3-taxable year period beginning with the taxable year of the distribution. |
(3) | Repayment of Qualified Hurricane Distribution . A Participant who received a Qualified Hurricane Distribution from the Plan or another eligible retirement plan (as defined in Code §402(c)(8)(B)) may, at any time during the 3-year period beginning on the day after the receipt of such distribution, make one or more rollover contributions to the Plan in an aggregate amount that does not exceed the amount of such Qualified Hurricane Distribution. This subsection (3) only applies if the Plan permits rollover contributions. |
(c) | Recontributions of qualified hardship distributions . A Participant who received a qualified hardship distribution (as described in Code §1400Q(b)(2)), may make one or more rollover contributions to the Plan during the applicable period (as described in Code §1400Q(b)(3)), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such qualified hardship distribution. This subsection (c) only applies if the Plan permits rollover contributions. |
(d) | Special loan rules . |
(1) | Increased Participant loan limits . Notwithstanding the Participant loan limitations under the Plan, for purposes of determining the maximum amount of a Participant loan for a qualified individual (as defined in Code §1400Q(c)(3)) during the applicable period (described in Code §1400Q(c)(4)), the loan limits under |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
124
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix B: Interim Amendment #1 Final §415 and §411(d)(6) Regulations and Relief for Hurricanes Katrina, Wilma and Rita
Section 13.03 of the Plan shall be applied by substituting $100,000 for $50,000 under Section 13.03(a) and the Participants vested Account Balance for one-half (?) of the Participants vested Account Balance under Section 13.03(b). |
(2) | Delayed loan repayment date . If a qualified individual has an outstanding Participant loan on or after the Qualified Beginning Date described below, and the due date for repayment of such loan occurs during the period beginning on the qualified beginning date (as defined in Code §1400Q(c)(4)) and ending on December 31, 2006: |
(i) | the due date for repayment of the Participant loan shall be delayed for 1 year; |
(ii) | any subsequent repayments with respect to such loan shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the delay in the due date under subsection (i) and any interest accruing during such delay; and |
(iii) |
in determining the 5-year period and the term of the loan under Section 13.07 of the Plan, the
1-year delay period described in subsection (i) shall be disregarded. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
125
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
APPENDIX C
INTERIM AMENDMENT #2
PENSION PROTECTION ACT OF 2006 (PPA)
C-1.01 | Compliance with Pension Protection Act of 2006 . The provisions of this Appendix C (and the elective provisions under AA §IA2) are intended to qualify as a good-faith amendment to document the Plans compliance with the plan qualification requirements under the Pensions Protection Act of 2006 (PPA) and other IRS guidance. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. The provisions under this Appendix C and the provisions of AA§ IA2 are incorporated into the document as of May 1, 2008 for all Plans adopted on or after such date. |
C-2.01 | Qualification Requirements under PPA . |
(a) | Vesting Requirements . Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, any employer contributions under the Plan will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule designated under AA §IA2-1. This subsection (a) does not apply to the extent the Plan does not provide for Employer Contributions. |
(1) | Permissible vesting schedules . Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, any Employer Contributions provided under the Plan must vest in accordance with either a three-year cliff vesting schedule or a six-year graded vesting schedule. Under the 3-year cliff vesting schedule, an Employee is 100% vested after 3 Years of Service. Prior to the third Year of Service, the vesting percentage is zero. Under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, an Employee vests in his/her Employer Contribution Account in the following manner: |
After 2 Years of Service 20% vesting
After 3 Years of Service 40% vesting
After 4 Years of Service 60% vesting
After 5 Years of Service 80% vesting
After 6 Years of Service 100% vesting
(2) | Application of vesting schedule . Any vesting schedule designated under AA §IA2-1(a) does not apply to any Employee that does not complete an Hour of Service for vesting purposes in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2007. In applying the vesting schedule, the Plan will take into account all vesting service under the Plan, unless designated otherwise under AA §8-4. If AA §IA2-1(b) is selected, the vesting schedule designated under AA §IA2-1(a) will apply only to Employer Contributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007. |
(3) | Vesting schedule elections . If the vesting schedule applicable to Employer Contributions under AA §8-2 already satisfies the requirements under subsection (1) above, that vesting schedule may continue to apply and the Employer is not required to make an election under AA §1A1-1. |
(b) | Direct Rollover by Non-Spouse Beneficiary . Unless elected otherwise under AA §IA2-2, effective for distributions made on or after January 1, 2007, a non-spouse beneficiary (as defined in Code §401(a)(9)(E)) may elect to directly rollover an Eligible Rollover Distribution to an individual retirement account under Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity under Code §408(b). In order to be able to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (as defined in Section 8.05(a)(1)). In applying this subsection (b), a non-spouse rollover will not be subject to the direct rollover requirements under Code §401(a)(31), the rollover notice requirements under Code §402(f) or the mandatory withholding requirements under Code §3405(c). |
(c) | Hardship Distributions . |
(1) | Application of hardship distributions rules with respect to primary beneficiaries . If elected under AA §IA2-3, if the Plan otherwise permits Hardship distributions based on the safe harbor hardship provisions under Section 8.10(d)(1), the existence of an immediate and heavy financial need under 8.10(d)(1)(i) may be determined with respect to a primary beneficiary under the Plan. For this purpose, a primary beneficiary is an individual who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of a Participants Account Balance upon the death of the Participant. Hardship distributions with respect to primary beneficiaries under this subsection (1) are limited to hardship distributions on account of medical expenses, educational expenses and funeral expenses (as described in Section 8.10(d)(1)(i)(A), (C) and (E)). Any Hardship distribution with respect to a primary beneficiary must satisfy all the other requirements applicable to Hardship distributions under Section 8.10(d) of the Plan. |
(2) | Election to apply hardship distribution rules with respect to primary beneficiaries . Unless specifically elected under AA §IA2-3, the Hardship distribution provisions of the Plan do not apply with respect to primary beneficiaries. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
126
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
(d) | Direct Rollover of Non-Taxable Amounts . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, an Eligible Rollover Distribution may include the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income. For this purpose, an Eligible Retirement Plan includes a Defined Contribution or Defined Benefit Plan qualified under Code §401(a) and a tax-sheltered annuity plan under Code §403(b), provided the rollover is accomplished through a direct rollover and the recipient Eligible Retirement Plan separately accounts for any amounts attributable to the rollover of any nontaxable distribution and earnings thereon. |
(e) | Rollovers to Roth IRA . For distributions occurring on or after January 1, 2008, a Participant or beneficiary (including a non-spousal beneficiary to the extent permitted under subsection (b) above), may rollover an Eligible Rollover Distribution (as defined in Section 8.05(a)(1)) to a Roth IRA, provided the Participant (or beneficiary) satisfies the requirements for making a Roth contribution under Code §408A(c)(3)(B). Any amounts rolled over to a Roth IRA will be included in gross income to the extent such amounts would have been included in gross income if not rolled over (as required under Code §408A(d)(3)(A)). For purposes of this subsection (e), the Plan Administrator is not responsible for assuring the Participant (or beneficiary) is eligible to make a rollover to a Roth IRA. |
(f) | Distribution Notice Periods . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the period for providing the rollover notice as required under Code §402(f) (see Section 8.05(b)}, the period for providing the notice regarding Participant (and spousal) consent as required under Code §417 (see Section 9.02(b)) and the period for providing the notice of a Participants right to defer receipt of a distribution under Code §411(a)(11) (see Section 8.04(c)) will be no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date of distribution. |
(g) | Content of Notice of a Participants Right to Defer Receipt of a Distribution . Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the notice relating to a Participants right to defer receipt of a distribution under Code §411(a)(11) must include a description of the consequences of a Participants decision not to defer the receipt of a distribution. |
(h) | Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order otherwise meeting the requirements to be a qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) under Code §414(p)(3) shall not fail to be treated as a QDRO solely because: |
(1) | the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or |
(2) | of the time at which the order is issued, including orders issued after the death of the Participant. |
Any QDRO described in this subsection (h) shall be subject to the same requirements and protections which apply to QDROs under Code §414(p)(7).
(i) | Diversification Requirements for Defined Contribution Plans Invested in Employer Securities . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the following rules apply with respect to Defined Contribution Plans that provide for the investment of Plan assets in publicly-traded Employer securities. |
(1) | Employer Contributions invested in Employer securities . If any portion of the Account of a Participant attributable to Employer Contributions (other than Salary Deferrals) is invested in Employer securities, if the Participant (including a beneficiary of such Participant) has completed at least 3 Years of Service for vesting purposes, such Participant may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of subsection (4). |
(2) | Salary Deferrals and After-Tax Contributions invested in Employer securities . If any portion of the Account of a Participant attributable to Salary Deferrals or Employee contributions (under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan) is invested in Employer securities, such Participant may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options meeting the requirements of subsection (4). |
(3) | Phase-in of diversification requirements . To the extent Employer securities are acquired with Employer Contributions during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the provisions under subsection (1) above shall only apply a percentage of such securities (applied separately for each class of securities), as determined below. |
(i) | Phase-in percentage . For purposes of applying the phase-in rules under this subsection (3), the phase- in rules apply to the following percentage of Employer securities based on the Plan Year for which these requirements apply. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
127
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
Plan Year |
Applicable Percentage | |
2007 |
33 | |
2008 |
66 | |
2009 and later |
100 |
(ii) | Exception for certain Participants over age 55 . The phase-in rules under this subsection (3) will not apply to Participants who have attained age 55 and completed at least 3 Years of Service for vesting purposes before the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2006. |
(4) | Investment options . The requirements of this Section C-2.01(i) are met if the Plan offers not less than three (3) investment options, in addition to Employer securities, to which the Participant may direct the proceeds from the divestment of employer securities pursuant to this paragraph, each of which is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. The Plan may provide reasonable limits on the time for divestment and reinvestment opportunities, provided such limits allow for at least quarterly divestment and reinvestment opportunities. Except as provided in regulations, the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which are not imposed on the investment of other Plan assets, other than restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of securities laws or other guidance. |
(5) | Exceptions for certain plans . The diversification requirements under this Section C-2.01(i) do not apply to: |
(i) | One-participant plans . A plan that on the first day of the Plan Year covered only one individual (or the individual and the individuals spouse) and the individual owned 100 percent of the Employer (whether or not incorporated), or covered only one or more partners (or partners and their spouses) and such plan: |
(A) | meets the minimum coverage requirements of Code §410(b) without being combined with any other plan of the Employer; |
(B) | does not provide benefits to anyone except the individual (and the individuals spouse) or the partners (and their spouses); |
(C) | does not cover any Related Employers (as defined in Section 1.107); and |
(D) | does not cover an Employer that uses the services of Leased Employees (within the meaning of Code §414(n)). |
(ii) | Certain employee stock ownership plans . An employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) if: (i) there are no contributions to such plan (or allocable earnings) attributable to elective deferrals or matching contributions, and (ii) such plan is not aggregated (pursuant to Code §414(l)) with any other defined contribution plan or defined benefit plan maintained by the same Employer. |
(6) | Certain plans treated as holding publicly-traded Employer securities . Except as provided in regulations, a plan holding Employer securities which are not publicly traded Employer securities shall be treated as holding publicly-traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any or any member of a controlled group of corporations which includes such Employer corporation, has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded Employer security. This subsection (6) will not apply if no Employer corporation, or parent corporation of an Employer corporation (as defined in Code §424(e)), has issued any publicly-traded Employer security, and no Employer corporation, or parent corporation of an Employer corporation, has issued any special class of stock which grants particular rights to, or bears particular risks for, the holder or issuer with respect to any corporation described in this subsection (6) which has issued any publicly-traded Employer security. For purposes of this subsection (6), the term controlled group of corporations has the meaning given such term by Code §1563(a), except that 50% shall be substituted for 80% each place it appears. |
(j) | In-Service Distributions from Pension Plans . Unless elected otherwise under AA §IA2-4, for Plan Years beginning after January 1, 2007, if the Plan is a pension plan (e.g., a money purchase plan or a plan that holds transferred assets from a money purchase plan), a Participant may not receive an in-service distribution of his/her vested Account Balance prior to attainment of Normal Retirement Age (to the extent permitted under AA §10-1). |
(k) | Penalty-Free Withdrawals for Individuals Called to Active Duty . Effective September 11, 2001, the distribution provisions applicable to elective deferrals include a Qualified Reservist Distribution, as defined in subsection (1) below. If a Participant takes a Qualified Reservist Distribution, such distributions will not be subject to the 10% penalty tax under Code §72(t). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
128
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
(1) | Qualified Reservist Distribution . For purposes of this subsection (k), a Qualified Reservist Distribution means any distribution to an individual if: |
(i) | such distribution is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals described in Code §402(g)(3)(A) or (C) or Code §501(c)(18)(D)(iii), |
(ii) | such individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component (as defined in §101 of Title 37 of the United States Code)) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period, and |
(iii) | such distribution is made during the period beginning on the date of such order or call and ending at the close of the active duty period. |
(2) | Active duty . For purposes of this subsection (k), a Qualified Reservist Distribution will only be available for individuals who are ordered or called into active duty after September 11, 2001, and before December 31, 2007. |
(l) | Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity . If the Plan is subject to the Qualified Joint and Annuity requirements pursuant to Section 9.01, effective for distributions with an Annuity Starting Date in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, in addition to the QJSA form of benefit (as set forth in AA §9-2), a Participant (and spouse) may elect to receive distribution in the form of a Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity (QOSA). For this purpose, the QOSA is an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participants spouse that is equal to the applicable percentage of the amount of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and is the actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity for the life of the Participant |
If the survivor annuity provided by the QJSA under the Plan is less than 75% of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and spouse, the applicable percentage is 75%. If the survivor annuity provided by the QJSA under the Plan is greater than or equal to 75% of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and spouse, the applicable percentage is 50%.
In applying the provisions under this subsection (l), a Participant (and spouse) may only waive out of the QJSA pursuant to a Qualified Election (as defined in Section 9.04). Under the Qualified Election provisions under Section 9.04,the QOSA form of benefit is treated as a QJSA form of benefit for purposes of determining whether spousal consent is required with respect to a waiver of the QJSA in favor of the QOSA form of benefit. Thus, no spousal consent is required to waive out of the QJSA form of benefit in favor of an actuarially equivalent QOSA form of benefit.
C-2.02 | Special Rules for Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement . Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, if the Plan provides for an automatic deferral election provision under AA §6A-8 or a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement under AA §IA2-6, and such automatic deferral election qualifies as an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangements (EACA), the Plan may provide for special permissible withdrawals (as set forth in subsection (b) below) and will qualify for the special delayed testing date for purposes of making refunds of Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions (as described in subsection (c) below). To qualify as an EACA, the Plan must satisfy the provisions of subsection (a) for the entire Plan Year. The Plan may qualify as both a QACA under Section C-2.03 and an EACA under this Section C- 2.02. |
(a) | Definition of Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement . The Plan will qualify as an EACA under this Section C-2.02 if the Plan provides for an automatic deferral election (as described in subsection (1)) and provides, in the absence of an investment election by the Participant, that Salary Deferrals are invested in accordance with DOL regulations under ERISA §404(c)(5). In addition, an annual written notice must be provided in accordance with subsection (2) below. |
(1) | Automatic deferral election . To qualify as an EACA, each Employee eligible to participate in the Plan, in the absence of an affirmative election, must be treated as having elected to make Salary Deferrals in an amount equal to a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation (as set forth in AA §6A-8). The automatic deferral election ceases to apply with respect to any Employee who makes an affirmative election (that remains in effect) to make Salary Deferrals in a different amount or percentage of Plan Compensation or to not have any Salary Deferrals made on his/her behalf. For this purpose, an automatic deferral election will not fail to be a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation merely because: |
(i) | The deferral percentage varies based on the number of years an eligible Employee has participated in the Plan (e.g., due to the application of an automatic increase provisions); |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
129
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
(ii) | The automatic deferral election does not reduce a Salary Deferral election in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the automatic deferral election; |
(iii) | The rate of Salary Deferrals is limited so as not to exceed the limits of Code §§401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined with or without Catch-Up Contributions) and 415; or |
(iv) | The automatic deferral election is not applied during the period an employee is not permitted to make Salary Deferrals pursuant to Section 8.10(d)(1)(ii)(C). |
(2) | Annual notice requirement . Each eligible Employee must receive a written notice describing the Participants rights and obligations under the Plan which is sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to apprise the Employee of such rights and obligations, and is written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Plan Participant. |
(i) | Contents of annual notice . To qualify as an EACA, the annual notice must contain the same information as applies for purposes of the safe harbor notice described under Section 6.04(a)(4). However, to qualify as an EACA, the annual notice must also include a description of: |
(A) | the level of Salary Deferrals which will be made on the Employees behalf if the Employee does not make an affirmative election; |
(B) | the Employees right under the EACA to elect not to have Salary Deferrals made on the Employees behalf (or to elect to have such Salary Deferrals made in a different amount or percentage of Plan Compensation); |
(C) | how contributions under the EACA will be invested and, if the Plan provides for Participant direction of investment, how Salary Deferrals made pursuant to an automatic deferral election will be invested in the absence of an investment election by the Employee; and |
(D) | the Employees right to make a permissible withdrawal (as described under subsection (b) below), if applicable, and the procedures to elect such a withdrawal. |
(ii) | Timing of annual notice . The annual notice described under this subsection (2) must be provided at the same time and in the same manner as the annual safe harbor notice described in Section 6.04(a)(4). The annual notice must be provided within a reasonable period before the beginning of each Plan Year (or, in the year an Employee becomes an eligible Employee, within a reasonable period before the Employee becomes an eligible Employee). In addition, a notice satisfies the timing requirements only if it is provided sufficiently early so that the Employee has a reasonable period of time after receipt of the notice and before the first Salary Deferral made under the arrangement to make an alternative deferral election. |
The annual notice will be deemed timely if it is provided to each eligible Employee at least 30 days (and no more than 90 days) before the beginning of each Plan Year. In the case of an Employee who does not receive the notice within such period because the Employee becomes an eligible Employee after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year, the timing requirement is deemed to be satisfied if the notice is provided no more than 90 days before the Employee becomes an eligible Employee (and no later than the date the Employee becomes an eligible Employee).
(b) | Permissible Withdrawals under Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement . If so elected under AA §IA2-5 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Adoption Agreement, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, any Employee who has Salary Deferrals contributed to the Plan pursuant to an automatic deferral election under the EACA may elect to withdraw such contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) in accordance with the requirements of this subsection (b). A permissible withdrawal under this subsection (b) may be made without regard to any elections under AA §10 and will not cause the Plan to fail the prohibition on in-service distribution applicable to Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c). In addition, such withdrawal may be made without regard to any notice or consent otherwise required under Code §401(a)(11) or §417. Any Salary Deferrals that are distributed under this subsection (b) are not taken into account under the ADP Test (as described in Section 6.01(a)) or under the ACP Test (as described in Section 6.02(a)) for the Plan Year for which the Salary Deferrals were made or for any other Plan Year. |
(1) | Amount of distribution . A distribution satisfies the requirement of this subsection (b) if the distribution is equal to the amount of Salary Deferrals made pursuant to the automatic deferral election through the effective date of the withdrawal election (as described in subsection (2)) adjusted for allocable gains and losses as of the date of the distribution. For this purpose, allocable gains and losses are determined in the same manner as for corrective distributions of Excess Contributions (as described in Section 6.01(b)(2)(ii)). |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
130
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
The distribution amount determined under this subsection (1) may be reduced by any generally applicable fees. However, the Plan may not charge a greater fee for a permissible distribution under this subsection (b) than applies with respect to other Plan distributions.
(2) | Timing . An election to withdraw Salary Deferrals under this subsection (b) must be made no later than 90 days after the date of the first default Salary Deferral under the EACA. The date of the first default Salary Deferral is the date that the Plan Compensation from which such Salary Deferrals are withheld would otherwise have been included in gross income. The effective date of an election described in this subsection (b) cannot be later than the last day of the payroll period that begins after the date the election is made. |
(3) | Tax consequences of permissible withdrawal . Any amount distributed under this subsection (b) is includible in the eligible Employees gross income for the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, the portion of any distribution consisting of Roth Deferrals is not included in an Employees gross income a second time. In addition, a permissible withdrawal under this subsection (b) is not subject to any penalty tax under Code §72(t). |
(4) | Forfeiture of matching contributions . In the case of any withdrawal made under this subsection (b), any Matching Contributions made with respect to such withdrawn Salary Deferrals must be forfeited. |
(c) |
Expansion of corrective distribution period for Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangements . If the Plan qualifies as an EACA (as defined in subsection C-2.02 above), the corrective distribution provisions applicable to Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions under Sections 6.01(b)(2) and 6.02(b)(2) are modified to allow a corrective distribution no later than 6 months (instead of 2 1 / 2 months) after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose to avoid the 10% excise tax with respect to such corrective distributions. This subsection (c) is effective for corrective distributions made for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008. |
(d) | Preemption of state law . In applying the provisions of this Section C-2.02, any law of a State which would directly or indirectly prohibit or restrict the inclusion of an automatic contribution arrangement shall be superseded. |
C-2.03 | Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangements . The Employer may elect in AA §IA2-4 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Adoption Agreement to apply the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) provisions under this Section C- 2.03. The ADP Test described in Section 6.01(a) is deemed to be satisfied for any Plan Year in which the Plan qualifies as a QACA. In addition, if Matching Contributions are made for such Plan Year, the ACP Test described in Section 6.02 is deemed satisfied with respect to such contributions if the conditions of subsection 6.04(g) are satisfied. |
For purposes of this Section C-2.03, a QACA is any cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 6.04, as modified under subsections (a)(e) below, for the entire Plan Year. The election under AA §IA2-6 to apply the QACA provisions will apply without regard to any contrary elections under AA §6A.
(a) | Automatic deferral . To qualify as a QACA, the Plan must provide for an automatic deferral election (as defined in Section C-2.02(a)(1) above) equal to a qualified percentage of Plan Compensation. For this purpose, a qualified percentage is, with respect to any Employee, a uniform percentage of Plan Compensation that does not exceed 10%, and which is at least: |
(1) | 3% during the period that begins when the Employee first participates in the QACA and ending on the last day of the following Plan Year, |
(2) | 4% during the first Plan Year following the Plan Year described in subsection (1), |
(3) | 5% during the second Plan Year following the Plan Year described in subsection (2), and |
(4) | 6% during any subsequent Plan Year. |
(b) | Eligible Employees . In applying the automatic deferral provisions under this C-2.03, the automatic deferral election described under subsection (a) must apply to all eligible Employees without taking into account any Employee who: |
(1) | was eligible to participate in the Plan (or a predecessor Plan) immediately prior to the effective date of the QACA, and |
(2) | had an affirmative election in effect on such effective date (which remains in effect) either to: |
(i) | make Salary Deferrals in a specified amount or percentage of Plan Compensation, or |
(ii) | not have any Salary Deferrals made on his/her behalf. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
131
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
(c) | QACA Safe Harbor Contribution . To qualify as a QACA, the Employer must provide a QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution or a QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to Nonhighly Compensated Employees under the Plan. |
(1) | QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution . The Employer may elect under AA §IA2-6(b)(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan to make a QACA Safe Harbor Employer Contribution of at least 3% of Plan Compensation. |
(2) | QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . The Employer may elect under AA §IA2-6(b)(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan to make a QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution with respect to each Participants Salary Deferrals under the Plan. The Employer may elect to provide a basic QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, an enhanced QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, or a tiered QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. |
(i) | Basic Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . Under the basic QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, each eligible Participant (as defined in AA §IA2-6(c)) will receive a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution equal to: |
(A) | 100% of a Participants Salary Deferrals that do not exceed 1% of the Participants Plan Compensation plus |
(B) | 50% of a Participants Salary Deferrals that exceed 1% of the Participants Plan Compensation but that do not exceed 6% of the Participants Plan Compensation. |
(ii) | Enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . Under the enhanced QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must not be less, at each level of Salary Deferrals, than the amount required under the basic QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula under subsection (i) above. Under the enhanced Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula, the rate of Matching Contributions may not increase as an Employees rate of Salary Deferrals increase. |
(A) | Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees . The Plan will not fail to be a QACA merely because Highly Compensated Employees also receive a QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under the Plan. However, a QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will not satisfy this Section if any Highly Compensated Employee is eligible for a higher rate of QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution than is provided for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who has the same rate of Salary Deferrals. |
(B) | Period for making QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution . In determining a Participants QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, the Employer may elect under AA §IA2-6(b)(1)(ii) to determine the QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on the basis of Salary Deferrals the Participant makes during the Plan Year. Alternatively, the Employer may elect to determine the QACA Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on a payroll, monthly, or quarterly basis. |
(iii) | Two-year cliff vesting. A Participant must be 100% vested in any QACA Safe Harbor Contributions under subsection (c) above upon the completion of two (2) Years of Service. Any additional amounts contributed under the Plan may be subject to any vesting schedule described under Section 7.02. For this purpose, a QACA Safe Harbor Contribution is treated as a separate contribution source for purposes of applying the rules under Section 7.09 relating to the amendment of a vesting schedule. |
(d) | Distribution restrictions . Distributions of the QACA Safe Harbor Contribution must be restricted in the same manner as Salary Deferrals under Section 8.10(c), except that such contributions may not be distributed upon Hardship. |
(e) | Annual notice . Each eligible Employee must receive a written notice as described in Section C-2.02(a)(2) above. |
C-3.01 | Modifications to Rules Applicable to Corrective Distributions under ADP Test and ACP Test . |
(a) | Elimination of gap period earnings . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the method for determining allocable income or loss attributable to a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions as set forth in Sections 6.01(b)(2)(ii) and 6.02(b)(2)(ii) is amended to provide that only allocable gain or loss through the end of the Plan Year must be taken into account. Thus, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, gap period income need not be included in determining the amount of a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions. See Sections 6.01(b)(2)(ii) and 6.02(b)(2)(ii) for rules for determining allocable income and loss for corrective distributions made for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2008. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
132
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix C: Interim Amendment #2 Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA)
(b) | Year of inclusion . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions (and allocable income) is includible in the Employees gross income for the Employees taxable year in which distributed, regardless of when such corrective distribution is made during the Plan Year. |
C-3.02 | Gap Period Income for Corrective Distributions of Excess Deferrals . A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals (as described in Section 5.02(b)) must include any allocable gain or loss for the taxable year in which the Excess Deferrals are contributed to the Plan. The gain or loss allocable to Excess Deferrals may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used to determine allocable gain or loss is applied consistently for all Participants and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants Accounts. |
(a) | Method of allocating gain or loss . For corrective distributions of Excess Deferrals made in a taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the income allocable to Excess Deferrals is equal to (A) the sum of the allocable for the taxable year plus (B) to the extent the Excess Deferrals are or will be credited with gain or loss for the gap period (i.e., the Plan contains a Valuation Date during the gap period), the allocable gain or loss determined for the gap period. For this purpose, the gap period is the period after the close of the taxable year and prior to the distribution of Excess Deferrals. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to Excess Deferrals merely because the income allocable to Excess Deferrals is determined as of a Valuation Date that occurs no more than 7 days before the date of the distribution. (For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2006, income or loss allocable to the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution can be disregarded in determining income or loss.) |
(b) | Alternative method of allocating taxable year gain or loss . The gain or loss attributable to Excess Deferrals for the taxable year may be determined by multiplying the gain or loss for the taxable year allocable to Elective Deferrals by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Excess Deferrals for the Employee for the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the Employees Account Balance attributable to Elective Deferrals as of the beginning of the taxable year, plus the Employees Elective Deferrals for the taxable year. |
(c) | Alternative method for allocating plan year and gap period income . The Plan may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the taxable year and the gap period by applying the alternative method under subsection (b) above to this aggregate period. This is accomplished by substituting the gain or loss for the taxable year and the gap period for the gain or loss for the taxable year and by substituting the Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and the gap period for the Elective Deferrals for the taxable year in determining the fraction that is multiplied by that gain or loss. |
C-4.01 | Reasonable Normal Retirement Age . If the Plan is a Money Purchase Plan or is a Profit Sharing Plan or Profit Sharing/ 401(k) Plan that accepted a transfer of assets from a pension plan (e.g., a money purchase plan or target benefit plan), then effective May 22, 2007 (for Plans initially adopted on or after May 22, 2007) and effective for the first Plan Year beginning on or after July 1, 2008 (for Plans initially adopted prior to May 22, 2007), the Normal Retirement Age applicable under AA §7-1 must be reasonably representative of the typical retirement age for the industry in which the Plan Participants work. For this purpose, a Normal Retirement Age of age 62 or above will be deemed to be a reasonable Normal Retirement Age and a Normal Retirement Age under age 55 will be presumed not to satisfy this requirement. If the Plan is amended to change the Normal Retirement Age to comply with the requirements of this Section (c), such amendment may not result in a violation of Code §§411(a)(9), 411(a)(10), 411(d)(6) or 4980F. Thus, for example, the vested percentage of any Participant may not be reduced solely by a change in the Normal Retirement Age. For this purpose, the amendment to a later Normal Retirement Age will not violate the anti-cutback requirements of Code §411(d)(6) merely because it eliminates the right to an in-service distribution prior to the later Normal Retirement Age. |
C-5.01 | IRS Guidance Relating to Plan Qualification Requirements . |
(a) | Mid-Year Changes to Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan . A Plan will not fail to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) relating to safe-harbor 401(k) plans because of the adoption during the Plan Year of a provision to apply the hardship distribution provisions of the Plan to primary beneficiaries or a provision to implement a qualified Roth contribution program as described in Code §402A. |
(b) | Partial Termination . In determining whether a Plan has experienced a partial termination as described under Code §411(d)(3), the Plan Administrator will apply the principals set forth under IRS Revenue Ruling 2007-43. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
133
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix D: Interim Amendment #3 HEART Act, WRERA and Other IRS Guidance
APPENDIX D
INTERIM AMENDMENT #3
HEROES EARNINGS ASSISTANCE AND RELIEF (HEART) ACT
OF 2008, WORKER, RETIREE, AND EMPLOYER
RECOVERY ACT OF 2008 (WRERA) AND OTHER IRS GUIDANCE
D-1.01 | Compliance with Plan Qualification Requirements . The provisions of this Appendix D and the elective Adoption Agreement provisions are intended to qualify as a good-faith amendment to document the Plans compliance with the requirements under the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief (HEART) Act of 2008, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (WRERA) and other IRS guidance, and the final regulations regarding automatic contribution arrangements. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. The provisions under this Appendix D and the Adoption Agreement elections are incorporated into the document as of December 1, 2009 for all Plans adopted on or after such date. |
D-2.01 | Requirements under Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief (HEART) Act of 2008 . |
(a) | Death Benefits under Qualified Military Service . In the case of a Participant who dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as though the Participant resumed and then terminated employment on account of death. This provision is effective with respect to deaths occurring on or after January 1, 2007. |
(b) | Benefit Accruals . If elected under AA §IA3-1(a), for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan will treat an individual who dies or becomes disabled (as defined under the terms of the Plan) while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)) with respect to the Employer, as if the individual has resumed employment in accordance with the individuals reemployment rights under chapter 43 of title 38, United States Code, on the day preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability. This provision is effective with respect to deaths and disabilities occurring on or after January 1, 2007. |
(1) | This subsection (b) shall apply only if all individuals performing qualified military service with respect to the Employer maintaining the plan who die or became disabled as a result of performing qualified military service prior to reemployment by the employer are credited with service and benefits on reasonably equivalent terms. |
(2) | The amount of employee contributions and the amount of elective deferrals of an individual treated as reemployed under this subsection (b) shall be determined on the basis of the individuals average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the lesser of: |
(i) | the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military service, or |
(ii) | if service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer. |
(c) | Differential Pay . Effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, in the case of an individual who receives Differential Pay from the Employer: |
(1) | such individual will be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment, and |
(2) | the Differential Pay shall be treated as wages and will be included in calculating an Employees Total Compensation under the Plan. |
If all Employees performing service in the Uniformed Services are entitled to receive Differential Pay on reasonably equivalent terms and are eligible to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms, the Plan shall not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit based on Differential Pay. However, for purposes of applying this subparagraph, the provisions of Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5) shall apply. The Employer may elect to exclude Differential Pay from the definition of Plan Compensation under AA §IA3-1(b).
For purposes of this subsection (c), Differential Pay means any payment which is made by an Employer to an individual while the individual is performing service in the Uniformed Services while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, and represents all or a portion of the wages the individual would have received from the Employer if the individual were performing services for the Employer. In applying the provisions of this subsection (c), Uniformed Services are services as described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A).
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
134
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix D: Interim Amendment #3 HEART Act, WRERA and Other IRS Guidance
Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (c), an individual shall be treated as having been severed from employment during any period the individual is performing service in the Uniformed Services for purposes of receiving a Plan distribution under Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I). If an individual elects to receive a distribution by reason of this paragraph, the individual may not make Salary Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions under the Plan during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.
(d) | Penalty-Free Withdrawals for Individuals Called to Active Duty . Section C-2.01(k) of the Plan is amended to make the penalty-free withdrawal provisions for qualified reservist distributions permanent. Accordingly, the definition of active duty under Section C-2.01(k)(2) of the Plan is amended to read as follows: |
(2) | Active duty . For purposes of this subsection (k)C-2.01(k), a Qualified Reservist Distribution will only be available for individuals who are ordered or called into active duty after September 11, 2001. |
D-2.02 | Requirements under Worker Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (WRERA) and Other IRS Guidance . |
(a) | Waiver of Required Minimum Distributions . For calendar year 2009, the Required Minimum Distribution rules under Section 8.12 of the Plan will not apply. In applying the provisions of Section 8.12 of the Plan for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year, |
(1) | the Required Beginning Date with respect to any individual shall be determined without regard to this subsection (a) for purposes of applying this paragraph for Distribution Calendar Years after 2009, and |
(2) | required distributions to a beneficiary upon the death of the Participant shall be determined without regard to calendar year 2009. |
A Participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive a Required Minimum Distribution for the 2009 Distribution Calendar Year but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) (2009 RMD), may elect whether or not to receive the 2009 RMD (or any portion of such distribution). A distribution of the 2009 RMD or a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the participant and the participants designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, if all or any portion of a distribution during 2009 is treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution but would not be so treated if the Required Minimum Distribution requirements under Section 8.12 of the Plan had applied during 2009, such distribution shall not be treated as an Eligible Rollover Distribution for purposes of Code §§401(a)(31), 402(f) or 3405(c). (See Notice 2009-82 for transitional rules that apply for purposes of applying the rollover rules to the distribution of 2009 RMDs.)
(b) | Elimination of Gap Period Earnings . The method for determining allocable income or loss attributable to a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals under Code §402(g) is clarified to provide that only allocable gain or loss through the end of the Plan Year must be taken into account. Thus, gap period income need not be included in determining the amount of a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals. |
(c) | Transfer of Plan to Unrelated Employer . The Employer may not transfer sponsorship of the Plan to an unrelated employer if the transfer is not in connection with a transfer of business assets or operations from the Employer to the unrelated taxpayer. |
D-2.03 | Final Automatic Contribution Regulations . |
(a) | Definition of Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) . Section C-2.02(a) of the Plan is amended to modify the definition of an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA). Section C-2.02(a)(1) of the Plan requires that to qualify as an EACA, the automatic contribution arrangement must apply to all eligible Employees who have not entered into an affirmative deferral election. Under this subsection (a), the definition of an EACA is modified to allow the Employer to designate the Employees eligible to participate in the EACA. Thus, a Plan will not fail to be an EACA merely because an election is made in AA §6A-8 to apply the automatic contribution arrangement only to a limited group of Employees. However, if the Plan otherwise qualifies as an EACA but the automatic contribution arrangement does not apply to all eligible Employees (who have not entered into an affirmative deferral election), the Plan will not qualify for the extended 6-month correction period described in Section C-202(c) of the Plan. |
(b) | Annual EACA notice . Section C-2.02(a)(2)(ii) of the Plan is amended to clarify that the annual EACA notice only needs to be provided to those Employees who are covered under the EACA. In addition, Section C-2.02(a)(2)(ii) of the Plan is amended to clarify that if it is impractical to provide the annual EACA notice to a newly eligible Participant before the date such individual becomes eligible to participate under the Plan, the notice will be treated as timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after such date and the Employee is permitted to defer from Plan Compensation earned beginning on the date of participation. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
135
Prototype Defined Contribution Plan
Appendix D: Interim Amendment #3 HEART Act, WRERA and Other IRS Guidance
(c) | Permissible Withdrawals under Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement . Section C-2.02(b)(2) of the Plan is amended to provide that a permissible withdrawal election must be effective no later than the pay date for the second payroll period that begins after the election is made or, if earlier, the first pay date that occurs at least 30 days after the election is made. The Employer may designate an alternative period for making permissive withdrawals under AA §IA3-3(a). If an Employee does not make automatic deferrals to the Plan for an entire Plan Year (e.g., due to termination of employment), the Plan may allow such Employee to take a permissive withdrawal, but only with respect to default contributions made after the Employees return to employment. |
(d) | Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) . |
(1) | Automatic increase . Section C-2.03(a) of the Plan is amended to clarify that any required increase in the minimum deferral percentages described under Section C-2.03(a) is applied from the date a Participant first begins making automatic deferrals under the QACA. |
(2) | Treatment of rehires . Section C-2.03(a) of the Plan is amended to clarify that the minimum deferral percentages are determined based on the date the Participant first begins making automatic deferrals under the Plan, without regard to whether the Employee continues to be eligible to make contributions after such date. Thus, the minimum percentage is generally determined based on the number of years since an Employee first has automatic deferrals made under the QACA. However, if an Employee does not make automatic deferrals to the Plan for an entire Plan Year (e.g., due to termination of employment), the Plan may treat such Employee as having a new initial period for determining the minimum required default percentage under Section C-2.03(a) of the Plan (if such Employee recommences making default contributions under the QACA), regardless of what minimum percentage would otherwise apply to that Employee. The provisions of this subsection (2) will automatically apply, unless designated otherwise under AA §IA3-3(b). |
(3) | Definition of Plan Compensation . For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2010, the definition of Plan Compensation used for purposes of determining default contributions under a QACA must satisfy the safe harbor requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-3(b)(2). For this purpose, if the Plan defines Plan Compensation in a manner that does not satisfy the safe harbor requirements under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)- 3(b)(2), effective for the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2010, the definition of Plan Compensation used for determining default contributions will automatically be modified so that any exclusions that cause the definition of Plan Compensation to fail the safe harbor requirements will apply only to Highly Compensated Employees. |
© Copyright 2008 | Defined Contribution Basic Plan Document |
136
IN-PLAN ROTH CONVERSION AMENDMENT
The attached amendment is designed as a good-faith amendment for employers wishing to take advantage of the In-Plan Roth Conversion rules as set forth in Code §402A(c)(4), as amended by the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, and IRS Notice 2001-84.
1. | Who must adopt this amendment? |
This amendment is designed as an employer-level amendment so that only employers utilizing the In-Plan Roth Conversion provisions will need to adopt this amendment. ASCi decided to provide this amendment as an employer-level amendment because we believe the number of employers utilizing this feature is relatively small. By creating an employer-level amendment, only those employers actually offering In-Plan Roth Conversions will be required to adopt this amendment. Sponsors will not be required to have employers who are not offering In-Plan Roth Conversions adopt any form of amendment for 2011.
2. | Will an employer lose reliance on its favorable IRS letter if it adopts this amendment? |
An employer that adopts this amendment will not lose the ability to use the 6-year remedial amendment period and will not lose reliance on their current favorable opinion or advisory letter. We have confirmed with the IRS that an employer that adopts this amendment will remain on the 6-year remedial amendment cycle and will be able to retain Volume Submitter or Prototype status, without any negative impact, when the Plan is restated onto the approved PPA document, which will contain the In-Plan Roth Conversion provisions, during the next restatement cycle.
3. | By when must this amendment be adopted? |
For any plans implementing the In-Plan Roth Conversion provisions in 2010 or 2011, this amendment must be adopted by the end of the 2011 Plan Year. Thus, for a calendar year plan that implemented In-Plan Roth Conversions during 2010 or 2011, this amendment must be adopted by December 31, 2011. For plans implementing the In-Plan Roth Conversion provisions in 2012 or later, the amendment must be adopted by the end of the Plan Year during which the In-Plan Roth Conversion provisions are effective. For example, if an employer wishes to allow for In-Plan Roth Conversions beginning in 2012, the amendment would have to be adopted by the end of the 2012 Plan Year (i.e., December 31, 2012 for a calendar year plan).
4. | Will this amendment be available on the DGEM checklist for new plans? |
ASCi plans on adding the In-Plan Roth Conversion amendment language to the existing BPD and Adoption Agreements as an interim amendment on January 1, 2012. This will allow a clear demarcation for plans that are using this snap-on amendment and those using the language in the plan document. Thus, any plan that is doing In-Plan Roth Conversions in 2010 or 2011 will need to adopt this snap-on amendment by the end of the 2011 plan year, even if the plan is a new plan in 2011. For plans adopted after January 1, 2012, the language will be available in the documents created on the DGEM system. We hope this will make it easier for users to determine which plans must adopt the snap-on amendment and which plans are covered by the language in the plan documents.
In-Plan Roth Conversion Amendment
401(k) Plan
5. | Can the amendment be modified? |
Yes, if certain provisions of the amendment do not apply, you can modify the amendment to change or remove language as desired. This is not an IRS-approved amendment and as an employer-level amendment, there is no requirement that the language be consistent for all adopting employers. Of course, any changes made to the snap-on amendment would need to be reflected on the final amendment when the plan is restated to the PPA-approved document in the next restatement cycle.
6. | Is there a Summary of Material Modifications that must be provided to Participants? |
Yes, the amendment package includes a Participant Notice that is designed to satisfy the requirements for notifying Participants of the In-Plan Roth Conversion amendment and how it applies to them. The Participant Notice should be provided to all Participants as soon as possible after the adoption of this amendment. The Participant Notice must be customized based on the selections in the In-Plan Roth Conversion amendment. We have provided sample language for making the necessary customizations.
The following provisions of the Participant Notice should be customized based on selections in the amendment:
|
#3 of the Participant Notice should be customized based on any distribution elections under Section 3.02(a) of the amendment. This customization should also address whether distributions are only allowed for In-Plan Roth Conversions as set forth in Section 3.02(b) of the amendment. |
|
#5 of the Participant Notice should be customized if In-Plan Roth Conversions will only be allowed from certain contribution sources as set forth in 3.03 of the amendment. |
|
#5 of the Participant Notice should also be customized to describe any limits that apply to In-Plan Roth Conversions under Section 3.04 of the amendment. |
2
INTERIM AMENDMENT
IN-PLAN ROTH CONVERSIONS
Name of Employer: Getty Realty Corp.
Name of Plan: Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE OF AMENDMENT
1.01 | Compliance with Plan Qualification Requirements . This amendment and the elective provisions below are intended to qualify as a good faith amendment of the above-referenced Plan to document the Plans compliance with the requirements under Code §402A(c)(4), as amended by the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, dealing with In-Plan Roth Conversions. Pursuant to section 5.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16, this amendment is designed to qualify as a required good faith amendment that will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. |
ARTICLE II
APPLICATION OF IN-PLAN ROTH CONVERSION PROVISIONS
2.01 | In-Plan Roth Conversions . Effective on or after September 27, 2010, the Employer may elect under Section 3.01 of this amendment to permit In-Plan Roth Conversions under the Plan. For this purpose, an In-Plan Roth Conversion is a distribution from a Participants Plan account, other than a Roth Deferral account or Roth Rollover account, that is rolled over to the Participants Roth Conversion account under the Plan, pursuant to Code §402A(c)(4). An In-Plan Roth Conversion may be accomplished by a direct conversion or by a distribution and rollover back into the Participants Roth Conversion account. Any election to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion during a taxable year may not be changed after the In-Plan Roth Conversion is completed. |
An In-Plan Roth Conversion may be elected by a Participant, a spousal beneficiary, or an alternate payee who is a spouse or former spouse. To the extent the term Participant is used in the amendment for purposes of determining eligibility to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion, such term will also include a spousal beneficiary and an alternate payee who is a spouse or former spouse.
To permit In-Plan Roth Conversions, Section 3.01 must be completed. If In-Plan Roth Conversions are not specifically authorized under Section 3.01 below, Participants may not make an In-Plan Roth Conversion. This amendment need not be completed if In-Plan Roth Conversions are not permitted under the Plan. In addition, the Plan must provide for Roth Deferrals under AA §6A-5 as of the date the In-Plan Roth Conversion is permitted under the Plan.
2.02 | Amounts Eligible for In-Plan Roth Conversion . If permitted under Section 3.01 of this amendment, a Participant may convert any portion of his/her vested Account Balance (other than amounts attributable to Roth Deferrals or Roth Deferral rollovers) to a Roth Conversion account. However, to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion, a Participant must be eligible to receive a distribution that qualifies as an Eligible Rollover Distribution, as defined in Code §402(c)(4). An in-service distribution may be authorized under AA §10-1 or under Section 3.02 of this amendment. |
While an In-Plan Roth Conversion is treated as a distribution for certain purposes under the Plan, an In-Plan Roth Conversion will not be treated as a distribution for the following purposes:
(a) | Participant loans . A Participant loan directly transferred in an In-Plan Roth Conversion without changing the repayment schedule is not treated as a new loan. The Employer may elect in Section 3.04(c) of this amendment to not permit Participant loans to be distributed as part of an In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
(b) | Spousal consent . An In-Plan Roth Conversion is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the spousal consent requirements under Code §401(a)(11). Thus, a married Plan Participant is not required to obtain spousal consent in connection with an election to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion, even if the Plan is otherwise subject to the spousal consent requirements under Code §401(a)(11). |
In-Plan Roth Conversion Amendment
401(k) Plan
(c) | Participant consent . An In-Plan Roth Conversion is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the participant consent requirements under Code §411(a)(11). Thus, amounts that are converted as part of an In-Plan Roth Conversion continue to be taken into account in determining whether the Participants vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 for purposes of applying the Involuntary Cash-Out provisions and will not trigger the requirement for a notice of the Participants right to defer receipt of the distribution. |
(d) | Protected benefits . An In-Plan Roth Conversion is not treated as a distribution under Code §411(d)(6)(B)(ii). Thus, a Participant who had a distribution right (such as a right to an immediate distribution) prior to the In-Plan Roth Conversion cannot have that distribution right eliminated solely as a result of the election to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
(e) | Mandatory withholding . An In-Plan Roth Conversion is not subject to 20% mandatory withholding under Code §3405(c). |
2.03 | Effect of In-Plan Roth Conversion . A Participant must include in gross income the taxable amount of an In-Plan Roth Conversion. For this purpose, the taxable amount of an In-Plan Roth Conversion is the fair market value of the distribution reduced by any basis in the converted amounts. If the distribution includes Employer securities, the fair market value includes any net unrealized appreciation within the meaning of Code §402(e)(4). If an outstanding loan is rolled over as part of an In-Plan Roth Conversion, the amount includible in gross income includes the balance of the loan. |
Generally, the taxable amount of an In-Plan Roth Conversion is includible in gross income in the taxable year in which the conversion occurs. However, for In-Plan Roth Conversions made in 2010, the taxable amount is includible in gross income half in 2011 and half in 2012 unless the Participant elects to include the taxable amount in gross income in 2010. However, see Notice 2010-84, Q&A 11, for rules that apply if a Participant spreads income over 2011 and 2012 and subsequently takes a distribution of such amounts before the entire amount of the conversion is taken into income.
2.04 | Application of Early Distribution Penalty under Code §72(t) . An In-Plan Roth Conversion is not subject to the early distribution penalty under Code §72(t) at the time of the conversion. However, if an amount allocable to the taxable amount of an In-Plan Roth Conversion is subsequently distributed within the 5-taxable-year period beginning with the first day of the Participants taxable year in which the conversion was made, the amount distributed is treated as includible in gross income for purposes of applying the Code §72(t) early distribution penalty. For this purpose, the 5-taxable-year period ends on the last day of the Participants fifth taxable year in the period. This Section 2.04 will not apply to the extent the distribution is rolled over to a Roth account in another qualified plan or is rolled over to a Roth IRA. However, the rule under this Section 2.04 will apply to any subsequent distributions made from such other Roth account or Roth IRA within the 5-taxable-year period. |
2.05 | Contribution Sources . Unless elected otherwise under Section 3.03 of this amendment, an In-Plan Roth Conversion may be made from any contribution source under the Plan. The Employer may elect in Section 3.03 of this amendment to limit the contribution sources that are eligible for In-Plan Roth Conversion. In addition, the Employer may elect in Section 3.04 of this amendment to limit In- Plan Roth Conversions to contribution accounts that are 100% vested. |
ARTICLE III
ELECTIVE PROVISIONS
3.01 | In-Plan Roth Conversions . Unless elected under this Section 3.01, the Plan does not permit a Participant to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion under the Plan. To override this provision to allow Participants to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion, this Section 3.01 must be completed. |
x | Effective 12/1/2012 [ not earlier than 9/27/2010 ], a Participant may elect to convert all or any portion of his/her non-Roth vested account balance to a Roth Conversion Account. |
[ Note: The Plan must provide for Roth Deferrals under AA §6A-5 as of the effective date designated in this Section 3.01. ]
2
In-Plan Roth Conversion Amendment
401(k) Plan
3.02 | In-Service Distribution. For a Participant to convert his/her contributions to Roth contributions, the Participant must be eligible to take a distribution from the Plan. This Section 3.02 may be used to add or expand the in-service distribution options under the Plan. |
¨ (a) | In-service distribution events: In addition to any in-service distribution options described in AA §10-1, the following in-service distribution options apply: [ Check the appropriate boxes. ] |
¨ (1) |
Attainment of age 59 1 / 2 for all contribution sources |
¨ (2) |
Attainment of age 59 1 / 2 for salary deferrals (including QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor contributions, if applicable) |
¨ (3) | Attainment of age for contribution sources other than salary deferrals (and QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor contributions, if applicable). |
¨ (4) | Completion of (cannot be less than 60) months of participation in the Plan. ( Not applicable to salary deferrals, QNECs, QMACs or Safe Harbor contributions, as applicable. ) |
¨ (5) | The amounts being withdrawn have been held in Plan for at least two years. ( Not applicable to salary deferrals, QNECs, QMACs or Safe Harbor contributions, as applicable. ) |
¨ (6) | Other distribution event: ________________________________________ |
[ Note: For salary deferrals (including any QNECs, QMACs or Safe Harbor contributions), a Participant must be at least age 59 1 / 2 to take an in-service distribution. For Employer contributions and matching contributions, the Plan may authorize an in-service distribution upon a stated event, including the attainment of any age. Any selection in subsection (b)(6) must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion. ]
¨ (b) | In-service distribution option available only to accomplish In-Plan Roth Conversion. If this (b) is checked, the in-service distribution options described in subsection (a) will be permitted only to accomplish an In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
[ Note: An in-service distribution may be limited solely to accomplish a Roth conversion only if the Plan does not already authorize an in-service distribution. Thus, this (b) will not apply to the extent an in-service distribution is already authorized under the Plan. ]
3.03 | Contribution Sources . An Employee may only elect to make an in-Plan Roth conversion from the following sources: [Check all contributions sources available under the Plan from which an In-Plan Roth Conversion is available.] |
x (a) | All available sources under the Plan |
¨ (b) | Pre-tax salary deferrals |
¨ (c) | Employer contributions |
¨ (d) | Matching contributions |
¨ (e) | Safe harbor contributions |
¨ (f) | QNECs and QMACs |
¨ (g) | After-Tax Contributions |
¨ (h) | Rollover contributions |
¨ (i) | Describe: |
[ Note: Any selection in subsection (i) must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion. ]
3
In-Plan Roth Conversion Amendment
401(k) Plan
3.04 | Limits Applicable to Roth Conversions . The following limits apply in determining the amounts that are eligible for an In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
¨ (a) | Check this box if Roth conversions may only be made from contribution sources that are fully vested (i.e., 100% vested). |
[ Note: If an In-Plan Roth Conversion is permitted from partially-vested sources, special rules apply for determining the vested percentage of such amounts after conversion. See Section 7.09 of the Plan. ]
¨ (b) | A Participant may not make an In-Plan Roth Conversion of less than $ (may not exceed $1,000). |
¨ (c) | A Participant may not make an In-Plan Roth Conversion of any outstanding loan amount. |
[ Note: If this (c) is not checked, a Participant may convert amounts that are attributable to an outstanding loan, to the extent the loan relates to a contribution source that is eligible for conversion under Section 3.03 above. ]
¨ (d) | Describe: ____________________________________________________________________ |
[ Note: Any selection in subsection (d) must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion. ]
3.05 | Amounts Available to Pay Federal and State Taxes Generated from an In-Plan Roth Conversion . |
¨ (a) | In-service distribution. If the Plan does not otherwise permit an in-service distribution at the time of the In-Plan Roth Conversion and this subsection (a) is checked, a Participant may elect to take an in-service distribution solely to pay taxes generated from the In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
¨ (b) | Participant loan. Generally, a Participant may request a loan from the Plan to the extent permitted under Section 13 of the Plan and Appendix B of the Adoption Agreement. However, to the extent a Participant loan is not otherwise allowed and this subsection (b) is selected, a Participant may receive a Participant loan solely to pay taxes generated from an In-Plan Roth Conversion. |
[ Note: If this subsection (b) is selected and Participant loans are not otherwise authorized under the Plan, any Participant loan made pursuant to this subsection (b) will be made in accordance with the default loan policy described in Section 13 of the Plan. ]
3.06 | Distribution from In-Plan Roth Conversion Account. Distributions from the In-Plan Roth Conversion account will be permitted as follows: |
¨ (a) | In-service distributions will not be permitted from an In-Plan Roth Conversion account until the earliest date a distribution would otherwise be permitted for any contribution source eligible for conversion, without regard to the conversion distribution. |
[ Note: This subsection (a) should be selected only Section 3.02(b) above is also selected. ]
¨ (b) | An in-service distribution may be made from the In-Plan Roth Conversion account at any time. |
¨ (c) | A separate In-Plan Roth Conversion account will be maintained for converted amounts attributable to Rollover Contributions and/or After-Tax Contributions. An in-service distribution may be made at any time from this separate account. |
¨ (d) | Describe distribution options: _____________________________________________________ |
[ Note: This Section 3.06 may not be used to eliminate an in-service distribution option that was otherwise available at the time of the In-Plan Roth Conversion. Thus, for example, if a Participant is permitted to make an In-Plan Roth Conversion of After-Tax Contributions or Rollover contributions, and such contributions are eligible for immediate distribution at the time of the In-Plan Roth Conversion, those amounts must continue to be available for distribution after the In-Plan Roth Conversion. Subsection (c) permits the protection of the immediate distribution option for Rollover and After-Tax Contributions while still delaying the distribution other contribution sources. If subsection (c) is checked, subsection (a) or (d) should also be checked to describe distribution options for other contribution sources. To the extent a selection in this Section 3.06 results in an improper elimination of a distribution right, the provisions of this Section 3.06 will not apply. ]
4
In-Plan Roth Conversion Amendment
401(k) Plan
APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT
The undersigned Employer adopts this amendment on behalf of the Plan. This amendment supersedes any contrary provisions under the Plan. This Interim Amendment applies to the signatory Employer and any other adopting employers of the Plan.
Getty Realty Corp. |
||||
(Name of Employer) |
||||
Thomas Stirnweis |
VP & CFO | |||
(Name of Authorized Representative) |
(Title) | |||
/s/ Thomas Stirnweis |
12/1/2012 | |||
(Signature) |
(Date) |
5
EXHIBIT 10.12 LETTER AGREEMENT
GETTY PROPERTIES CORP.
125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103
Jericho, NY 11753
October 3, 2012
The Getty Petroleum Liquidating Trust
Alfred T. Giuliano, as Liquidating Trustee
c/o Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC
Berlin Business Park
140 Bradford Drive
West Berlin, NJ 08091
Dear Mr. Giuliano:
On August 24, 2012, the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York (the Bankruptcy Court ) entered an order confirming the First Amended Plan of Liq- uidation for Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. and its Subsidiary Debtors Proposed by Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors (as amended, modified, and supplemented, the Plan ). The Plan became effective on September 24, 2012.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this letter agreement (the Letter Agreement ), and assuming the Bankruptcy Court enters an order approving this Letter Agreement (the Approval Order), we (or an affiliate designated by us, hereinafter referred to as we or us) hereby agree to provide to you, in exchange for the consideration set forth in this Letter Agreement, cash in an amount not to exceed $6,725,000.00 (the Maximum Advance Amount ) to be used by you, in accordance with the terms hereof, to fund certain expenses solely in connection with (a) the administration of the Getty Petroleum Liquidating Trust (the Trust ) and the wind down of the estates of Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc., Gasway Inc., Getty Terminals Inc. and PT Petro Corp. (the Getty Estates ) and (b) prosecution of (i) litigation against LUKOIL Americas Corp. and/or LUKOIL North America LLC (collectively Lukoil ) currently pending in the Bankruptcy Court under case numbers 11-ap-02941 and 11-ap-02942 (collectively, the Existing Lukoil Litigation ) and (ii) any additional lawsuits or claims that you may bring against either (A) Lukoil and/or (B) any officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates of Lukoil and/or Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc. arising from substantially the same facts, transactions or occurrences as the Existing Lukoil Litigation (together with the Existing Lukoil Litigation, (the Lukoil Litigation ). Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.
Advances
On and after the date of this Letter Agreement, you may request from us one or more payments in immediately available funds (each such payment, an Advance ) by delivery of a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (such notice, a Draw Notice ). Such Draw Notice shall state, among other things, whether the proceeds of the requested Advance are to be used to pay (i) the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in engaging customary expert witnesses in connection with the Lukoil Litigation (any such advance, an Expert Witness Advance ), (ii) the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with the administration of the Trust and the wind-down of the Getty Estates, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Liquidating Trust Agreement (including, without limitation, reasonable severance and payroll expenses and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC, but excluding (A) any and all fees, costs and expenses that may be paid with the proceeds of the Expert Witness Advances and the Counsel Advances and (B) any and all fees, costs and expenses of counsel) (a Wind-Down Advance ) or (iii) the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel incurred by you in connection with the prosecution of the Lukoil Litigation (any such advance, a Counsel Advance ). Within five (5) business days after our receipt of a Draw Notice, we shall make an Advance to you in the amount requested; provided , however , that we shall have no obligation to make any requested Advance if: (1) the amount of such requested Advance shall exceed the excess of (A) the Maximum Advance Amount over (B) the amount of all other Advances made pursuant to this Letter Agreement (such excess, the Maximum Available Amount ) (in which case our obligation to advance shall be limited to the Maximum Available Amount); (2) if such requested Advance is an Expert Witness Advance, the amount of such requested Advance shall exceed the excess of (A) the lesser of (x) $725,000.00 and (y) the reasonable, documented and invoiced fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in engaging customary expert witnesses in connection with the Lukoil Litigation having accrued as of the date on which the applicable Draw Notice was delivered and without consideration of whether such fees, costs and expenses have been paid over (B) the amount of all other Expert Witness Advances made pursuant to this Letter Agreement (such excess, the Expert Witness Available Amount ) (in which case our obligation to advance shall be limited to the Expert Witness Available Amount); (3) if such requested Advance is a Wind-Down Advance, the amount of such requested Advance shall exceed the excess of (A) the least of (x) $800,000.00, (y) the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with the administration of the Trust and wind-down of the Getty Estates, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Liquidating Trust Agreement (including, without limitation, reasonable payroll expenses and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC, but excluding (A) any and all fees, costs and expenses that may be paid with the proceeds of the Expert Witness Advances and the Counsel Advances and (B) any and all fees, costs and expenses of counsel) having accrued as of the date on which the applicable Draw Notice was delivered and without consideration of whether such fees, costs and expenses have been paid and (z) the amount of such fees, costs and expenses set forth on a budget, acceptable to each of you and us in such partys sole discretion (such budget, the Budget ), through the date on which the applicable Draw Notice was delivered (it being understood that, in the absence of a mutually agreed Budget, this amount shall be $0) over (B) the amount of all other Wind-Down Advances made pursuant to this Letter Agreement (such excess, the Wind-Down Available Amount ) (in which case our obligation to advance shall be limited to the Win-Down Available Amount); (4) if such requested Advance is a Counsel Advance, the amount of such requested Advance shall exceed the excess of (A) the lesser of (x) $5,200,000.00 (the
- 2 -
Counsel Maximum Amount ) and (y) the reasonable, documented and invoiced fees, costs and expenses of counsel incurred by you in connection with the Lukoil Litigation having accrued as of the date on which the applicable Draw Notice was delivered and without consideration of whether such fees, costs and expenses have been paid over (B) the amount of all other Counsel Advances made pursuant to this Letter Agreement (such excess, the Counsel Available Amount ) (in which case our obligation to advance shall be limited to the Counsel Available Amount); (5) the amount of such requested Advance is less than $20,000.00; (6) the applicable Draw Notice is delivered to us on or after the date that is the earlier of (x) twenty (20) days prior to the Maturity Date (as defined below) or (y) on or after the Initial Payment Date (as defined below); or (7) you have breached any of your obligations under this Letter Agreement and such breach is continuing.
Expert Witness Advances & Wind-Down Advances
You may use the proceeds of the Expert Witness Advances solely to pay the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in engaging customary expert witnesses in connection with the Lukoil Litigation. You may use the proceeds of the Wind-Down Advances solely to pay the reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in connection with the administration of the Trust and the wind-down of the Getty Estates, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Liquidating Trust Agreement (including, without limitation, reasonable payroll expenses and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC, but excluding (A) any and all fees, costs and expenses that may be paid with the proceeds of the Expert Witness Advances and the Counsel Advances and (B) any and all fees, costs and expenses of counsel) in accordance with the Budget; provided , however , that (i) no more than $300,000.00 of the proceeds of the Wind-Down Advances may be used to pay any fees of Alfred T. Giuliano, as Liquidating Trustee, or Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC (collectively, the Trustee Fees ) and (ii) no proceeds of the Wind-Down Advances may be used to pay Trustee Fees in excess of the amount of Trustee Fees that have accrued on an hourly basis.
The Expert Witness Advances and the Wind-Down Advances shall bear interest at an an- nual rate equal to fifteen percent (15%) (the Interest Rate ). On the first day of each calendar month, all accrued interest shall be capitalized and added to the outstanding principal amount of the Expert Witness Advances or the Wind-Down Advances, as applicable. All accrued and capitalized interest shall, after being so capitalized, be treated as part of the principal amount of such Advance and bear interest at the Interest Rate. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any breach by you of your obligations under this Letter Agreement, we may send you a notice of such breach (a Default Notice ). If such breach is not cured by the date that is ten (10) days after the date on which such Default Notice was delivered (the Increment Date ), all Expert Witness Advances and Wind-Down Advances shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate plus four percent (4%) (additional interest resulting from such increased interest rate, Default Interest ) from the Increment Date until such breach is cured.
The entire unpaid principal amount (including capitalized interest) of the Expert Witness Advances and the Wind-Down Advances, together with all accrued and unpaid interest payable thereon, shall be due and payable on the date (the Initial Payment Date ) that is the earliest of the following: (i) the date which is two (2) years from the date of this Letter Agreement (the Maturity Date ), subject to permitted and mandatory prepayment; provided that, upon your
- 3 -
written request (such request to be delivered prior to the Maturity Date and on or after the date that is twenty (20) days prior to the Maturity Date) and our prior written consent thereto (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Maturity Date shall be extended to the date which is three (3) years from the date of this Letter Agreement; (ii) the date that is five (5) business days after the first date on which you receive any proceeds of the Lukoil Litigation and (iii) the date of any acceleration by reason of your breach of this Letter Agreement, as hereinafter provided. All payments and prepayments on the Expert Witness Advances and the Wind-Down Advances shall be applied first to accrued, unpaid and uncapitalized interest and then to principal (including capitalized interest).
You may repay the Expert Witness Advances and the Wind-Down Advances, in whole or in part, at any time in increments of not less than $50,000.00 on not less than five (5) business days written notice to us. No amount of Expert Witness Advances or Wind-Down Advances that has been repaid may be reborrowed.
Counsel Advances
You may use the proceeds of the Counsel Advances solely to pay the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of counsel incurred by you in connection with the Lukoil Litigation.
In consideration for the making of the Counsel Advances, we shall be entitled to receive from you the greater of (1) twenty-four percent (24%) of the gross proceeds obtained in connection with the Lukoil Litigation (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any damage or other awards or recoveries paid by or on behalf of any defendants in the Lukoil Litigation and any proceeds arising from any settlement of the Lukoil Litigation (including, in each case and for the avoidance of doubt, any amounts paid by any providers of insurance to or on behalf of any defendants in the Lukoil Litigation)) and (2) the aggregate amount of the Counsel Advances plus interest, calculated as if such Counsel Advances were Expert Witness Advances (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Default Interest, if applicable) (the greater of the amounts described in clauses (1) and (2), the Payment Amount ).
Such Payment Amount shall be due and payable by you to us in immediately available funds on the Initial Payment Date. If, on any date on or after the date on which you first received proceeds in connection with the Lukoil Litigation, you receive any additional proceeds in con- nection with the Lukoil Litigation, you shall pay to us in immediately available funds on the date which is five (5) business days after the date of such receipt of additional proceeds (each such date, a Subsequent Payment Date ) an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Payment Amount calculated as of such Subsequent Payment Date and without giving effect to any repayment of the Counsel Advances on the Initial Payment Date or any previous Subsequent Payment Date and (B) the aggregate amount of payments made by you to us in respect of the Counsel Advances prior to such Subsequent Payment Date. You may not prepay the Counsel Advances.
Security & Limited Recourse
To induce us to make the Advances, and subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, you hereby grant to us, as security for the full and prompt payment when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all of your obligations under this Letter Agreement, a continuing
- 4 -
first priority lien and security interest in and to all of the Collateral (as defined below). For purposes of this Letter Agreement, all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by you, or in which you now have or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest, wherever located, is collectively referred to as the Collateral: (a) all of your right, title and interest in and to (but not any of your obligations, liabilities or indemnifications under) the Lukoil Litigation and any and all claims at issue therein; and (b) any recoveries or proceeds with respect to any of the foregoing.
Upon execution of this Letter Agreement and your obtaining rights in the Collateral, this Letter Agreement and the Approval Order (as defined below) shall create without further need of any Uniform Commercial Code filings a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable Uniform Commercial Code) in and lien upon the Collateral in favor of us, on the terms set forth in this Letter Agreement and the Approval Order. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or any failure on the part of any party hereto to take any action, the liens and security interests granted herein shall be deemed valid, enforceable and perfected by entry of the Approval Order. No financing statement, notice of lien, mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument in any jurisdiction or filing office need be filed or any other action taken in order to validate and perfect the liens and security interests granted by or pursuant to this Letter Agreement or the Approval Order. Notwithstanding the above, you authorize us, our counsel and our other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements, and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as we reasonably determine appropriate to perfect the security interests granted under this Letter Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby. You hereby also authorize us, our counsel and our other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements. A photographic or other reproduction of this Letter Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement or other filing or recording document or instrument for filing or recording in any jurisdiction.
You shall maintain the security interest created by this Letter Agreement as a perfected security interest having at least the priority described above and shall defend such security interest and such priority against the claims and demands of all persons.
During the continuance of any breach of your obligations hereunder, we may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to us in this Letter Agreement, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the applicable Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, we, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon you or any other person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon any Collateral, and may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver any Collateral (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in public or private sale or sales, at any exchange or brokers board or any of our offices or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as we may deem advisable and at such prices as we may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. We shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by the Uniform Commercial Code and other applicable law,
- 5 -
upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption held by you, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. You further agree, at our request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to us at places that we shall reasonably select, whether at your premises or elsewhere. We shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by us, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or our rights hereunder, including reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of your obligations hereunder, in such order as this Letter Agreement shall prescribe, and only after such application and after the payment by us of any other amount required by any provision of law, shall we be required to account for the surplus, if any, to you. To the extent permitted by applicable law, you waive all claims, damages and demands you may acquire against us arising out of the exercise by them of any rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.
If you fail to perform or comply with any of your agreements contained herein, we, at our option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement. Our expenses incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this paragraph and the immediately preceding paragraph, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due Expert Witness Advances under this Letter Agreement, from the date of payment by us to the date reimbursed by you, shall be payable by you to us on demand. You hereby ratify all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Letter Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Letter Agreement is terminated and the security interests created hereby are released.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Letter Agreement, in the event of foreclosure upon the Collateral, we shall not be entitled to retain any portion of the Collateral or the proceeds thereof in excess of your obligations to us under this Letter Agreement.
Except as specifically provided in this Letter Agreement, any judgment in any action or proceeding in respect of your obligations under this Letter Agreement (other than the Supplemental Obligations (as defined below)) shall be enforceable against you only to the extent of your interest in the Collateral and, if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral by us are insufficient to pay all of your obligations under this Letter Agreement (other than the Supplemental Obligations) in full, we agree that we shall not sue for, seek or demand any deficiency judgment against you in any such action or proceeding.
The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph shall not: (a) constitute a waiver, release or impairment of any obligation arising under, evidenced by or secured pursuant to this Letter Agreement; (b) impair our right to name you as a party defendant in any action or proceeding for foreclosure and sale under this Letter Agreement; (c) impair the enforcement of this Letter Agreement; (d) constitute a prohibition against our seeking a deficiency judgment against you in order to fully realize the security granted by this Letter Agreement or our commencing any other appropriate action or proceeding in order to exercise our remedies against the Collateral;
- 6 -
or (e) constitute a waiver of our right to enforce your liability and obligations under the terms of the Letter Agreement, by money judgment or otherwise, to the extent of any actual out- of-pocket loss, damage, cost, expense, liability, claim or other obligation incurred by us (including, without limitation, fees, costs and expenses of counsel) arising out of or in connection with any of the following: (i) fraud or intentional misrepresentation by you in connection with this Letter Agreement; (ii) misappropriation or conversion by you of all or any portion of the Collateral or the proceeds of any Advances; (iii) your undertaking of any Required Consent Action without our prior written approval or Bankruptcy Court approval; (iv) any intentional waste by you of the Collateral; (v) your impeding our exercise of remedies other than through the assertion of a valid defense; or (vi) the Supplemental Obligations.
Operations
You shall not undertake any of the following without our prior written approval: (i) withdraw, dismiss, settle or compromise all or any portion of the Lukoil Litigation; (ii) sell, lease, transfer, loan, invest or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Collateral; or (iii) grant any liens, charges, pledges or encumbrances on all or any portion of the Collateral (collectively, the Required Consent Actions ).
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, you shall not be required to obtain our approval under the immediately preceding paragraph, if, after reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing, you receive Bankruptcy Court approval to take such action.
Supplemental Obligations
All of your obligations listed under the heading Supplemental Obligations shall be referred to in this Letter Agreement as the Supplemental Obligations .
Each of the parties hereto agrees that we shall dispose of any remaining Gasoline Inventory (as defined in the Stipulation and Order) currently in our possession in accordance with a plan of disposition reasonably acceptable to you and us. We agree that we shall promptly turn over all proceeds of such disposition to you for distribution in accordance with the terms of the Plan (net of any and all costs (including, without limitation, any and all costs of compliance with any law, any governmental rule or regulation or any order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government) incurred arising out of, related to or in connection with such disposition). Upon the execution of this Letter Agreement, you shall be deemed to have forever waived, released, acquitted and discharged us and all of our current, former or future officers, directors, employees, stockholders, agents, servants, assigns, successors, predecessors, representatives, members, financial advisors, industry experts/advisors, attorneys, trustees, partners, subsidiaries, parent entities and affiliates from any and all claims, demands, debts, objections to claims, obligations, damages, losses or liabilities whatsoever of any nature, type or description, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, concealed or hidden, direct or indirect, patent or latent, or fixed or contingent, arising out of or relating to any cause, matter or thing from the beginning of time pertaining in any way to the Gasoline Inventory; provided , however , that such release shall not affect your ability to assert the rights set forth in this paragraph.
- 7 -
To the extent provided for in the Stipulation and Order, 1 you agree to turn over to us, promptly upon your receipt thereof, all insurance proceeds relating to the property described on Schedule II hereto and all fixtures, facilities, other improvements or other property of any kind located thereon. You further agree that you shall use best efforts to cause Cambridge Petroleum Holdings Inc. (or any other party entitled to deliver instructions to any applicable insurance carrier) to deliver instructions directing delivery of such proceeds to us to all applicable insurance providers and to provide evidence of such instructions to us.
In accordance with the terms of the Stipulation and Order, you further agree to assign to us any right, title and interest in any and all insurance policies affecting the Premises (as that term is defined in the Stipulation and Order) pertaining to any environmental liability of any kind. To the extent that, as a result of claims that we may assert against such policies, the limits of such policies are exhausted prior to the reimbursement in full of other claimants (including you) against such policies, we shall pay to you an amount such that, after distribution of such amount to such other claimants, all claimants (including us and you) against each such policy will receive equal reimbursement on a pro rata basis for all bona fide claims against such policy; provided that we shall not setoff any amounts due to you pursuant to this paragraph against any amounts owed by you to us (other than amounts owed in respect of the Getty Realty Superpriority Claim).
You further agree promptly (i) to sell to us, pursuant to an agreement to be agreed upon by each of you and us, the properties listed on Schedule III hereto for a purchase price of $185,000.00 and (ii) to seek Bankruptcy Court approval of such sale; provided , however , that we may choose not to purchase any or all of such properties in our sole discretion; provided further that, upon exercising our right not to purchase any or all of such properties, the purchase price shall be reduced by the portion of the purchase price attributable to such properties. For the avoidance of doubt, you may choose to accept a higher and better offer prior to the approval of such sale by the Bankruptcy Court, and for the further avoidance of doubt, the sale will only take place after a hearing held (and, to the extent any other party submits a higher and better offer, auction process conducted) in accordance with section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code.
Miscellaneous
For the avoidance of doubt, no counsel that you may have retained shall be obligated to do any work of any kind with respect to any aspect of the Lukoil Litigation other than the Existing Lukoil Litigation in the absence of an increase in the Counsel Maximum Amount in an amount acceptable to each party to this Letter Agreement in their sole discretion.
For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Letter Agreement shall be construed to modify, abridge or enhance, in any way, the terms and conditions of the Stipulation and Order.
1 |
The Stipulation and Order Deferring Rents Owing to Getty Properties, Establishing Procedures for the Administration of the Chapter 11 Cases, Extending the Time for the Debtors to Assume or Reject the Master Lease and Other Matters, Docket. No. 348, In re Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc., et al. , Case No. 11-15606 (Bankr. S.D.N.Y. Apr. 2, 2012). |
- 8 -
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any breach by you of your obligations hereunder, without further order of, application to, or action by, the Bankruptcy Court, we may by written notice to you declare that all or any portion of the Advances (including any capitalized interest), all interest thereon and all other amounts payable under this Letter Agreement to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the Advances, all such interest and all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and payable, subject to the right of the Trustee to seek redress before the Bankruptcy Court if the Trustee reasonably disputes the allegation of such breach hereunder.
It is a condition to the effectiveness of this Letter Agreement that the Bankruptcy Court shall enter an order approving each partys entry into this Letter Agreement, which order shall be acceptable to both of us in our sole and absolute discretion (the Approval Order ). In the event that the Bankruptcy Court does not enter the Approval Order, this Letter Agreement shall be of no force or effect.
You agree to adhere to the terms of the Liquidating Trust Agreement. Any material breach by you of the Liquidating Trust Agreement shall constitute a breach of this Letter Agreement.
You agree to provide to us, promptly upon receipt thereof, any and all invoices and other communications, whether to or from you, relating to fees, costs and expenses incurred by you in engaging customary expert witnesses in connection with the Lukoil Litigation and/or fees, costs and expenses of counsel incurred by you in connection with the Lukoil Litigation. You also agree to provide to us promptly upon receipt thereof any settlement offers pertaining to the Lukoil Litigation (whether written, oral or otherwise), as well as any other communications relating thereto, whether to or from you (including, without limitation, any responses by you to any such settlement offers).
Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance of this Letter Agreement by it is within its powers, has been duly authorized by all necessary action and will not constitute or result in a breach or default under or conflict with any material order, ruling or regulation of any court or other tribunal or of any governmental commission or agency, or any material agreement or other material undertaking, to which it is a party or by which it is bound. Each party hereto represents and warrants that its signature on this Letter Agreement is genuine, and it has the legal competence and capacity to execute the same, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this Letter Agreement by the other party hereto, this Letter Agreement constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
At any time and from time to time on and after the date hereof, at the reasonable request of either party hereto, the other party hereto will execute and deliver all such other and further agreements, documents and instruments and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as the requesting party hereto may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to effectuate the intent and purposes, and carry out the terms, of this Letter Agreement.
- 9 -
You agree to indemnify us, our parent and subsidiary companies and our and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates (each such person being referred to as a Participant Indemnitee ) against, and to hold each Participant Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees, disbursements and expenses) incurred by or asserted against any Participant Indemnitee arising out of or resulting from the breach of any of your representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Letter Agreement; provided, however , that such indemnity shall not, as to any Participant Indemnitee, be available to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Participant Indemnitee. This indemnity shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the expiration or termination of this Letter Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Letter Agreement. All amounts due under this paragraph shall be due and payable upon written demand therefor.
You agree to pay, or reimburse us for, all of our reasonable, actual and documented out- of-pocket costs and expenses of every type and nature (including the reasonable, actual and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) incurred by us in connection with any of the following: (i) the preparation, negotiation, execution or interpretation of this Letter Agreement or the making of any Advances hereunder, (ii) the creation, perfection or protection of any lien granted hereunder (including any reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses for local counsel in various jurisdictions), (iii) the ongoing administration of this Letter Agreement and the Advances, including consultation with attorneys in connection therewith and with respect to our rights and responsibilities hereunder, (iv) the protection, collection or enforcement of your obligations or the enforcement of any of our rights under this Letter Agreement, (v) the commencement, defense or intervention in any court proceeding relating in any way to this Letter Agreement, including, without limitation, monitoring of and participation in the Lukoil Litigation, (vi) the response to, and preparation for, any subpoena or request for document production with which we are served or deposition or other proceeding in which we are called to testify, in each case, relating in any way to this Letter Agreement and (vii) any amendment, consent, waiver, assignment, restatement, or supplement to this Letter Agreement or the preparation, negotiation and execution of the same. All amounts due under this paragraph shall be payable upon the Initial Payment Date; provided that if we incur additional costs and expenses after the Initial Payment Date, your obligations under this paragraph with respect to such cost and expenses shall be due and payable upon written demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, such amounts shall bear interest (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Default Interest, if applicable) at the rate specified for Expert Witness Advances, accruing from the date of written demand therefor. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, your obligations pursuant to this paragraph (excluding any interest) shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $1,300,000.00 and (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the fees, costs and expenses of counsel incurred by you in connection with the prosecution of the Lukoil Litigation.
All communications between the parties in respect of, or notices, requests, directions, consents or other information sent under, this Letter Agreement shall be in writing, hand delivered or sent by overnight courier, electronic transmission or telecopier, addressed to the relevant party at its address, electronic mail or facsimile number specified below or at such other address, electronic mail or facsimile number as such party may subsequently request in writing:
- 10 -
The Getty Petroleum Liquidating Trust: |
Alfred T. Giuliano, as Liquidating Trustee c/o Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC Berlin Business Park 140 Bradford Drive West Berlin, NJ 08091 Telephone: 856-767-3000 Email: atgiuliano@giulianomiller.com
with a copy to:
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP 7 World Trade Center 250 Greenwich Street New York, New York 10007 Attention: Andrew Goldman Telephone: (212) 230-8800 Email: Andrew.Goldman@wilmerhale.com |
|
Getty Properties Corp.: |
125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103 Jericho, New York 11753 Attention: David B. Driscoll Telephone: (516) 478-5478 Email: ddriscoll@gettyrealty.com
with a copy to:
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 51 West 52nd Street New York, New York 10019 Attention: Scott K. Charles Telephone: (212) 403-1000 Email: skcharles@wlrk.com |
All such communications and notices shall be effective upon receipt.
All payments made by you to us under this Letter Agreement, shall be made in the lawful currency of the United States by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions specified on Schedule IV hereto.
This Letter Agreement and the other amendments, restatements and agreements contem- plated hereby, supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties and their affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof.
Alfred T. Giuliano is the Liquidating Trustee of the Getty Petroleum Liquidating Trust, of which Getty Properties Corp. is a beneficiary. Otherwise, neither party hereto is a trustee or agent for the other, nor does either have any fiduciary obligations to the other. This Letter Agreement shall not be construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties hereto.
- 11 -
This Letter Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or pdf copy of a signature of a party hereto shall have the same effect and validity as an original signature.
This Letter Agreement may be amended only by means of a writing signed by each party hereto.
All representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other provisions made by the parties shall be considered to have been relied upon by the parties, shall (as to representations and warranties) be true and correct as of the date hereof, and shall survive the execution, delivery and performance of this Letter Agreement.
Whenever in this Letter Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and permitted assigns of such party and all covenants and agreements by and on behalf of such party that are contained in this Letter Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party hereto may assign or delegate any rights, interests, duties or obligations hereunder without the express prior written consent of the other party hereto (which such consent shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of such other party hereto) and any attempted assignment or delegation without such consent shall be null and void; provided , however , that we may assign any or all of our rights, interests, duties or obligations hereunder to any of our affiliates or successors in interest without your consent.
Each party hereto represents and warrants that (i) it is a sophisticated party, with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of consummating the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) it has been solely responsible for the analysis of the merits and risks of entering into this Letter Agreement and of the fairness and desirability of the terms of this Letter Agreement and, except as expressly set forth herein, has not relied on any information provided by the other party or any affiliate or agent of the other party (or the fact that no such information has been provided) in deciding whether or on what terms and conditions to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
THIS LETTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT SHALL BE LITIGATED IN THE BANKRUPTCY COURT, HEREBY WAIVING ANY DEFENSE OF IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO THE MAINTENANCE OF ANY PROCEEDING THEREIN, AND THAT THE BANKRUPTCY COURT HAS AUTHORITY TO ENTER FINAL ORDERS WITH RESPECT THERETO. EACH OF THE PARTIES
- 12 -
HERETO WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT, AND FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL. Each party hereto consents to service of process by certified mail at its address set forth below. Each of the parties has jointly participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Letter Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Letter Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by each of the parties and no presumptions or burdens of proof will arise favoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions hereof.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Letter Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under this Letter Agreement shall not exceed the maximum rate of nonusurious interest permitted by applicable law (the Maximum Rate ). If we shall receive interest (including any charges, fees, payments or other consideration which, under applicable law, are properly characterized as interest) in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall automatically be deemed to be and shall be applied to the principal of the Advances or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to you. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by us exceeds the Maximum Rate, we may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof and (iii) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of this Letter Agreement. For purposes of determining compliance with applicable law, all Advances shall be considered to be a single, integrated transaction and it shall be understood that (A) we would not have agreed to provide any Expert Witness Advances absent agreement to provide Counsel Advances on the terms set forth herein and (B) we would not have agreed to provide any Counsel Advances absent agreement to provide Expert Witness Advances on the terms set forth herein.
Except as expressly set forth herein, nothing in this Letter Agreement shall affect in any way any of your obligations to us and/or any of our affiliates set forth in the Plan or any other agreement in effect on the date hereof.
For the avoidance of doubt, Alfred T. Giuliano is executing this Letter Agreement solely in his capacity as Liquidating Trustee of the Trust and not in his individual capacity. In respect of your obligations hereunder, we shall have recourse only to the assets of the Trust (and not to assets held by Alfred T. Giuliano or Giuliano, Miller & Company LLC in their respective individual capacities).
[Signatures Appear On Following Page]
- 13 -
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:
THE GETTY PETROLEUM LIQUIDATING TRUST
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature Page to Funding Agreement]
Sincerely, | ||
GETTY PROPERTIES CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED
AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:
THE GETTY PETROLEUM LIQUIDATING TRUST
By: | /s/ Alfred T. Giuliano | |
Name: Alfred T. Giuliano | ||
Title: Liquidating Trustee |
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF DRAW NOTICE
Getty Properties Corp.,
[Date]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Letter Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Letter Agreement ), among GETTY PROPERTIES CORP. ( Lender ) and THE GETTY PETROLEUM LIQUIDATING TRUST ( Borrower ). Terms defined in the Letter Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. This notice constitutes a Draw Notice. Borrower hereby requests an Advance under the Letter Agreement, and in that connection the Borrower specifies the following information with respect to such Advance requested hereby:
(A) Type of Advance: [Expert Witness] / [Wind-Down] / [Counsel]
(B) Amount of Advance:
(C) Date of Advance (which shall be a business day):
(D) Location and number of Borrowers account to which proceeds of Borrowing are to be disbursed:
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions to the making of such Advance specified in the Letter Agreement are satisfied.
THE GETTY PETROLEUM LIQUIDATING TRUST | ||
By: | ||
Name: |
||
Title: |
SCHEDULE I
[RESERVED]
SCHEDULE II
Proceed Assignment Properties
1. 49 Riverside Avenue, Rensselaer, NY 12144 and dock facilities attached to such property
SCHEDULE III
Properties to Be Sold, Subject to Higher and Better Offers
1. The following three (3) pieces or parcels of land (any or all of which may in turn consist of one or more individual parcels or lots) (collectively, the Real Property ):
| 1222 Hanover Street, Hanover, MA 02339 |
| 1000 Maple Avenue, Cherry Hill, NJ 08002 |
| 178 Park Road, West Hartford, CT 06110 |
2. All buildings, other improvements and fixtures on the Real Property.
3. All of the Trusts rights, title and interest relating to the Real Property, including all tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances related or appertaining thereto.
4. All right or title and interest which the Trust has in and to all transferable licenses, permits, certifications and registrations and all other personal property and fixtures presently on or related to the Real Property which are appurtenant to or used in the operation thereof by the Trust, as the owner of the Real Property or otherwise located on the Real Property as of the date hereof (but exclusive of any such personal property owned by any tenant.
5. All of Sellers right, title, interest and goodwill in or associated with the domain name www.getty.com.
SCHEDULE IV
Wire Instructions
Bank: | JP Morgan Chase Bank | |
New York, New York 10004 | ||
ABA#: | 021000021 | |
Account#: | XXX-XXXXXX | |
Beneficiary: | Getty Properties Corp. | |
Jericho, New York 11753 |
EXHIBIT 21. SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
SUBSIDIARY |
STATE OF
|
|
AOC Transport, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
GettyMart, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
Getty HI Indemnity, Inc. |
New York |
|
Getty Leasing, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
Getty Properties Corp. |
Delaware |
|
Getty TM Corp. |
Maryland |
|
GTY MA/NH Leasing, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
GTY MD Leasing, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
GTY NY Leasing, Inc. |
Delaware |
|
Leemilts Flatbush Avenue, Inc. |
New York |
|
Leemilts Petroleum, Inc. |
New York |
|
Power Test Realty Company Limited Partnership* |
New York |
|
Slattery Group, Inc. |
New Jersey |
* |
ninety-nine percent owned by the Company, representing the limited partner units, and one percent owned by Getty Properties Corp., representing the general partner interest |
EXHIBIT 23. CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-115672, 333-45249 and 333-45251), Form S-3 (No. 333-174156) and Form S-3D (No. 333-114730) of Getty Realty Corp. of our reports dated March 18, 2013 relating to the financial statements and the financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 18, 2013
EXHIBIT 31(i).1 RULE 13a-14(a) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Thomas J. Stirnweis, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Getty Realty Corp.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2013
By: |
/s/ THOMAS J. STIRNWEIS |
|
Thomas J. Stirnweis |
||
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
EXHIBIT 31(i).2 RULE 13a-14(a) CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, David B. Driscoll, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Getty Realty Corp.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;
c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrants fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 18, 2013
By: |
/s/ DAVID B. DRISCOLL |
|
David B. Driscoll |
||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT 32.1 SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Getty Realty Corp. (the Company) hereby certifies, to such officers knowledge, that:
(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2011 (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 18, 2013
By: |
/s/ DAVID B. DRISCOLL |
|
David B. Driscoll |
||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Getty Realty Corp. and will be retained by Getty Realty Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.
EXHIBIT 32.2 SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Getty Realty Corp. (the Company) hereby certifies, to such officers knowledge, that:
(i) the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the annual period ended December 31, 2011 (the Report) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(ii) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: March 18, 2013
By: |
/s/ THOMAS J. STIRNWEIS |
|
Thomas J. Stirnweis |
||
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Getty Realty Corp. and will be retained by Getty Realty Corp. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.